THE
FIRST
BOOK
OF
ANATOMY
AND
PHYSICK
,
OF
John
Riolanus
.
Chap.
1.
The
Intent
of
the
Author
is
declared
.
ANatomy
,
is
considered
and
handled
two
waies
,
Philosophically
,
Physically
,
Galen
,
Lib.
1.
Anat.
The
Philosopher
searcheth
out
the
structure
of
the
Parts
,
their
action
,
and
use
,
that
he
may
know
himself
,
&
that
the
*
Work-master
may
be
admired
in
his
By
Dispositions
against
Nature
,
is
to
be
understood
Diseases
,
whose
generation
and
end
,
whether
it
wil
be
good
or
bad
,
the
way
and
manner
of
Curing
,
he
that
would
know
exactly
,
must
be
skilled
both
in
Philosophical
,
and
Physical
This
manner
of
shewing
,
and
teaching
Anatomy
is
new
,
but
gives
great
light
,
&
is
wonderful
necessary
for
a
Phisitian
,
and
I
wil
lay
it
down
intermixed
with
the
order
of
Anatomy
in
al
the
Parts
,
and
shew
particularly
in
every
Part
,
what
profit
wil
thereby
redound
unto
a
Phisitian
,
in
his
Practice
.
And
seeing
the
Natural
Constitution
of
every
Part
which
Hippocrates
cals
Euphuian
,
and
is
commonly
called
Health
,
is
three-fold
,
Similar
,
Organical
,
and
common
,
The
Preternatural
Constitution
of
the
Parts
,
called
Sickness
,
must
likewise
be
three-fold
and
make
three
kinds
of
Diseases
,
Viz.
A
Disease
of
the
Similar
,
a
Disease
of
the
Organical
Parts
,
and
a
Disease
common
to
both
.
The
Similar
Constitution
,
according
to
Nature
,
consists
in
Substance
,
and
Temper
;
The
Organical
Constitution
,
which
pertains
to
the
construction
of
the
Organ
,
is
placed
,
in
number
,
Magnitude
,
Scituation
,
and
shape
or
Conformation
;
which
Conformation
is
again
divided
into
Figure
,
Passage
,
Cavity
,
Roughness
,
and
smoothness
;
The
common
Constitution
of
Similar
,
and
Organical
Parts
,
consists
in
Vnion
and
Connexion
.
This
three-fold
Natural
Constitution
,
I
wil
declare
in
al
the
Parts
;
afterwards
I
wil
lay
down
in
a
few
words
,
what
may
be
gathered
from
this
Sound
Constitution
,
for
the
Knowledg
,
fore
knowledg
,
and
Cure
of
a
Diseased
Constitution
;
And
Anatomy
handled
in
this
Method
,
wil
be
the
beginning
,
Middle
,
and
end
of
the
whol
Art
of
Physick
.
This
is
a
short
,
easie
,
and
clear
Method
,
Quickly
,
and
rightly
to
learn
the
Art
of
Curing
;
which
propounds
the
same
,
visible
to
the
Eyes
of
such
as
are
wel
verst
in
my
Fathers
writings
,
or
in
the
Institutions
of
Sennertus
.
for
by
this
Method
,
I
shal
unlock
,
&
display
the
treasures
in
Anatomy
of
Physick
:
But
perhaps
some
Fool
,
that
is
unskilled
,
wil
reprove
our
Disigne
,
&
Object
,
that
we
confound
the
whol
Art
of
Medicine
,
seing
Anatomy
is
a
Part
of
Physiology
,
distinct
from
the
rest
;
and
therefore
ought
to
be
taught
apart
,
seeing
Galen
himself
,
in
the
beginning
of
his
dissection
of
Muscles
,
reproves
the
Anatomical
Book
of
Lycus
;
because
in
his
Treatise
of
Muscles
he
inserted
the
Diseases
of
the
Parts
.
If
any
prattle
such
things
against
us
,
they
wil
quickly
hold
their
peace
,
if
they
read
Gal.
Lib.
2
admin
.
Anatom
.
Relateing
,
That
Antient
Physitians
regarded
Anatomy
so
much
,
that
in
al
Hippocrates
did
in
al
his
Books
.
Many
are
the
Sorts
of
the
Figures
,
both
within
,
and
without
the
Body
,
(
saith
Hippocrates
,
in
Lib.
de
vet.
Med.
)
Which
have
much
different
qualifications
in
the
Sick
,
and
the
Sound
;
all
which
you
must
perfectly
distinguish
one
from
another
,
that
you
may
rightly
know
,
and
observe
the
causes
of
every
one
of
them
.
According
to
Aristotle
,
Health
,
and
Sickness
,
are
the
Fundamental
Parts
of
Medicine
:
Both
of
them
are
contained
in
the
Parts
;
and
Sickness
compared
with
Health
is
the
better
discerned
.
Ad
to
this
,
That
Aristotle
Writes
,
that
he
that
would
Cure
the
Eyes
,
must
first
know
the
Structure
of
the
Eye
.
Again
,
Hippocrates
held
,
that
Diseases
were
distinguished
according
to
the
Parts
they
were
in●ierent
in
;
and
the
principal
Curative
indications
,
were
taken
from
the
Affect
,
and
the
Part
affected
;
and
Remedies
both
Medicinal
,
and
Chyrurgical
were
Prescribed
and
administred
diversly
,
according
to
the
Parts
Afflicted
.
Therefore
Galen
wrote
his
Therapeuticks
of
the
composition
of
Medicines
,
according
to
the
Parts
afflicted
:
and
Avicenna
did
wisely
,
when
perceving
that
the
Seats
of
Diseases
could
not
be
known
without
skil
in
Anatomy
,
Before
the
Diseases
of
the
particular
Parts
he
set
down
their
Anatomy
.
And
if
we
beleeve
Galen
in
Lib.
de
Part
med.
The
first
Matter
or
Subject
of
Medicine
,
is
the
Body
,
as
it
is
the
Subject
of
Health
and
Sickness
.
Our
intent
then
is
by
a
short
and
easie
Method
,
To
deliver
in
writing
,
and
Johannes
Fernelius
in
the
beginning
of
his
Pathology
,
I
shal
never
think
any
man
wel
skilled
in
the
knowledg
of
Diseases
,
unless
he
have
been
an
Eye
witness
of
the
seats
of
them
,
in
the
Body
of
man
,
and
know
how
they
are
affected
against
Nature
;
neither
can
be
come
to
this
unless
he
be
skilful
and
exquisite
in
Anatomy
,
and
whatsoever
he
reads
or
hears
,
let
him
seriously
contemplate
it
in
the
Body
of
man
,
and
settle
the
cheif
knowledg
of
things
in
his
mind
.
Chap.
2.
Why
we
begin
our
Anatomy
with
the
Treatise
of
Bones
.
THat
kind
of
stile
is
two-fold
,
which
is
used
in
the
explication
of
any
thing
,
Gal.
Com.
ad
Part.
q.
Lib.
1.
de
fract
.
et
Cap.
1.
Lib.
Synops.
de
Puls
.
The
first
is
called
Synopticus
,
when
the
Matter
is
briefly
laid
down
;
The
other
Diexodicus
,
when
it
is
Copiously
unfolded
,
nothing
being
passed
by
which
is
profitable
to
be
declared
:
The
former
helps
the
memory
;
the
latter
cleers
the
matter
to
the
understanding
.
For
which
Cause
Galen
divided
his
Books
into
Isagogical
,
and
perfect
;
the
first
being
fitted
to
young
beginners
,
the
other
to
proficients
,
as
himself
testifies
.
Lib.
de
libris
Propriis
.
This
is
also
confirmed
by
the
authority
of
Hippocrates
;
Lib.
de
vet.
Med.
Where
he
adviseth
Physitians
to
teach
easie
things
to
young
students
,
and
such
as
may
be
quickly
learned
;
ad
hereunto
;
That
al
men
desire
to
learn
apace
,
according
to
Aristor
.
Lib.
2
de
Rhetor.
Chap.
10.
And
the
Method
of
breife
teaching
,
is
alwaies
grateful
,
both
to
young
students
,
and
to
perfect
Masters
;
for
it
teacheth
the
former
what
things
must
be
learned
;
and
in
the
latter
cals
back
to
their
memory
what
they
have
learned
before
,
and
almost
forgotten
,
Gal.
Lib.
4.
de
diff
.
puls
.
Wisely
,
and
Elegantly
,
did
the
Emperor
Justinian
judg
,
That
a
compendium
of
the
Lawes
was
first
to
be
propounded
,
to
invite
Novices
to
knowledg
.
Then
are
al
things
delivered
most
commodiously
when
they
are
first
delivered
by
a
plain
and
simple
way
,
and
then
by
an
exact
and
diligent
interpretation
;
for
if
we
burden
weak
,
though
studious
minds
at
beginning
,
with
variety
and
Multiplicity
of
things
,
we
either
make
them
desert
their
studies
,
or
else
young
Men
to
great
labor
and
distrust
,
and
bring
them
by
a
longer
way
to
what
might
be
learned
with
more
speed
,
less
labor
,
and
no
distrust
.
Therefore
following
the
precepts
of
Galen
,
and
Hippocrates
,
I
wil
describe
Synopsis
of
his
Books
of
Pulses
himself
,
then
to
leave
the
business
to
another
,
who
by
not
understanding
his
mind
,
and
sense
,
should
pervert
or
confound
his
meaning
.
I
begin
with
the
Bones
,
because
they
are
the
foundation
of
al
the
Parts
of
the
whol
Body
,
which
is
substained
,
Included
,
Preserved
,
and
moved
by
the
Therefore
he
that
is
studious
in
Physick
,
ought
to
be
instructed
in
the
perfect
Chap.
3.
The
Division
of
Osteology
,
or
the
History
of
the
Bones
.
THe
History
of
the
Bones
is
called
.
Osteology
,
of
which
are
two
Parts
:
Sceleton
;
Ossifragium
is
that
which
searches
out
the
joining
,
and
knitting
together
of
the
Bones
,
and
Joynts
,
by
Ligaments
,
and
Cartilages
,
and
by
breaking
,
and
deviding
them
;
searches
out
their
internal
,
and
hiden
Parts
.
See
Chap.
26.
and
27.
Lib.
6.
Of
this
Book
.
Chap.
4.
Of
the
Composition
,
and
Definition
of
a
Bone
.
THat
the
Nature
of
a
Bone
may
be
perfectly
understood
,
there
are
four
The
Matter
of
the
Bone
is
Proper
,
or
Diverse
.
Proper
is
considered
Generally
,
or
Specially
.
Proper
Matter
,
taken
Generally
,
is
double
;
the
one
for
Generation
,
the
other
for
Nourishment
;
the
Bones
are
made
of
the
Seed
by
consent
of
al
Physitians
.
The
Seed
consists
of
Humor
,
and
Spirit
:
The
Humors
are
of
two
Parts
;
the
one
thinner
,
of
which
the
noble
Parts
are
formed
;
the
other
thicker
,
of
which
the
Bones
are
ingendred
.
The
matter
of
Nourishment
is
also
two
fold
;
Remote
,
and
Neer
:
Remote
,
is
Blood
,
by
which
al
the
Parts
of
our
Body
are
nourished
:
Neer
,
is
the
Marrow
The
Proper
Matter
considered
specially
,
regards
the
Bone
already
made
,
which
is
various
in
respect
of
substance
,
and
quality
;
and
so
the
substance
of
As
for
what
belongs
to
Quality
,
and
Namely
Color
;
the
Bone
,
the
more
〈◊〉
it
is
,
the
more
White
it
is
;
that
which
is
hollow
,
is
pale
or
reddish
.
By
the
diverse
Matter
of
the
Bone
,
understand
that
which
compasseth
it
The
Efficient
Cause
of
the
Bone
,
is
the
Implanted
Generative
Spirit
,
or
Gal
Lib.
1.
●e
fac●l
.
natural
.
acknowledgeth
the
faculty
which
forms
the
Bones
;
to
which
Heat
and
Spirit
,
do
administer
.
The
form
of
a
Bone
is
double
;
Essential
,
and
accidental
:
That
is
called
The
Face
,
saith
Aristotle
Lib.
2.
de
Generat
.
animal
,
is
no
Face
,
if
it
want
the
Soul
;
and
so
is
the
Flesh
and
Bone
.
But
with
Physitians
,
the
form
of
Similar
Parts
,
is
nothing
else
then
their
temper
.
The
temper
of
the
Bone
,
is
cold
and
dry
;
therefore
Coldness
and
Driness
constitute
the
form
of
the
Bone
.
The
accidental
form
,
is
the
Figure
of
them
,
which
is
Proper
,
and
peculiar
The
end
of
the
Bones
,
is
their
Use
;
and
this
is
general
,
and
particular
;
From
what
hath
been
written
,
this
Definition
of
a
Bone
,
may
be
gathered
;
It
is
a
Similar
Part
,
most
cold
and
dry
,
Formed
by
heat
of
the
thick
and
Fat
substance
of
the
Seed
;
for
the
form
and
settlement
of
the
whole
Body
.
Chap.
5.
Of
the
Qualities
,
or
Natural
Disposition
of
the
Bones
.
THe
Doctrine
of
Bones
,
ought
to
be
double
;
one
which
treats
of
the
And
seeing
al
Doctrin
of
Bones
,
is
referred
to
Physical
use
,
we
must
know
the
Condieions
,
and
affections
of
Bones
,
wel
and
Naturally
affected
,
which
are
either
common
to
al
,
or
Proper
to
some
.
The
common
are
nine
which
shal
be
Described
,
and
Demonstrated
,
in
our
The
affections
Proper
to
the
several
Bones
,
are
twofold
;
either
such
as
regard
1.
The
affections
of
the
first
sort
,
are
four
;
Hollowness
,
Prominence
,
[
a
](A57335-e20250-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
2.
C.
□
Omoplata
is
hollow
;
the
[
b
](A57335-e20270-b)
b
f.
1.
a.
□
Shoulder
Bone
sticks
out
;
the
[
c
](A57335-e20280-b)
c
f.
4.
B.
□
Ischium
,
or
Huckle-bone
,
is
hollow
;
the
[
d
](A57335-e20300-b)
d
f.
1.
D.
□
Bone
of
the
Thigh
sticks
out
;
the
Skul
is
rough
behind
for
the
[
e
](A57335-e20310-b)
e
T.
15.
f
4.
C.
□
insertion
of
Muscles
,
in
other
places
't
is
smooth
,
and
Polished
:
Al
which
affections
,
if
they
are
such
as
Nature
made
them
,
they
are
according
to
Nature
;
if
otherwise
,
they
are
beside
Nature
.
Also
a
Cavity
is
deep
,
or
superficiary
;
that
which
is
deep
,
is
called
[
f
](A57335-e20330-b)
f
T.
21.
f.
4.
B.
□
Cotyle
;
the
superficiary
[
g
](A57335-e20350-b)
g
f.
4.
F.
f.
2.
F
c
□
Glene
.
A
Prominency
,
or
Parts
sticking
out
,
is
called
Apophysis
,
or
Epiphysis
:
Both
of
them
are
round
,
or
long
,
or
hollow
:
If
it
be
round
,
it
is
called
a
Head
;
if
it
be
large
and
long
,
it
is
absolutely
Named
a
[
h
](A57335-e20390-b)
h
f.
1.
dd
.
f
4.
a.
□
Head
;
but
if
it
be
short
,
and
depressed
,
it
is
called
[
i
](A57335-e20400-b)
i
f.
2.
II.
□
Condylu●
.
The
Heads
or
Condyli
of
smal
Bones
,
are
not
Epiphysis
,
but
Apiphy●is
▪
as
in
the
nether
Jaw
,
and
in
the
Ribs
,
and
the
Bones
of
the
Fingers
,
and
Toes
.
A
long
Apophysis
,
is
either
with
a
poynt
,
and
called
Corone
;
or
simply
long
,
and
that
according
to
the
Figure
of
it
,
hath
diverse
Names
;
or
[
k
](A57335-e20470-b)
k
T.
15.
f.
b.
D.
□
Styloides
[
l
](A57335-e20490-b)
l
T.
21.
f.
2.
d.
□
Coracoides
,
[
m
](A57335-e20510-b)
m
T.
13.
f.
21.
a.
□
Odontoides
;
or
else
t
is
terminated
in
a
Head
,
and
then
is
called
[
n
](A57335-e20530-b)
n
T.
21.
f.
2.
c.
□
Cervix
or
a
Neck
.
It
is
not
absurd
,
that
some
Apophysis
should
be
hollow
,
Seeing
al
Cavities
Apophysis
;
Gal.
Lib.
de
Ossibus
acknowledgeth
the
Omoplata
to
be
an
Apophyfis
,
which
is
a
Cervix
,
the
extremity
of
which
,
ends
in
the
[
o
](A57335-e20660-b)
o
ibid
□
Glene
;
therefore
Cavities
ought
to
be
referred
to
Apophysis
;
and
a
Cavity
if
it
be
round
and
large
,
may
be
called
a
Head
,
for
the
Neck
is
alwaies
subjected
to
the
Head
Gal.
Proem
.
Lib.
de
Ossib
.
In
every
Bone
,
which
being
joyned
to
another
makes
a
Joynt
,
I
observe
the
Body
and
the
extremities
,
which
are
Adnata
,
or
Enata
;
The
body
is
[
p
](A57335-e20760-b)
p
T.
2.
f.
1.
aa
.
f.
2.
b
c
d.
T.
15.
f.
3.
M
N
d.
□
Apophyses
;
Adnata
are
[
q
](A57335-e20780-b)
q
T.
21.
f.
1.
2.
q.
T.
13.
f.
21.
a.
T.
15.
f.
6.
D.
□
Epiphyses
:
the
Yet
this
you
may
know
,
that
Epiphyses
belong
to
the
extremity
of
the
Joynts
of
the
bones
;
and
that
their
Nature
is
to
be
sought
out
in
Children
;
for
in
men
grown
up
,
they
degenerate
into
Apophyses
,
no
Foot-steps
of
the
antient
Division
remaining
;
and
yet
inwardly
they
keep
the
condition
of
their
Proper
Nature
,
which
ought
to
be
like
a
pumice
,
and
bloody
;
but
the
Apophyses
are
alwais
harder
.
The
second
sort
of
Affections
are
,
the
Articulations
of
bones
,
one
with
another
,
Chap.
6.
Of
the
Conjunction
of
Bones
.
SEeing
it
is
not
safe
,
nor
comly
for
man
,
that
Divine
Creature
,
to
creep
This
structure
is
called
a
Joynt
,
the
Nature
of
which
,
is
much
controverted
amongst
Anatomists
;
some
contending
that
the
touching
of
two
bones
one
with
another
,
makes
a
Joynt
;
others
,
besides
touching
,
ad
motion
.
So
that
it
is
the
movable
touching
of
two
bones
,
which
makes
a
Joynt
.
If
Motion
be
removed
from
the
Definition
of
a
Joynt
,
Galens
Doctrine
may
easily
be
defended
.
He
constitutes
two
kinds
of
Articulation
;
Diarthrosis
,
with
mainfest
Motion
;
Synarthrosis
,
with
Obscure
,
or
no
Motion
:
and
he
assigns
the
differences
of
Synarthrosis
,
which
are
altogether
immovable
,
to
be
Sutura
,
Harmonia
,
and
Gomphosis
;
with
those
which
take
away
Motion
in
the
Definition
of
Articulation
,
refer
to
the
third
speeies
of
Articulation
,
which
they
cal
Neutral
,
or
mean
,
between
Diarthrosis
and
Synarthrosis
.
Some
give
it
a
new
Name
,
Amphiarthrosis
,
to
wit
,
when
the
structure
is
so
Obscure
,
and
the
Motion
so
hidden
,
that
you
know
not
whether
it
appertain
to
Diarthrosis
,
or
Synarthrosis
.
But
that
place
of
Galen
being
il
understood
,
deceives
many
Anatomists
.
This
Doctrine
of
Galen
seems
more
probable
,
thus
.
The
bones
are
knit
together
by
Articulations
,
and
Symphyses
:
Articulation
,
is
the
knittings
,
or
touching
of
two
bones
;
the
differences
of
which
are
Diarthrosis
,
and
Synarthrosis
;
the
one
hath
evident
Motion
,
the
other
Obscure
,
or
none
at
al
;
and
therefore
the
differences
of
each
,
are
equal
:
but
the
one
,
for
example
sake
,
is
called
Enarthrosis
Diarthrodes
,
with
a
manifest
Motion
;
the
other
Enarthrosis
Synarthrodes
,
with
an
Obscure
Motion
;
Enarthrosis
,
is
when
a
large
,
and
long
Head
,
goes
into
a
deep
Cavity
;
which
seeing
it
is
common
both
to
Diarthrosis
,
and
Synarthrosis
,
we
wil
give
an
example
of
them
Both.
The
Motion
of
Enarthrosis
Diarthrodes
,
is
manifest
in
the
Joynt
of
the
Ischium
:
the
Motion
of
Enarthrosis
Synarthrodes
,
is
Obscure
in
the
Articulation
of
the
Ancle
with
the
Scaphois
.
When
a
depressed
,
and
plain
Head
,
is
received
by
a
shallow
and
superficial
Arthrodia
Diarthrodes
,
is
in
the
conjunction
of
the
Shoulder
with
the
Omoplata
.
An
example
of
Arthrodia
Synarthrodes
,
is
in
the
Bones
of
the
Wrist
,
with
the
Metacarpus
.
Ginglymos
,
is
a
mutual
ingress
of
the
bones
,
such
as
you
shal
usually
see
in
Ginglymus
Diarthrodes
,
is
manifest
in
the
Elbow
;
the
Motion
of
Ginglymus
Synarthrades
,
is
Obscure
in
the
joyning
of
the
Ancle
to
the
Heel
.
Modern
writers
add
a
fourth
to
those
three
,
which
they
cal
Trochois
,
in
which
the
Motion
of
conversion
is
apparent
:
such
is
the
joyning
of
the
first
Vertebra
with
the
second
,
but
it
is
to
be
referred
to
Arthrodia
;
As
for
what
belongs
to
Ginglimus
,
and
its
various
differences
,
we
wil
thus
Methodically
handle
them
:
Ginglimus
is
an
Articulation
of
bones
,
by
mutual
reception
;
Besides
Synarthrosis
,
containes
under
it
,
Harmonia
,
Sutura
,
and
Gomphosis
,
[
a
](A57335-e21540-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
3.
R.
&c.
□
Harmonia
,
is
a
Conjunction
of
bones
,
by
simple
touching
without
mutual
ingress
;
and
is
distinguished
by
a
Line
,
either
right
,
or
oblique
,
or
many
fold
.
[
b
](A57335-e21560-b)
b
f.
4.
a.
b.
□
Sutura
,
is
the
joyning
of
bones
:
as
though
the
Teeth
of
two
Jawes
,
or
two
Combs
were
thrust
one
within
the
other
,
and
is
altogether
of
one
and
the
same
form
.
Gomphosis
,
is
when
one
bone
sticks
fast
,
and
immovably
in
another
,
like
a
Naile
in
a
Post
.
Opposite
to
Articulation
;
is
Symphysis
,
which
is
an
immovable
conjuntion
[
c
](A57335-e21630-b)
c
f.
b.
m.
n.
o.
□
Medium
,
others
with
a
Medium
interposed
.
And
therefore
,
the
simple
differences
of
Symphysis
are
three
;
Syssarcosis
Syneurosis
,
Synchondrosis
.
A
mixed
or
compound
Symphysis
;
is
only
one
,
viz.
By
a
Nerve
and
Cartilage
,
which
Galen
cals
Neurochondrodis
.
[
d
](A57335-e21720-b)
d
See
ch.
5.
Lib.
6.
of
this
Book
.
Of
these
you
may
see
more
in
.
Com.
at
Gal.
Lib.
de
Ossibus
.
According
to
Galen
,
I
thus
expound
the
Doctrine
of
Joynts
,
Methodically
.
Symphysis
:
Articulus
is
a
▪
Natural
joyning
of
Bones
;
which
are
divided
amongst
themselves
,
to
the
same
use
,
for
which
they
were
formed
;
this
use
is
either
for
Motion
,
or
perspiration
,
or
passage
of
some
substance
,
or
distinguishing
of
parts
,
or
to
secure
them
from
hurting
,
as
apeares
by
the
Articulations
,
Harmonia
,
Sutura
,
and
Gomphosis
.
Symphysis
is
a
Natural
Union
of
bones
which
were
at
first
divided
,
which
grow
together
either
with
,
or
without
an
apparent
Medium
,
because
it
is
Obliterated
,
as
in
the
Sternum
,
Os-sacrum
,
or
Ischium
,
and
the
bony
portions
of
the
inferiour
Jaw
:
and
therefore
the
Conjunction
of
bones
is
divided
into
Articulus
,
and
Symphysis
,
as
it
were
into
two
species
.
Otherwise
if
Symphysis
,
be
taken
according
to
the
mind
of
Modern
Anatomists
,
and
not
according
to
the
mind
of
Galen
,
wheresoever
Articulation
is
,
there
must
Symphysis
needs
be
;
for
the
Collection
of
bones
,
and
Galen
had
ridiculously
opposed
Symphysis
,
to
Articulation
.
Chap.
7.
The
Division
of
a
Sceleton
.
THe
whole
Fabrick
of
the
bones
sticking
together
,
is
by
Galen
,
called
SCELETOS
,
It
is
vulgarly
divided
into
the
Head
,
the
trunk
and
the
limbs
.
Hippocrates
,
in
his
Book
of
the
Nature
of
bones
,
constitutes
six
parts
of
the
Sceleton
;
The
Head
,
Neck
,
Breast
,
Back-bone
,
Hands
,
and
Feet
.
Galen
,
into
five
,
the
Head
,
Back-bone
,
Breast
,
Hands
,
and
Feet
,
as
may
easily
be
gathered
from
the
series
of
his
discourse
,
We
follow
the
common
division
,
and
according
to
the
example
of
Galen
,
begin
at
the
Head
,
which
is
the
first
bone
formed
by
Nature
;
and
as
it
were
the
foundation
of
al
the
rest
:
which
are
framed
in
respect
of
largness
,
according
to
the
proportion
of
the
Head
.
Chap.
8.
Of
the
Head
,
being
the
first
Part
of
the
Sceleton
.
THe
Head
is
defined
by
Galen
,
to
be
that
whole
substance
which
is
above
It
is
divided
into
the
Skul
,
and
the
Face
,
which
latter
comprehends
both
the
Jaws
.
The
Skul
,
is
a
globous
,
and
round
body
;
hollow
within
,
but
this
roundness
is
not
exactly
,
spoehircal
,
by
Reason
of
those
Eminencies
,
which
stick
out
before
,
and
behind
,
which
make
the
Skul
somwhat
longish
,
and
compressed
on
the
sides
towards
the
Temples
.
If
the
Skul
be
not
somwhat
longish
,
it
is
Not
only
one
Bone
,
but
many
make
the
structure
of
the
Skul
,
the
number
Hippocrates
,
Lib.
de
Oss
.
Constitutes
the
Skul
o●
eight
bones
,
and
yet
he
seems
to
comprehend
some
bones
of
the
Face
,
this
number
the
most
excellent
Anatomists
follow
;
as
Vesalius
,
Columbus
,
Fallopius
,
from
whom
we
wil
not
dissent
,
because
this
number
our
Eyes
can
witness
,
in
Dissections
.
The
intervails
,
or
connections
of
those
bones
;
are
called
Suturae
,
which
Of
Sutura's
,
some
are
Proper
,
others
common
:
They
are
Proper
,
which
[
a
](A57335-e22240-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
3.
aaa
.
□
Coronalis
is
on
the
forepart
of
the
Skul
,
which
passeth
transversly
from
one
temple
to
the
other
.
2.
opposite
to
this
is
,
[
b
](A57335-e22260-b)
b
f
4.
bb
.
□
Lambdoides
,
placed
in
the
hinder
part
of
the
Head
.
3.
[
c
](A57335-e22280-b)
c
f
3.
bb
.
f
4.
aa
.
□
Sagittalis
knits
both
these
together
,
passing
from
the
top
of
the
Lambdois
,
by
the
longitude
of
the
Skul
,
and
somtimes
comes
even
to
the
top
of
the
Nose
.
The
concourse
of
the
sagittal
and
coronal
suture
,
the
Greeks
cal
Bregma
;
commonly
't
is
called
Fontanella
,
to
which
we
apply
causticks
.
Above
the
Ears
,
are
to
Sutures
not
like
others
,
and
therefore
they
are
called
false
,
or
Bastard
;
they
are
called
[
d
](A57335-e22330-b)
d
F
15.
f.
3.
cc.
□
Squamosae
,
from
their
scaly
likeness
,
and
joyn
the
bones
of
the
[
e
](A57335-e22360-b)
e
T.
15.
f.
3.
Supra
K.
□
Frontalis
,
beginning
at
the
outward
Angle
of
the
Eye
,
and
passing
by
the
middle
of
the
Orbita
,
even
to
the
Eye-brow
,
and
keeps
the
same
way
by
the
other
Eye
.
The
second
is
called
[
f
](A57335-e22390-b)
f
T.
15.
f.
5.
aa
.
f.
6.
oo
.
□
Sphenoidea
,
which
Circumscribes
the
Os-sphenois
,
beginning
at
the
hinder
par●
of
the
Head
,
and
ending
at
the
furthermost
Tooth
of
the
upper
Jaw
.
The
third
is
called
[
g
](A57335-e22420-b)
g
f
4.
AB
.
□
Ethmoidea
,
and
compasseth
about
the
Os
Ethmois
,
on
every
side
;
it
seems
rather
to
be
Proper
than
Common
,
and
belongs
rather
to
Harmonia
than
Sutura
.
The
Sutures
being
wel
known
,
't
is
an
easie
matter
to
distinguish
the
bones
1.
The
bone
of
the
[
h
](A57335-e22520-b)
h
f.
3.
D.
□
Forehead
distinguished
by
the
first
,
Common
,
and
coronal
The
Second
and
third
are
called
the
bones
of
the
[
i
](A57335-e22550-b)
i
f.
6.
cc.
f
3.
d.
□
fote
part
of
the
Head
,
and
Under
these
are
the
bones
of
the
[
k
](A57335-e22590-b)
k
f.
6.
DD.
□
Temples
,
which
on
the
uper
part
ar●
attenuated
In
the
Rocky
part
are
four
Apophyses
;
[
l
](A57335-e22630-b)
l
l
▪
f
6.
EE
.
f
3.
F.
□
Mastoides
[
m
](A57335-e22650-b)
m
T.
15.
f.
5.
●f
.
□
Styloides
and
[
n
](A57335-e22670-b)
n
T.
20.
f.
6.
A.
f
3.
B.
□
Lygomatica
;
[
o
](A57335-e22700-b)
o
f.
6.
B.
C.
□
Auricularis
;
in
little
Children
it
is
an
Epiphysis
,
and
may
easily
be
pulled
off
from
the
Rocky
Bones
.
In
this
last
Apophysis
,
are
the
three
Cavities
of
the
Eare
contained
:
The
[
p
](A57335-e22760-b)
p
f.
7.
ABC
.
□
Passage
of
hearing
,
The
second
is
called
[
q
](A57335-e22770-b)
q
f.
6.
B.
□
Concha
,
and
containes
the
internal
Aire
,
and
the
three
smal
bones
called
[
r
](A57335-e22790-b)
r
f.
9.
BB.
□
Malleolus
Incus
and
Stapes
,
as
also
a
hole
passing
into
the
Cavity
of
the
Mastois
.
The
extremity
of
this
Cavity
is
directly
opposite
to
the
Timpanum
and
hath
two
small
holes
;
of
which
the
greater
is
called
the
[
s
](A57335-e22840-b)
s
f.
6.
C.
□
oval
window
and
is
the
ingress
into
the
third
Cavity
,
which
is
called
the
[
t
](A57335-e22850-b)
t
f.
9.
AA
.
□
Labirinth
,
by
reason
of
its
various
Circulations
and
turnings
;
the
other
hole
is
narrower
,
and
is
the
Passage
to
the
fourth
[
v
](A57335-e22860-b)
v
T.
15.
f
4.
C.
□
Cavity
which
is
called
[
x
](A57335-e22870-b)
x
f.
5.
B.
f.
6.
F.
□
Cochlea
,
from
its
rough
and
wreathed
Figure
.
The
sixt
bone
of
the
Skul
is
called
[
y
](A57335-e22900-b)
y
f.
5.
Supra
inferius
B.
□
Lambdoides
and
Occipitale
,
and
is
compassed
about
with
the
Suture
Lambdois
,
the
Extremities
of
which
,
are
called
Horns
by
the
Antients
;
but
by
Galen
,
Aditions
to
the
Lambdois
.
To
these
are
Causticks
somtimes
applyed
.
The
seventh
Bone
is
[
z
](A57335-e22970-b)
z
f.
5.
αα
.
f.
6.
G.
H.
□
Sphenoides
;
in
which
we
must
consider
the
external
,
[
a
](A57335-e23010-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
6.
G.
H.
□
Clinoides
;
between
these
is
a
Cavity
i●terjected
,
which
is
[
b
](A57335-e23030-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
5.
B.
□
called
Sella
[
c
](A57335-e23080-b)
c
T.
15.
f.
5.
CC.
□
Naviculares
,
by
Galen
they
are
called
Pterigoides
:
the
other
pass
under
the
Zygomata
,
to
the
Temples
,
and
are
called
Temporalls
.
Between
the
two
Tables
,
or
Plates
,
is
an
empty
[
d
](A57335-e23140-b)
d
ibid.
□
Cavity
passable
to
the
Nose
by
a
double
hole
,
and
severed
within
by
a
Bridg
in
the
midst
;
this
is
alwaies
wanting
when
the
bone
of
the
Forehead
is
sollid
.
The
eight
bone
is
called
Ethmoides
,
or
according
to
Galen
Spongides
;
it
[
e
](A57335-e23190-b)
e
T.
15.
f.
6.
I.
□
Sieve
:
from
which
,
within
the
Skul
,
ariseth
an
Apophysis
,
which
is
the
second
portion
[
f
](A57335-e23220-b)
f
T.
15.
f.
5.
CC.
□
Cocks
Comb
;
without
the
Nostrells
,
from
the
same
Sieve-like
Table
,
depends
that
bony
substance
,
which
makes
the
[
g
](A57335-e23230-b)
g
f.
5.
aa
.
□
bridg
between
the
Nostrels
;
and
this
is
accounted
the
third
portion
of
the
bone
:
To
In
the
basis
of
the
Skul
,
both
internally
and
externally
,
certain
Cavities
are
observed
;
of
which
some
are
called
Sinus
,
others
holes
,
others
Fossa
or
pits
;
of
which
,
see
Sylvius
,
who
was
the
first
that
handled
them
Methodically
:
we
give
them
here
Names
according
to
their
places
,
and
Natures
.
The
Sinus
are
eight
;
two
Maxillares
in
the
uper
Jaw
,
as
many
Frontals
Holes
are
internal
,
or
external
;
Internal
are
twenty
five
commonly
,
somtimes
[
h
](A57335-e23470-b)
h
f.
5.
αα
.
□
Ethmcides
;
the
the
second
,
[
i
](A57335-e23490-b)
i
f.
5.
bb
.
□
Sphenoideus
;
the
third
,
[
k
](A57335-e23510-b)
k
f.
5.
cc.
□
Opticus
;
the
sourth
,
[
l
](A57335-e23530-b)
l
f.
5.
dd
.
□
Scissura
Orbitalis
;
the
fift
,
[
m
](A57335-e23550-b)
m
f.
5.
ee
.
□
Temporal
,
from
the
nerve
of
the
third
conjugation
which
passeth
to
the
temporal
muscle
;
the
sixt
,
[
n
](A57335-e23570-b)
n
f.
5.
†
†
□
Gustativus
;
the
seventh
,
Gustativus
Secundus
;
the
eight
,
[
o
](A57335-e23600-b)
o
f.
5.
hh
.
□
Cervical
;
the
ninth
,
Caroticus
;
the
tenth
,
[
p
](A57335-e23630-b)
p
f.
5.
ibid.
□
Aridi●orium
;
the
Eleventh
,
[
q
](A57335-e23660-b)
q
T.
15.
oo
.
□
Jugulare
;
the
twelfth
,
[
r
](A57335-e23680-b)
r
f.
16.
BB.
□
Motivum
Linguae
,
or
Linguosum
;
the
thirteenth
,
and
last
,
ˢ
Impar
,
or
Occipitale
.
The
external
Supra
Pterigoides
;
the
tenth
Mastodes
;
the
eleventh
,
the
external
hole
of
the
Eare.
The
pits
are
internal
,
and
external
:
six
are
in
the
internal
basis
of
the
Skul
;
Chap.
9.
Of
the
uper
Jaw
.
THe
other
Parts
of
the
Head
,
is
called
the
Face
;
it
comprehends
both
Jaws
,
The
uper
Jaw
consists
of
many
bones
,
about
the
number
of
If
any
object
,
That
they
do
belong
to
the
Jaw
,
because
they
are
beneath
the
common
Suture
that
divides
the
Skul
from
the
Jaw
;
wherefore
seeing
they
are
placed
Beneath
the
said
Suture
,
they
may
be
attributed
to
the
Jaw
.
But
if
the
Apophyses
of
the
bones
of
the
Skul
,
which
stick
out
beyond
the
roundness
of
it
,
be
referred
to
the
Face
;
by
the
same
rule
the
Apophyses
,
called
Pterigodes
,
which
stick
out
without
the
Globe
,
and
r●t●ndity
of
the
Skul
,
and
are
placed
in
the
Same
plain
with
the
Vomer
,
and
the
Angles
which
sustain
the
Jaw
,
are
to
be
reduced
to
the
Jaw
it self
.
And
when
Galen
reckons
the
Os
Sphenois
amongst
the
bones
of
the
Jaw
,
he
reckons
it
as
a
Supernumerary
.
And
therefore
we
must
reckon
but
Eleven
bones
of
the
Jaw
.
Five
bones
are
placed
on
each
side
,
and
one
without
a
fellow
,
which
sustains
Galen
Lib.
de
Oss
.
Cals
[
a
](A57335-e24130-b)
a
T.
15.
f3
.
E.
□
Melon
:
It
may
be
called
Zygomaticus
,
because
it
constitutes
the
greatest
part
of
the
Zygoma
,
and
a
great
part
of
the
Orbita
,
and
Angles
of
the
Eye
:
now
Zygoma
,
is
nothing
else
than
a
bony
Semicircle
made
of
two
Apophyses
,
by
the
oblique
Suture
;
of
which
the
one
passeth
from
the
rocky
bone
;
the
other
from
the
bone
of
the
Cheek
.
The
Second
is
called
[
b
](A57335-e24200-b)
b
f.
3.
G.
□
Os
unguis
,
or
Ossiculum
Lacrimale
.
[
c
](A57335-e24240-b)
c
f3
.
I.
□
greatest
bone
,
and
containes
the
middle
part
[
d
](A57335-e24270-b)
d
f.
3.
K.
□
Nose
,
and
so
the
Nose
is
formed
[
e
](A57335-e24290-b)
e
f.
6.
j.
□
Vomer
,
which
is
placed
under
the
Sphenois
,
and
Palat
,
which
was
not
unknown
to
Hippocraces
.
It
is
like
a
Plow-share
,
and
holds
up
the
bridg
of
the
Nose
,
to
which
it
is
Joyned
by
Sutura
,
or
Harmonia
.
Chap.
10.
Of
the
Orbitary
Bone
.
THe
orbitary
bones
,
which
Hippocrates
Lib.
de
Ossibus
cals
Hypopia
by
[
a
](A57335-e24430-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
3.
A.
□
Frontal
bone
,
which
makes
the
fornace
of
[
b
](A57335-e24460-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
3.
E.
□
Lygomaticum
,
which
makes
the
lesser
corner
,
and
the
middle
pavement
of
the
Orbita
,
or
Eye
hole
.
The
fourth
is
[
c
](A57335-e24490-b)
c
T.
15.
f.
3.
j.
□
Maxillare
.
The
fist
[
d
](A57335-e24510-b)
d
T.
15.
f.
3.
G.
□
Lacrimale
.
The
sixt
the
Scaly
table
,
of
the
os
Ethmois
which
makes
the
other
side
of
the
Orbita
,
and
the
greater
Corner
:
these
bones
are
to
be
discerned
within
the
Orbita
,
with
their
Proper
and
common
Sutures
.
Chap.
11.
Of
the
inferior
Jaw
.
THe
inferior
Jaw
in
such
as
are
grown
up
,
is
but
one
bone
;
in
which
is
to
[
a
](A57335-e24590-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
3.
L.
□
Chin.
The
extremities
are
Angles
,
each
extremity
leads
out
two
Apophyses
,
of
which
one
is
[
b
](A57335-e24620-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
3.
M.
□
Corone
,
and
receive
the
tendon
of
the
temporal
Muscle
;
the
other
is
a
[
c
](A57335-e24640-b)
c
f.
3.
N.
□
Condyle
,
and
may
be
called
Articulatoria
,
because
it
serves
for
Articulation
of
the
Jaw
.
Below
these
Apophyses
is
a
Singular
[
d
](A57335-e24680-b)
d
f.
3.
Infra
M.
□
hole
by
which
Veins
,
Arteries
,
and
Nerves
pass
to
the
Teeth
;
one
portion
of
which
passeth
back
again
,
neer
the
[
c
](A57335-e24690-b)
c
f.
3.
L.
l.
Chin
;
and
is
dispersed
to
the
Muscles
of
the
Lips
.
Chap.
12.
Of
the
Os
Hyois
:
THe
Os
Hyois
may
be
refered
to
the
bones
of
the
Head
,
because
it
is
fastned
[
a
](A57335-e24780-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
11.
12.
A
A.
□
basis
,
[
b
](A57335-e24800-b)
b
T.
13.
f.
11.
12.
B
B.
Horn
,
which
is
seldom
bony
,
springs
on
the
top
,
The
Os
Hyois
is
the
foundation
of
the
Larinx
and
Tongue
and
by
the
Judgment
of
al
Anatomasts
receives
the
Tongue
in
its
Cavity
,
but
if
a
man
may
beleeve
his
own
Chap
13.
Of
the
Teeth
.
THe
Teeth
,
are
the
instruments
of
Chewing
the
Meat
,
and
forming
the
voyce
.
They
consist
of
two
parts
,
one
of
which
sticks
out
without
the
Gum
,
and
is
called
The
Roots
of
the
Teeth
are
various
in
number
and
disverse
in
figure
.
The
Root
The
number
of
the
Teeth
is
various
in
regard
of
Age.
In
Children
from
the
This
number
is
distinguished
into
three
orders
by
reason
of
their
Situation
and
[
a
](A57335-e25010-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
6.
M.
□
Cutters
.
Those
two
which
are
next
these
,
one
on
each
side
,
are
called
[
b
](A57335-e25030-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
6.
n.
□
Dog-teeth
.
The
rest
being
eight
,
or
ten
,
are
called
[
c
](A57335-e25050-b)
c
T.
15.
f.
6.
oo
.
Grinders
,
They
are
placed
in
the
Cavities
of
each
Jaw
,
which
Cavities
are
not
continual
but
divided
into
Cells
,
and
their
conjunction
,
or
Articulation
is
called
Gomphosis
.
Chap.
14.
Of
the
Trunk
,
being
the
Second
Part
of
the
Sceleton
.
THe
Trunk
comprehends
the
Back-bone
and
such
bones
as
are
fastened
thereunto
.
It
is
compounded
of
the
Back-bone
and
the
Chest
.
The
Back-bone
is
a
bony
Channel
which
gives
passage
to
the
Marrow
of
the
Back
,
In
every
Vertebra
you
may
observe
two
parts
of
which
the
one
is
internal
,
thick
and
[
a
](A57335-e25250-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
2.
d.
□
Spina
that
which
is
[
b
](A57335-e25270-b)
b
f.
2.
bb
.
□
Lateral
,
and
transverse
is
double
,
the
[
c
](A57335-e25280-b)
c
f.
2.
c
c
c
c.
□
Oblique
fourfold
by
which
they
are
joyned
together
by
Ginglymos
in
which
three
bones
are
required
.
In
the
Oblique
Apophyses
two
are
above
,
and
as
many
below
;
and
therefore
in
al
the
Vertebrae
,
are
seven
Apophyses
found
.
The
whol
Rachis
or
Back-bone
,
is
divided
into
four
Parts
.
The
Neck
,
Back
,
Loyns
and
Os
Sacrum
:
The
Neck
hath
seven
Vertebae
,
the
Back
twelve
,
the
Loyns
five
,
the
Os
Sacrum
is
either
one
,
or
three-fold
in
such
as
are
grown
up
;
in
Children
it
is
divided
into
five
or
six
Parts
:
Wherefore
the
Back-bone
in
such
as
are
grown
up
,
is
composed
of
twenty
four
Vertebrae
;
to
which
,
if
you
add
the
Os
Sacrum
,
which
is
a
great
Vertebra
,
it
makes
twenty
five
or
twenty
seven
.
The
crooked-streight
Figure
of
the
Back-bone
,
which
is
admirably
described
by
Hippocrates
in
Lib.
3.
de
Articulis
,
from
verse
33.
to
35.
Cannot
be
noted
in
a
Sceleton
,
though
never
so
exactly
made
;
but
in
a
[
d
](A57335-e25460-b)
d
T.
13.
f.
20.
bb
.
□
Apophyses
are
peirced
through
,
that
so
they
may
give
passage
to
the
cervical
Veins
and
Arteries
;
they
have
Cavities
in
the
extremities
,
through
which
the
Nerve
being
yet
soft
,
is
deduced
:
The
[
e
](A57335-e25480-b)
e
f.
21.
b.
□
hindermost
Apophyses
,
are
double
,
for
the
rise
and
insertion
of
Nerves
;
but
the
two
superiors
have
another
structure
and
conformation
,
by
reason
of
the
motion
of
the
Head
;
for
the
first
wants
a
[
f
](A57335-e25500-b)
f
f.
20.
□
Spina
,
and
hath
a
thick
round
Body
;
the
second
sends
out
a
[
g
](A57335-e25530-b)
g
f.
21.
●
.
□
Tooth
like
Apophysis
.
Al
the
Vertebrae
of
the
Neck
are
stricktly
joyned
and
implicated
lest
they
should
slip
a●under
in
the
vehement
Motions
of
the
Neck
.
The
twelve
[
h
](A57335-e25570-b)
h
T.
10.
f.
3.
□
Vertebrae
of
the
Back
,
are
altogether
one
like
the
other
:
their
Apophyses
The
five
Vertebrae
of
the
Loyns
,
differ
in
Apophyses
from
those
of
the
Back
;
for
[
i
](A57335-e25710-b)
i
T.
2.
f.
2.
d.
□
Spinae
,
do
not
descend
as
they
do
in
the
Back
,
but
are
straight
,
and
broad
:
the
[
k
](A57335-e25730-b)
k
T.
2.
f.
1.
aa
.
□
transverse
Apophyses
are
longer
,
and
stand
instead
of
Ribs
.
Under
the
Loyns
is
the
[
l
](A57335-e25760-b)
l
T.
2.
f.
5.
6.
□
Os
Sacrum
,
which
though
it
Seem
one
simple
bone
at
the
To
the
extremity
of
the
Os
Sacrum
,
is
another
cartilaginous
bone
joyned
,
which
[
m
](A57335-e25830-b)
m
T.
2.
f.
5.
bb
.
c.
Coccyx
,
the
Crupper-bone
.
Chap.
15.
Of
the
Chest
.
THe
Chest
,
together
with
the
Back-bone
,
make
up
the
trunk
of
the
The
Chest
is
a
bony
Circumference
,
which
holds
the
vital
Parts
,
and
is
constituted
The
[
a
](A57335-e25960-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
2.
A
A.
□
Sternum
or
Brest-bone
,
in
such
as
are
grown
up
,
is
one
only
continued
[
b
](A57335-e26000-b)
b
f.
2.
B.
□
Xyphoides
,
or
the
sword-like
Cartilage
;
it
represents
a
Shield
in
bruites
.
The
Ribs
are
twenty
four
,
twelve
on
each
side
;
of
which
,
the
seven
uper
most
are
called
[
c
](A57335-e26030-b)
c
f.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
□
True
,
because
they
are
committed
to
the
Sternum
;
the
other
five
inferior
are
called
[
d
](A57335-e26070-b)
d
f.
2.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
□
Bastard
,
because
they
are
never
joyned
to
the
Breast-bone
,
but
are
joyned
in
a
Cartilage
,
that
they
may
the
better
give
way
to
the
swellings
of
the
Liver
and
Spleen
,
and
yeild
to
the
Motions
of
the
Diaphragma
.
The
[
e
](A57335-e26120-b)
e
f.
1.
f.
T.
21.
f.
2.
A.
Claviculae
are
two
,
one
on
each
side
;
whose
Figure
represents
an
Italica
Chap.
16.
Of
the
Limbs
,
being
the
Third
Part
of
the
Sceleton
:
and
first
,
of
the
Scapula
.
SEeing
the
Scapula
Omoplata
,
or
shoulder-blade
,
belongs
nothing
at
al
to
the
constitution
of
the
Breast
,
I
seperate
it
from
the
Trunk
,
and
set
it
at
the
beginning
of
the
hands
.
In
the
Omoplata
many
Parts
come
to
be
noted
for
the
original
[
a
](A57335-e26260-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
2.
hh
.
□
Basis
,
the
extremities
of
which
are
[
b
](A57335-e26290-b)
b
f.
2.
f.
□
Superior
,
the
other
[
c
](A57335-e26300-b)
c
f.
2.
g.
□
Inferior
.
The
Basis
is
the
sides
of
the
Ribs
;
of
which
,
the
one
is
shorter
and
thinner
,
which
is
called
the
[
d
](A57335-e26310-b)
d
f.
2.
ab
.
f.
ad
.
d.
□
Superior
Rib
;
the
other
longer
,
and
thicker
which
is
called
the
[
e
](A57335-e26330-b)
e
f.
2.
ag
.
ad
.
●
.
□
Inferior
Rib.
The
whol
[
f
](A57335-e26390-b)
f
f.
2.
e.
□
Spina
,
the
broad
extremity
of
which
,
is
called
Acromium
;
which
according
to
Galen
and
Hippocrates
,
is
a
distinct
bone
,
and
Cartilaginous
in
Children
;
but
hard
,
and
bony
,
in
such
as
are
grown
up
.
Which
after
the
twentieth
year
,
and
somthing
sooner
is
turned
into
an
Apophysis
of
the
Spina
.
The
pits
on
each
side
of
the
Spina
are
called
Interscapulium
;
one
pit
is
above
it
,
the
other
below
it
,
but
the
middle
prominence
of
the
Spina
[
g
](A57335-e26530-b)
g
f.
2.
c.
□
Neck
;
in
it
you
shal
note
,
that
Apophyses
called
[
h
](A57335-e26550-b)
h
f.
2.
d.
□
Coracoides
,
which
was
made
for
the
security
,
and
firmness
of
the
Joynt
of
the
Shoulder
,
the
Cavity
of
the
Neck
,
is
called
Glenoides
.
Chap.
17.
Of
the
Shoulder
.
THe
Arm
hangs
upon
the
Omoplata
or
Scapula
,
which
is
divided
into
three
[
a
](A57335-e26750-b)
a
f.
2.
f.
Cavities
,
of
which
the
external
,
is
wider
than
the
internal
;
in
these
are
the
Coronal
Apophyses
of
the
Cubit
received
:
with
the
Trochlea
are
two
Apophyses
,
which
are
called
Condili
the
one
inferior
,
and
interior
;
the
other
superior
,
and
exterior
.
Chap.
18.
Of
the
Cubitus
,
and
Radius
.
THe
second
Part
of
the
hand
is
called
Cubitus
,
&
consists
of
two
bones
;
of
which
the
one
which
is
superior
and
shorter
,
is
called
[
a
](A57335-e26850-b)
a
f.
2.
E.
□
Radius
;
the
other
,
which
is
[
b
](A57335-e26880-b)
b
f.
2.
D.
□
Cubitus
,
and
by
some
Vlna
.
Two
bones
are
necessary
in
this
Part
of
the
Arm
by
reason
of
their
double
and
contrary
Motions
,
which
could
not
be
performed
by
one
bone
united
by
Ginglymus
;
for
Ginglymus
suffers
only
bowing
and
extending
,
and
in
no
wise
invertion
;
which
the
Radius
being
joyned
by
Arthrodia
performs
.
The
Obliquation
of
the
Radius
cannot
perfectly
be
discerned
unless
in
a
new
carcass
,
all
the
Muscles
being
taken
away
;
for
with
great
admiration
you
shal
see
the
Radius
turned
about
,
upward
and
downward
,
upon
the
Cubit
,
being
unmoved
and
also
moved
together
with
the
Cubitus
,
when
it
is
bowed
and
extended
.
There
is
somthing
worthy
the
noting
in
the
extremity
of
the
Cubitus
:
For
in
the
uper
extremity
,
is
the
Cavity
,
called
Sygmoides
,
which
embraceth
the
Trochlea
of
[
c
](A57335-e27050-b)
c
T.
21.
f.
2.
g.
□
Olecranum
:
In
the
inferior
Part
the
Cubitus
,
is
an
Apophysis
,
which
is
called
[
d
](A57335-e27090-b)
d
f.
2.
e.
regione
.
□
Styloides
;
the
extremities
of
these
bones
alone
,
are
joyned
together
by
that
Ginglymus
,
which
consisteth
of
two
Bones
,
passing
into
one
another
,
in
diverse
,
and
distant
places
.
Chap.
19.
Of
the
Hand
.
THe
Hand
is
divided
into
three
Parts
Carpus
,
Metacarpus
,
and
the
Fingers
.
[
a
](A57335-e27200-b)
a
f.
1.
FF
.
f.
2.
F.
□
Carpus
consists
of
eight
bones
,
distributed
into
two
orders
,
which
are
joyned
Arthrodia
Diarthrodis
,
with
the
inferior
Cubit
;
the
same
order
is
joyned
with
the
second
order
of
the
bones
of
the
Wrist
,
or
Carpus
,
by
Arthrodia
;
which
second
order
is
joyned
with
the
Metacarpus
,
by
Arthrodia
Synarthrodis
:
So
that
this
Motion
,
is
either
none
at
al
,
or
insensible
;
but
the
first
order
with
the
second
is
moved
obscurely
.
The
[
b
](A57335-e27320-b)
b
T.
21.
f.
1.
GG
.
f.
2.
G.
□
Metacarpus
,
succeeds
the
Carpus
,
and
is
framed
of
five
bones
,
if
we
add
From
the
several
bones
of
the
Metacarpus
,
are
several
[
c
](A57335-e27430-b)
c
F.
8.
f.
12.
CDE
.
Fingers
stretched
;
only
Chap.
20.
Of
the
Bones
of
the
Ilium
.
THe
greatest
and
largest
bones
of
the
body
,
which
being
joyned
with
the
Os
Sacrum
,
sustain
and
erect
the
whol
Trunk
,
are
by
the
greatest
Part
called
Ossa
Ilium
:
In
such
as
are
grown
up
,
they
are
one
bone
▪
but
in
Children
divided
into
[
a
](A57335-e27540-b)
a
T.
8.
f.
12.
CDE
.
□
three
parts
;
which
yet
hold
their
antient
appellations
,
though
the
very
Footsteps
[
b
](A57335-e27560-b)
b
T.
2.
f.
3.
A.
□
Ilium
;
[
c
](A57335-e27590-b)
c
f.
3.
C.
□
Pubis
;
the
other
inferior
Part
[
d
](A57335-e27610-b)
d
f.
3.
BB.
□
Ischium
:
Of
these
three
portions
,
is
made
that
great
hole
called
the
[
e
](A57335-e27630-b)
e
T.
21.
f.
4.
B.
□
the
Funnel
.
In
these
bones
some
particular
things
are
to
be
noted
;
for
Anatomists
call
the
external
Face
of
the
Os
Ilium
,
the
Back
;
the
superior
internal
Cavity
,
they
cal
the
Belly
;
the
extremity
of
which
,
is
called
the
Reb
;
the
brims
of
which
,
both
external
,
Os
Sacrum
,
is
called
the
hinder
Spine
.
And
the
other
[
f
](A57335-e27730-b)
f
T2
.
f.
4.
aa
.
extremity
of
the
Rib
towards
the
Funnel
,
foremost
,
upermost
Spine
.
There
is
under
this
,
another
called
the
former
and
nether
Spine
.
In
the
Os
Pubis
,
a
Spine
is
observed
neer
the
Spmphysis
,
by
its
top
:
In
the
Ischium
,
a
Spine
,
and
a
Bunch
is
noted
;
which
Bunch
is
called
Condylus
.
Chap.
21.
Of
the
●Bone
of
the
Thigh
.
THe
Feer
,
as
wel
as
the
Hands
,
are
divided
into
three
Parts
;
the
Thigh
,
Leg
,
and
Foot
.
The
Bone
of
the
Thigh
is
but
one
,
and
the
greatest
in
al
the
Body
.
In
the
superior
[
a
](A57335-e27890-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
1.
dd
.
f4
.
a.
□
Head
is
round
,
to
which
a
slender
part
is
added
,
called
the
Neck
:
from
the
Neck
are
two
Apophyses
produced
,
to
which
,
the
Muscles
called
Rotatores
,
are
fastned
;
and
therefore
they
are
called
Trochanters
;
the
foremost
is
called
the
lesser
[
b
](A57335-e27930-b)
b
f.
1.
gg
.
f4
.
c.
□
Trochanter
;
the
upermost
,
on
the
side
,
the
greater
[
c
](A57335-e27950-b)
c
f.
1.
ff.
f.
4.
b.
□
Trochanter
.
The
other
extremity
of
the
Thigh
,
hath
two
[
d
](A57335-e27970-b)
d
f.
1.
hh
.
f.
4.
ee
.
□
Condyli
:
a
[
e
](A57335-e27990-b)
e
f.
4.
d.
□
Cavity
being
left
between
,
which
admits
the
[
f
](A57335-e28010-b)
f
f4
.
f.
□
middle
,
and
eminents
Apophysis
of
the
Leg
;
and
in
like
manner
the
Condyli
are
received
by
the
[
g
](A57335-e28050-b)
g
f.
1.
hh
.
f4
.
ee
.
□
Cavities
of
the
Leg
,
by
a
loose
[
h
](A57335-e28060-b)
h
f.
8.
cc.
□
Ginglymus
,
the
fore
Part
of
which
,
is
called
the
Knee
,
the
hinder
Part
the
Ham
:
this
[
i
](A57335-e28110-b)
i
f.
1.
LL.
f.
8.
d.
Knee-pan
,
which
is
Articulated
to
no
bone
.
Chap.
22.
Of
the
Leg.
THe
Leg
is
composed
of
two
bones
;
of
which
,
the
greater
,
and
internal
,
is
[
a
](A57335-e28170-b)
a
f.
1.
M.
f.
4.
D.
□
Tibia
;
The
lesser
,
and
external
,
[
b
](A57335-e28190-b)
b
f.
i.
M.
f4
.
D.
□
Fibula
.
The
Fibia
is
Articuluted
by
Ginglymos
to
the
Thigh
;
the
Fibula
sticks
to
the
Tibia
,
and
toucheth
not
the
Thigh
.
The
inferior
,
and
bunchy
Parts
of
them
both
,
are
called
Ancles
;
of
which
,
the
Fibia
makes
the
[
c
](A57335-e28270-b)
c
f.
1.
ii
.
f4
.
gg
.
□
internal
,
and
the
Fibula
,
the
[
d
](A57335-e28290-b)
d
f.
1.
KK
.
f4
.
h.
external
.
Chap.
23.
Of
the
Foot
.
THe
Foot
is
divided
into
the
Tarsus
,
Metatarsus
,
and
Toes
.
The
Tarsus
Ruffius
Ephesius
cals
Ostracodea
,
by
reason
of
their
hardness
:
The
first
Bone
Articulated
with
the
Tibia
,
is
called
Astragalus
,
or
[
a
](A57335-e28420-b)
a
f.
5.
A.
□
Talus
:
The
Bone
under
this
,
Pterna
,
or
[
b
](A57335-e28450-b)
b
f.
5.
B.
□
Calcaneum
:
The
third
joyned
to
the
Astragalus
,
Schaphoides
:
The
fourth
[
c
](A57335-e28480-b)
c
f.
5.
C.
□
Naviculare
;
to
which
is
joyned
the
inner
,
and
foremost
portion
of
the
Heel
,
which
is
called
[
d
](A57335-e28500-b)
d
f.
5.
D.
□
Cuboides
;
the
other
three
have
no
Names
,
or
Else
are
called
[
e
](A57335-e28520-b)
e
f.
5.
eee
.
□
Calcoidea
.
The
[
f
](A57335-e28540-b)
f
f.
4.
g.
□
Metatarsus
follows
the
Tarsus
,
and
is
formed
of
five
Bones
,
and
answers
to
the
Metacarpus
of
the
The
Toes
succeed
the
Metatarsus
▪
coustituted
of
[
g
](A57335-e28620-b)
g
f.
4.
□
three
Bones
apiece
,
except
the
great
Toe
,
which
hath
only
two
Bones
:
smal
Bones
fil
up
and
strengthen
the
internodes
of
the
Fingers
and
Toes
in
such
as
are
grown
up
,
which
are
uncertain
in
number
,
and
called
[
h
](A57335-e28640-b)
h
T.
21.
f.
6.
Sesamoidea
.
In
the
second
Articulation
of
the
great
Toe
,
are
two
smal
Bones
worth
the
noting
,
and
indifferent
big
,
which
are
alwaies
found
in
al
Carcasses
,
and
two
at
the
original
of
the
two
Muscles
of
the
Feet
,
mentioned
by
Vessalius
,
which
are
but
seldom
found
,
and
are
to
be
numbred
with
the
Sesamoidea
.
Chap.
24.
In
what
Particulars
the
Bones
of
Men
differ
from
those
of
Women
.
THe
Bones
of
Men
and
Women
,
differ
in
some
parts
,
which
Platerus
first
noted
,
It
is
true
,
al
the
bones
of
Women
,
are
less
then
those
in
Men
,
both
in
weight
,
and
The
bones
of
the
Head
,
are
altogether
alik
,
having
neither
more
,
nor
fewer
Sutures
;
Ch.
7.
Lib.
1.
de
hist.
animal
.
and
7.
Lib.
3.
ejusd
,
operis
,
and
Chap.
7.
Lib.
3.
de
part
animal
.
Yet
the
[
a
](A57335-e28840-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
3.
bb
.
□
Sagittal
Suture
,
more
often
in
Woman
,
passeth
to
the
Nase
,
dividing
the
[
b
](A57335-e28850-b)
b
f.
3.
A.
□
Bone
of
the
Fore-head
in
the
middle
.
It
is
fal●e
that
Aristotle
held
,
Viz.
That
Males
have
more
[
c
](A57335-e28890-b)
c
f.
6.
mno
.
□
Teeth
,
then
Females
,
The
[
d
](A57335-e28920-b)
d
T.
13.
adf
.
10.
□
Larinx
(
if
it
may
be
numbred
amongst
the
Bones
)
is
less
in
Women
,
and
[
e
](A57335-e28950-b)
e
f.
8.
A.
□
Thyroides
,
sticks
out
less
.
The
[
f
](A57335-e28980-b)
f
T.
10.
□
Brest
in
Women
is
depressed
in
the
fore
part
,
and
sticks
not
out
as
it
doth
The
[
g
](A57335-e29010-b)
g
T.
21.
f.
1.
R.
□
Claviculae
in
Women
are
not
so
crooked
,
for
the
more
comliness
of
their
The
inferior
Part
of
the
[
h
](A57335-e29050-b)
h
T.
10.
f.
2.
AA
.
□
Sternum
,
is
broader
then
in
Men
,
and
many
times
hath
[
i
](A57335-e29080-b)
i
f.
2.
B.
□
Sword-like
Cartilige
depends
,
is
clest
like
a
crescent
Moon
and
makes
a
large
hole
for
the
Egress
of
the
Mammaria
Interna
.
It
is
false
that
the
[
k
](A57335-e29110-b)
k
f.
2.
CC.
□
Cartilages
,
which
in
men
become
bony
about
the
forty
or
In
Women
with
great
Breasts
,
Thorax
is
narrow
,
and
almost
poynted
,
by
reason
of
the
weight
of
their
Breasts
.
That
Part
of
the
Back
above
the
Loyns
,
is
no
more
bowed
Backwards
in
Women
,
then
it
is
in
Men.
The
[
l
](A57335-e29180-b)
l
T.
2
f.
5.
and
6.
□
Os
Sacrum
is
shorter
,
broader
,
and
more
bowed
outwards
in
Women
,
The
Os
[
m
](A57335-e29230-b)
m
f.
5.
and
6.
b.
c.
□
Coccyx
,
or
Crupper
Bone
,
is
more
movable
,
and
not
so
strongly
knit
,
Galen
:
Lib.
1.
de
Semine
.
The
Buttocks
of
Women
are
broader
and
according
to
Aristotle
,
Lib.
4.
de
hist
animal
.
Women
are
stronger
in
their
lower
Parts
,
and
therefore
the
Os
[
n
](A57335-e29310-b)
n
f.
3.
and
4.
A.
□
Ilium
Ossa
Ilium
are
more
hollowed
outwardly
.
Upon
this
largness
of
the
Bones
,
the
Womb
when
it
is
great
with
Child
leans
as
it
were
,
upon
Pillows
,
and
sits
as
it
were
in
a
Saddle
.
Elegantly
said
Galen
Lib.
14.
deusu
Partium
,
when
he
called
the
concourse
of
these
Bones
with
the
Os
Sacrum
,
THE
GREAT
BONY
VAULT
or
Arch.
The
oval
hole
is
Smaller
in
Women
that
the
portion
of
the
Os
Pubis
,
neer
the
Symphysis
,
may
be
larger
;
but
The
inferior
,
or
tuberous
Parts
,
of
the
[
o
](A57335-e29450-b)
o
f.
3.
4.
b.
□
Os
Ischium
,
it
fitted
with
a
double
The
space
between
the
Os
Sacrum
,
Ilium
,
and
[
p
](A57335-e29510-b)
p
f.
3.
4.
C.
Pubis
,
where
they
are
joyned
together
,
is
sarger
in
Women
then
in
Men
,
least
the
narrowness
of
the
Passage
should
hinder
the
comming
out
of
the
Child
.
The
rest
of
the
structure
of
Bones
in
Women
,
is
like
those
in
Men.
Chap.
25.
Of
the
number
of
the
Bones
in
a
Mans
Body
.
THe
number
of
the
Bones
of
mans
Body
amongst
Anatomists
is
uncertain
Vesalius
held
307.
Galen
242.
But
in
the
Sceleton
of
a
perfect
man
,
there
are
two
hundred
and
fifty
six
necessary
Bones
for
the
structure
of
it
;
which
are
thus
numbred
.
Of
the
Skul
,
eight
;
of
the
upper
Jaw
,
eleven
;
of
the
nether
Jaw
,
one
;
of
the
Os
Hyois
,
three
;
Teeth
,
thirty
two
;
Back-bone
,
twenty
four
;
Os
Sacrum
,
three
;
Coccyx
,
three
;
Claviculae
,
two
;
Ribs
,
twenty
four
;
of
the
Sternum
,
three
;
of
each
Hand
,
divided
into
four
Parts
,
sixty
two
;
Omoplata
,
two
;
Armes
,
two
;
Cubits
,
four
;
both
Wrists
,
sixteen
;
both
Metacarpus
,
eight
;
of
al
the
Fingers
,
thirty
;
of
each
Foot
,
divided
into
four
parts
,
sixty
two
;
Namely
the
Bones
of
the
Ilium
,
two
;
Thigh
,
two
;
Legs
,
four
;
Knee-pans
,
two
;
Tarsus
,
fourteen
;
Metatarsus
,
ten
;
Toes
,
twenty
eight
.
Besides
these
Bones
,
where
of
the
Sceleton
is
made
,
there
are
eighteen
other
manifest
smal
Bones
,
In
each
great
Toe
four
,
Sesamoida
;
in
the
Head
of
the
Muscles
,
called
Gemeli
,
on
each
side
,
four
.
The
rest
of
the
Sesamoida
are
so
smal
that
they
consum
or
vanish
away
in
boyling
the
Bones
to
make
a
Sceleton
.
There
is
in
each
Eare
three
smal
Bones
,
which
ought
to
be
kept
apart
with
the
Sesamoida
;
neither
come
they
into
the
structure
of
the
Sceleton
.
So
that
if
you
add
the
first
number
to
the
second
,
you
shall
find
two
hundred
and
fifty
six
Bones
.
Chap.
26.
The
History
of
an
Infants
Bones
,
till
the
Age
of
seven
years
.
SEeing
the
Bones
of
Infants
,
from
their
Birth
til
seven
years
of
Age
,
differ
much
from
the
Bones
of
such
as
are
grown
up
,
both
in
number
,
and
figure
,
and
especially
in
the
Multitude
of
Epiphyses
,
and
desectof
Apophyses
,
therefore
I
thought
it
wel
worth
the
while
,
to
ad
the
Bones
of
Infants
,
to
the
Bones
of
men
grown
up
,
that
the
difference
between
them
may
apear
more
evidently
,
for
this
comparison
makes
much
to
take
away
the
differences
amongst
Anatomists
;
and
to
unty
the
difficult
knots
,
you
shal
find
in
Galens
Doctrine
of
the
Bones
.
That
this
Osteology
,
was
known
to
Galen
,
is
manifest
by
various
places
in
him
;
in
which
he
declares
the
Bones
of
Infants
,
in
his
Book
of
the
formation
of
the
Child
De
semine
,
he
treats
of
the
Teeth
of
Infants
,
but
before
Galen
,
Hippocrates
,
was
a
diligent
studier
and
observer
of
this
Osteology
;
as
his
divine
monuments
of
the
Nature
of
Children
,
and
of
their
breeding
Teeth
witness
.
And
the
profit
of
this
Doctrine
is
very
great
:
not
only
in
the
education
of
Children
,
Excellently
said
Galen
,
in
Lib.
de
causis
Morborum
Chap.
7.
When
he
describeth
the
deformities
of
Bones
,
which
are
in
Children
.
The
Natural
figure
,
(
saith
he
)
of
the
members
,
and
of
the
whol
Body
,
is
changed
either
in
the
Womb
,
or
at
the
Birth
,
or
after
the
Birth
;
It
is
depraved
in
the
Womb
when
the
formation
is
vitiated
,
by
reason
of
abounding
,
or
unfit
matter
,
It
is
depraved
in
the
Birth
,
when
the
Midwife
takes
it
not
righly
,
or
binds
it
not
up
rightly
,
being
born
,
after
the
birth
the
Nurse
,
in
taking
of
it
up
laying
it
down
,
or
carrying
of
it
,
or
washing
of
it
,
or
binding
it
up
;
in
al
these
the
Nature
of
every
member
is
easily
turned
out
of
its
course
,
and
corrupted
.
These
also
happen
in
unfit
Motions
,
whilst
it
is
set
to
stand
or
walk
,
before
its
time
,
or
exposed
to
vehement
Motions
.
For
unseasonable
,
and
vehement
motions
weaken
the
Limbs
,
and
the
Legs
,
are
turned
inwards
or
outwards
by
the
waight
of
the
Body
;
and
those
Limbs
which
should
be
straight
are
made
crooked
,
the
Parts
of
the
breast
are
usually
inverted
by
Nurses
,
by
binding
them
too
bard
,
in
their
first
education
;
this
we
see
almost
continually
in
Virgins
,
whilst
Nurses
study
to
encrease
those
parts
,
which
are
about
the
Hips
and
Bowels
that
,
they
may
exceed
the
bigness
of
the
Breast
,
they
bind
the
Parts
about
the
Breast
so
vehement
heard
,
that
the
breast
becomes
sharp
,
and
they
look
as
though
they
were
broken
backt
;
and
somtimes
are
crook
Shouldred
.
You
see
by
Galen
,
what
miseries
and
deformities
little
Children
are
subject
too
;
by
reason
of
ill
forming
the
Bones
,
which
may
be
corrected
whilst
they
are
Young
,
and
Flexible
,
and
brought
into
what
form
you
will
.
Hippocrates
Lib.
de
Septimestri
Partu
,
gives
the
reason
,
why
Children
are
Born
Blind
,
Lame
,
or
other
wile
ill
formed
▪
The
Women
that
go
with
such
Children
are
ill
,
or
like
to
miscarry
,
in
the
eight
month
,
for
the
maimed
Embrion
was
greavous
Sick
,
in
the
eight
month
;
and
the
Disease
,
Caused
,
Impostumation
,
as
it
doth
in
men
,
but
when
the
Embrion
is
main
sick
,
at
any
other
time
it
rather
dies
then
suffers
Apostumation
:
Hitherto
Hippocrates
,
and
Aristotle
writes
Sect.
10.
Probl.
40.
That
Children
may
be
hurt
in
the
Womb
,
because
their
Legs
are
so
tender
.
The
greather
Bones
of
Infants
are
hollow
,
and
the
Marrow
Bloody
.
After
six
I
never
observed
any
Bone
,
of
any
bignes
or
length
;
which
ended
not
in
an
Chap.
27.
Of
the
Head
.
THe
Sutures
of
the
Head
seem
to
be
rather
Harmonioe
,
distinguished
by
a
Dura
Mater
to
pass
[
a
](A57335-e30260-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
4.
C.
□
Fontanella
The
temperal
Bone
seeing
it
is
framed
of
two
parts
scaly
and
rocky
,
the
parts
of
it
are
distinguished
by
Harmonia
,
which
is
not
disanulled
above
the
hole
of
the
Eare
,
but
beyond
it
,
about
the
Apophysis
Mastois
.
The
Bones
of
the
Skul
are
very
thin
,
neither
shal
you
find
the
two
tables
or
plates
The
[
c
](A57335-e30360-b)
c
T.
8.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
Frontal
bone
is
alwaies
two
without
any
sinuous
Cavity
,
the
bone
of
the
The
Bones
of
the
Temples
are
manifestly
seperated
into
two
Parts
,
scaly
and
In
this
auricular
Epiphyses
many
things
come
to
view
,
the
passage
of
hearing
is
altogether
Cartilaginous
,
about
the
fift
or
sixt
month
it
begins
to
be
bony
,
and
yet
it
may
be
seperated
even
to
the
seventh
month
,
but
in
the
basis
it
is
hollowest
;
even
to
the
third
year
and
longer
.
But
proceeding
inwards
to
the
extremity
of
this
passage
their
is
a
bony
[
d
](A57335-e30580-b)
d
f.
4.
B
B.
□
circle
to
[
e
](A57335-e30610-b)
e
T.
8.
f.
5.
□
Cavities
are
very
straight
,
neither
can
the
admirable
structure
of
the
Labyrinth
be
perceived
in
Boies
,
and
yet
that
which
is
wonderful
the
three
little
Bones
of
the
Eare
[
f
](A57335-e30620-b)
f
f.
7.
and
8.
□
Malleolus
[
g
](A57335-e30640-b)
g
f.
6.
A.
□
Incus
and
[
h
](A57335-e30660-b)
h
f.
6.
A.
□
Stapes
,
are
of
the
same
substance
,
bigness
and
form
,
even
from
the
birth
to
extrame
Old
Age.
The
Os
Sphenois
is
divided
into
four
Parts
according
to
Fallopius
of
which
the
Glandula
Pituitaria
,
a
third
;
The
fourth
part
is
subservient
to
the
optick
Nerves
,
which
portions
grow
together
,
not
long
after
the
Nativity
:
but
Fallopius
very
ill
decribed
these
portions
of
the
Sphenois
;
for
the
third
comprehends
the
seat
,
or
Saddle
,
and
also
is
subservient
to
the
optick
Nerves
:
The
fourth
is
streched
out
below
the
Saddle
,
even
to
the
Corone
of
the
hinder
part
of
the
Head
,
and
that
division
remains
Conspicuous
,
even
til
three
or
four
years
be
passed
.
In
this
Bone
,
are
no
winding
Cavities
;
and
the
Os
Ethmois
,
is
totally
Cartilaginous
;
the
bridg
of
the
Nose
is
bony
at
first
,
but
grows
hard
along
time
after
the
other
parts
.
In
the
Eye-hole
of
such
as
are
grown
up
,
are
six
bones
noted
,
Zygomaticum
,
Sphenoides
,
Frontal
,
Ethmoides
,
Lacrymal
,
and
Maxillare
:
The
portion
of
which
makes
the
pavement
in
Children
,
and
is
severed
with
a
kind
of
Suture
,
which
remains
even
till
three
or
four
years
of
Age.
The
Lines
,
or
Harmoniae
of
the
upper
Jaw
,
are
like
those
,
in
such
as
are
grown
The
[
i
](A57335-e30880-b)
i
f.
T.
8.
f.
6.
C.
□
Inferior
Jaw
in
the
midst
,
where
the
Chin
is
,
is
divided
by
Harmonia
,
and
The
Teeth
are
ingendred
in
the
Womb
,
when
the
rest
of
the
parts
are
ingendred
;
They
begin
to
pass
out
of
the
Gums
about
the
seventh
Month
,
somtimes
sooner
if
the
Nurses
Milk
be
very
hot
.
Some
few
have
Teeth
when
they
are
borne
as
,
Cneus
Papyrius
Carbo
and
M.
Curtius
.
They
do
not
break
out
altogether
,
but
by
degrees
,
in
two
years
space
;
and
the
When
Children
have
twenty
Teeth
,
then
they
usually
say
,
they
have
al
their
Teeth
;
neither
indeed
have
they
more
,
before
they
are
three
or
four
years
of
Age.
But
when
Anatomists
say
,
that
there
is
only
twenty
Teeth
contained
in
the
Gums
,
They
do
not
tel
you
where
the
other
Eight
or
twelve
reside
;
neither
doth
Neither
do
these
eight
or
twelve
Teeth
break
out
before
the
Jaws
are
made
larger
,
Their
generation
is
two-fold
;
one
in
the
Womb
,
the
other
without
the
Womb
;
Under
these
Teeth
,
in
every
hole
,
is
subjected
the
Seminal
matter
of
another
Tooth
,
a
Membrane
passing
betwen
them
;
which
whilst
it
is
fermented
by
the
formative
faculty
,
and
growing
up
,
it
expels
the
former
.
This
second
matter
thus
included
with
a
membrane
,
hath
deceived
many
Anatomists
,
which
thought
the
Teeth
consisted
of
two
Parts
;
and
that
other
Part
of
the
Tooth
,
was
an
Epiphysis
of
the
Root
:
therefore
Vesalius
,
and
Columbus
,
held
the
Teeth
in
Children
,
ought
not
to
be
pulled
out
by
the
Roots
,
but
transversly
to
be
broken
off
,
as
thinking
that
a
new
Tooth
grew
up
from
the
same
Root
,
which
could
never
be
,
if
the
former
were
pulled
up
by
the
Root
.
But
Celsus
in
my
Judgment
wrote
more
truly
,
that
there
was
a
new
Tooth
in
Children
,
which
did
expel
the
former
,
and
somtimes
grew
out
besides
it
,
either
aboue
,
or
below
it
.
The
middle
part
of
the
Hyois
,
being
the
basis
of
the
whol
bone
,
is
Cartilaginous
,
ᵇ
T.
8.
f.
4.
G.
□
ᵏ
T.
8.
f.
4.
D.
Chap.
28.
Of
the
Back
and
Breast-bones
.
THe
Back-bone
consists
of
twenty
four
Vertebrae
,
the
Os
Sacrum
excepted
!
al
[
a
](A57335-e31280-b)
a
T.
8.
f.
9.
A
B
C.
□
three
parts
,
the
two
first
of
the
Neck
excepted
:
the
first
part
constitutes
the
Body
;
the
other
two
make
the
sides
of
the
hole
,
neither
do
they
send
out
any
process
.
Fallopius
hath
seen
the
first
In
al
the
Vertebrae
,
the
hinder
part
is
[
b
](A57335-e31390-b)
b
f.
11.
□
Acute
,
and
altogether
Cartilaginous
,
and
then
grows
bony
,
and
like
an
Appendix
is
joyned
to
the
other
parts
.
The
transverse
processes
,
are
also
Cartilaginous
,
but
soon
acquire
a
bony
Nature
.
The
Os
Sacrum
consists
of
[
c
](A57335-e31430-b)
c
f.
12.
B.
□
five
Vertebrae
,
with
Cartilages
between
:
So
as
they
Al
the
Vertebrae
consist
of
three
parts
,
as
al
the
Spines
of
the
Vertebrae
.
The
Os
Coccix
is
altogether
Cartilaginous
,
and
undivided
;
Age
divides
it
into
three
The
extremities
of
the
Ribs
that
are
[
d
](A57335-e31520-b)
d
f.
10.
11.
A.
joynted
to
the
Back
,
are
altogether
Cartilaginous
,
So
soon
as
the
Child
is
born
,
the
inferrior
part
of
the
Sternum
is
Cartilaginous
,
and
hath
no
division
;
then
it
grows
bony
,
as
I
shewed
you
before
;
at
last
it
is
cut
into
six
particulars
,
by
a
transverse
line
drawn
from
the
Cartilages
of
the
Ribs
,
to
which
you
must
number
that
which
is
by
the
Sword-like
Cartilage
.
Fallopius
in
his
Observations
,
notes
eight
bones
in
the
Sternum
of
Children
▪
which
Fallopius
thus
describes
the
Union
of
the
bones
.
After
seven
years
the
bones
of
the
Sternum
are
joyned
together
and
become
fewer
by
degrees
,
so
that
six
only
apear
,
one
bone
being
made
of
the
fourth
and
fifth
and
another
of
the
sixt
and
seventh
.
Besides
this
Union
increasing
,
there
are
only
four
found
,
the
third
fourth
fifth
sixth
and
seventh
growing
together
.
Of
the
Sternum
of
Infants
Read
Sylvius
,
com
.
ad
ch.
2.
Lib.
Gal.
de
Ossibus
.
Chap.
29.
Of
the
upper
Limbs
.
IN
the
Omoplata
both
Apophyses
,
and
Epiphyses
,
are
Cartilaginous
,
also
[
a
](A57335-e31870-b)
a
T.
8.
f.
13.
a
b.
□
The
appendices
of
the
shoulders
in
each
extremity
are
Cartilaginous
,
and
grow
hard
by
degrees
.
Also
the
Trochlea
is
Cartilaginous
,
but
is
sooner
turned
into
bone
then
the
superior
parts
:
the
superior
part
of
the
Cubit
called
Olecramen
,
is
an
Epiphysis
and
after
one
years
time
grows
hard
and
is
joyned
to
the
bone
.
The
[
b
](A57335-e31920-b)
b
T.
8.
f.
13.
c.
□
bones
of
the
Wrist
when
the
Child
is
born
:
are
composed
of
one
Cartilage
,
The
extremities
of
the
[
c
](A57335-e31950-b)
c
f.
13.
d.
bones
of
the
Metacarpus
and
Wrist
are
Cartilaginous
,
Chap.
30.
Of
the
Inferior
Limbs
.
THe
Ilium
in
Children
is
composed
,
of
three
bones
even
til
they
are
seven
years
[
a
](A57335-e32040-b)
a
T.
8.
f.
12.
C
C.
□
The
first
bone
comprehends
that
widness
which
passeth
to
the
midst
of
the
Funnel
,
the
other
part
is
equally
divided
into
two
parts
,
a
line
being
drawn
by
that
Cleft
of
the
Funnel
Cros
the
Oval
hole
,
and
makes
the
Symphysis
of
the
Os
Pubis
,
the
superior
Part
of
this
division
is
called
[
b
](A57335-e32060-b)
b
T.
8.
f.
12.
D
D.
□
Os
Pubis
,
the
inferior
[
c
](A57335-e32080-b)
c
f.
12.
E
E.
□
Os
Ischium
,
the
Lips
of
which
are
[
d
](A57335-e32120-b)
d
f.
14.
a.
b.
□
The
Thigh
on
the
superior
part
sends
out
three
appendices
;
a
Head
,
and
two
The
Knee-pan
at
first
is
totally
Cartilaginous
;
and
is
a
long
time
ere
it
grow
The
bones
of
the
Tibia
and
Fibula
,
differ
nothing
from
those
that
are
grown
up
In
the
Foot
al
the
bones
of
the
[
e
](A57335-e32230-b)
e
f.
14.
c.
Tarsus
are
Cartilaginous
for
some
months
,
the
The
Sesamoides
remain
Cartilaginous
almost
to
consistent
Age
,
two
only
excepted
,
Chap.
31.
Of
the
Number
of
Bones
.
INgrassias
,
Propounds
a
fourfold
number
of
the
bones
of
Infants
,
the
first
contains
These
Numbers
he
thus
composeth
.
In
such
Children
as
are
grown
up
are
found
three
hundred
five
bones
,
in
the
Head
seventy
,
to
wit
,
eight
in
the
Skul
,
twelve
of
the
upper
Jaw
,
one
of
the
lower
Jaw
,
six
of
the
Ears
,
thirty
two
Teeth
,
eleven
smal
bones
of
the
Os
Hyois
,
which
al
joyned
together
make
seventy
.
The
Trunk
comprehends
sixty
seven
,
Vertebrae
twenty
four
,
Scapulae
two
,
Ingulae
two
,
Sternum
three
,
Ilium
two
.
These
joyned
together
make
sixty
seven
.
But
if
the
Os
Sacrum
consist
of
five
and
the
Coccyx
of
three
,
(
as
often
it
doth
)
then
there
wil
be
only
sixty
six
.
In
both
hands
,
eighty
four
,
(
adding
the
twenty
four
Sesamoides
)
in
both
Feet
eighty
four
,
the
twenty
four
Sesamoides
being
also
added
,
the
total
Number
of
bones
wil
be
three
hundred
and
five
;
form
this
Number
if
you
take
away
thirty
two
Teeth
which
doth
not
appear
in
Infants
,
the
result
is
two
hundred
seventy
three
,
although
the
Teeth
being
formed
lie
hid
in
the
Gums
,
yet
because
there
is
no
use
of
them
,
they
are
not
reckoned
amongst
the
bones
.
In
reckoning
the
second
Number
he
proceeds
thus
,
the
Vertebrae
of
the
Back-bone
and
Os
Sacrum
in
Infants
are
divided
into
three
Parts
,
the
second
excepted
which
is
divided
into
four
by
reason
of
the
Teeth
,
the
Ilium
is
divided
into
three
bones
the
Sternum
into
eight
,
the
inferior
Jaw
of
two
,
and
the
Frontal
bone
is
double
.
These
diligently
considered
you
should
find
amount
to
seventy
two
,
which
added
to
two
hundred
seventy
three
make
three
hundred
fourty
five
,
from
which
if
you
take
away
the
bones
which
deserve
rather
the
Names
of
Cartilages
than
bones
,
as
the
bones
of
the
Wrist
sixteen
,
of
the
Instep
eight
,
of
the
Coccyx
four
,
Sesamoides
fourty
eight
;
each
Knee-pan
and
Hyois
eight
(
the
three
smal
bones
remaining
)
which
are
in
number
eighty
six
,
there
remains
two
hundred
fifty
nine
.
In
these
Numbers
the
three
hundred
fitty
one
Appendices
are
not
Numbred
which
if
you
ad
to
three
hunded
fourty
five
,
the
Body
of
the
Infant
wil
be
composed
of
six
hundred
seventy
Bones
.
The
End
of
the
First
Book
:
THE
SECOND
BOOK
OF
ANATOMY
AND
PHYSICK
,
OF
John
Riolanus
.
Chap.
1.
General
Precepts
,
which
he
that
would
be
an
Anatomist
,
must
be
first
Acquainted
with
.
SEeing
that
according
to
Aristotle
Chap.
1.
Lib.
1.
post
.
Analyt
.
Every
Doctrine
and
discipline
which
consists
in
reason
and
intelligence
,
is
perfected
by
fore-knowledg
,
and
Tullius
Lib.
1.
de
nat.
Deorum
,
saith
that
without
fore-knowledg
,
neither
any
thing
can
be
understood
nor
studyed
,
nor
disputed
.
Before
I
set
about
my
Anatomical
work
I
thought
good
to
premise
certain
general
Precepts
,
which
are
the
foundations
of
Anatomy
,
and
wil
give
great
light
to
our
proceeding
.
The
Body
of
man
is
considered
by
Anatomists
as
composed
of
many
1.
A
bone
is
a
part
of
the
Body
,
most
cold
and
dry
,
Terrestial
;
and
therefore
2.
A
Cartilage
,
or
Gristle
,
is
not
so
hard
as
a
bone
,
which
in
Old
Men
somtimes
3.
A
Ligament
,
or
bond
,
is
a
part
which
binds
the
bones
together
,
being
of
a
4.
A
Membrane
,
Skin
,
or
Coat
,
is
very
soft
,
and
subject
to
dilation
.
It
is
the
5.
A
Fibrae
is
like
a
threed
stretched
over
a
Membrane
,
or
Interwoven
therewith
,
Right
,
Oblique
,
and
Transverse
;
not
only
to
help
the
Membrane
,
but
also
to
strenghten
it
.
Every
sort
of
Fibres
,
is
thought
to
perform
a
several
action
;
as
the
Right
,
to
draw
to
;
the
Transverse
,
to
retain
;
and
the
Oblique
,
to
expel
.
Which
Motions
notwithstanding
,
absolutely
depend
upon
the
inbred
faculty
of
the
Part
;
which
as
it
hath
a
violent
dilation
,
so
hath
it
a
willing
,
and
Natural
contraction
,
and
is
helped
in
these
by
the
Fibres
.
6.
A
vein
,
is
a
Membranous
Vessel
,
round
and
hollow
,
allotted
to
contain
7.
An
Artery
is
a
Membranous
Channel
of
the
same
Nature
,
but
somthing
8.
A
Nerve
is
a
Channel
made
to
carry
animal
Spirit
;
and
because
this
spirit
is
9.
The
Flesh
is
the
foundation
of
organical
,
and
dissimilary
Parts
,
where
bone
A
four-fold
sort
of
flesh
,
is
observed
in
the
Parts
;
Viscerous
,
and
Musculous
,
both
of
them
very
red
;
Membranous
,
and
Glandulous
,
both
of
them
white
.
For
every
substance
of
the
bowels
is
called
Flesh
,
or
Parenchyma
.
The
thicker
substance
of
certain
Membranes
,
which
are
the
containers
of
somthing
,
which
by
dilating
and
contracting
their
bodies
,
they
attract
,
retain
,
and
expel
,
are
also
called
Flesh
,
or
a
Flesh-like
substance
.
The
thick
,
and
spongy
substance
of
the
Glandulae
,
is
called
Flesh
;
but
especially
the
substance
of
the
Muscles
deserves
the
Name
of
Flesh
.
10.
The
Fat
although
it
appear
not
til
the
whol
body
be
formed
,
and
when
the
These
three
similar
Parts
;
Bones
,
Cartilages
,
and
Ligaments
,
shal
be
treated
of
,
as
they
are
shewed
in
a
Carcass
,
from
top
to
Toe
,
after
we
have
shewed
the
Muscles
;
because
they
are
so
joyned
together
,
that
one
cannot
be
shewed
without
another
.
But
I
desire
al
such
as
are
studious
in
Physick
,
first
to
be
wel
acquainted
in
the
Osteology
or
History
of
the
dry
bones
in
the
Skeleton
of
a
Man
,
before
they
come
to
the
inspection
of
a
Carcass
;
for
so
they
wil
the
better
understand
the
whol
anatomical
discourse
of
the
dissection
,
and
find
out
the
reason
of
my
other
Osteology
in
the
bones
of
Carcasses
.
The
Rest
of
the
similar
Parts
shal
be
shewed
severally
in
the
explication
of
the
dissimilar
Parts
,
seeing
of
the
similary
Parts
aforesaid
,
viz.
Bones
,
Cartilages
,
Ligaments
,
Membranes
,
Fibres
,
Veins
,
Arteries
,
Nerves
,
Flesh
and
Fat
,
the
Bulk
,
or
Material
substance
of
the
dissimilar
Parts
,
is
made
up
,
and
therefore
you
shal
hear
similary
Parts
often
mentioned
,
in
the
explication
of
them
;
howbeit
,
in
some
places
they
exist
apart
,
no
waies
joined
,
or
united
unto
others
,
to
constitute
an
Organ
;
but
are
considered
with
reference
to
their
Particular
uses
.
But
they
concur
together
,
and
are
united
one
with
another
,
in
organical
Parts
,
More
over
,
organical
Parts
according
to
the
dignity
of
their
action
,
are
divided
Liver
,
Heart
,
and
Brain
:
Aristotle
held
but
one
principal
Part
of
the
body
,
viz.
The
Heart
,
which
is
King
and
Ruler
of
al
others
.
The
rest
of
the
Parts
Minister
,
and
are
subservient
to
the
principal
.
According
to
the
various
composition
of
the
Organical
they
are
divided
into
compound
,
more
compound
,
and
most
compound
:
For
the
Finger
is
compound
;
the
Hand
,
or
Foot
,
more
compound
;
the
Limbs
,
are
most
compound
.
But
that
we
may
seek
out
the
structure
of
each
Part
exactly
;
we
must
observe
Name
,
Substance
,
Temperature
,
Original
,
Scituation
,
Quantity
,
Number
,
Figure
,
Color
,
Connexion
,
Communion
,
Action
,
and
Vse
.
Connection
differs
from
communion
;
for
Connexion
is
the
sticking
of
one
Part
to
anther
,
of
one
or
more
Parts
by
which
they
depend
;
it
is
somtimes
taken
for
the
Original
of
the
part
it self
,
and
yet
the
Original
of
some
Parts
is
distinguished
from
Connexion
:
But
communion
is
either
universal
,
with
Parts
remote
and
neer
,
which
is
done
by
Veins
,
Arteries
,
and
Nerves
,
by
intervening
of
which
,
al
the
Parts
have
community
with
one
another
;
or
Particular
,
when
some
Particular
Part
communitates
its
self
to
some
neer
,
or
remote
Parts
,
and
so
the
Gal
communicates
it self
by
the
Biliar
passages
to
the
Liver
,
and
the
Gut
Duodenum
:
The
Reins
,
and
Bladder
have
communion
by
the
Vreters
.
In
this
Method
you
may
comprehend
whatsoever
may
be
spoken
,
or
demanded
of
any
Part
:
But
in
the
History
of
Parts
we
must
begin
first
of
al
with
those
things
that
are
common
to
the
whol
Organ
,
then
with
those
things
which
are
Proper
to
the
same
Organ
:
but
in
describing
the
Fabrick
of
the
body
of
Man
,
we
wil
follow
the
common
order
of
Dissection
.
Chap.
2.
Of
the
Natural
and
Legitimate
Conformation
of
the
Body
.
SEeing
my
design
and
intent
of
handling
Anatomy
,
doth
not
consist
in
a
bear
and
Therefore
in
Man-kind
,
you
may
consider
the
difference
of
Sex
:
Substance
of
Body
,
Temperature
,
Greatness
,
Color
,
form
,
or
Figure
;
as
they
are
convenient
in
a
perfect
and
wel
formed
body
,
that
so
by
this
,
the
difference
of
a
body
not
wel
formed
may
be
known
.
As
for
that
which
belongs
to
Sex
,
Man-kind
is
twofold
:
Male
and
Female
.
The
Latin
Anthopographiae
.
Lib.
2.
The
substance
of
the
Boby
in
Man
ought
to
be
fleshy
not
Fat
;
firm
and
sollid
,
not
A
healthful
temper
ought
to
be
hot
and
moist
,
because
life
consists
in
,
and
is
Art
of
Physick
,
and
other
Authors
.
The
Magnitude
of
the
body
is
threefold
,
according
to
the
threefold
Dimension
of
Goropius
Becanus
teacheth
:
this
also
is
confirmed
by
Vitruvius
who
defined
the
just
Longitude
of
the
body
of
man
to
be
six
Roman
Feet
.
And
Agellius
Lib.
3.
ex
Varrone
,
Noted
that
the
highest
pitch
of
a
Mans
height
was
seven
Foot
:
but
more
Men
are
shorter
,
than
taller
than
this
.
Vegetius
Writes
that
Soldiers
ought
to
be
choson
six
Foot
high
,
yet
by
Reason
of
difference
of
sex
,
Region
,
and
Diseases
,
Men
are
either
taller
or
shorter
,
for
each
soyl
hath
its
Particular
Nature
:
so
the
people
of
Asia
are
taller
than
those
of
Europe
,
and
in
Europe
,
those
of
the
North
parts
,
as
Denmark
,
the
Low-Countries
and
those
of
upper
Germany
are
tallest
.
The
various
Mensuration
of
bodies
Hippocrates
hath
described
Leb
.
de
aer
.
aq.
et
loc.
Commonly
men
are
taller
then
Women
;
whereas
in
some
other
living
creatures
,
Foemales
are
greatest
.
The
Latitude
or
thickness
in
a
wel
Proportioned
body
ought
to
be
,
almost
half
the
Longitude
,
so
that
if
the
Longitude
be
six
Foot
,
the
Latitude
ought
to
be
almost
three
:
slenderness
of
body
is
subject
to
Consumptions
,
neither
can
the
body
be
strong
and
fit
for
labor
unless
it
be
thick
.
In
the
bigness
of
the
body
is
Magnanimity
and
beauty
,
quoth
Aristotle
,
Ethic.
Lib.
4.
For
a
man
of
a
little
and
smal
body
cannot
be
fair
;
yet
if
you
regard
,
understanding
,
there
is
little
Wit
commonly
in
those
Tal
bodies
.
Elegantly
said
Celsus
,
Lib.
2.
Ch.
1.
The
best
disposed
body
is
wel
set
,
neither
slender
nor
Fat
,
a
tal
stature
is
comely
in
youth
but
not
so
in
Age
,
a
slender
body
is
weak
,
a
Fat
body
dul
.
The
Color
of
the
body
is
diligently
to
be
marked
,
for
such
a
Color
as
flourisheth
There
is
some
difference
in
Authors
about
the
Color
to
be
Chosen
in
a
Nurse
,
Aristotle
perfers
brown
,
others
a
Mingled
Color
of
Red
and
white
.
Now
the
Natural
and
Legitimate
form
of
the
Head
,
Brest
,
Belly
,
and
Limbs
,
is
to
A
great
Head
requires
a
great
Neck
,
which
gives
indication
of
a
great
breast
,
by
reason
of
the
Parts
contained
in
the
Neck
:
a
great
breast
makes
a
large
belly
,
and
therefore
the
proportion
of
the
rest
of
the
Cavities
depends
upon
the
Head
.
The
Chest
ought
to
be
large
,
of
an
Oval
Figure
,
and
the
Back-bone
straight
,
the
The
Papps
of
Men
,
ought
to
be
depressed
,
but
in
Women
swelling
round
,
and
Glandulous
,
rather
than
Fatty
,
or
Fleshy
,
because
they
are
the
Emunctories
of
the
breast
if
the
Woman
give
not
Suck
.
If
the
Duggs
be
smal
the
Women
are
sickly
,
and
if
the
Nipples
look
pale
the
Womb
is
Diseased
,
according
to
Hippocrates
.
Whether
are
large
breasts
to
be
chosen
in
Nurses
,
or
such
as
are
mean
in
bigness
?
Aristotle
Lib.
3.
de
hist.
animal
.
White
colored
Women
,
because
they
are
Flegmatick
,
have
but
bad
Milk
.
From
the
breast
,
we
pass
to
the
belly
,
which
ought
to
be
round
and
sticking
out
:
Hipp.
Lib.
de
ve●
Med.
Notes
that
long
and
round
bellies
,
ought
to
be
considered
of
Physitians
,
because
by
looking
upon
them
,
't
is
easie
to
know
which
are
fit
for
strong
Purgations
;
for
such
whose
Parts
in
the
Abdomen
are
strong
,
and
wel
disposed
,
may
easily
Purge
;
but
such
as
are
slender
,
take
strong
Medicines
with
danger
.
Very
Fat
Women
are
hard
to
conceive
with
Child
,
Hippoc.
Aph.
4.
Lib.
5.
As
for
what
belongs
to
the
Privities
;
Heliogabalus
chose
such
for
Soldiers
as
We
pass
to
the
Limbs
,
viz.
The
Hands
and
Feet
,
which
ought
to
be
equal
in
proportion
to
the
rest
of
the
Body
:
The
Longitude
of
the
Foot
,
from
the
Os
Pubis
,
to
the
extremity
of
the
Heel
,
ought
to
be
equal
to
that
of
the
Hand
,
from
the
Ala
,
to
the
top
of
the
middle
Finger
.
If
the
whol
body
be
six
Foot
long
,
the
Foot
is
three
:
both
Hands
and
Feet
,
are
somwhat
fleshy
in
strong
bodies
;
for
although
slenderness
of
Legs
be
commended
in
Horses
,
't
is
not
so
in
Men.
An
example
of
a
perfect
and
absolute
body
wel
formed
,
is
to
be
Read
in
Sidonius
Apollinaris
,
Lib.
1.
Epist.
2.
de
Theodorico
rege
,
wherein
is
one
remarkable
fault
to
be
amended
,
not
Noted
by
interpreters
,
for
Excrementa
read
Extrema
.
Inter
Extrema
Costarum
spi●a
discriminat
.
Chap.
3.
The
Division
of
Mans
Body
.
BEfore
we
expose
the
whol
Body
of
Man
,
to
Anatomical
dissection
,
it
ought
to
be
divided
into
its
Parts
,
or
principal
regions
,
that
the
Number
and
order
of
the
regions
,
and
where
they
begin
,
may
be
known
.
A
mongst
the
various
divisions
of
the
Body
of
Man
,
this
in
my
mind
seems
the
The
body
is
divided
into
the
Trunk
,
and
the
Limbs
.
The
Trunk
is
divided
into
three
Principal
Regions
;
the
Head
,
Breast
,
and
Belly
.
The
Head
obtains
the
Superior
place
;
The
Breast
,
the
middle
:
and
the
Belly
,
the
lowermost
.
The
Members
or
Limbs
are
four
branches
sticking
out
from
the
Body
,
two
Arms
,
and
two
Legs
.
What
are
the
bands
of
these
Regions
,
I
shal
shew
,
when
I
come
to
speak
of
each
Region
apart
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
I
wil
not
stand
here
in
rehearsing
&
designing
the
external
Parts
of
the
whol
body
,
which
are
expounded
in
every
Region
of
the
same
;
but
only
consider
the
corporature
,
or
fleshy
habit
,
which
is
covered
with
the
Skin
,
like
a
Garment
;
which
though
it
look
for
the
most
part
beautifully
without
,
it
looks
ill
favoredly
within
.
This
habit
of
the
whol
body
,
makes
the
third
Region
of
the
body
,
to
which
the
Humors
come
from
the
deepest
Parts
;
the
ill
effects
of
which
,
are
cleerly
seen
in
the
Diseases
,
and
Symptomes
which
appear
outwardly
.
The
juyce
which
is
seen
in
the
leaf
and
branch
comes
from
the
Root
.
I
shal
reckon
up
the
cheife
Diseases
which
use
to
infest
the
outward
habit
of
the
body
.
Viz.
Immoderate
Fatness
,
or
Leanness
,
Defluxions
,
Gouts
,
Dropsy
,
Cachexia
,
the
whores
Pocks
,
Plenty
,
or
defect
of
Sweat
,
by
reason
of
the
openness
,
or
closeness
of
the
pores
,
Palsie
,
Convulsion
,
Unquietness
,
and
weariness
and
al
kind
of
swellings
.
The
Flesh
of
man
,
because
it
s
Nourished
by
purer
Blood
,
is
delicater
than
the
flesh
of
other
Creatures
,
and
prefered
before
it
by
Canibals
,
or
Man-Eaters
.
Flesh
,
seeing
it
is
Porous
and
Musculous
,
it
hath
empty
spaces
,
which
in
men
in
health
are
filled
with
spirit
and
blood
,
but
in
such
as
are
sick
,
with
Water
and
wind
;
thence
come
Defluxions
over
the
whol
body
,
and
other
Diseases
of
the
Skin
.
The
Habit
of
the
whol
body
,
is
Purged
and
emptyed
by
sweating
,
by
Cupping-Glasses
,
Scarrification
,
and
Rubbing
,
according
to
the
Doctrine
of
Galen
,
Lib.
de
Sanitate
;
by
Bathings
,
Whippings
,
and
Beatings
,
and
blistering
,
and
Rubifying
,
or
Pimple-raising
Applications
.
Therefore
seeing
the
smal
Pocks
and
Measses
,
are
but
the
scum
of
the
whol
habit
of
body
,
that
is
,
of
the
Flesh
,
and
sollid
parts
,
their
coming
out
is
to
be
furthered
,
either
at
the
beginning
,
or
at
any
other
time
,
with
Sweating
Medicamants
,
and
such
things
as
draw
to
the
external
Parts
.
Neither
need
you
let
blood
so
often
,
though
the
Patient
be
strong
,
twice
if
need
be
,
is
enough
,
because
it
hinders
the
Motion
of
Nature
in
expelling
,
unless
either
a
dead
sleep
,
or
strangling
with
a
Feaver
,
or
bloody
Flux
,
which
is
for
the
most
part
deadly
,
draw
us
to
that
remedy
;
not
neglecting
young
Pidgeons
Cut
alive
through
the
middle
,
laid
to
the
Hands
and
Feet
,
:
and
somtimes
to
the
Heart
,
and
smal
Cupping-Glasses
fastned
al
about
the
body
,
with
light
Scarification
.
And
somtimes
bathing
the
Body
in
Luke
warm
Water
profits
,
if
the
season
of
the
year
be
convenient
,
to
make
the
Measses
and
smal
Packs
come
out
the
better
.
Chap.
4.
Of
the
lower
Ventricle
.
THe
Dissection
and
Anatomical
demonstration
,
must
be
begun
at
the
belly
,
because
It
is
called
in
Greek
Coilia
because
it
is
coile
that
is
hollow
;
in
latin
Venter
,
in
English
the
Belly
.
It
s
substance
is
fleshy
composed
of
various
similar
parts
,
which
we
shal
propound
The
belly
seeing
it
is
a
most
compound
part
,
it
s
own
temperature
is
none
at
al
,
but
It
hath
its
Original
from
the
first
comformation
with
the
rest
of
the
Parts
.
It
is
Scituated
in
the
inferior
part
of
the
Trunk
of
the
Body
.
It
s
Quantity
or
widness
is
from
the
bastard
Ribs
,
or
Diaphragma
to
the
Os
Pubis
or
share
Bone
;
and
with
these
bounds
it
is
Circumscribed
above
and
below
.
The
whol
widness
of
the
belly
is
distinguished
into
three
Regions
;
the
superior
called
[
a
](A57335-e34640-b)
a
T.
1.
f.
1.
A.
B.
□
Stomacbal
,
the
middle
called
[
b
](A57335-e34660-b)
b
f.
1.
C
C.
□
Vmbiliar
,
and
the
lower
called
[
c
](A57335-e34680-b)
c
f.
1.
E
E.
□
Hypogastrica
.
Again
in
every
part
,
both
the
lateral
and
middle
parts
ought
to
be
observed
;
the
lateral
parts
of
the
stomachal
Region
are
called
[
d
](A57335-e34710-b)
d
T.
1.
f.
1.
A
B.
□
Hypochondria
,
of
the
middle
Region
[
e
](A57335-e34730-b)
e
f.
1.
D
D.
□
Ilia
.
The
middle
is
called
the
[
f
](A57335-e34750-b)
f
infra
.
C
C.
□
Navil
which
is
the
centre
both
of
the
belly
and
of
the
whol
body
.
The
lateral
parts
of
the
Hypogastrick
Region
are
called
[
g
](A57335-e34780-b)
g
f.
1.
F
F.
□
Groyns
,
the
middle
[
h
](A57335-e34800-b)
h
f.
1.
g.
f
2.
D
D.
□
Pubis
,
the
share
which
after
the
fourteenth
year
both
in
men
and
Women
is
adorned
with
Hair
,
as
a
natural
covering
for
those
parts
,
which
the
common
Law
of
bashfulness
commands
us
to
conceal
.
In
respect
of
number
,
the
belly
is
but
one
;
yet
by
the
Peritonaeum
it
is
divided
into
to
Cavities
;
The
greater
holds
the
parts
which
prepare
for
nourishment
.
The
lesser
holds
the
bladder
,
and
Genitals
in
men
;
and
the
Womb
also
in
Women
which
never
bear
Children
.
It
is
divided
into
parts
containing
,
and
contained
.
Parts
containing
,
are
proper
,
[
i
](A57335-e34860-b)
i
f.
2.
B
B.
□
Cuticula
,
or
scarf
Skin
;
[
k
](A57335-e34880-b)
k
f.
2.
C
C.
□
the
Skin
,
[
l
](A57335-e34900-b)
l
f.
2.
D
D.
□
the
Fatty
Membrane
,
[
m
](A57335-e34920-b)
m
T.
2.
f.
8.
9.
□
the
Fleshy
Membrane
,
and
the
Common
Membrane
of
the
Muscles
.
Proper
are
,
the
Muscles
of
the
[
n
](A57335-e34970-b)
n
T.
2.
f.
3.
and
4.
□
Abdomen
,
and
the
[
o
](A57335-e34990-b)
o
T.
10.
f.
10.
O
O.
□
Peritoneum
.
Diverse
are
,
partly
Fleshy
,
partly
bony
:
bony
are
the
[
p
](A57335-e35030-b)
p
T
23.
f.
1.
A.
□
Vertebrae
,
and
[
q
](A57335-e35050-b)
q
T.
14.
f.
2.
L
L.
f.
3.
B
B.
□
Pelvis
,
which
are
parts
of
the
Os
Sacrum
,
and
Ilium
.
Fleshy
are
,
the
Muscles
[
r
](A57335-e35090-b)
r
T.
14.
f.
1.
C
C.
D
D.
□
Psoas
,
[
s
](A57335-e35110-b)
s
f.
4.
B
B.
□
Sacrolumbus
[
t
](A57335-e35130-b)
t
f.
3.
D
D.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
Latissimus
,
[
v
](A57335-e35150-b)
v
f.
2.
O
O.
□
Sacer
[
x
](A57335-e35170-b)
x
f.
4.
C
C.
□
Semispinutus
,
[
y
](A57335-e35190-b)
y
T.
10.
f.
1.
N
N.
Quadratus
.
I
cal
them
diverse
,
because
those
bones
and
Muscles
,
being
Scituared
in
the
hinder
part
of
the
belly
,
do
make
somthing
toward
the
constituting
of
the
belly
,
though
they
are
referred
to
another
part
,
and
pertain
to
another
use
.
The
parts
contained
,
are
manifold
;
which
are
divided
into
such
as
nourish
,
and
The
color
of
the
superficies
of
the
belly
,
is
like
the
color
of
the
rest
of
the
body
;
It
is
outwardly
knit
to
the
breast
,
and
inferior
limbs
by
the
Skin
;
inwardly
by
It
communicats
with
the
principal
parts
,
by
Veins
Arteries
,
and
Nerves
.
The
use
of
the
Belly
is
,
to
comprehend
,
and
involve
the
parts
of
nourishment
,
It
hath
action
to
compress
the
parts
contained
within
its
self
,
for
the
expultion
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
From
this
discourse
,
a
Physitian
collects
many
things
,
in
his
Practice
,
useful
.
1.
That
the
Belly
is
the
Sink
of
the
Body
,
in
which
the
vices
of
our
intemperance
reside
;
the
Mother
of
all
mischeifs
,
and
the
Nurse
of
Physicians
;
in
which
condition
'c
is
called
Collatibus
Venter
,
an
Aldermans
Belly
.
He
whose
Belly
grows
to
a
great
bigness
,
is
called
Ventrosus
,
Fat
Guts
.
Some
we
read
of
,
whose
Bellies
grew
to
a
monstrous
bigness
,
as
Nichomachus
Smyrnaeus
,
in
Galen
;
in
Athenaeus
,
Lib.
12.
Deipnosophist
,
we
read
of
a
King
that
was
choked
with
fatness
.
But
famous
is
that
History
in
Michael
Neander
,
in
Erot.
Hebr.
ex
.
Talmud
.
in
Jona
.
Rabbi
.
Ismael
,
and
Rabbi
Eliazer
,
had
such
great
Bellies
,
that
when
they
stood
with
their
Faces
together
and
their
Bellies
touched
,
two
great
Oxen
might
pass
between
them
,
and
touch
neither
of
them
.
By
reason
of
the
Fleshy
,
and
fatty
substance
of
the
Belly
,
it
is
subject
to
diverse
This
fleshy
and
fatty
substance
,
ought
to
be
mean
;
if
it
be
greater
,
't
is
a
discomdity
The
Scituation
of
the
Parts
in
the
Belly
.
The
largeness
of
the
Belly
is
considered
,
according
to
longitude
and
depth
,
that
According
to
depth
,
the
parts
are
divided
into
upper
,
and
lower
;
and
therefore
according
to
Hippocrates
the
pains
in
the
upper
part
,
are
more
light
;
those
in
the
lower
,
more
strong
and
dangerous
.
According
to
Longitude
by
the
division
of
the
places
,
you
may
understand
by
the
In
the
left
Hypochondria
,
lies
the
Spleen
,
which
▪
Naturally
hangs
under
the
The
umbilicar
Region
,
the
Navel
possesseth
,
above
which
,
is
the
Gut
called
In
the
middle
,
and
side-Region
of
the
Hypogastrick
,
in
the
Gut
called
Ilium
concontained
;
In
Women
,
the
Womb
lies
betwen
the
bladder
,
and
the
right
Gut
:
under
the
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
In
the
Belly
,
are
frequently
al
sortsof
Tumors
,
Impostumes
,
Rumblings
of
the
It
is
Cut
on
the
sides
towards
the
Hypogastrium
,
in
the
Caesarian
dissection
,
to
draw
out
the
Child
in
a
difficult
labor
.
It
is
pricked
neer
the
Os
Pubis
,
to
draw
out
Vrine
,
when
a
Catheter
cannot
be
put
in
.
It
is
pierced
in
the
bottom
of
the
Hypogastrium
,
neer
the
Navel
,
to
draw
out
Water
in
the
Dropsie
Ascites
,
which
Operation
is
called
Paracentesis
.
Chap.
5.
Of
the
Scarfe
Skin
.
AMongst
the
parts
which
make
the
Abdomen
,
the
first
that
comes
to
view
,
the
Greeks
cal
Epidermis
,
the
Latins
Cuticula
and
we
the
Scarf-Skin
.
Although
,
by
its
substance
it
seems
to
be
Spermatical
yet
it
differs
much
It
's
Temperature
is
none
at
al
,
and
therefore
no
more
words
about
it
,
but
for
its
And
although
to
the
sight
its
substance
appeares
simple
,
yet
Fabricius
ab
Aquae
pendente
wil
have
it
double
,
one
which
is
inseperably
fixed
to
the
pores
of
the
Skin
,
the
other
seperable
,
without
any
offence
to
the
Skin
it self
,
but
the
thickness
of
the
Cuticula
,
be
it
more
or
less
,
doth
not
encrease
it's
number
,
for
though
in
some
places
it
may
be
divided
into
many
smal
Skins
,
yet
in
no
place
can
one
be
pulled
off
without
another
.
It
hath
no
Proper
figure
besides
what
it
borrows
from
the
Skin
it self
,
from
which
It
is
thought
to
partake
alwaies
of
the
same
color
with
the
Skin
,
and
yet
in
Black
It
sticks
firmely
to
the
true
Skin
,
and
is
an
Excrementitious
part
as
the
Hairs
It
hath
no
action
,
only
use
,
which
is
to
shut
the
pores
of
the
Skin
,
to
make
it
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
By
these
things
thus
considered
,
a
Physitian
may
see
that
the
scarse
Skin
hath
also
its
Diseases
,
though
Hippocrates
thought
them
to
be
only
deformities
,
He
makes
a
distinction
whether
they
may
be
called
Impostumes
or
diseases
,
at
the
end
of
Lib.
2.
Prorrheticorum
,
because
such
as
belong
to
the
Scarfe-skin
,
pertain
most
of
al
to
the
dignotion
and
Cure
of
Affects
.
It
is
infected
with
divers
Spots
,
both
natural
,
and
sickly
;
natural
,
are
those
many
deformities
of
the
Skin
;
Sickly
,
are
the
Meazles
,
smal
Pocks
,
purple
spots
in
Feavers
,
or
any
Spots
of
other
Color
;
somtimes
without
a
Feaver
,
when
Nature
sends
any
Wheyish
substance
of
another
Color
into
the
Scarf-Skin
.
Diseased
spots
of
the
Scarf-Skin
may
,
and
ought
to
be
cured
:
but
such
as
are
Original
from
the
birth
,
are
very
difficultly
taken
away
,
because
they
stick
firmely
to
the
Skin
,
as
wel
as
to
the
Scarf-Skin
.
This
Scarf-Skin
may
be
beautified
;
which
Galen
denies
to
be
done
,
by
an
honest
,
Lastly
,
as
the
Scarf-Skin
of
the
Body
,
being
wel
looked
after
,
and
adorned
,
procures
beauty
and
and
comliness
to
the
Body
;
so
being
made
rough
with
Spots
,
or
burnt
by
the
Sun
,
it
unhandsoms
a
man
.
It
is
ridiculous
to
draw
it
off
with
blisters
,
that
so
it
may
come
again
the
cleerer
,
you
loose
your
labor
as
much
as
though
you
washed
a
Black-more
.
The
Scarf-Skin
peels
off
in
divers
persons
whilst
it
is
dried
or
burnt
,
and
the
Skin
it self
in
Leprosies
,
and
diverse
that
have
the
french
pocks
;
The
Skin
it self
comes
off
by
fleakes
in
such
as
are
Leprous
,
and
in
some
that
are
troubled
with
the
Whoremasters
Pox.
Chap.
6.
Of
the
Skin
.
AFter
the
Scarf-Skin
,
followes
the
Skin
called
in
Greek
Derma
;
it
hath
a
substance
diverse
from
other
Membranes
,
the
like
of
which
you
shal
It
s
temperature
is
cold
and
dry
,
or
more
properly
,
exquisitly
temperate
,
yet
so
It
is
extended
over
the
whol
body
,
and
on
wraps
it
like
a
garment
,
and
therefore
its
dimention
is
as
the
dimention
of
the
Body
is
.
Although
it
seem
but
one
,
both
to
sight
and
touching
,
yet
some
hold
it
to
consist
It
hath
the
same
Figure
which
the
body
hath
,
that
it
cloatheth
.
It
s
textur
It
takes
its
Color
from
the
predominant
humor
;
for
of
what
color
the
Humor
It
is
straightly
knit
to
the
Parts
under
it
,
and
therefore
immovable
,
excepting
the
It
hath
communion
with
the
principal
Parts
,
by
innumerable
veins
,
Arteries
,
Whether
by
reason
of
its
feeling
,
it
perform
action
,
a
man
may
make
a
doubt
;
We
grant
that
it
hath
an
excellent
,
and
particular
use
,
to
defend
and
adorn
the
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
Let
us
now
reduce
this
same
conformation
of
the
Skin
,
to
a
Physical
use
.
It
s
It
s
temperature
is
changed
in
diverse
di●eases
.
It
's
number
is
viciated
,
when
the
Cuticula
is
viciated
,
or
gnawn
through
;
or
the
Often
times
its
smoothness
,
is
turned
into
roughness
;
or
it
is
disfigured
by
Somtimes
its
passages
are
stopped
,
or
more
open
then
they
should
be
.
It
s
connexion
,
is
marred
in
wounds
,
and
Ulcers
.
Somtimes
it
's
use
is
hurt
,
when
it
is
insensible
;
or
when
it
receives
not
only
the
excrements
of
the
third
concoction
,
but
also
of
the
whol
Body
.
Therefore
the
Skin
,
seeing
it
is
the
breathing
place
of
the
whol
body
,
is
subject
to
an
infinite
number
of
Diseases
;
and
if
the
pores
be
shut
,
the
Body
suffers
great
discommodities
,
by
reason
transpiration
is
hindered
;
for
the
Body
ought
to
ease
it self
that
way
,
according
to
Hippocrates
,
Lib.
de
Alimento
:
The
motion
of
the
Body
,
to
perspiration
,
the
w●der
it
is
,
the
healthfuller
are
men
;
the
less
perspiration
men
have
,
the
more
sickly
are
they
;
they
which
have
quick
perspration
,
are
weaker
,
though
better
in
health
,
and
soonest
recover
when
they
are
sick
:
such
whose
perspiration
is
bad
,
are
strongest
before
they
are
sick
;
but
when
they
are
sick
,
their
Cure
is
most
difficult
.
Diseases
proceeding
from
disorder
of
the
Skin
,
are
more
dangerous
in
winter
;
and
in
mal●gnant
Feavers
,
by
reason
of
the
interc●ption
of
the
transpiration
,
the
Native
heat
is
choaked
.
Breathing
a
Vein
is
a
remedy
for
such
.
From
the
substance
,
and
Color
of
the
Skin
,
Hippocrates
propounded
two
prognosticks
:
Lib.
5
Aph.
71.
and
Lib
▪
proegn
.
Part.
7.
and
8.
Of
the
spots
of
the
Skin
,
read
Soranus
,
Chap.
38.
The
Skin
is
like
in
Color
,
to
the
predominate
humors
,
in
the
Body
Hippoc.
de
humoribus
.
Of
divination
by
the
Moles
of
the
Skin
,
wrote
Polemon
,
a
Greek
Author
;
and
and
amongst
modern
writers
,
Ludovicus
●eptalius
,
Mediolanensis
,
Wrote
most
accurately
.
Aristotle
concluded
the
subtilty
of
a
persons
wit
,
from
the
subtilty
and
thinness
of
the
Skin
,
rather
than
of
the
blood
.
The
thinne●s
of
the
Skin
,
is
the
cause
why
man
alone
is
troubled
with
the
Leprosie
,
according
to
Aristotle
,
Prol.
5.
Sect.
10.
It
is
certain
that
concagious
Diseases
,
may
be
drawn
in
through
the
pores
of
the
Skin
.
The
Skin
grows
hard
and
dry
,
through
burning
Feavers
,
and
somtimes
it
becomes
Chap.
7.
Of
the
Fatty
Membrane
.
THe
Greeks
cal
it
Stear
,
and
●imele
▪
i●
makes
a
common
membrane
,
by
reason
●●substance
,
although
it
be
somthing
〈◊〉
,
yet
is
it
soft
,
and
Oyly
,
as
you
may
It
ariseth
from
the
thinner
portion
of
the
Blood
,
distilling
through
the
Veins
The
Temperature
then
of
the
Fat
,
is
moderately
hot
and
moist
.
It
is
contained
uuder
the
Skin
,
univer●ally
over
the
whol
body
;
the
Forehead
,
Cods
,
and
yard
,
(
where
there
is
no
Fat
)
excepted
.
Therefore
the
Fatty
memb●ane
,
is
large
,
as
the
Skin
is
.
In
Number
it
is
only
one
,
unless
you
connex
the
Fleshy
membrane
,
internexed
It
hath
no
Proper
Figure
.
In
Color
it
is
white
;
if
at
any
time
it
be
red
,
it
is
because
blood
,
by
reason
of
some
Laceration
,
is
mixed
with
it
.
It
sticks
firmly
to
the
Skin
,
neither
can
it
be
divided
from
it
without
scraping
;
and
so
it
doth
to
the
Fleshy
Membrane
.
The
Fat
cannot
communicate
with
the
principal
Parts
,
because
it
is
not
truly
nourished
;
nor
yet
lives
,
unless
by
apposition
as
stones
do
;
neither
yet
is
it
sensible
:
therefore
it
wants
both
Veins
,
Arteries
,
and
Nerves
;
and
yet
al
three
of
them
pass
through
the
Fat
,
that
so
they
may
come
at
the
Skin
.
As
for
the
use
of
it
;
it
warms
the
body
in
Winter
like
a
Garment
,
and
cools
it
Chap.
8.
Of
the
Fleshy
Membrane
.
THe
Fleshy
Membrane
lies
under
the
Fat
,
and
sticks
to
it
,
and
is
conspicuous
in
young
Children
newly
born
,
where
it
is
not
hid
with
Fat
.
It
is
more
obscure
in
such
as
are
grown
up
,
and
yet
it
retains
it
Fleshy
substance
,
as
is
evident
It
s
temperature
,
is
like
the
rest
of
the
Flesh
,
ho●
and
moist
;
and
it
hath
its
It
is
scituated
under
the
Fat
,
and
stretched
out
over
the
whol
body
universally
,
It
is
one
single
Membrane
.
It
hath
no
proper
Figure
,
unless
the
Figure
of
the
body
which
it
covers
.
It
hath
various
colors
in
Disverse
places
;
for
it
is
more
red
in
the
Neck
,
Forehead
,
and
Cods
,
than
else
where
.
It
is
joyned
to
the
Fat
inseperably
in
some
places
;
so
that
the
〈◊〉
,
and
It
communicates
with
the
principal
parts
,
by
the
extremities
of
the
Ve●●s
,
Arteries
,
And
that
it
is
very
Sensible
,
the
rigor
,
and
trembling
of
the
body
,
which
depends
It
s
use
is
to
give
foundation
to
the
collecting
and
generating
the
Fat
,
to
Cloath
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
Although
,
Cutaneous
Diseases
seem
to
belong
to
the
Skin
;
yet
if
they
continue
long
they
have
their
foundation
in
the
fleshy
and
fatty
Membrane
;
shivering
,
shaking
and
trembling
,
belong
especially
to
the
Fleshy
Membrane
.
Chap.
9.
Of
the
Common
Membrane
of
the
Muscles
.
THe
Fleshy
Membrane
being
taken
away
,
the
common
Membrane
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Abdomen
follows
next
,
being
the
fi●t
common
covering
of
the
body
,
which
comprehends
al
the
Muscles
in
the
body
,
(
besides
the
proper
Membrane
of
every
Muscle
)
least
in
their
Motion
,
they
should
pass
out
of
their
places
.
It
s
Substance
is
very
strong
,
yet
thin
and
Nervous
.
It
is
sperma●●cal
,
cold
and
dry
,
in
temperature
.
It
hath
its
original
,
from
the
first
formation
.
It
immediatly
covers
,
and
straitly
binds
in
the
Muscles
,
over
which
it
is
stretched
.
It
s
wideness
is
thought
to
equal
the
dimension
of
the
whol
body
;
but
in
the
Face
,
Neck
,
and
superior
Limbs
,
it
is
not
easily
found
;
and
in
the
Legs
,
the
Fascia
Lata
performes
its
Office
.
Seeing
it
is
admirable
thin
,
it
cannot
be
divided
into
two
Membranes
.
It
acquires
its
Figure
,
from
the
Parts
it
contains
.
In
Color
,
it
is
whitish
.
It
sticks
stoutly
to
the
Muscles
,
which
it
compasseth
,
neither
can
it
be
pulled
off
,
but
by
a
Skilful
Dissector
.
It
hath
no
peculiar
Nerves
,
Veins
,
nor
Arteries
It
is
nourished
,
and
is
sensible
,
like
the
other
common
parts
,
It
is
of
admirable
use
,
for
it
compasseth
the
Muscles
like
a
girdle
,
and
together
with
the
Fleshy
Membrane
,
is
the
foundation
of
the
Fat
;
therefore
,
where
it
,
or
somthing
like
it
,
which
performs
its
Office
,
is
wanting
,
there
the
Fat
also
is
wanting
;
as
in
the
Forehead
,
Head
,
Face
,
and
Cods
,
where
the
Fleshy
Membrane
immediatly
toucheth
the
Skin
,
without
any
Fat
:
between
them
.
Chap.
10.
Of
a
Muscle
in
the
general
.
BEfore
I
treat
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Belly
,
I
wil
premise
the
general
Doctrine
of
the
Muscles
.
A
Muscle
is
an
instrument
of
voluntary
motion
,
which
depends
upon
our
own
Besides
,
the
Flesh
,
a
Vein
,
an
Artery
,
a
Nerve
,
Fibres
,
a
Membrane
,
a
Ligament
,
or
●endon
,
help
to
make
up
the
composition
of
a
Muscle
.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
they
are
Fleshy
,
their
Temperature
it
hot
and
moist
.
The
true
original
of
a
Muscle
,
is
from
blood
in
the
conformation
of
the
first
Parts
;
but
by
reason
of
its
Connexion
,
in
two
extremes
,
It
is
said
to
arise
from
a
stable
Part
,
and
to
be
inserted
into
a
movable
part
,
because
it
is
ordained
for
motion
,
and
al
motion
is
caused
by
that
which
moves
not
.
This
original
and
insertion
,
is
known
by
the
ducture
and
series
of
the
Fibres
,
by
which
you
may
Judg
of
the
Scituation
of
the
Muscle
,
whether
right
,
Oblique
,
or
transverse
▪
for
in
these
positions
al
the
Muscles
in
the
body
of
man
,
both
internal
,
and
external
,
lie
.
Their
quantity
and
magnitude
,
is
various
,
according
to
the
variety
of
places
,
There
are
aboundance
of
them
in
number
,
which
according
to
my
Observation
Their
Figure
is
various
,
[
a
](A57335-e37880-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
1.
N
N.
T.
14.
f.
2.
O
O.
□
Square
,
[
b
](A57335-e37890-b)
b
T.
10.
f.
1.
□
Triangular
,
[
c
](A57335-e37900-b)
c
T.
22.
f.
1.
C
D.
□
round
,
[
d
](A57335-e37910-b)
d
T.
14.
f.
2.
M
M.
T.
15.
f.
18.
A
A.
□
Long
,
[
e
](A57335-e37920-b)
e
T.
14.
f.
1.
A
A.
□
Trapezia
,
[
f
](A57335-e37950-b)
f
T.
22.
f.
1.
A.
□
Deltois
,
like
the
Greek
Delta
Δ
[
g
](A57335-e37970-b)
g
T.
13.
f.
18.
B
B.
Scalena
:
usually
they
are
round
,
whether
you
regard
their
Circumference
,
or
bulk
in
long
and
thick
Muscles
:
Therefore
Hippocrates
in
Lib.
de
art
.
Defines
a
Muscle
to
be
Flesh
Circumducted
in
an
orb
:
but
the
greatest
Parts
of
the
Muscles
have
a
longish
figure
.
For
the
most
parts
,
you
shal
observe
the
middle
Part
swelled
,
the
extremities
The
Color
of
a
Muscle
,
for
the
most
Part
,
is
red
;
of
a
leaden
Color
in
some
The
Connexion
of
the
Muscles
is
twofold
;
in
the
two
extremities
,
and
in
diverse
All
the
Muscles
have
communion
with
the
Parts
,
by
Veins
,
Arteries
,
and
Nerves
;
The
Action
of
the
Muscles
,
is
either
universal
,
or
particular
.
Universal
action
,
Therefore
the
true
action
of
a
Muscle
,
is
contraction
,
or
conservation
of
what
is
drawn
;
which
motion
is
called
Tonicus
,
in
one
Muscle
remaining
long
in
on
figure
;
or
in
more
Muscles
extended
,
and
acting
together
,
as
when
the
whol
hand
is
long
held
elevated
,
and
extended
.
The
motion
of
others
Muscles
,
as
extention
and
relaxation
,
are
only
by
accident
;
from
these
motions
depend
the
motions
of
the
parts
,
which
are
not
only
distinguished
by
difference
of
place
before
,
behind
,
upwards
,
downwards
;
but
also
by
figure
.
Their
Scituation
is
either
larger
,
and
that
right
,
and
is
called
Exten●io
;
or
Oblique
,
Also
the
Muscles
,
by
reason
of
their
like
motion
,
are
called
fellows
,
Or
pairs
;
fellows
are
somtimes
in
diverse
&
opposite
places
,
&
●et
perform
the
same
actionas
;
the
Muscles
which
bow
the
Arms
:
such
Muscles
as
perform
a
contrary
motion
are
called
Antagonists
,
and
so
such
as
bow
the
Arm
,
are
antagonists
to
those
that
extend
it
.
Such
as
are
fellows
are
alike
▪
for
the
most
Part
▪
in
Magnitude
,
Number
,
and
strength
;
such
as
are
antagonists
differ
according
to
the
waight
of
the
Part
moved
,
or
the
vehemence
of
the
action
.
The
ducture
of
the
Fibres
,
shews
the
manner
of
action
in
every
Muscle
;
and
by
The
ducture
of
the
Fibres
is
various
also
in
the
same
Muscle
,
according
to
the
diversity
of
its
rises
or
insertions
;
and
therefore
one
Muscle
performs
diverse
actions
,
as
the
Tranpezium
;
for
by
the
extremities
of
the
Fibres
,
you
may
know
the
Head
and
Tendon
.
The
Tendon
is
directly
opposite
to
the
Head
.
If
the
Muscle
act
but
one
action
,
or
many
;
according
to
the
variety
of
its
originals
,
it
obtains
various
Connexions
,
to
wit
,
Heads
and
Tendons
.
Chap.
11.
Of
a
Tendon
.
A
Tendon
is
the
least
Part
of
a
Muscle
,
by
which
we
bend
and
move
the
bones
.
It
is
thought
to
consist
of
a
Nerve
,
and
a
Ligament
mixed
together
;
so
as
that
a
Tendon
is
not
found
,
unless
it
be
in
that
Part
of
the
Muscle
where
it
is
affixed
to
the
Parts
moved
.
But
a
mans
Eyes
(
if
he
wil
beleeve
them
)
tels
him
,
that
they
are
from
the
first
for
The
hard
and
stiff
Tendons
have
much
Fat
about
them
to
soften
them
,
that
they
may
the
easier
be
moved
;
and
therefore
those
Fibres
dispersed
amongst
the
Flesh
,
are
nothing
else
but
the
Tendon
divided
,
and
the
Tendon
nothing
else
but
the
Fibres
united
;
and
therefore
a
Tendon
is
either
compact
and
solid
,
or
else
divided
into
Fibres
.
Also
Tendons
are
sollid
or
plain
,
or
Membranous
or
round
,
or
short
or
long
.
If
they
are
Nervous
at
the
beginning
of
the
Muscle
,
so
they
are
at
the
end
.
Somtimes
they
are
Nervous
at
the
end
of
the
Muscle
,
though
the
Head
of
it
be
Fleshy
.
The
hardness
of
a
Sollid
,
long
and
Membranous
Tendon
,
its
thickness
and
Silver
color
is
excellent
:
So
that
Fallopius
affirmed
,
nothing
was
more
beautiful
in
the
Body
of
man
,
than
a
Tendon
,
and
the
Chrystalline
Humor
of
the
Eye
.
Wherefore
a
Tendon
,
seeing
it
is
a
Similary
Part
,
is
bred
of
Seed
,
and
is
of
a
peculiar
substance
,
no
where
to
be
found
out
of
a
Muscle
.
It
wel
deserves
to
be
called
the
cheifest
part
of
the
Muscle
,
upon
which
the
action
of
the
Muscle
depends
;
the
other
Parts
work
together
with
the
Tendon
in
the
same
action
.
Chap.
12.
Of
the
Muscles
of
the
Belly
.
THe
Flesh
extended
over
the
Belly
,
is
Musculous
,
which
being
joyned
together
,
do
make
the
Fleshy
covering
,
which
is
Proper
to
it
.
They
are
divided
into
twelve
Muscles
,
six
on
each
side
,
which
have
names
partly
Of
these
ten
are
ordained
to
compel
the
internal
Parts
,
and
some
to
move
the
Os
Sacrum
,
and
Ilium
;
the
two
Cremasters
hold
up
the
stones
.
Every
one
of
them
hath
his
proper
Figure
;
the
Oblique
ones
,
in
regard
of
their
Their
largeness
is
as
great
as
the
Latitude
and
bigness
of
half
the
Belly
,
and
yet
Although
their
Original
be
different
,
yet
they
al
joyn
so
at
the
white
line
,
that
Although
the
Muscles
of
the
Belly
stick
to
diverse
parts
,
from
which
they
are
said
The
action
of
the
Belly
,
is
common
,
or
particular
.
That
is
common
which
al
The
use
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Abdomen
,
is
whilst
they
lie
stil
,
to
cover
the
internal
Pass
we
now
to
a
particular
description
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Abdomen
,
then
of
the
Muscles
that
move
the
Os
Pubis
,
and
Sacrum
.
The
[
a
](A57335-e38890-b)
a
T.
1.
f.
2.
G
G.
H
H.
I
I.
□
Oblique
descending
being
scituate
Obliquely
,
by
reason
of
its
Fibres
,
Oblique
descending
ariseth
from
the
[
b
](A57335-e38910-b)
b
T.
2.
f.
2.
G.
H
H.
f.
8.
a
a.
□
seven
or
eight
inferior
Ribs
,
by
certain
fleshy
intersections
or
Fibres
intertexed
with
the
Fleshy
Fibres
of
the
Serratus
Major
,
and
sticking
to
the
Os
Ilium
,
and
Pubis
,
it
ends
in
a
broad
[
c
](A57335-e38970-b)
c
T.
1.
f.
2.
I
I
I
I.
T.
2.
f.
8.
B
B.
□
Tendon
in
the
white
line
,
and
together
with
its
fellow
,
makes
one
individual
Tendon
.
The
Oblique
[
d
](A57335-e38990-b)
d
T.
2.
f.
8.
B.
□
Ascending
,
ariseth
from
the
[
e
](A57335-e39000-b)
e
T.
2.
f.
8.
c
c
c
c.
□
Os
Pubis
,
and
Ilium
,
and
being
[
f
](A57335-e39040-b)
f
T.
2.
f.
8.
d
d.
□
white
line
dy
a
broad
Tendon
.
In
this
Muscle
the
late
Anatomists
observe
a
double
Tendon
embracing
the
right
Muscle
like
a
sheath
;
but
the
duplicity
of
the
Tendon
appears
only
above
the
Navel
;
for
below
,
it
is
altogether
inseperable
.
The
right
Muscle
remains
ᶠ
fleshy
from
the
Sternum
,
neer
the
[
g
](A57335-e39080-b)
g
T.
2.
f.
8.
e
e.
f.
9.
B.
□
Sword-like
Cartilage
,
In
it
you
may
observe
three
Nervous
[
h
](A57335-e39120-b)
h
T.
2.
f.
9.
c.
□
Intersections
which
strengthen
it
,
and
Veins
which
run
a
long
the
longitude
of
it
;
and
the
[
i
](A57335-e39130-b)
i
f.
9.
c.
□
Mammary
descending
,
and
the
[
k
](A57335-e39150-b)
k
f.
9.
d
d
d
d.
□
Epigastrick
ascending
,
meet
about
the
[
l
](A57335-e39170-b)
l
●
.
2.
f.
9.
d.
□
middle
of
this
Muscle
.
By
this
Anastomosis
,
Galen
thought
the
consent
of
the
Womb
with
the
Dugs
,
was
caused
,
and
many
modern
Anatomists
after
him
,
which
indeed
is
true
.
Upon
the
extremities
of
the
right
Muscles
,
ly
two
smal
Muscles
,
called
[
m
](A57335-e39210-b)
m
T.
2.
f.
9.
f.
□
Pyramidales
,
[
n
](A57335-e39250-b)
n
T.
2.
f.
9.
e.
□
Vrachus
is
a
production
of
the
Pyramidal
Tendons
,
which
in
Men
of
Age
,
makes
but
one
string
affixed
to
the
bottom
of
the
Bladder
,
and
passing
to
the
hole
of
the
Navel
,
and
remains
stil
in
such
as
are
grown
up
.
The
[
o
](A57335-e39280-b)
o
T.
2.
f.
9.
D
D.
□
transverse
Muscle
,
arising
from
the
[
p
](A57335-e39290-b)
p
T.
8.
f.
2.
C.
□
transverse
Apophyses
of
the
Vertebrae
of
Os
Ilium
,
and
the
bastard
Ribs
,
ends
under
the
right
Muscle
,
by
a
broad
[
q
](A57335-e39340-b)
q
f.
9.
A.
□
Tendon
in
the
white
line
,
and
is
stricktly
united
with
his
fellow
.
Besides
the
Muscles
which
compress
the
Belly
,
neer
the
Pubis
,
by
the
transversal
[
r
](A57335-e39380-b)
r
f.
9.
a
a
a.
□
Cremaster
,
prepared
for
the
holding
up
of
the
stones
.
It
is
distinguished
from
the
flesh
of
the
Oblique
ascending
Muscle
,
because
it
hath
red
flesh
,
is
thinner
,
and
disjoyned
from
it
a
singers
breadth
;
it
is
involved
with
the
Peritoneum
,
even
til
it
come
to
the
Testicle
,
and
makes
the
Tunicle
called
[
s
](A57335-e39410-b)
s
ˢ
f.
9.
b.
b.
□
Erithrois
.
You
shal
perceive
in
the
groin
,
the
perforation
of
the
Tendons
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Abdomen
,
that
they
may
give
passage
〈…〉
the
Peritoneum
,
and
the
Cremasters
:
Seeing
some
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Abdomen
,
conduce
to
the
motion
of
the
Os
[
t
](A57335-e39580-b)
t
b.
f.
2.
D
D.
□
Sacer
,
and
[
v
](A57335-e39600-b)
v
T.
14.
f.
4.
B
B.
f.
3.
D
D.
f.
4.
A
A.
Semispinatus
,
move
them
Backwards
.
And
therefore
sacred
Scripture
,
constitutes
the
Seat
of
lust
to
be
in
the
Loyns
,
because
by
the
motion
of
the
Loyns
,
the
Reins
wax
hot
,
which
provokes
the
Genitalls
to
Eiaculation
of
Seed
:
Gen.
36.
It
is
written
,
Kings
shal
come
out
of
thy
Loynes
;
and
Psal.
73.
The
Kingly
Prophet
complains
,
His
loynes
were
filled
with
delusions
,
that
is
,
with
lustful
Concupiscence
,
as
St.
Jerom
interprets
it
;
and
in
Luke
,
Let
your
Loyns
be
girded
,
that
is
,
preserve
your
Chastity
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
In
the
Muscles
of
the
Belly
,
are
often
Inflamations
,
Imposthumes
,
and
pains
arising
of
wind
;
for
according
to
Hippocrates
,
the
pores
of
the
flesh
,
and
space
between
the
Muscles
,
are
filled
with
Blood
and
Spirit
in
such
as
are
healthy
;
but
with
Wheyish
substance
,
and
wind
in
such
as
are
Sick
;
and
therefore
Cramps
happen
in
these
Muscles
,
as
is
described
by
Sennertus
Lib.
3.
Part.
10.
Chap.
8.
Med
Pract.
And
therefore
these
Muscles
are
somtimes
troubled
with
a
windy
Spirit
,
arising
from
the
Hypochondriacal
Parts
,
being
filled
with
Melancholly
.
Chap.
13.
Of
the
Peritoneum
.
THe
Museles
of
the
Belly
being
taken
away
,
the
Peritoneum
comes
to
view
,
which
is
a
[
a
](A57335-e39790-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
9.
g
g.
□
Membrane
stretched
out
over
al
the
Parts
of
the
Bowels
,
or
Guts
;
from
which
extension
,
it
hath
it's
Greek
Name
.
Seeing
it
is
spermatieal
,
Its
temperature
can
be
no
other
than
cold
and
dry
.
It
s
Substance
is
not
simple
,
and
uniform
;
but
double
,
and
unequal
in
thickness
:
for
it
is
a
double
Membrane
,
joyned
in
some
places
,
and
disjoyned
in
other
Some
,
to
give
passage
to
the
Navel
Vessels
;
and
in
the
Hypogastrium
,
it
is
so
doubled
that
it
contains
the
Bladder
and
the
Genitals
,
the
Reins
and
Vreters
,
the
Vena
Cava
,
and
the
great
Artery
,
and
the
Seminal
Vessels
in
its
duobling
.
The
inequallity
of
the
substance
of
it
is
observed
in
Women
,
to
be
thickest
from
the
Navel
to
the
Pubis
,
that
in
the
conception
it
may
be
stretched
as
the
Womb
is
.
But
in
men
it
is
thickest
from
the
Navel
to
the
Sword-like
Cartilage
,
that
in
Gluttons
it
may
stretch
when
their
paunch
is
ful
.
It
takes
its
original
from
the
first
formation
,
unless
,
as
some
think
,
it
take
its
original
Dura
Mater
,
which
as
they
produce
the
Pleura
,
so
the
Pleura
should
the
Peritoneum
;
and
so
their
should
be
a
continuation
of
these
Membranes
throughout
the
Body
,
as
their
is
of
the
Skin
.
It
s
Scituation
is
immediatly
after
the
Muscles
,
and
compasseth
about
all
the
Bowels
It
is
the
largest
Membrane
in
the
whol
Body
,
and
most
capacious
,
and
answers
to
It
is
double
every
where
,
because
it
consists
of
two
Membranes
;
of
which
,
●●●
internal
is
the
shortest
;
not
so
much
because
it
bestows
a
Membrans
upon
every
Part
of
the
Belly
and
produceth
the
Mesenterium
;
but
b●cause
it
doth
〈…〉
accompany
the
external
to
the
Testicles
,
but
ends
in
the
Cavi●●●●
o●
the
Abdomen
.
The
external
passeth
even
to
the
Cods
,
and
wraps
the
Testicles
round
and
●●●kes
that
tunicle
called
Erythrois
,
and
in
its
progress
makes
a
smal
Channel
by
when
the
Spermatick
Vessels
pass
.
The
same
production
of
the
external
tunicle
,
is
observed
in
the
groin
of
Women
,
and
is
diduced
even
to
the
[
c
](A57335-e40040-b)
c
T.
7.
f.
4.
I
I.
K.
f.
5.
A.
□
Clitoris
,
and
the
round
and
lower
Ligament
of
the
[
d
](A57335-e40060-b)
d
T.
7.
f.
2.
S
S.
f.
4.
F
F.
Womb.
The
Figure
of
the
Peritoneum
is
Oval
,
and
longish
,
by
reason
of
the
Belly
,
for
It
s
continuity
is
not
pierced
,
it
being
an
admirable
piece
of
workmanship
;
for
although
Vessels
pass
into
it
,
and
out
from
it
,
yet
al
this
is
performed
through
the
doubling
of
it
,
so
that
the
internal
Tunicle
remains
unpierced
,
which
comprehends
the
Parts
of
the
first
Region
,
as
the
external
doth
the
Parts
of
the
second
Region
,
which
are
placed
within
the
Belly
.
The
Color
of
the
Peritoneum
is
white
,
as
the
Color
of
other
Membranes
i●
.
It
is
firmely
knit
to
the
Vertebrae
of
the
loyns
,
I
mean
the
external
Membrane
,
the
internal
hath
no
Connexion
with
them
,
but
is
disjoyned
to
receive
the
Rein
,
and
redoubled
to
make
the
Mesenterium
;
also
it
gives
a
covering
to
the
Diaphragma
,
and
the
Liver
,
and
produceth
the
Ligament
which
holds
it
,
and
depends
upon
the
Sword-iike
Cartilage
.
Besides
the
general
communion
it
hath
with
the
principal
Parts
,
by
Veins
,
It
performs
no
action
;
but
its
use
is
great
through
out
the
Belly
.
ᵇ
T.
6.
f.
2.
C
C.
E
E.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
Let
us
now
bring
this
contemplation
of
the
Peritoneum
,
to
a
Physicaluse
.
By
reason
of
its
doubling
,
you
shall
perceive
Serosus
and
sharp
Cholerick
Humors
●o
to
get
into
those
spaces
,
which
make
a
bastard
Collick
,
but
have
no
foundation
at
al
within
the
Guts
,
as
a
true
Collick
hath
,
but
between
the
Peritoneum
and
the
Guts
;
whence
the
Disease
is
bitter
,
and
usually
lasting
:
of
which
see
Fernelius
in
his
Pathology
.
Somtimes
other
Humors
flowing
from
the
Liver
,
or
from
the
Reins
,
get
within
Os
Sacrum
,
and
there
impostumate
,
unless
they
were
turned
into
Quittor
before
they
fel
into
this
Part.
Such
Collical
pains
lie
usually
on
the
top
of
the
Belly
,
and
not
deep
;
neither
wil
they
suffer
the
Belly
to
be
handled
never
so
gently
.
Somtimes
they
come
up
even
to
the
Diaphragma
,
by
reason
of
the
continuation
of
the
Peritoneum
,
and
then
the
danger
is
the
greater
.
Somtimes
,
by
reason
of
those
Productions
of
the
Peritoneum
which
reach
the
You
must
diligently
observe
the
production
of
the
Peritoneum
by
the
groyn
;
which
being
dilated
(
for
it
is
seldom
broken
)
receiveth
the
Gut
Ilium
,
or
the
Call
,
whence
is
bred
that
swelling
in
the
Groine
,
called
Entero-Cele
,
or
that
called
Epiplo-Cele
;
or
when
both
the
Gut
and
the
Call
do
fal
down
,
that
other
called
Entero-Epiplo-Cele
.
Cha.
14.
The
Division
of
the
Parts
of
the
Belly
.
THe
Parts
of
the
Paunch
included
within
the
Peritoneum
,
I
thus
divide
.
They
Vena
Porta
;
therefore
the
[
a
](A57335-e40540-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
10.
E.
□
Omentum
,
the
Hollow
[
b
](A57335-e40570-b)
b
T.
4.
f.
1.
A.
□
Part
of
the
Liver
,
the
[
c
](A57335-e40590-b)
c
f.
1.
C.
□
Gal
,
[
d
](A57335-e40610-b)
d
T.
2.
f
10.
C.
□
Stomach
,
[
e
](A57335-e40630-b)
e
T.
4.
f.
1.
●
.
□
Spleen
,
[
f
](A57335-e40650-b)
f
f.
1.
E
E.
□
Sweet-bread
,
[
g
](A57335-e40670-b)
g
T.
3.
f.
1.
and
4.
□
Bowels
,
[
h
](A57335-e40700-b)
h
f.
1.
A
A.
□
Mesenterium
,
and
[
i
](A57335-e40720-b)
i
T.
4.
f.
1.
F
F.
f.
6.
A
A.
□
Vena
Po●ta
,
and
the
[
k
](A57335-e40740-b)
k
F.
5.
K.
□
Coeliacal
Artery
,
make
the
First
Region
of
the
Body
,
contained
within
the
Abdomen
.
The
other
Parts
which
are
included
within
the
doubling
of
the
Peritoneum
,
are
referred
to
the
Second
Region
,
which
comprehends
the
[
l
](A57335-e40790-b)
l
T.
5.
f.
1.
B
C.
□
Reins
,
[
m
](A57335-e40820-b)
m
f.
1.
F
F.
G
G.
□
Vreters
,
[
n
](A57335-e40840-b)
n
f.
1.
K.
□
Bladder
,
[
o
](A57335-e40860-b)
o
T.
6.
tota
.
□
Genitals
in
Men
;
and
the
[
p
](A57335-e40880-b)
p
t.
7.
tota
.
□
Womb
,
with
the
Parts
annexed
,
in
Women
.
It
is
extended
even
to
the
upper
Part
of
the
Breast
,
and
[
q
](A57335-e40910-b)
q
T.
7.
f.
1.
II.
f.
6.
A
A.
F
F.
□
comprehends
the
Diaphragma
,
[
r
](A57335-e40930-b)
r
f.
4.
A
A.
□
Mediastinum
,
[
s
](A57335-e40950-b)
s
t.
11.
f.
2.
B.
f.
5.
I.
□
the
Heart
,
and
[
t
](A57335-e40960-b)
t
f.
1.
A.
f.
2.
A.
□
Pericardium
,
[
v
](A57335-e40980-b)
v
f.
1.
B
B.
f.
2.
K
K.
f.
7.
F
F.
□
Lungs
,
[
x
](A57335-e41000-b)
x
f.
7.
E.
f.
8.
A
B
C.
T.
13.
f.
10.
9.
□
Trachea
Arteria
,
[
y
](A57335-e41030-b)
y
T.
3.
f.
2.
E
E.
□
Oesophag●s
,
[
z
](A57335-e41050-b)
z
T.
13.
f.
14.
A.
□
Tongue
,
[
α
](A57335-e41060-b)
α
T.
13.
f.
9.
10.
□
Larinx
,
with
the
Trunks
of
the
Vena
Cava
,
and
great
Artery
,
even
from
the
Throat
to
the
groyn
,
according
to
Fernelius
:
but
I
extend
it
farther
,
even
to
the
Limbs
;
whither
so
ever
the
greater
Channels
of
the
Aorta
or
Cava
,
the
[
β
](A57335-e41130-b)
β
T.
12.
f.
1.
4.
B
B.
□
Axillars
,
and
[
γ
](A57335-e41150-b)
γ
f.
1.
4.
D
D.
□
Crurals
pass
.
Chap.
15.
Of
the
Navel
.
THe
Navel
from
the
birth
,
even
to
extream
Age
,
is
a
knotty
[
a
](A57335-e41210-b)
a
T.
8.
f.
2.
D.
D.
□
Coition
of
the
[
b
](A57335-e41230-b)
b
T.
8.
f.
2.
A
B
B
C.
□
Vessels
;
by
which
the
Child
is
nourished
in
the
Womb.
That
they
should
stick
out
on
the
out-side
of
the
Belly
,
is
impro●itable
;
therefore
they
are
Cut
off
the
[
c
](A57335-e41240-b)
c
T.
9.
f.
2.
P.
□
Child
being
born
.
The
continuation
of
the
Vessels
within
the
Abdomen
remains
,
which
grows
dry
by
degrees
,
being
deprived
of
its
a●cient
Office
;
and
therefore
it
is
to
be
considered
u●der
another
Notion
,
in
one
that
is
grown
up
.
We
shal
treat
of
the
Umbilicar
Vessels
,
as
they
are
found
in
the
Carcass
of
a
man
The
[
d
](A57335-e41310-b)
d
T.
2.
f.
8.
G.
T.
4.
f.
1.
α
f.
6.
a
a.
T.
8.
f.
2.
A.
□
Umbilicar
Vein
passeth
to
the
[
e
](A57335-e41340-b)
e
T.
4.
f.
5.
C.
□
cleft
of
the
Liver
,
The
Umbilicar
[
f
](A57335-e41350-b)
f
f.
T.
8.
f.
2.
B
B.
f.
4.
ε
●
.
□
A●teties
are
[
g
](A57335-e41370-b)
g
T.
2.
f.
10.
□
two
,
and
descend
to
the
Iliack
[
h
](A57335-e41390-b)
h
f.
4.
δδ
.
□
Arteries
,
Somtimes
creeping
along
the
sides
of
the
Bladder
to
the
[
i
](A57335-e41410-b)
i
f.
4.
♀
♀
vel
.
ζζ
.
□
Hypogastricks
,
between
the
Arteries
lies
the
[
k
](A57335-e41430-b)
k
T.
8.
f.
2.
C.
T.
9.
f.
2
▪
O.
□
Vrachus
fixed
to
the
sides
of
the
Bladder
,
and
this
is
the
original
and
insertion
of
the
Umbilica●
Vessels
.
The
Vrachos
is
like
a
long
and
round
Ligament
,
and
its
use
is
to
hold
up
the
Bladder
.
The
Umbilicar
Vein
puls
the
Liver
foreward
,
lest
by
its
waight
it
should
depress
[
l
](A57335-e41480-b)
l
t.
2.
f.
10.
●
.
I.
Bladder
that
it
fal
not
down
,
although
it
be
included
in
the
doubling
of
the
Peritonum
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
To
reduce
that
is
said
to
Medici●al
use
;
this
shews
that
the
Cutting
of
the
Navel
Vein
is
dangerous
,
that
the
place
of
the
Navel
is
very
perspirable
because
it
penetrates
the
containing
Parts
,
Neither
is
there
any
thing
▪
either
within
or
without
,
that
stops
that
passage
,
and
therefore
purging
Medicines
applyed
,
to
the
Navel
Purge
,
and
sweet
things
applyed
to
the
Navel
of
Women
pene●rate
to
the
Womb
:
The
Water
in
Dropsies
many
times
breakes
out
at
the
Navel
▪
and
the
affects
thereof
are
grievous
,
not
so
much
by
reason
of
the
sensibility
of
the
Part
,
but
the
suddain
hu●ting
of
those
Parts
whose
Office
it
is
to
nourish
the
whol
Body
.
Therefore
consider
whether
the
Navel
be
the
centre
of
the
Belly
or
not
,
for
otherwise
,
if
the
Parts
below
the
Navel
be
longer
than
those
above
it
,
A
multitude
of
Diseases
are
bred
in
the
lower
Part
,
because
the
Umbilicar
Vein
being
shorter
doth
not
sufficiently
,
pul
back
the
Liver
,
which
,
by
its
waight
,
compresseth
the
Stomach
and
Parts
under
it
.
Chap.
16.
Of
the
Omentum
,
or
Call
.
BEfore
you
proceed
to
the
Omentum
or
cal
you
must
view
how
it
covers
al
the
Parts
of
the
Belly
,
then
their
Scituation
,
which
is
of
no
smal
moment
to
the
art
of
Phy●ick
.
The
[
a
](A57335-e41600-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
10.
E.
b
c
d.
T.
3.
f.
1.
D
D.
□
Omentum
,
or
Epiploon
,
or
Cal
,
is
a
thin
Membrane
endewed
with
much
It
was
held
to
be
an
ill
Omen
also
amongst
the
sooth
saiers
if
it
were
not
extended
over
the
Guts
.
The
portion
of
it
which
is
subject
to
view
,
is
Naturally
stretched
out
even
to
the
It
may
be
divided
into
four
Parts
,
the
first
is
called
[
b
](A57335-e41710-b)
b
T.
2.
f.
10.
d
d.
□
Intestinal
which
is
stretched
out
over
the
Guts
;
the
Second
[
c
](A57335-e41730-b)
c
f.
10.
b.
□
Hepatical
,
which
ariseth
from
the
Cavity
of
the
Liver
,
including
the
smal
Lobe
of
the
Liver
,
and
turns
down
to
the
deep
Cavities
thereof
,
the
third
is
called
[
d
](A57335-e41750-b)
d
f.
10.
c.
□
Lienal
,
because
it
lies
upon
the
Spleen
,
the
fourth
[
e
](A57335-e41770-b)
e
T.
3.
f.
1.
T.
4.
f.
1.
Mesenterical
,
being
a
production
of
the
Mesenterium
to
the
external
Parts
,
and
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Omentum
hath
its
Diseases
,
both
Similar
,
Organical
,
and
Common
,
for
Somtimes
a
dropsical
Water
is
concluded
in
the
Cavities
of
the
Omentum
▪
according
The
Omentum
Fals
down
into
the
g●oine
or
Cods
:
and
causeth
those
swellings
which
are
commonly
called
●uptures
:
the
Belly
being
wounded
,
the
Omentum
The
first
Concoction
is
made
never
the
weaker
by
cuttings
off
Part
of
the
Omentum
,
(
though
Galen
thought
otherwise
)
For
the
Concoction
is
made
in
the
Stomach
:
and
the
Omentum
doth
not
cover
the
Stomach
,
But
is
only
knit
to
the
bottom
of
it
.
Chap.
17.
Of
the
Guts
.
THe
Guts
follow
next
according
to
the
order
of
dissection
,
which
are
organical
Their
substance
is
Membranous
and
ful
of
strings
,
which
may
be
divided
into
two
[
a
](A57335-e42090-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
b.
R.
□
Inner
is
Fleshy
,
the
[
b
](A57335-e42100-b)
b
f.
5.
Q.
□
outward
Nervous
.
But
the
Inner
is
rugged
,
and
as
it
were
●oulded
that
it
may
stay
the
Chyle
in
its
wrinckles
.
that
so
the
Mesaraick
Veins
may
draw
it
the
better
,
which
like
Horse-leeches
draw
the
thinner
Part
of
the
Chyle
from
the
Guts
.
Besides
the
wrinkles
,
the
Inside
of
the
Guts
is
bedewed
,
And
as
it
were
desended
Besides
these
two
proper
Membranes
there
is
a
[
c
](A57335-e42140-b)
c
T.
3.
f.
5.
P
P.
□
common
one
,
added
from
the
Peritoneum
,
The
Guts
are
placed
in
the
Abdomen
and
fil
its
whol
Cavity
without
any
confusion
;
[
d
](A57335-e42210-b)
d
f.
1.
A
A.
□
Mesenterium
.
They
are
seven
times
as
long
as
the
Body
,
and
somthing
longer
.
This
Longitude
is
divided
into
[
e
](A57335-e42260-b)
e
f.
4.
●rom
B.
to
I.
□
thin
,
and
[
f
](A57335-e42270-b)
f
f.
4.
from
1.
to
●
.
□
thick
,
not
according
to
Scituation
,
but
in
respect
of
the
Membranes
:
The
thin
which
is
taken
from
the
inferiore
Orifice
of
the
Stomach
,
is
the
first
&
supreme
in
order
,
it
consists
of
thin
Membranes
,
the
thick
,
is
the
Inferior
in
order
,
But
the
superior
and
shorter
in
Scituation
,
and
more
Capacious
and
hath
thicker
Membranes
.
Again
,
the
thin
is
distinguished
into
three
Parts
,
or
three
Guts
;
of
which
the
first
[
g
](A57335-e42300-b)
g
f.
4.
F.
□
Duodenum
,
the
second
[
h
](A57335-e42320-b)
h
f.
4.
G
G.
□
Jejunum
,
the
third
[
i
](A57335-e42340-b)
i
f.
4.
H
H.
□
Ilium
.
The
thick
Gut
is
also
divided
into
so
many
Parts
or
Guts
:
The
first
[
k
](A57335-e42360-b)
k
T.
2.
f.
4.
H
H.
□
Caecum
:
The
second
[
l
](A57335-e42380-b)
l
f.
4.
K.
□
Colon.
The
third
[
m
](A57335-e42400-b)
m
f.
4.
M.
□
Rectum
.
Al
the
Guts
are
hollow
,
that
they
may
give
passag
to
Chyle
and
Excrements
.
They
f.
6.
R.
□
T.
3.
f.
4.
F.
□
wrinckled
round
about
within
,
al
along
their
Longitude
,
even
from
the
Stomach
to
the
Fundament
,
that
so
they
may
stay
the
Chyle
and
Ex●rements
of
the
first
Conco●tion
;
but
for
expelling
the
Excrements
,
they
have
a
kind
of
motion
which
presses
downward
by
degrees
.
And
thus
much
to
wha●
is
common
to
al
the
Guts
:
It
remains
that
we
speak
of
them
al
severally
.
The
first
Gut
is
called
[
o
](A57335-e42510-b)
o
T.
4.
f.
5.
H
H.
□
Duodenum
;
because
in
length
it
is
twelve
Fingers
The
finding
of
this
Gut
is
hard
,
for
towards
the
back
bone
it
must
be
sought
for
under
the
Sweet-bread
with
the
beginning
of
the
Jejunum
;
this
position
and
Intertexture
is
diligently
to
be
noted
,
because
oftentimes
the
cause
of
obstructions
&
vomitings
is
without
any
failing
of
the
Pylorus
▪
but
the
choler
flowing
by
the
[
p
](A57335-e42570-b)
p
f.
3.
D
D.
□
Biliar
Pore
is
hindred
in
his
passage
,
and
returning
back
into
the
Stomach
causeth
vomiting
.
In
the
very
con●ines
of
the
Duodenum
and
Jejunum
,
the
passage
of
Choler
[
q
](A57335-e42620-b)
q
f.
3.
C.
f.
5.
H
H.
□
Channel
of
the
Sweet-bread
i●
observed
by
Virs●ngus
.
Where
the
Guts
begin
to
be
turned
toward
the
left
side
,
their
the
[
r
](A57335-e42670-b)
r
T.
3.
f.
4.
G
G.
□
Jejunum
begins
,
The
f.
3.
E.
□
Ilium
follows
,
which
is
more
slender
,
but
in
length
surpasses
al
the
rest
Iliack
passion
.
The
fourth
Gut
in
order
,
and
the
first
of
the
thick
Guts
,
is
called
f.
3.
B
B.
□
Caecum
by
The
Gut
[
v
](A57335-e42890-b)
v
T.
3.
f.
4.
H
H.
□
Colon
succeeds
this
;
in
which
are
many
things
worth
our
Consideration
,
Of
al
the
Guts
,
none
more
large
,
and
Capacious
,
then
this
.
It
begins
at
[
x
](A57335-e42940-b)
x
f.
4.
I.
□
Appendix
;
and
being
turned
upwards
,
it
lies
under
the
Liver
and
Stomach
,
and
passeth
to
the
left
Hypochondrium
,
where
it
is
wrea●hed
,
and
made
●arrower
.
In
its
Obliquation
descending
,
it
touches
the
left
Kidney
;
and
a
little
below
,
being
Os
Sacrum
.
In
it
,
the
Dunge
and
filth
of
the
Guts
,
is
kept
:
as
also
the
wind
of
the
first
Region
.
Least
it
should
be
dilated
too
much
by
Multitude
of
Dung
,
and
Violence
of
wind
,
That
[
y
](A57335-e43060-b)
y
f.
4.
K
K.
□
Volve
,
or
Shutter
which
Authors
quarrel
so
much
about
,
is
not
to
be
Ilium
▪
and
the
ascending
of
a
Glister
to
the
same
place
.
Therefore
it
opens
towards
the
Inferior
Parts
;
that
it
may
let
the
Dung
pass
out
,
and
hinder
it
from
flowing
back
.
It
is
knit
to
the
Membrane
of
the
Peritoneum
,
by
a
Membranous
●ye
,
whatsoever
The
last
of
the
Guts
is
called
[
z
](A57335-e43160-b)
z
f.
1.
C
C.
□
right
,
be●ause
it
passes
straight
from
the
top
of
the
O●
Sacrum
,
to
the
Fundament
.
This
Gut
,
contrary
to
the
Nature
of
others
,
besides
the
Internal
fleshy
Membrane
,
hath
also
an
external
[
a
](A57335-e43190-b)
a
f.
4.
●
.
fleshy
Musculous
covering
,
like
a
sheath
;
that
so
it
may
the
more
forceably
expel
the
D●●g
,
which
useth
to
clod
in
the
extremity
of
the
Colon
,
and
right
Gut
.
Therefore
besides
the
compression
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Abdomen
▪
and
the
Natural
motion
of
the
Colon
,
this
same
fleshy
Sheath
,
crusheth
the
Dung
;
as
it
were
with
ones
hand
▪
that
so
it
may
pass
out
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
I
pass
now
to
the
Diseases
and
Symptomes
of
the
Guts
.
They
suffer
Diseases
Similar
Organical
and
Common
.
For
they
are
distempered
by
heat
and
cold
,
either
with
or
without
Humor
.
They
are
inflamed
,
wounded
,
Ulcerated
,
dryed
,
bound
,
loosened
,
made
smooth
the
wrinckles
being
taken
away
▪
as
in
fluxes
and
bloody
fluxes
.
Somtimes
they
are
so
stopped
that
the
Excrements
are
Vomited
up
.
Besides
these
the
common
Diseases
,
the
Guts
severally
considered
,
have
their
peculiar
The
Duodenum
may
be
stopped
by
compression
of
the
Sweet-bread
,
and
then
the
food
is
Vomited
up
again
two
or
three
houres
after
it
is
eaten
;
because
the
passage
is
stopped
.
The
Ilium
is
subject
to
the
Iliack
passion
,
which
is
an
Inflamation
and
not
a
Somtimes
the
Peritoneum
being
loosed
or
broken
neer
the
Navel
,
the
Disease
called
The
Colon
is
subject
to
the
Collick
,
which
ariseth
either
through
sharp
Humors
,
Somtimes
Melancholy
hard
swellings
are
bred
there
which
cause
difficulty
in
going
to
the
stool
and
hasten
death
.
The
right
Gut
hath
its
peculiar
Diseases
,
Tenasmus
,
Inflamation
,
Impostumes
,
The
Peristalcick
motion
of
the
Guts
is
Somtimes
so
perverted
,
that
the
Dung
flowes
upward
,
and
Glysters
are
cast
up
at
the
Mouth
.
And
so
are
suppositaries
also
,
if
you
wil
believe
some
Practitioners
,
but
then
the
shutter
of
the
Colon
must
needs
be
broken
.
Al
the
Symptomes
of
the
Guts
are
to
be
referred
to
the
Excrements
when
they
are
Fluxes
are
called
Diarrhea
,
which
is
either
Chylous
or
humoral
:
humoral
is
either
Caeliacal
,
or
Mesenterical
,
or
Intestinal
.
When
it
comes
with
Ulceration
▪
Paine
and
Blood
,
it
is
called
a
Bloody
Flux
.
If
it
come
without
pain
,
and
be
like
the
Water
in
which
raw
flesh
has
bin
washt
,
it
comes
from
the
Liver
,
and
is
called
Hepatica
.
If
it
come
through
smoothness
of
the
Guts
,
It
is
called
Lienteria
:
if
it
come
with
Quitter
it
is
called
Mesenterical
.
The
causes
of
al
these
Diseases
yea
may
find
in
al
Practtioners
,
and
therefore
we
will
make
no
longer
stay
upon
them
.
The
internal
Tunicle
of
the
Guts
Somtimes
is
severed
&
lost
,
which
is
thought
to
be
turned
into
a
long
worm
of
two
or
three
Cubits
long
,
caled
Tania
,
of
which
you
may
read
in
Spigelius
Lib.
de
Lumbrico
lato
.
Chap.
18.
Of
the
Mesenterium
▪
THe
[
a
](A57335-e43640-b)
a
T.
3.
f.
1.
A
A.
T.
4.
f.
1.
H
H.
□
Mesenterium
is
the
bond
of
the
Guts
,
which
keeps
them
in
there
places
,
It
is
a
double
Membrane
,
between
which
,
is
Fat
,
and
many
[
b
](A57335-e43680-b)
b
T.
3.
f.
1.
a
a
a
a.
□
Glandulae
,
or
[
c
](A57335-e43710-b)
c
f.
1.
B
B.
□
Vessels
.
This
is
the
structure
of
it
.
It
is
feared
in
the
midst
of
the
Belly
,
because
it
sticks
to
the
transverse
processes
It
sticks
so
firmely
to
the
[
d
](A57335-e43760-b)
d
T.
9.
f.
1.
M
M.
□
Guts
,
that
no
division
at
al
appears
:
between
its
two
[
e
](A57335-e43780-b)
e
T.
4.
f.
1.
a
a
a.
T.
9.
f.
1.
c
c
c.
□
Veins
pass
,
which
are
called
meseraick
or
Mesenterick
.
Also
an
infinite
number
of
[
f
](A57335-e43790-b)
f
f.
1.
b
b
b
b.
□
Arteries
from
the
Caeliacal
Artery
.
Also
it
hath
ᶠ
Nerves
from
the
Lumbals
,
or
Nerves
of
the
Loines
.
The
fourth
kind
of
Vessels
,
are
called
[
g
](A57335-e43820-b)
g
f.
8.
n
n.
□
Venae
lacteae
,
by
Aselbus
,
the
first
finder
This
one
thing
troubles
many
,
Namely
,
the
diversity
of
their
distribution
:
For
in
a
beast
ful
fed
,
that
is
opened
alive
,
these
milky
Veins
are
noted
scattered
about
the
Mesenterium
;
but
some
pass
to
the
Sweet-bread
,
others
to
the
Liver
,
others
to
the
Trunck
of
the
Vena
Cava
,
none
of
them
to
the
Spleen
;
neither
like
other
,
veins
are
they
gathered
into
one
Head
;
they
seem
rather
to
have
their
Root
,
and
Foundation
in
the
Sweet-bread
,
and
from
thence
to
be
distributed
this
way
,
and
that
way
.
These
Milky
Veins
being
granted
,
al
difficulties
which
were
formerly
about
the
The
Mesenterium
,
seeing
it
communicates
with
the
Liver
by
the
[
h
](A57335-e43930-b)
h
t.
9.
f.
1.
a
a
a.
b
b
b.
□
Vena
Porta
;
with
the
Spleen
by
the
[
i
](A57335-e43950-b)
i
T.
4.
f.
1.
F
F.
f.
b.
A
A
A.
□
Caeliacal
Arteries
;
and
the
Splenical
[
k
](A57335-e43970-b)
k
f.
5.
K.
&c.
I
I.
Vein
;
with
the
Guts
by
their
Connexions
,
and
hath
a
fatty
Glandulous
substance
fit
to
receive
Humors
,
and
to
retain
al
the
impurities
of
the
first
Region
;
Physitians
well
cal
it
the
Nurse
of
Diseases
;
for
from
that
,
as
from
a
Fountain
,
do
al
the
Diseases
of
the
Bowels
proceed
:
and
al
Physitians
in
prescribing
Purges
,
and
Remedies
,
have
a
special
eye
to
that
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Mesenterium
labours
under
Diseases
,
both
Simple
,
and
Compound
;
it
is
By
reason
of
his
fatty
and
Glandulous
substance
,
it
often
swels
to
a
great
hard
swelling
,
and
is
the
Foundation
of
al
Kings
evil
Swellings
;
which
seldom
come
in
great
Number
,
but
the
Foundacion
is
here
.
It
is
subject
to
bastard
Collicks
,
which
proceed
of
sharp
Choler
,
and
degenerate
into
Palsies
in
the
inferior
Limbs
,
and
somtimes
in
the
superior
;
and
hence
comes
the
Morbus
Ructuosus
,
mentioned
by
Hippocrates
,
and
Morbus
Siccatorius
.
Of
the
Diseases
of
the
Mesenterium
,
you
may
read
Daniel
Sennertus
,
and
Matthews
Martinius
,
who
treats
expressly
of
the
Diseases
thereof
.
Although
the
Mesaraick
,
and
Milky
Veins
,
which
carry
Chyle
,
are
fastned
to
the
Guts
like
Horse-Le●ches
,
yet
the
matter
is
diversly
drawn
by
those
Channels
,
For
the
Liver
draws
Chyle
by
the
Milky
Veins
from
the
Guts
,
but
sends
Blood
by
the
Mesaraick
Veins
to
the
Guts
;
therefore
both
of
them
may
be
diversly
obstructed
.
For
the
milky
Veins
may
be
obstructed
either
al
along
through
the
thickness
of
Chyle
;
or
else
in
their
Roots
within
the
Liver
.
If
the
obstruction
be
in
the
whol
passage
al
along
,
then
there
ariseth
a
Chylous
Flux
,
either
white
,
or
tauny
in
Color
.
If
in
their
Roots
,
either
within
,
or
neer
the
Liver
,
the
Chyle
hath
a
light
Tincture
of
Blood
.
If
the
Mesarick
Veins
be
stopped
within
the
Liver
,
the
Liver
cannot
disburden
it
The
Milky
Veins
have
no
Trunck
,
but
are
seperated
when
they
enter
the
hollow
Part
of
the
Liver
;
and
therefore
they
are
not
so
easily
obstructed
.
And
therefore
al
Humoral
Fluxes
of
the
Belly
flow
from
the
Liver
or
from
distempers
of
the
Mesaraick
Veins
.
Thick
Fluxes
proceed
from
the
Milky
Veins
,
by
reason
of
corrupted
Chyle
.
The
Cure
of
both
sort
of
Fluxes
is
the
same
,
Namely
,
by
such
Medicines
as
cut
,
Chap:
19.
Of
the
Sweet-bread
,
or
Pancreas
.
THe
[
a
](A57335-e44240-b)
a
T.
4.
f.
1.
E
E.
□
Sweet-bread
is
a
body
neither
truly
[
b
](A57335-e44250-b)
b
f.
2.
A
A.
f.
3.
A
A.
□
fleshy
,
nor
truly
Glandulous
,
but
It
lies
under
the
Stomach
like
a
soft
Cushion
▪
and
is
stretched
from
the
[
c
](A57335-e44280-b)
c
f.
1.
A.
□
Liver
to
[
d
](A57335-e44300-b)
d
f.
1.
D.
□
Spleen
;
and
if
it
have
its
Natural
conformation
,
it
is
as
broad
as
the
Palm
of
the
Hand
.
It
receives
the
[
e
](A57335-e44320-b)
e
T.
4.
f.
1.
F
F.
□
Trunck
of
the
Vena
Porta
;
the
Milky
Veins
,
and
the
[
f
](A57335-e44340-b)
f
T.
9.
f.
1.
a
a
a.
b
b
b.
□
Splenical
[
g
](A57335-e44360-b)
g
f.
1.
I.
□
Spleen
through
its
Cavity
.
Besides
,
Virsungus
Discovered
a
new
[
h
](A57335-e44390-b)
h
f.
1.
D.
f.
3.
E
E.
□
Channel
in
the
Sweet-bread
,
passing
a
[
i
](A57335-e44410-b)
i
f.
3.
B
B.
□
Jejunum
,
neer
the
[
k
](A57335-e44430-b)
k
f.
3.
D
D.
passage
of
Cho●er
:
but
for
what
end
this
was
framed
is
yet
uncertaine
,
whether
it
be
to
cleanse
the
Excrements
of
the
Sweet-bread
;
or
rather
of
the
spleen
,
which
are
carried
thither
.
So
Fallopius
found
the
Channels
in
the
Sweet-bread
,
no
way
to
communicate
It
is
observed
,
that
this
Part
increaseth
,
when
the
Spleen
decreaseth
;
so
that
it
may
wel
be
called
the
Spleens
deputy
.
There
is
the
Seat
of
Hypochondriacal
Melancholy
,
&
it
is
the
entertainer
of
many
Diseases
,
as
wel
as
the
▪
Mesenterium
▪
both
of
them
breed
Sicknesses
to
the
Body
,
if
they
be
filled
with
evil
,
and
filthy
Humors
.
Chap.
20.
Of
the
Vena
Porta
.
WIthin
the
Belly
,
are
two
notable
Veins
contained
;
both
of
them
take
[
a
](A57335-e44540-b)
a
T.
4.
f.
1.
F
F.
□
Porta
,
which
is
subservient
to
the
Places
dedicated
to
nourishment
,
nether
passeth
it
further
.
The
[
b
](A57335-e44570-b)
b
T.
5.
f.
2.
F.
T.
12.
f.
1.
C.
□
Cava
,
which
nourisheth
the
whol
Body
,
from
the
Crown
of
the
Head
to
the
sole
of
the
Foot
,
and
passeth
out
of
the
Peritoneum
,
and
creeps
along
the
Back
and
Loines
,
with
the
great
[
c
](A57335-e44600-b)
c
T.
5.
f.
2.
G.
T.
12.
f.
2.
C.
□
Artery
:
Some
think
it
is
produced
from
the
Heart
,
and
not
from
the
Liver
.
The
Vena
Porta
ariseth
from
the
hollow
.
Part
of
the
Liver
,
which
it
filleth
,
and
is
called
the
Gate
of
the
Liver
,
or
the
Vein
which
is
seated
at
the
Gates
of
the
Liver
.
The
Trunk
of
the
Vena
Porta
descending
into
the
Belly
,
sends
out
a
branch
called
Gastro
Epiploon
,
which
is
distributed
to
the
Stomach
,
and
Omentum
.
The
second
[
d
](A57335-e44670-b)
d
T.
4.
f.
6.
m.
□
branch
is
called
Intestinal
,
which
is
carried
to
the
Duodenum
:
after
that
,
[
e
](A57335-e44710-b)
e
f.
6.
d
d.
□
two
branches
to
the
Gal
,
and
the
last
[
f
](A57335-e44720-b)
f
f.
6.
B.
□
branch
it
sends
to
the
right
side
of
the
Stomach
.
These
branches
thus
produced
,
the
Trunck
is
divided
into
two
famous
branches
;
the
[
g
](A57335-e44740-b)
g
f.
6.
g
g.
□
Splenical
and
[
h
](A57335-e44760-b)
h
f.
6.
C
D.
□
Mesenterical
.
This
again
,
is
divided
into
fower
branches
,
of
[
i
](A57335-e44800-b)
i
f.
6.
I
I.
□
Haemorrhoida
,
and
passeth
to
the
right
Gut
:
The
third
is
called
C●calis
,
and
passeth
to
the
Gut
Cae●um
,
or
else
to
the
beginning
of
the
Colon
:
and
the
fourth
passeth
to
,
and
nourisheth
the
remainder
of
the
Colon.
The
splenical
branch
,
when
it
hath
passed
through
the
Sweet-bread
,
produceth
four
opposite
Veins
,
aboue
and
below
.
The
first
is
called
[
k
](A57335-e44870-b)
k
T.
4.
f.
6.
e
e
□
Gastrica
Major
,
which
ascends
to
the
left
side
of
the
Stomack
.
Opposite
to
this
is
the
right
[
l
](A57335-e44890-b)
l
f.
6.
e.
Epiploica
,
which
is
distributed
to
the
Omentum
.
The
Coronaria
succeeds
this
,
and
is
distributed
to
the
Somach
,
and
the
left
Epiploica
,
to
the
Omentum
.
Chap.
21.
What
is
to
be
considered
in
the
Vena
Porta
.
MAny
things
come
to
be
considered
in
the
Vena
Porta
.
1.
It
makes
the
first
Region
of
the
Body
,
with
those
Parts
which
it
nourisheth
,
and
passeth
with
its
Blood
.
2.
It
contains
a
peculiar
sort
of
blood
,
which
is
not
circled
,
as
the
Blood
of
the
3.
That
it
carries
only
Blood
,
and
not
Chyle
,
which
is
done
by
the
Milky
Veins
,
as
also
the
impurities
of
the
Liver
and
Spleen
,
to
the
Mesenterium
,
Sweet-bread
,
4.
That
within
the
Liver
,
it
hath
either
very
smal
,
or
no
Communion
at
al
by
its
Roots
,
with
the
Roots
of
the
Vena
Cava
;
and
therefore
each
Vein
carries
its
Vena
Porta
is
thick
,
and
nourisheth
the
parts
of
the
first
Region
.
The
blood
of
the
Vena
Cava
,
is
subtile
,
fit
for
circulation
,
which
nourisheth
the
parts
of
the
second
,
and
third
Region
.
5.
That
the
branches
of
the
Vena
Porta
within
the
Liver
,
are
larger
than
those
of
the
Vena
Cava
,
if
that
do
arise
from
thence
.
6.
That
in
a
Diseased
body
,
it
is
usually
filled
with
Caco-Chymia
;
which
,
whether
it
ought
to
be
emptied
by
breathing
a
Vein
,
a
man
may
wel
make
a
scruple
,
lest
the
Circulation
of
blood
infect
the
whol
Mass
.
7.
Whether
the
Vena
Porta
,
after
two
or
three
Evacuations
by
the
Arm
,
may
not
better
be
purged
by
the
Hemorrhoids
,
or
opening
a
Vein
in
one
of
the
8.
That
al
impurities
of
the
Belly
,
are
contained
in
this
Vein
,
from
whence
come
terrible
obstructions
of
the
Spleen
,
and
Mesenterium
.
9.
That
there
are
no
Shutters
found
in
this
Vein
,
as
there
are
in
the
branches
of
the
Vena
Cava
.
10.
That
the
Vena
Porta
hath
waies
,
whereby
it
disburdens
it self
,
as
the
Veins
of
the
Hemorrhoids
:
its
reflux
into
the
great
Artery
by
the
Caeliacal
,
and
Vomiting
of
Blood
against
Nature
,
in
Plethorick
Bodies
.
Chap.
22.
Of
the
Caeliacal
Artery
.
THis
is
a
branch
of
the
great
Artery
descending
,
and
accompanies
the
branches
Vena
Porta
is
divided
into
,
so
many
also
,
is
the
[
a
](A57335-e45370-b)
a
T.
12.
f.
2.
p.
q.
r.
□
Caeliacal
Artery
divided
;
which
notwithstanding
,
hath
Pulse
from
the
heart
,
and
follows
the
motion
thereof
,
as
other
Arteries
do
:
but
seeing
his
blood
injoyes
not
the
benifit
of
circulacion
,
as
other
Arteries
do
,
so
that
it
seems
like
a
seperated
Artery
,
Somtimes
his
motion
is
hindered
,
when
there
Notwithstanding
it
hath
Communion
with
the
Vena
Porta
by
mutual
conjunction
This
Pul●ation
,
or
Palpitation
,
was
known
to
Hippocrates
,
in
Lib.
7.
Epid.
In
that
History
of
his
,
about
the
pulsation
of
the
belly
,
neer
the
Navel
;
and
in
his
Pr●gnosticks
he
makes
mention
of
the
same
;
If
the
Veins
about
the
Midrife
●eat
,
they
foreshew
either
trouble
of
mind
,
or
Madness
.
The
Caeliacal
Artery
in
Hippocrates
Book
of
the
Diseases
of
Women
,
is
called
,
the
breathing
place
of
the
inferior
Belly
:
See
Duretus
in
Coacis
.
Page
,
183.
The
[
b
](A57335-e45570-b)
b
f.
2.
t.
Splenical
Artery
,
is
notable
;
which
is
not
brought
by
the
Sweet-bread
,
It
is
inserted
into
the
Spleen
by
a
double
branch
,
as
the
Splenical
Vein
is
;
and
therefore
when
the
Caeliacal
Artery
is
taken
away
,
it
is
in
vain
to
look
for
the
Splenical
;
for
there
remains
none
,
but
two
or
three
sinal
Arteries
,
which
pass
to
the
Stomach
.
From
the
Splenical
Artery
,
neer
the
Spleen
,
pass
two
smal
Arteries
to
the
Stomach
.
From
this
faithful
and
true
relation
,
you
may
easily
know
how
malignant
Vapours
are
carried
from
the
Spleen
and
Mesenterium
,
to
the
Heart
;
whence
in
Pla●tus
,
he
complained
,
that
he
had
a
Splenitick
Heart
,
it
leaped
,
and
beat
his
Brest
.
Chap.
23.
Of
the
Stomach
.
THe
Stomach
is
the
Kitchin
of
the
first
Concoction
;
it
consists
of
proper
Membranes
,
[
a
](A57335-e45720-b)
a
T.
12.
f.
2.
t.
▪
common
,
one
which
it
receivs
from
the
Peritoneum
.
The
[
b
](A57335-e45770-b)
b
T.
3.
f.
4.
C
C.
▪
internal
is
rugged
,
and
hairy
,
like
a
peice
of
Silk
:
The
[
c
](A57335-e45810-b)
c
T.
3.
f.
4.
E.
▪
External
is
fleshy
,
that
it
may
receive
the
heat
of
the
Bowels
which
lie
upon
it
,
to
wit
,
of
the
Liver
and
Spleen
which
heat
it
.
And
that
it
may
the
more
easily
compress
,
and
hold
together
the
internal
,
it
hath
a
threefold
sort
of
strings
,
which
strengthen
it
to
that
end
;
and
also
when
it
is
slackened
with
store
of
Meat
,
they
do
contract
it
again
,
so
soon
as
the
digested
Aliment
is
forced
out
of
the
Stomach
.
It
is
[
b
](A57335-e45870-b)
b
T.
2.
f.
10.
C.
▪
Scituate
between
the
Liver
,
and
the
Spleen
,
as
it
were
between
two
fires
,
bending
a
little
towards
the
left
Hypochondrium
,
if
the
Spleen
hold
its
natural
bigness
;
otherwise
,
when
the
Spleen
is
bigger
than
ordinary
,
it
thrusts
the
Stomach
The
greatness
of
the
Stomach
cannot
be
exactly
defined
,
because
being
empty
,
and
exhaust
,
if
strong
,
it
is
so
contracted
,
that
it
is
no
bigger
than
a
mans
Fist
.
Being
stretched
and
widened
with
store
of
Beily
Chea●
,
it
wi●
containe
six
pints
of
Drink
,
with
a
Pound
or
two
of
Meat
,
as
is
daily
seen
in
Gluttons
,
and
Toss-Pots
.
There
is
but
one
Stomach
in
Mankind
,
which
is
somtimes
divided
according
to
If
the
Stomach
be
single
and
rightly
shaped
,
it
is
of
a
longish
Spherical
Figure
,
The
Egress
of
the
Stomach
is
equal
in
height
unto
its
Ingress
;
that
is
to
say
,
the
The
Ingress
,
or
upper
[
a
](A57335-e46150-b)
a
T.
3.
f.
2.
H.
f.
4.
A.
▪
Orifice
of
the
Stomach
,
is
in
a
special
manner
termed
[
b
](A57335-e46270-b)
b
f.
2.
F
G.
▪
Stomachici
Nervi
;
and
is
consequently
of
an
Exquisite
sense
.
The
lower
Orifice
,
is
called
[
c
](A57335-e46320-b)
c
f.
2.
K.
f.
4.
B.
▪
Pylorus
;
in
which
you
shal
observe
a
Valve
,
Besides
these
two
Orifices
in
the
Stomach
,
there
is
observable
its
[
d
](A57335-e46470-b)
d
f.
2.
III.
▪
Bottom
,
or
The
internal
[
e
](A57335-e46530-b)
e
f.
4.
E.
surface
of
the
Stomach
is
wrinckled
,
and
stored
with
fibres
,
that
The
Action
of
the
Stomach
is
the
Coction
of
Aliments
;
which
though
they
be
How
that
is
done
,
I
have
already
examined
in
my
Anthropographia
;
and
in
my
Answer
to
Wallaeus
,
a
very
learned
Physitian
of
Leyden
.
The
Stomach
has
Communion
,
by
reason
of
neighbour
hood
,
with
the
Liver
,
uppermost
Guts
,
upper
Part
of
the
Mesentery
;
and
also
by
the
veynes
which
it
has
from
the
Trunk
of
Vena
Porta
,
and
the
Splenical
Branch
.
It
Communicates
also
with
the
Heart
and
Lungs
,
by
the
Stomachicat
Nerves
;
of
which
some
Part
is
Communicated
to
the
Heart
and
Lungs
:
it
Communicates
also
with
the
Brain
,
by
the
[
f
](A57335-e46790-b)
f
T.
3.
f.
2.
F
G.
f.
●
.
III.
□
Stomachical
Nerves
,
which
proceed
from
the
sixt
Conjugation
.
It
does
chiefly
Sympathise
with
the
Kidneis
,
when
they
are
misaffected
,
either
[
g
](A57335-e46850-b)
g
T.
3.
f.
8.
∨
□
a
complication
of
the
Costal
and
Stomachical
Nerves
,
disposed
between
the
two
Kidneis
.
From
whence
are
derived
Nerves
,
that
are
dispersed
into
al
Parts
of
the
Belly
.
By
reason
of
its
Nervous
substance
,
it
has
Communion
with
the
whol
Body
;
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
THe
Stomach
is
afflicted
with
diverse
Diseases
,
Simi●ar
,
Organick
,
and
Common
.
Also
,
it
is
Inflamed
,
Impostumated
,
and
Vlcerated
;
and
these
three
happen
Hippocrates
observed
a
burning
Heat
about
the
Stomach
,
in
his
Aphorismes
:
Somtimes
the
Gall
touches
those
Parts
of
the
Stomach
which
are
next
it
,
and
It
is
also
troubled
with
Diseases
of
Magnitude
,
Increased
o●
Diminished
;
Diseases
in
Scituation
,
in
Cavity
,
in
Figure
,
and
in
Smoothness
.
The
Magnitude
of
the
Stomach
,
Augmented
,
and
Widened
,
as
in
Gluttons
,
And
when
the
Substance
thereof
is
so
streitghned
,
through
dryness
or
Swelling
of
But
the
Stomach
is
more
frequently
Diseased
by
Dilatation
,
and
Exolution
,
Mesaraick
Veins
:
which
Symptome
,
notwithstanding
,
is
often
Caused
by
the
over
great
Laxity
of
the
Stomach
,
which
Fernelius
calls
Morbum
Materiaea
a
Disease
in
the
matter
;
and
it
must
be
Cured
with
strengthning
and
astringent
things
.
This
has
been
●served
in
the
opening
of
dead
Bodies
,
where
the
Stomach
is
found
so
〈◊〉
,
and
so
widened
,
that
it
would
contain
the
Head
of
an
Infant
.
And
therefore
it
is
very
necessary
for
a
Practitioner
to
observe
the
Diseases
of
the
Matter
,
which
are
Cured
with
drying
and
astringent
things
,
both
given
in
,
and
applied
outwardly
.
This
was
the
Doctrine
of
that
sect
of
Antient
Physitians
,
which
were
termed
Methodici
,
who
made
Laxity
,
and
Astriction
,
the
Cheife
things
observable
in
al
Diseases
.
Somtime
the
Stomach
changes
its
natural
Scituation
,
and
is
drawn
back
towards
It
is
obstructed
when
its
upper
,
or
lower
Orifice
,
is
troubled
with
some
swelling
,
It
is
also
Diseased
with
Smoothness
,
when
the
Inner
Surface
,
which
naturally
Divers
Symptomes
infest
the
Stomach
in
respect
of
its
Action
being
hurt
,
and
in
regard
of
the
disorder
of
such
things
as
are
Evacuated
therefrom
.
The
A●tion
of
Appetite
,
Concoction
and
Chylification
.
The
Appetite
is
hurt
,
when
it
is
Abolished
,
Diminished
,
or
Depraved
.
It
is
Abolished
,
when
there
is
no
Stomach
or
Appet●te
,
or
when
Meat
is
loathed
,
especially
flesh
,
which
is
the
Now
it
is
depraved
,
when
there
is
a
Dog-like
Appetite
which
cannot
be
satisfied
;
Chylification
Abolished
,
or
Diminished
,
is
called
,
Apepsia
,
Inconcoction
;
and
Corruptio
Chyli
,
a
corruption
of
the
Chyle
.
When
Meat
is
long
in
digestion
,
t
is
called
Bradu●epsia
,
slow
Digestion
.
When
the
Meat
is
corrupted
,
it
s
called
Dysp●psia
,
ill
digestion
.
To
Action
hurt
,
belong
the
Feeling
,
Motion
,
and
Pain
of
the
Stomach
.
There
is
feling
in
the
whol
Stomach
,
but
it
is
exquisite
in
the
upper
Orifice
,
by
reason
of
certain
Nerves
of
the
Six
Pare
,
which
are
there
interwoven
with
admirable
workmanship
.
Feeling
,
is
Abolished
,
and
Diminished
,
when
there
is
need
of
hungring
and
The
sence
of
feeling
is
depraved
in
the
Pain
of
the
whol
Stomach
,
or
of
the
upper
Cardiogmos
,
Cardialgia
and
the
aking
of
the
Heart
,
or
Heart-burning
;
and
causes
that
kind
of
swouning
,
which
is
called
Syncope
Stomachica
,
the
Stomach
swouning
;
and
comes
through
the
Hearts
Sympathising
with
the
S●omach
.
And
to
this
Pain
of
the
Stomach
,
belongs
Anxiety
,
and
U●quiet
tumblings
and
The
motion
of
the
Stomach
,
is
Relaxation
,
Coarctation
;
By
the
The
motion
of
the
Stomach
is
depraved
in
Hiccupings
,
and
Bel●hings
.
Hiccuping
is
more
trouble
some
then
Belching
,
and
is
an
il
sign
in
feavers
,
whether
it
come
by
fault
of
the
Stomach
it self
,
or
by
its
Sympathising
with
some
other
Part
,
especially
the
Li●er
.
Hippocrates
mentions
a
Disease
called
Morbus
Ru●●uosus
,
the
Belching
Disease
.
Disorders
in
point
of
Excret●on
are
frequent
in
the
Stomach
;
either
upwards
,
in
Lienteria
,
Diarr●●a
,
and
Coel●a●a
Affectio
.
Vomiting
happens
,
either
by
reason
of
obstruction
of
the
upper
,
or
of
the
lower
A
daily
Vomiti●g
up
of
Choler
,
without
further
trouble
,
is
no
Disease
,
nor
ill
Vomiting
of
Blood
is
an
evil
Symptome
,
whe●her
the
Blood
flow
from
the
Liver
,
[
h
](A57335-e48290-b)
h
Ta●
.
4.
Fig.
8.
let
.
h.
□
Vas
Breve
.
Somtime
the
Patients
life
is
Vomited
up
this
waies
,
according
to
that
expression
of
a
Poet.
O●t
of
his
Mouth
,
he
sperves
his
Purple
Soul
.
The
frequent
breaking
up
of
wind
with
Belching
,
may
be
reduced
to
this
Symptome
Cholera
Sicca
,
known
to
Hippocrates
,
and
declared
with
its
signs
,
by
Ludovicus
Dure●us
in
his
Comment
upon
the
Coick
Praedictions
of
Hippocrates
.
But
there
is
a
Malignant
Symptome
,
called
Cholera
humida
,
Spawling
,
or
Salivation
,
unless
it
be
caused
by
anointing
the
Body
with
Quicksilver
The
Cardiacus
Morbus
belongs
to
the
Diseases
of
the
Stomach
;
of
which
,
read
Trallianus
Lib.
3.
Chap.
5.
25.
And
Mercurialis
in
Varjis
Lectionibus
.
T
was
knowingly
said
of
Seneca
in
his
15
Epistle
;
Bibere
et
sudare
Vita
Cardiaci
est
;
drinking
and
sweating
,
is
the
Life
of
a
Cardiacal
Person
.
Pliny
,
in
his
23.
Book
,
Cap.
1.
of
his
Natural
History
,
saies
,
that
al
Hope
of
Curing
this
Disease
consists
in
the
use
of
wine
.
Which
he
borrows
from
Varro
,
out
of
the
14.
Chap.
of
the
13.
Book
.
This
Morbus
Cardiacus
,
is
an
extreme
Faintness
of
the
Stomach
,
joyned
with
much
sweating
:
it
proceeds
from
an
hot
Distemper
thereof
.
Among
Diseases
of
the
Stomach
Rumination
ought
to
be
reckoned
,
which
is
an
Out
of
this
Anatomical
and
Pathological
Discourse
may
be
collected
,
what
parts
Wherefore
they
deal
unskilfully
,
not
to
say
wickedly
,
who
after
many
other
Sluggishness
of
the
Belly
,
and
impurity
of
the
Vessels
,
brings
al
into
confusion
.
Hippocrates
.
Chap.
24.
Of
the
Liver
.
THe
Liver
,
which
is
the
Instrument
of
making
Blood
,
consists
of
a
Substance
But
in
Men
,
and
other
living
Creatures
,
which
have
the
two
Veins
distinct
,
called
Vena
Porta
distributed
among
those
Parts
which
serve
to
nourish
the
Body
;
another
part
being
conveighed
by
the
Vena
Cava
,
is
perfected
in
the
Heart
,
of
which
is
made
the
Arterial
blood
,
which
is
distributed
to
al
the
parts
,
and
afterwards
is
transmitted
into
the
Veins
,
that
so
in
a
Circular
motion
,
it
may
pass
again
into
the
Heart
,
that
by
its
flux
,
it
may
maintain
the
perpetual
motion
of
the
Heart
;
as
the
Wheels
of
a
Mil
,
are
continually
turned
about
by
force
of
the
Wind
,
or
Water-fal
.
Such
blood
is
furnished
to
those
parts
,
which
having
sence
and
motion
,
depend
upon
the
Brain
or
Heart
.
The
Liver
is
[
a
](A57335-e48850-b)
a
T.
a.
f.
10.
1.
D.
T.
4.
f.
1.
A
B.
□
scituate
in
the
right
Hypochondrium
,
under
the
bastard
,
or
short
In
Man-kind
,
there
is
one
single
Liver
,
which
is
not
divided
into
Lobes
,
or
Fingers
,
[
b
](A57335-e48890-b)
b
T.
4.
f.
5.
C.
□
Cleft
to
be
seen
,
where
the
Umbilical
[
c
](A57335-e48900-b)
c
f.
1.
a.
f.
5.
B.
T.
2.
f.
10.
G.
□
Vein
creeps
into
the
Liver
;
and
many
times
two
little
Lobes
,
or
Laps
,
are
[
d
](A57335-e48910-b)
d
T.
4.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
seated
[
e
](A57335-e48930-b)
e
f.
5.
B.
□
one
,
which
being
hollowed
,
receives
the
Trunk
of
Vena
[
f
](A57335-e48950-b)
f
f.
5.
I.
□
Porta
,
which
is
included
in
a
Duplication
of
the
Omentum
,
or
Call
,
that
the
Excrements
of
the
Liver
might
be
derived
thither
.
Although
the
Liver
be
one
continued
Substance
,
yet
Anatomists
divide
the
same
[
g
](A57335-e49000-b)
g
f.
1.
B.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
Gibbous
,
or
bunching
part
of
the
Liver
:
the
inferior
is
called
the
[
h
](A57335-e49010-b)
h
f.
1.
A.
f.
A
A.
□
hollow
part
of
the
Liver
.
Into
the
upper
Region
,
the
Vena
[
i
](A57335-e49040-b)
i
f.
4.
D
D.
□
Cava
sprinkles
its
Roots
:
into
the
nether
Region
,
the
Vena
[
k
](A57335-e49070-b)
k
f.
5.
I.
&c.
□
Porta
sows
abroad
its
Suckers
.
Besides
these
Roots
,
there
are
observable
,
certain
Branches
of
the
Channel
of
Choler
,
dispersed
among
the
Roots
of
Vena
Porta
;
and
certain
little
twigs
of
the
Milky
Veins
,
which
neer
the
Trunk
of
Porta
,
do
enter
into
the
Cavity
of
the
Liver
.
T.
9.
f.
1.
a
a
a
a.
□
ˡ
f.
15.
H.
□
It
is
the
mind
of
Physitians
,
that
both
these
Regions
ought
diligently
to
be
observed
,
Howbeit
,
inasmuch
as
I
cannot
see
those
two
Regions
separated
so
much
as
by
a
Membrane
;
I
cannot
beleeve
that
one
part
can
be
sick
,
and
the
other
sound
,
unless
the
morbifick
humor
be
contained
within
the
Pipes
of
the
little
Veins
.
Many
Anatomists
do
affirm
,
that
the
Roots
of
Vena
Cava
,
and
Vena
Porta
,
do
You
shal
observe
,
how
the
Vein
which
is
taken
for
Cava
,
takes
its
rise
out
of
by
a
double
Circulation
,
Particular
,
and
General
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Liver
being
affected
contrary
to
Nature
,
is
subject
to
any
distemper
,
either
It
changes
its
Scituation
,
when
it
is
placed
in
the
left
side
,
and
the
Spleen
on
the
right
,
which
seldom
happens
:
or
when
upon
the
slackning
of
those
Ligaments
wherewith
it
is
fastened
to
the
Midrif
,
and
Sword-like
Cartilage
,
it
sinks
below
the
short
Ribs
,
as
far
as
to
the
Navel
.
It
s
Magnitude
is
changed
,
when
it
is
so
over-charged
with
Humors
that
it
swels
It
's
Figure
,
or
Shape
,
is
also
changed
,
if
we
feel
it
to
be
round
.
Oftentimes
its
It
has
communion
in
regard
of
Neighborhood
,
with
many
parts
which
it
touches
,
The
Action
of
the
Liver
,
which
is
Sanguification
,
or
Blood
making
,
is
here
by
Wherefore
the
Similary
Diseases
of
the
Liver
are
al
Distempers
,
and
the
Laxity
It
s
Organick
Disease
is
obstruction
.
It
s
Disease
common
to
the
Similar
and
Its
Symptomes
are
,
Action
hurt
,
and
that
manyfold
:
and
first
of
all
,
its
attraction
Diarrhaea
Hepatica
.
But
the
Principal
Action
of
the
Liver
,
viz.
Sanguification
or
Bloodboiling
is
abolished
in
the
Dropsie
,
is
diminished
in
Atrophia
,
and
is
depraved
in
Cachexia
.
The
Dropsie
is
defined
to
be
,
a
frustration
of
Sanguification
in
the
Liver
,
when
Empneumatosis
,
viz.
The
Bloat-fac'd
,
Puf-Cheek'd
Dropsie
.
Somtimes
a
Dropsie
is
caused
through
fault
of
the
Spleen
and
other
Parts
,
but
not
without
the
Liver
be
hurt
,
and
likewise
the
heart
,
by
means
of
the
Circulation
of
the
blood
.
Atrophia
(
or
falling
away
of
flesh
)
is
an
hindrance
of
the
bodies
nourishment
,
Cachexia
is
a
depraved
kind
of
Nourishment
,
by
reason
of
bad
Sanguification
.
Chap.
25.
Of
the
Bladder
of
Gall.
NOw
follows
the
Folliculus
Fellis
,
or
Cystis
Billiaria
,
the
Bladder
which
It
s
substance
is
Membranous
,
being
distinguished
into
two
Coates
.
It
is
placed
under
[
a
](A57335-e49900-b)
a
T.
4.
f.
1.
C.
f.
5.
F.
□
the
Liver
,
&
affixed
to
the
greater
Lobe
or
lap
thereof
,
and
as
it
were
,
overwhelmed
therein
.
The
bottom
of
the
Gal
Bladder
respects
the
inferior
Parts
,
Its
Neck
,
the
superior
Its
Magnitude
varies
according
to
the
plenty
or
Scarsity
of
Choler
,
It
is
only
one
.
It
has
an
oblong
shape
resembling
a
large
Pear
,
broad
at
the
bottom
and
straitter
It
is
hollow
that
it
may
receiwe
Choler
,
and
retaine
it
til
a
convenient
time
of
[
b
](A57335-e50020-b)
b
f.
5.
H
H.
f.
3.
c.
□
broader
and
longer
,
drawn
out
from
the
Liver
to
the
beginnigng
of
the
[
c
](A57335-e50030-b)
c
f.
3.
D.
□
Intestinum
Jejunum
,
that
is
the
Hungry
Gut
,
or
Gut
termed
Jejunum
,
by
which
the
thicker
[
d
](A57335-e50070-b)
d
T.
4.
f.
8.
b.
□
smaller
and
shorter
,
which
is
drawn
Cross-waies
,
from
the
Neck
of
the
bladder
,
to
the
foresaid
passage
.
The
former
I
cal
Meatum
Hepaticum
,
the
Liver
Channel
;
the
latter
I
cal
Cysticum
Meatum
,
the
Bladder
passage
,
by
reason
of
its
Rise
and
Orifice
.
For
the
Meatus
Cysticus
carries
the
thinner
Choler
into
the
Meatus
Hepaticus
,
which
a
porous
Aud
therefore
we
must
observe
,
that
there
are
two
sorts
of
Choler
in
the
Liver
,
The
Gall
Bladder
communicates
with
the
Stomach
by
touching
the
same
,
which
it
heates
so
,
as
somtimes
to
burn
the
same
,
when
the
Gall
Is
inflamed
in
its
Bladder
.
Somtimes
it
sticks
to
the
Gut
Colon
which
passes
along
hard
by
,
which
it
often
Colers
Yellow
,
and
provokes
it
to
expell
the
Excrements
.
This
expurgation
of
Choler
,
being
liable
to
be
stopt
,
does
vex
the
body
with
many
Inconveniences
.
There
is
seldom
observed
a
third
channel
of
Choler
,
which
goes
into
the
Stomach
,
unless
some
Part
creep
from
the
Meatus
Hepaticus
unto
the
Pylorus
.
It
has
manifest
Veins
from
the
Porta
called
Venae
Cysticae
.
Its
Arteries
and
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
THe
Gall-Bladder
is
subject
to
few
Diseases
.
The
most
common
are
,
when
its
Somtimes
,
when
it
is
empty
of
choler
,
it
dries
up
,
so
that
nothing
therefore
remaines
saving
the
ductus
Hepaticus
.
If
we
beleive
Fernelius
,
there
could
be
no
other
Cause
found
of
the
death
of
some
persons
,
than
that
their
Gall-Bladder
had
no
Choler
in
it
:
if
so
,
the
evil
and
venemous
Quality
of
the
suppressed
Choler
was
so
great
,
as
to
infect
the
heart
,
or
to
weaken
and
corrupt
some
noble
part
.
The
Symptomes
of
this
Part
are
more
manifest
;
which
do
consist
in
its
action
Which
Symptomes
cheifly
appear
in
those
Parts
which
Sympathise
with
the
Gall-bladder
,
But
the
original
of
these
Symptomes
is
to
be
charged
upon
the
Liver
,
being
il
disposed
.
And
Democritus
had
good
Reason
to
search
diligently
into
the
seat
and
Nature
of
Choler
,
when
he
made
dissection
of
divers
living
Creatures
,
that
he
might
be
more
able
rightly
to
cure
the
Diseases
of
Body
and
mind
.
When
I
see
in
an
extream
Yellow
Jaundice
,
the
whol
Skin
infected
with
Choler
,
&
Chap.
26.
Of
the
Spleen
.
THe
Spleen
is
a
Bowel
placed
right
against
the
Liver
,
as
its
Lieutenant
,
and
a
It
is
of
a
[
a
](A57335-e50480-b)
a
T.
4.
f.
7.
C.
□
Substance
spongy
,
soft
,
sprinkled
al
over
with
very
many
Vessels
like
[
b
](A57335-e50510-b)
b
f.
7.
B
B.
□
proper
to
it self
,
seeing
it
receives
none
from
the
Peritoneum
.
It
s
Color
is
Black
and
Blew
and
obscurely
Reddish
.
It
s
greatness
is
uncertaine
and
not
determinable
,
because
it
grows
greater
or
less
,
according
to
the
abundance
,
or
defect
of
Humors
which
flow
thither
,
&
are
collected
therein
.
So
that
there
is
none
of
the
Bowels
which
does
so
easily
grow
bigger
and
lesser
,
as
the
Spleen
.
In
respect
of
Number
,
it
is
wont
to
Be
single
;
Somtimes
it
has
been
observed
to
Consider
in
the
Spleen
its
upper
Part
,
which
is
termed
the
Head
,
and
its
nether
T
is
[
a
](A57335-e50610-b)
a
T.
4.
f.
1.
D.
□
placed
in
the
left
Hypochondrium
,
under
the
short
Ribbs
,
opposed
as
it
When
it
keeps
its
Natural
Constitution
,
its
Temper
is
hot
and
moist
enclining
to
It
is
of
an
oblong
shape
,
like
a
Tongue
,
in
Brutes
;
but
in
Mankind
,
it
is
more
[
b
](A57335-e50680-b)
b
T.
4.
f.
8.
A
A
A.
□
hollowed
,
that
it
might
receive
the
[
c
](A57335-e50690-b)
c
T.
4.
f.
1.
I.
I.
f.
8
B.
and
C.
□
splenical
Veins
and
Arteries
,
on
the
back
part
towards
the
Ribbs
,
its
[
d
](A57335-e50700-b)
d
T.
4.
f.
7.
A.
□
bunching
.
It
s
knit
into
the
Stomach
by
two
or
three
Veines
remarkable
enough
,
which
do
[
e
](A57335-e50730-b)
e
T.
4.
f.
6.
h.
□
Vas
Breve
,
so
called
by
reason
of
the
shortness
of
the
way
.
Through
those
Veins
it
disburthens
it self
into
the
Stomach
:
by
the
Veins
and
Arteries
Splenical
,
it
Purges
it self
into
the
Guts
and
Kidnies
.
Ii's
fastened
to
the
bastard
Ribs
by
Membranous
Fibres
sufficiently
strong
:
somtimes
it
's
fastened
to
the
Stomach
,
and
is
knit
at
its
point
to
the
Midrif
or
Diaphragma
.
It
Communicates
with
the
Heart
,
by
a
remarkable
peculiar
and
admirable
Artery
which
it
hath
,
which
by
a
short
way
carries
thither
,
the
Vapours
or
●l
Juyces
thereof
.
The
Action
of
the
Spleen
is
much
doubled
and
controverted
among
Physitians
Galen
will
have
it
emploied
in
Purging
away
Melancholy
,
which
it
draws
from
the
Liver
.
Others
are
of
Opinion
that
it
prepares
Blood
for
the
Heart
that
it
may
become
Arterial
,
whether
it
be
of
the
thicker
parts
of
the
Chyle
,
or
of
the
dregs
of
the
Blood
carried
thither
.
Others
say
it
prepares
a
superfluous
wheyish
matter
,
being
the
excrement
of
its
own
digestion
,
which
it
sends
back
again
into
the
Stomach
,
to
ferment
the
Meats
when
they
are
turned
into
Chyle
.
The
Arabian
Physitians
acknowledg
such
an
Humor
,
but
they
assigne
its
office
to
be
the
provoking
of
Appetite
.
Galen
thought
that
it
did
help
to
strengthen
the
Stomach
.
In
so
great
dissent
of
Authors
what
shal
we
resolve
upon
?
every
one
brings
probable
reasons
for
his
Opinion
.
Hofmannus
conceives
he
has
so
sufficiently
establshed
his
Opinion
,
that
no
wise
man
can
contradict
him
.
Shal
I
venter
my
Opinion
among
so
many
learned
Champions
?
I
conceive
that
the
Spleen
does
attract
slimy
Blood
to
nourish
it self
,
and
that
Howbeit
,
I
deny
not
but
that
it
may
by
Accident
supply
the
Office
of
the
Liver
,
when
the
same
hath
lost
its
faculty
of
Sanguification
;
but
Blood
cannot
be
made
so
good
and
perfect
in
the
Spleen
as
in
the
Liver
,
seeing
it
is
but
a
bastard
Liver
,
and
consequently
makes
but
bastard
Blood
and
impure
,
because
not
Clarified
.
Hofman
makes
himself
Ridiculous
,
while
he
eagerly
contends
in
a
little
Book
Again
he
ought
to
have
rejected
the
Milky
Veins
of
Asellius
,
which
he
allowes
of
;
seeing
none
of
them
reach
unto
the
Spleen
.
Furthermore
,
that
same
bastard
and
impure
Blood
,
bred
of
muddy
Blood
by
a
bastard
Liver
,
wil
be
unfit
to
nourish
the
neighbouring
Parts
which
serve
for
Coction
,
though
they
appear
filthy
,
for
they
need
to
be
nourished
with
pure
Blood
for
their
preservation
▪
The
Cholerick
,
Melancholick
and
Wheyish
Excrements
of
the
said
Blood
,
cannot
be
Purged
away
but
by
Veins
and
Arteries
;
the
Arterics
are
allready
taken
up
with
carrying
the
muddy
Parts
of
the
Chyle
.
They
must
therefore
of
necessity
be
carried
by
the
Splenick
Vein
into
the
liver
,
that
they
may
be
voided
through
the
Guts
or
by
the
Kidnies
,
which
would
breed
very
great
confusion
in
the
Liver
.
If
Hofman
had
considered
,
that
the
substance
of
the
Spleen
is
unlike
the
substance
of
the
Liver
,
its
bigness
different
,
its
number
uncertain
,
Color
divers
,
Scituation
variable
,
because
somtimes
it
sinkes
down
to
the
Hypogastrium
,
more
often
ascends
towards
the
Midrif
,
somtimes
descends
upon
the
left
Kidney
,
the
Ligaments
being
slackned
:
and
lastly
,
its
shape
,
quite
contrary
to
that
of
the
Liver
,
and
somtimes
there
is
no
Spleen
at
all
:
also
that
the
structure
of
the
Vessels
of
the
Spleen
,
is
altogether
unlike
that
of
the
Vessels
of
the
Liver
;
he
would
never
have
so
stifly
affirmed
,
that
that
the
Spleen
made
a
peculiar
kind
of
Blood
out
of
the
Chylus
.
Nature
does
in
none
of
the
Bowels
more
sport
her self
,
than
in
her
shaping
of
the
Spleen
so
variously
and
unconstantly
.
But
the
Structure
of
those
Bowels
which
are
necessary
to
the
maintenance
of
life
,
is
allwaies
,
one
and
the
same
and
uniform
.
Furthermore
you
may
know
that
the
substance
of
the
Liver
&
spleen
are
unlike
,
by
boyling
the
one
and
the
other
:
for
the
substance
of
the
Liver
is
firme
,
sollid
and
Reddish
;
that
of
the
Spleen
is
Spungy
,
soft
,
and
black
and
blue
in
Color
:
The
substance
of
the
Liver
of
Animals
boiled
,
as
of
an
Ox
,
a
Sheep
,
a
Goat
,
is
eaten
with
content
:
the
substance
of
the
Spleen
is
not
Mans
meat
,
neither
will
other
Creatures
eat
it
,
unless
they
be
very
hungry
.
But
if
the
Office
of
the
Spleen
and
Liver
were
the
same
in
Brute
as
wel
as
in
Men
,
they
should
have
both
alike
substance
,
and
breed
the
same
blood
.
Where
will
you
find
a
place
to
clense
away
Choler
in
the
Spleen
,
as
their
is
in
the
Liver
?
If
the
Spleen
draw
the
more
thick
Part
of
the
Chyle
,
it
ought
to
have
larger
Veins
,
but
they
are
exceeding
smal
,
like
unto
threds
.
Wherefore
Hofman
does
foolishly
to
enquire
the
Dioti
or
Cause
why
it
is
so
,
before
he
knows
the
Hoti
,
that
it
is
so
,
which
ought
to
go
before
,
and
be
diligently
enquired
into
,
when
the
natural
Action
of
Parts
is
sought
after
,
because
the
natural
Constitution
is
Compounded
and
accommodated
thereunto
.
What
cannot
an
ingenious
Wit
imagine
?
But
al
such
speculations
are
ridiculous
and
void
,
unless
they
are
approved
by
the
Eye
,
and
confirmed
by
diligent
Section
and
Inspection
of
Bodies
.
See
Aristotle
in
the
third
book
of
his
Politicks
,
at
the
beginning
of
the
8.
Chapter
,
who
wil
there
instruct
thee
.
If
Hofman
had
known
out
of
Aristotle
,
that
such
living
Creatures
as
drink
,
have
a
Spleen
,
Reins
and
Bladder
,
he
had
more
truly
expounded
that
passage
of
Aristotle
out
of
Hippocrates
,
of
the
true
sence
whereof
he
glories
.
The
Spleen
drawes
out
of
the
Belly
superfluous
humidities
,
it self
being
constituted
of
blood
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Substance
of
the
Spleen
is
liable
to
alkinds
of
Distemper
,
and
to
divers
It
often
grows
great
by
abundance
of
Humors
,
and
grows
●●al
again
,
somtime
A
double
or
triple
Spleen
is
not
good
,
because
it
is
a
fault
in
the
Conformation
.
The
Scituation
of
the
Spleen
is
somtimes
changed
,
when
its
Ligaments
being
Somtimes
one
or
other
of
the
Kidnies
is
seen
to
fal
down
in
the
same
manner
:
What
if
the
Spleen
fal
from
its
natural
place
,
shal
we
sear
and
burn
it
with
a
red
hot
Iron
?
when
it
slips
into
the
Belly
shal
we
take
that
Course
with
it
?
It
is
a
ticklish
and
dangerous
peice
of
work
,
notwithstanding
Old
Farriers
or
Horse
Doctors
have
written
,
that
the
Spleen
has
been
by
that
means
consumed
in
Horses
;
and
in
some
poor
slaves
on
whom
they
durst
Experiment
so
cruel
a
Remedy
.
Much
more
dangerous
it
is
by
opening
the
left
Hypochondrium
to
take
away
the
Spleen
;
neither
can
its
thick
superfluous
Humors
be
safely
disolved
by
heating
the
same
.
I
should
by
such
a
practise
sear
a
contusion
,
after
which
an
incurable
suppuration
of
the
whol
substance
would
undoubtedly
follow
.
There
is
none
of
the
Bowels
which
in
Diseases
does
more
change
its
shape
.
Somtime
when
it
rests
upon
the
Stomach
,
it
does
much
hurt
and
disturbe
the
action
thereof
;
Upon
the
Spleen
obstructed
depend
the
Black
Jaundice
,
Hypochondriacal
Melancholy
,
Chap.
27.
Of
the
Vena
Cava
and
Aorta
,
within
the
Lower
Belly
.
THe
Trunk
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e51550-b)
a
T.
12.
f.
1.
A
B
C.
□
Vena
Cava
is
commonly
reported
to
arise
out
of
the
Liver
,
[
b
](A57335-e51580-b)
b
T.
12.
f.
4.
A.
□
Aorta
springing
out
of
the
Heart
:
but
Ocular
Inspection
does
demonstrate
,
that
the
Trunk
of
Vena
Cava
is
separated
from
the
Liver
,
which
creepes
beneath
,
and
that
near
the
top
of
the
Liver
by
the
Midrif
it
receives
a
branch
which
grows
out
of
the
[
c
](A57335-e51610-b)
c
f.
1.
r
r.
□
Substance
of
the
Liver
,
which
carries
blood
into
the
Trunk
of
the
Cava
,
that
it
may
be
carryed
unto
the
Heart
with
other
blood
which
ascends
by
Circulation
.
Wherefore
that
same
Trunk
of
the
Vena
Cava
,
is
extended
al
along
without
Interruption
from
the
[
d
](A57335-e51650-b)
d
f.
1.
B.
□
Jugulum
or
Neck
even
to
the
[
e
](A57335-e51660-b)
e
T.
12.
f.
1.
D.
□
Os
Sacrum
.
There
I
make
account
is
the
Cistern
of
Blood
,
because
a
great
part
of
the
Blood
is
contained
therein
.
The
Trunk
of
Vena
Cava
,
in
regard
of
the
Liver
,
which
by
a
branch
supplies
i●
[
f
](A57335-e51710-b)
f
f.
1.
B.
□
upper
and
lower
[
g
](A57335-e51720-b)
g
T.
12.
f.
1.
C
D.
□
Trunk
.
The
inferior
produces
the
Vena
[
h
](A57335-e51740-b)
h
T.
5.
f.
a.
g.
□
Adeposa
,
which
is
dispersed
into
the
fatty
Membrane
of
the
Kidney
;
and
then
the
[
i
](A57335-e51760-b)
i
T.
12.
f.
1.
x
x.
□
emulgent
,
which
is
distributed
into
the
Kidney
:
after
that
the
[
k
](A57335-e51770-b)
k
f.
1.
z.
z.
□
Spermatick
Vein
,
whose
right-side
branch
springs
from
the
Trunk
of
Cava
,
and
it
s
left
from
the
Emulgent
;
finally
,
it
sends
three
or
four
branches
called
[
l
](A57335-e51790-b)
l
f.
1.
a
a
a.
□
Lumbares
into
the
Loins
,
which
are
spred
abroad
unto
the
Marrow
of
the
Back
.
When
the
Trunk
is
come
to
the
top
of
Os
Sacrum
,
it
is
divided
into
two
Channels
[
m
](A57335-e51830-b)
m
f.
1.
D
D.
□
Canales
Iliaci
,
the
Illiack
Pipes
.
From
these
on
either
hand
are
produced
other
Veins
,
especially
the
ᵃ
Sacra
,
ᵇ
Hypogastrica
,
Amplissima
ᶜ
Epigastrica
,
and
ᵈ
Pudenda
.
In
Women
,
the
Hypogastrica
,
is
longer
than
in
Men
,
and
Nourishes
more
Parts
,
and
holds
the
Menstrual
blood
,
till
the
time
come
that
itmust
be
voided
.
Wherefore
blood
is
conteined
in
greater
plenty
about
the
Genitals
of
Women
,
than
of
Men.
The
Epigastrica
is
observed
to
be
two-fould
in
Women
;
the
one
ascends
into
the
Musculus
Rectus
,
the
other
opposite
thereunto
,
descends
as
low
as
the
Womb.
In
this
Trunk
of
Vena
Cava
,
Fernelius
after
Galen
,
placed
the
seat
of
continual
Vena
Porta
,
or
in
the
Bowells
,
which
are
nourished
thereby
.
Seeing
the
Veins
are
the
Vessels
and
Cisterts
to
contain
the
blood
,
they
have
a
thin
coat
,
saving
that
the
Trunk
of
Vena
Cava
has
a
thicker
and
stronger
coat
T
is
a
Question
,
whether
the
Veins
have
Fibres
or
no
?
some
say
yea
,
and
some
Hippocrates
in
his
Book
de
Morbo
Sacro
,
does
Elegantly
call
the
Veins
Spiracula
In
Antient
t●…nes
,
and
the
daies
of
Yore
,
it
was
a
Part
of
Sooth
saying
,
to
view
the
blood
which
flowed
from
their
sacrifices
,
which
if
it
appeared
pure
and
laudable
,
it
was
a
token
of
happy
and
joyful
success
;
i●
bad
and
corrupted
;
it
was
an
ill
sign
,
according
to
Lucan
.
Nec
Cruor
emicuit
solitus
▪
sed
Vulnere
Largo
Effluxit
nig●um
rutilo
pro
sanguine
Virus
.
That
is
,
No
usual
Blood
did
spring
from
the
large
Wound
,
But
black
and
Venemous
▪
for
Red
and
found
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
Seeing
the
Veins
are
the
Cisterns
of
blood
,
it
comes
here
to
be
considered
how
Whether
the
Eabres
are
made
of
an
earthy
and
flegmatick
matter
which
is
drawn
Now
the
Quality
or
temper
of
blood
is
hot
and
moist
.
It
s
Quantity
cannot
be
When
blood
offends
in
quality
,
it
is
termed
Cacochymia
,
when
in
quantity
,
Some
Practitioners
do
make
it
a
Question
,
Whether
in
the
Veins
,
every
Humor
has
its
own
proper
Serum
or
not
.
I
beleeve
that
there
is
but
one
kind
The
Veins
have
in
them
,
a
Retentive
Faculty
,
whereby
they
hold
fast
the
Blood
I
have
divers
times
seen
in
malignant
burning
Feavers
,
that
the
blood
has
been
Aretaeus
writes
,
That
the
Vena
Cava
is
somtimes
inflamed
,
and
thereupon
Of
the
Diseases
of
this
Vein
,
and
of
the
Blood
contained
therein
,
there
is
a
twofold
Blood-letting
takes
away
such
Obstructions
as
are
caused
by
blood
,
but
not
those
that
are
caused
by
Humors
congested
in
some
part
of
the
Body
:
and
therefore
that
same
Euro●a
so
often
mentioned
,
that
freeness
of
passage
caused
by
blood-letting
,
must
be
understood
of
the
motion
,
and
free
passage
of
the
blood
through
the
Veins
,
and
not
of
the
removal
of
an
Humor
that
is
gathered
together
,
and
wedged
fast
into
any
part
of
the
body
.
I●
blood-letting
cannot
be
put
in
practice
,
the
Question
is
,
Whether
Purgation
Forasmuch
as
Sylvius
,
and
Carolus
Stephanus
,
have
written
,
that
there
is
a
Valve
Of
the
Aorta
descending
.
The
descending
[
a
](A57335-e52950-b)
a
T.
12.
f.
4.
C.
□
Trunk
of
the
Aorta
,
sends
forth
so
many
branches
,
as
the
inferior
trunk
of
the
Vena
Cava
produces
;
but
it
sends
withal
,
a
remarkable
Artery
,
called
Lienalis
Arteria
,
undivided
,
by
an
indirect
Course
unto
the
Spleen
.
That
same
Artery
,
as
large
,
and
wide
as
a
Goose
Quil
,
does
furnish
the
Spleen
with
Arterial
blood
,
that
thereby
the
thick
,
and
slimy
blood
,
might
be
attenuated
,
and
made
fit
to
nourish
the
Stomach
,
and
it's
neighboring
bowels
,
and
that
it
might
afford
a
fermenting
juyce
to
the
Stomach
,
to
help
its
Chylifaction
,
by
that
same
permixion
of
both
sorts
of
blood
.
Peradventure
likewise
,
when
the
Liver
is
vitiated
,
and
extreamly
obstructed
,
Arterial
blood
may
be
brought
unto
it
,
by
the
Splenick
Vein
,
as
it
were
a
Natural
Tartarum
Vitriolatum
,
to
open
its
Obstructions
.
Then
it
produces
the
[
b
](A57335-e53030-b)
b
T.
12.
f.
4.
p.
□
Caeliacal
Branch
,
which
is
divided
into
as
many
twigs
as
the
Vena
Porta
is
,
and
has
communion
therewith
,
by
a
mutual
Anastomosis
of
the
Vessels
,
that
is
to
say
,
by
a
mutual
conjunction
of
their
mouths
.
This
same
Arterial
blood
,
is
not
circulated
,
yet
may
it
have
a
reflux
into
the
Trunk
of
the
Aorta
,
to
disburden
the
parts
of
superfluous
blood
;
which
returning
back
into
the
Aorta
,
may
conveniently
be
evacuated
,
by
opening
a
Vein
in
the
Foot
.
The
Trunk
of
the
Aorta
is
made
of
a
Membrane
,
six
times
thicker
than
a
Vein
;
The
Aorta
,
and
Vena
Cava
,
do
constitute
that
Region
,
in
which
the
matter
of
Of
the
Nerves
of
the
Lower
Belly
.
Between
the
two
Kidneys
,
at
the
Base
of
the
Mesentery
,
we
must
search
diligently
[
a
](A57335-e53230-b)
a
T.
3.
f.
8.
▵
.
□
Intertexture
of
Nerves
observed
by
Fallopius
,
which
is
woven
together
of
the
[
b
](A57335-e53260-b)
b
f.
8.
i
i
i.
□
Stomachick
and
[
c
](A57335-e53270-b)
c
f.
8.
B
B.
Q.
r.
□
Costal
Nerves
,
concurring
on
both
sides
to
form
this
Contexture
;
from
whence
are
derived
al
the
[
d
](A57335-e53280-b)
d
T.
3.
f.
8.
l
m
n.
□
Nerves
,
which
are
distributed
unto
the
parts
of
the
lower
belly
.
When
this
Contexture
of
Nerves
is
ful
of
evil
Humors
,
Convulsions
happen
with
Chap.
28.
Of
the
Kidneys
.
THe
Kidneys
,
which
are
the
Instruments
of
separating
,
and
drawing
out
the
wheyish
Excrement
,
do
consist
of
a
fleshy
substance
,
solid
and
proper
to
They
have
a
very
thin
[
c
](A57335-e53370-b)
c
f.
2.
H
I
I.
f.
5.
B.
□
Membrane
,
or
skinny
Coat
,
which
sticks
close
to
their
flesh
;
but
they
have
another
Coat
which
is
loose
,
covered
with
Fat
,
which
is
called
Membrana
[
f
](A57335-e53390-b)
f
f.
2.
A
A.
□
adiposa
,
wraps
,
and
infolds
the
Kidneys
,
and
is
produced
from
the
Peritoneum
.
Their
Temper
is
hot
and
dry
,
that
they
may
be
the
better
disposed
to
attract
the
They
are
[
a
](A57335-e53450-b)
a
T.
5.
f.
1.
B
C.
□
scituate
in
the
Loyns
,
between
a
duplication
of
the
Peritonaeum
,
Membrana
Adiposa
,
and
they
seem
to
be
placed
without
the
Cavity
of
the
Belly
.
The
Reins
are
said
to
begin
at
the
last
bastard
Rib.
They
have
in
length
,
the
breadth
of
four
or
five
Fingers
;
their
thickness
is
two
They
are
two
in
Number
:
somtimes
,
though
rarely
,
there
is
but
one
,
and
then
They
are
shaped
like
those
Beans
we
cal
Kidney-beans
.
Their
Color
is
reddish
.
You
shal
observe
in
their
hollow
side
,
the
Emulgent
Vessels
,
and
the
Ureter
springing
forth
of
that
hollowed
side
.
Their
Vessels
are
the
Emulgent
[
c
](A57335-e53590-b)
c
T.
5.
f.
6.
D
D.
□
Veins
and
[
d
](A57335-e53600-b)
d
f.
2.
a
a
b
b.
f.
5.
C.
□
Arteries
,
proceeding
from
the
Trunk
of
the
[
e
](A57335-e53610-b)
e
T.
5.
f.
2.
E.
□
Cava
,
and
[
f
](A57335-e53640-b)
f
f.
2.
G.
□
Aorta
.
And
this
is
the
outward
Conformation
of
the
Kidneys
in
a
grown
man
or
woman
:
[
h
](A57335-e53700-b)
h
f.
2.
A
&
C.
T.
5.
f.
1.
A
A.
f.
2.
B
B.
f.
3.
&
4.
A
A.
□
Renalis
,
which
is
shaped
like
the
Kidney
,
and
in
Children
,
dries
up
by
little
and
little
,
til
it
become
flat
,
being
separate
from
the
Kidneys
by
a
portion
of
the
Membrana
adiposa
,
though
it
be
found
not
far
off
in
either
side
.
The
internal
Structure
of
the
Kidney
,
is
admirable
;
which
that
you
may
conveniently
[
a
](A57335-e53750-b)
a
T.
5.
f.
5.
A
A.
□
substance
of
the
Ureter
,
which
forms
the
Pelvis
,
or
Basin
;
into
which
,
from
the
upper
part
,
as
it
[
b
](A57335-e53790-b)
b
f.
1.
F
G.
f.
2.
K
K.
□
Papillares
,
which
are
acuminated
In
those
papillary
Caruncles
,
or
fleshy
Teats
aforesaid
,
the
Serum
,
or
wheyish
Excrement
,
is
separated
from
the
blood
;
which
blood
spends
it self
to
nourish
the
Kidneys
,
or
flows
back
again
into
the
Emulgent
Veins
.
ᵇ
T.
5.
f.
6.
E
E.
□
ᵍ
T.
9.
f.
2.
B
D.
□
ᵉ
f.
2.
F.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Similar
Constitution
of
the
Kidneys
,
contrary
to
Nature
,
consists
in
the
Depravation
Laxity
proceeds
from
a
cold
and
moist
distemper
,
or
from
an
exceeding
hot
one
,
The
Number
of
the
Kidneys
is
seldom
changed
,
and
if
there
be
but
one
,
it
cannot
be
known
that
there
is
more
;
neither
can
that
one
perform
as
much
as
two
:
and
therefore
those
that
have
but
one
Kidney
,
enjoy
not
their
health
so
wel
as
they
that
have
both
.
Although
the
Kidneys
seem
fast
fixed
unto
the
Loyns
by
the
fat
,
as
it
were
with
Being
in
their
natural
Scituation
,
if
they
prove
greater
,
or
more
weighty
than
ordinary
,
It
the
inner
Passage
of
the
Kidneys
be
stopped
moderately
,
either
by
an
Humor
,
If
the
inner
Substance
of
the
Kidney
be
exulcerated
,
the
Patient
makes
urine
with
If
a
Vein
be
opened
,
or
broken
,
bloody
urines
are
made
:
and
because
the
Kidneys
The
Action
of
the
Kidney
,
is
to
attract
Serum
,
and
to
separate
,
and
expel
the
Stones
are
often
bred
in
the
Cavity
of
the
Kidneys
,
either
in
the
pipes
,
where
they
The
Kidneys
do
somtimes
consume
away
,
and
cause
an
universal
Consumption
In
new
married
Couples
,
and
in
such
as
are
more
wantonly
disposed
than
ordinary
,
Observe
,
That
oftentimes
through
weakness
of
the
Kidneys
,
which
cannot
attract
Whether
or
no
,
may
we
force
in
a
sharp
pointed
Iron
,
to
one
of
the
Kidneys
,
that
a
passage
may
be
made
for
the
Serum
,
which
is
dammed
up
within
the
greater
Veins
,
in
case
we
cannot
purge
the
same
away
with
Hydragogues
,
or
Water-Purgers
?
Chap.
29.
Of
the
Vreters
.
THe
Ureters
are
Channels
or
Conduit
Pipes
ordained
to
conveigh
the
Urine
to
They
consist
of
a
single
Membranous
substance
,
which
being
enclosed
in
a
duplication
of
the
Peritoneum
,
therefore
Anatomists
have
said
,
that
they
borrow
another
Coate
of
the
Peritoneum
.
They
are
as
long
as
the
Space
between
the
Kidnies
and
the
bladder
.
Resting
upon
the
[
a
](A57335-e54480-b)
a
T.
5.
f.
1.
F
F.
G
G.
□
Muscle
[
b
](A57335-e54490-b)
b
T.
10.
f.
1
o
o.
□
Psoa
,
they
are
obliquely
carryed
towards
the
Ossa
Ilium
,
and
rising
up
unto
the
bladder
in
the
bottom
thereof
,
they
slip
in
between
the
two
[
c
](A57335-e54520-b)
c
f.
7.
F
F.
□
Coates
almost
as
far
as
the
[
d
](A57335-e54530-b)
d
T.
10.
f.
7.
D.
□
Orifice
,
where
they
peirce
the
[
e
](A57335-e54540-b)
e
T.
6
f.
6.
c
c.
□
bladder
.
They
have
no
Valves
placed
in
their
Extremities
,
to
hinder
the
going
back
of
the
Urine
:
but
two
Membranes
meeting
together
,
do
exactly
shut
the
Passage
.
Naturally
they
are
as
thick
as
Goos-quils
,
but
in
such
as
have
the
Stone
and
use
The
Original
of
the
Ureters
is
rather
from
the
bladder
than
from
the
Kidnies
,
because
They
are
thought
to
have
Nerves
whereby
they
feel
;
but
being
of
a
Membranous
Seeing
therefore
they
are
ordained
to
pass
the
Urine
unto
the
Bladder
,
they
are
And
if
within
the
duplicature
of
the
Bladder
either
of
them
be
obstructed
,
there
is
Chap.
30.
Of
the
Piss-Bladder
.
THe
Piss-Bladder
,
is
the
Receptacle
of
Urine
;
being
framed
of
a
Membranous
It
s
natural
size
is
smal
when
empty
,
because
it
is
widened
and
contracted
according
It
s
shape
represents
a
bottle
with
the
bottom
upwards
,
whose
bottom
is
in
the
The
Piss-bladder
is
but
one
in
Number
,
yet
severed
somtimes
into
two
Cavities
,
It
is
perforated
with
three
holes
near
the
Neck
.
The
first
and
greatest
,
is
that
It
s
Orifice
is
shut
by
the
Muscle
Sphincter
,
which
is
formed
of
the
substance
of
The
Piss-bladder
has
Veins
and
Arteries
from
the
ᵇ
Hypogastrical
Vessels
;
it
Os
Sacrum
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
THe
Piss-bladder
is
subject
to
an
infinite
number
of
Diseases
.
In
its
substance
It
s
temper
is
perverted
,
when
the
bladder
naturally
cold
and
dry
,
comes
to
wax
It
s
Scituation
is
changed
,
when
that
Part
of
the
Peritoneum
in
which
it
is
included
It
s
greatness
or
widness
cannot
certainly
be
defined
unless
it
were
empty
;
howbeit
Somtimes
the
bladder
is
so
contracted
and
straitned
,
by
reason
of
a
painful
exulceration
in
its
inner
Part
,
and
then
grows
thicker
and
as
it
were
Cartilaginous
;
which
hinders
its
distention
:
and
in
this
Case
,
the
Patient
must
often
make
Water
with
pain
.
The
Neck
of
the
bladder
comprehending
its
Orifice
or
the
Channel
of
Urine
,
has
It
is
frequently
obstructed
by
the
Stone
lying
hid
in
the
bladder
,
or
by
a
Spungy
Carnosities
do
grow
without
the
Neck
within
the
Ureter
,
which
are
te●●ed
Hype●sa●●●ses
,
which
are
easily
Eaten
away
with
Medicinal
Wax
Candles
,
made
and
fitte●
for
that
purpose
.
Oftentimes
they
happen
in
the
Passage
of
the
Urine
after
a
Venemous
Gonorrbea
not
wel
Cured
.
Al●o
●he
Neck
of
the
bladder
is
obstructed
by
another
external
Cause
,
Namely
by
swelling
of
the
Kernels
●ermed
Prost●●●
,
which
rest
upon
the
bladder
.
But
the
Urine
is
often
stopped
by
a
Palsie
in
the
Neck
of
the
bladder
,
so
that
the
Sphincter
Muscles
cannot
contract
no●
dila●e
themselves
.
To
open
the
Bladder
and
to
search
out
the
Diseases
which
are
bred
within
o●
In
such
a
Case
,
either
the
bladder
is
perfo●ated
in
the
bottom
of
the
belly
by
the
In
persons
far
in
years
,
who
are
greivously
troubled
to
make
Water
by
reason
Also
by
th●s
means
Ulcers
of
the
bladder
may
be
clensed
and
dried
,
if
there
be
no
Zecchi●s
brags
in
his
Counsels
,
that
he
invented
this
way
of
giving
ease
to
Aged
persons
vexed
with
the
Stone
▪
▪
but
the
Physitians
of
Paris
did
use
this
Pal●iative
Cure
long
before
Zecchi●s
was
born
,
it
having
been
practised
this
hundred
years
.
If
a
Stone
in
the
bladder
be
little
,
and
stick
to
the
Neck
of
the
bladder
,
or
in
the
If
the
Stone
●e
great
it
cannot
be
taken
out
●●●
by
Cutting
of
the
bladder
,
the
And
I
beleive
that
kind
of
operation
used
in
E●ypt
,
when
they
would
take
out
the
That
way
which
F●●b●●cius
Hild●●●●
goes
to
take
out
the
Stone
,
is
also
ab●●rd
T.
5.
f.
1.
F
F.
G
G.
□
ᵇ
T.
10.
f.
1.
O
O.
□
ᶜ
f.
7.
F
F.
□
ᵈ
T.
10.
f.
7.
D.
□
ᵉ
T.
6.
f.
6.
c
c.
□
T.
5.
f.
7.
B.
and
C.
□
ᵇ
f.
7.
A
A.
□
ᶜ
f.
7.
B
B.
□
ᵈ
f.
7.
B.
□
ᵉ
f.
7.
E
E.
□
ᶠ
f.
7.
D
▪
□
ᵍ
T.
6.
f.
6.
c
c.
T.
6.
f.
5.
F
F.
□
ᵇ
T.
12.
f.
1.
and
4.
ζ
ζ.
□
ᶜ
T.
3.
f.
8.
o.
T.
18.
f.
50
▪
□
ᵈ
T.
8.
f.
8.
A
B.
□
Chap.
31.
Of
the
Genitals
of
a
Man
;
and
first
of
the
Yard
.
I
Proceed
to
the
Genitals
of
a
Man
,
among
which
,
the
Yard
,
which
is
associated
It
is
made
up
only
of
Skin
for
thinnes
sake
,
of
two
hollow
Ligaments
,
of
the
The
Skin
is
by
it self
,
has
no
Scarf-skin
,
and
is
terminated
at
the
Root
of
the
Nut.
The
Fore-Skin
is
tied
to
the
Nut
by
a
little
band
which
is
termed
Fraenulum
,
The
Skin
being
removed
,
there
appeares
a
Membrane
which
closly
girds
in
the
Panniculis
Ca●nosus
.
This
being
taken
away
,
the
Vessels
are
seen
which
run
along
the
Back
of
the
Yard
Os
Sacrum
,
the
Veins
and
Arteries
are
portions
of
those
termed
Pudenda
,
which
are
spred
out
into
the
external
Parts
.
Then
follow
the
Muscles
of
the
Yard
,
two
of
which
are
erectors
,
and
two
are
These
Muscles
being
taken
away
,
three
Bodies
come
to
view
which
form
the
Yard
,
Viz.
The
two
Ligaments
and
the
Vrethra
.
The
ᵃ
hollow
Lig●ments
being
dis●oined
beneath
in
the
Perineum
,
do
arise
In
those
Ligaments
we
must
observe
the
internal
substance
which
is
like
the
Pith
The
Vrethra
or
Piss-Pipe
,
is
a
Channel
of
Spongy
substance
,
that
it
may
swel
Observe
diligently
,
the
Obliquation
,
or
Reflection
of
the
Vrethra
in
the
Perinaeum
,
In
the
Perinaeum
,
divers
Tumors
are
raised
:
but
such
as
adhere
to
the
Vrethra
,
and
impostumate
,
are
dangerous
,
often
degenerating
into
Fistulaes
,
because
the
Vrethra
wil
very
hardly
heal
,
and
grow
together
.
If
it
be
eaten
by
a
venemous
and
pocky
Ulcer
,
it
is
not
easily
cured
,
and
restored
,
unless
by
an
exact
Sudorifick
Diet
,
or
by
fluxing
with
Mercurial
Medicaments
.
Balanus
,
ᶠ
the
Nut
of
the
Yard
,
is
an
hollowed
Kernel
,
wider
in
the
middle
,
than
T.
6.
f.
5.
M.
□
ᵇ
f.
2.
C.
□
ᶜ
f.
1.
d.
f.
5.
L.
□
ᵈ
f.
5.
L.
□
ᵉ
f.
5.
M.
□
ᶠ
f.
7.
A.
□
ᵍ
T.
13.
f.
8.
o
o.
T.
18.
f.
5.
o.
□
ʰ
T.
12.
f.
1.
n
n.
f.
4.
●●
.
□
ⁱ
T.
6.
f.
1.
a
a.
f.
5.
H
H.
□
ᵏ
f.
5.
K
K.
□
ˡ
f.
1.
b
b.
f.
5.
II.
T.
6.
f.
5.
K
K.
□
ᵇ
f.
5.
G
G.
□
ᶜ
f.
1.
c.
□
ᵈ
f.
7.
B.
□
ᵉ
f.
5.
G
G.
□
ᶠ
f.
5
M.
f.
7.
C.
□
ᵍ
f.
5.
infra
.
M.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Action
of
the
whol
Yard
,
viz.
voluntary
erection
,
and
stifness
,
being
ordained
It
is
caused
by
an
inflamed
disposition
of
the
Ligaments
of
the
Yard
,
and
also
of
the
Vrethra
,
or
Piss-pipe
,
which
is
affected
by
reason
of
vicinity
,
and
communication
in
the
same
Action
.
Weakness
,
and
defect
of
Erection
,
is
an
imbecillity
of
the
whol
Yard
without
Somtimes
the
whol
Yard
is
bowed
,
and
crooked
to
one
side
or
another
;
or
bended
Caesar
Arantius
in
Chap.
50.
of
his
Book
of
Tumors
,
have
treated
.
Furthermore
,
The
whol
Yard
is
subject
to
Inflamations
,
Tumors
,
and
Ulcers
.
The
Yard
is
but
one
in
Number
,
for
two
had
been
needless
:
if
we
find
two
,
it
is
Monstrous
,
and
they
are
both
useless
;
or
one
is
but
the
rudiment
of
a
Yard
,
or
some
fleshy
Excrescence
.
The
just
,
and
fitting
length
of
the
Yard
,
ought
to
be
six
or
eight
fingers
breadth
;
If
we
beleeve
Galen
,
the
extraordinary
length
of
the
Yard
hinders
Generation
,
because
the
Seed
loseth
its
vertue
in
so
long
a
passage
;
which
I
do
not
beleeve
.
If
the
Yard
be
too
short
,
it
causes
little
,
or
no
titillation
,
and
is
unfruitful
.
de
Decoratione
,
teaches
us
how
to
make
the
Yard
longer
.
Marteal
mentions
one
that
had
so
large
a
Yard
,
that
when
it
stood
erected
,
he
could
smel
to
it
with
his
Nose
.
The
Fore-skin
has
its
Diseases
;
somtimes
it
is
too
short
,
and
somtimes
too
Both
these
Diseases
,
if
they
proceed
from
●ervency
of
Carnal
Conjunction
,
whereby
the
Nut
of
the
Yard
remains
swelled
,
if
it
be
for
a
long
time
toge●her
,
fomented
with
extream
cold
Water
,
its
swelling
wil
abate
,
and
then
the
Fore-skin
may
freely
be
drawn
up
or
down
.
An
admirable
Secret
.
It
is
exulcerated
with
pocky
Pustles
;
which
being
cured
,
if
they
leave
any
hardness
The
band
of
the
Fore-skin
termed
Fraenulum
,
if
it
be
more
thick
than
ordinary
,
The
Nut
is
sub●ect
to
divers
Tumors
,
and
Ulcers
,
both
internal
and
external
.
In
The
Vrethra
,
or
Piss-pipe
,
which
lies
along
under
the
two
Ligaments
of
the
Gonorrhaea
Chordata
,
the
Corded
,
or
Rope-stretched
running
of
the
Reins
.
It
is
ulcerated
by
the
Acrimony
of
Quittor
,
and
purulent
Matter
;
and
somtimes
To
the
Vrethra
,
and
Cods
,
belongs
that
disposition
which
makes
men
termed
Hermaphrodites
,
when
the
Testicles
are
hidden
within
the
Septum
of
the
Peritoneum
,
Somtime
the
Vrethra
is
perforated
above
the
Cod
,
or
neer
the
Nut
of
the
Yard
,
which
is
then
shut
up
,
and
solid
,
which
hinders
the
right
e●aculation
of
the
Seed
,
unless
the
Vrethra
be
opened
,
and
a
little
pipe
be
put
in
,
to
make
a
passage
.
But
when
the
Parties
grow
into
yeers
,
the
heat
of
the
body
being
augmented
,
also
by
violent
exercises
,
and
by
plucking
the
same
oftentimes
,
the
Yard
comes
to
be
augmented
,
and
the
Stones
which
lay
hid
in
the
Groins
,
do
fal
into
the
Cod
,
unless
it
be
per●orated
as
aforesaid
;
or
the
Stones
remain
in
the
Groyns
,
and
often
deceive
Physitians
,
making
them
to
think
the
Persons
are
bursten
.
Such
Persons
having
been
accounted
Women
,
do
at
last
become
Men.
Howbeit
,
Chap.
32.
Of
the
Groyns
.
BEfore
we
proceed
unto
the
Stones
,
we
are
to
take
notice
of
the
Groyns
;
in
[
a
](A57335-e57620-b)
a
T.
24.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
Vein
,
and
[
b
](A57335-e57630-b)
b
f.
5.
A
A.
□
Artery
,
with
the
[
c
](A57335-e57640-b)
c
T.
18.
f.
5.
K
L
M
N.
□
Nerves
descending
into
the
Thigh
,
whereupon
does
rest
the
Production
of
the
[
d
](A57335-e57650-b)
d
T.
2.
f.
9.
E
E
□
Peritoneum
,
drawn
through
the
holes
of
the
oblique
Tendons
,
and
transverse
Muscles
.
Over
this
is
spread
the
Muscle
[
e
](A57335-e57680-b)
e
T.
6.
f.
2.
D
D.
□
Cremaster
,
being
carried
athwart
through
the
Groyn
into
the
Cod
,
and
so
unto
the
Testicle
,
which
it
encloses
with
two
Coats
;
the
one
whereof
is
called
[
f
](A57335-e57700-b)
f
T.
6.
f.
2.
□
Erythrois
,
and
the
other
[
g
](A57335-e57720-b)
g
f.
2.
C
C
E
E.
□
Elythrois
.
Above
the
bending
of
the
Groyn
,
you
may
see
those
Glandules
,
or
Kernels
,
which
Within
the
Process
are
contained
,
Vas
[
h
](A57335-e57790-b)
h
T.
6.
f.
1.
A.
f.
3.
and
4.
A
A.
□
Spermaticum
,
the
Spermatick
Vessel
,
[
i
](A57335-e57820-b)
i
f.
1.
V
V.
f.
3.
C
C
E.
f.
3.
C
C
D.
f.
5.
C
C.
□
Spermatick
Vessel
returning
from
above
,
and
carrying
the
Seed
from
the
Testicle
,
to
the
Seed
-
[
k
](A57335-e57830-b)
k
f.
5.
and
6.
E
E.
□
bladders
.
In
the
Groyn
,
within
the
Process
of
the
Peritoneum
,
descends
the
Gut
[
l
](A57335-e57850-b)
l
T.
3.
f.
4.
H
H.
□
Ileon
,
the
inward
Coat
of
the
Peritoneum
being
relaxed
.
If
it
descend
into
the
Cod
,
the
said
Coat
is
broken
,
and
the
descent
of
the
Gut
is
Note
that
among
the
Kernels
above
the
Groyn
,
do
arise
the
Whore-pock
buboes
Here
you
shal
consider
whether
it
be
safe
to
use
that
prick
,
or
Thread
of
Gold
or
Lead
about
the
Production
of
the
Peritoneum
,
that
the
process
which
in
the
Rupture
called
Oscheocele
,
is
broken
,
may
be
drawn
together
:
or
a
Caustick
to
produce
an
Eschar
,
may
be
applied
above
the
Groyn
,
to
produce
a
Callous
,
or
hard
substance
,
which
may
stop
the
passage
of
the
falling
Gut
.
But
care
must
be
taken
that
the
Caustick
pierce
not
to
the
Vessels
which
lie
beneath
,
viz.
The
Veins
and
Arteries
,
which
being
touched
,
the
Patient
dies
for
it
.
The
Seminal
Vessels
may
be
feared
,
and
so
a
man
become
invisibly
gelded
,
because
Chap.
33.
Of
the
Fundament
.
AT
the
same
time
,
when
the
Cod
is
dissected
,
in
the
Order
of
Anatomy
,
by
reason
The
Fundament
therefore
,
called
Anus
,
and
Podex
,
is
the
outermost
end
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e58070-b)
a
T.
3.
f.
7.
M.
□
Intestinum
rectum
,
or
streight
Gut
,
which
is
shut
,
and
pursed
together
by
a
[
b
](A57335-e58090-b)
b
T.
3.
f.
7.
O.
□
round
Muscle
,
called
Sphincter
.
It
is
two-fold
;
the
one
is
skinny
,
and
narrow
,
the
other
is
broader
,
and
more
fleshy
;
which
adheres
to
a
transverse
Ligament
,
which
is
placed
between
the
Protuberances
of
the
Huckle-bone
,
and
the
extremity
of
the
Coccyx
,
or
Crupper-bone
.
The
Fundament
has
four
Muscles
,
called
Levatores
;
two
of
which
are
broad
,
[
c
](A57335-e58160-b)
c
T.
3.
f.
7.
N
N.
□
Os
Sacrum
,
and
Os
Ilium
,
and
are
inserted
into
the
larger
Sphincter
:
As
for
the
other
two
,
the
former
arises
from
the
transverse
Ligament
,
the
hindermost
from
the
Crupper-bone
,
whereinto
they
are
terminated
.
These
four
Muscles
do
relieve
,
and
raise
up
the
Fundament
when
it
pouches
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Fundament
is
liable
to
very
many
Diseases
.
It
is
somtimes
possessed
with
In
the
Expulsion
of
the
Dung
,
somtimes
the
Fundament
fals
out
,
which
is
reduced
into
its
place
with
extream
trouble
and
difficulty
.
Somtimes
it
is
palsied
,
and
the
Excrements
come
away
whether
the
Patient
wil
or
Within
,
and
without
it
swels
,
the
mouths
of
the
Veins
being
swollen
and
knobbed
,
Somtime
't
is
inflamed
,
but
it
is
more
often
impostumated
;
from
whence
proceeds
Fistula
Ani.
It
is
made
rough
with
Warts
,
which
are
called
,
Condylomata
,
or
Mariscae
.
It
Somtime
it
has
a
Scirrhous
Tumor
,
which
shuts
up
the
passage
of
the
Excrements
,
It
is
somtimes
found
closed
up
in
new-born
Infants
,
and
it
is
cut
open
:
but
if
Chap.
34.
Of
the
Cod
,
and
Stones
.
WE
are
now
come
unto
the
[
a
](A57335-e58490-b)
a
T.
6.
f.
1.
x
x.
□
Cod
,
which
is
the
Case
of
the
Stones
.
It
consists
[
b
](A57335-e58510-b)
b
f.
2.
A
A.
□
Cuticular
,
and
grown
with
hair
in
such
as
are
of
ripe
yeers
;
it
has
the
Epidermis
,
or
Scarf-skin
upon
it
.
Under
the
hairy
Skin
,
there
is
a
fleshy
Membrane
which
called
Dartos
;
it
is
a
Continuation
of
the
Membrana
Carnosa
of
the
Belly
,
stretched
down
unto
the
Cod
;
by
help
whereof
,
the
Cod
is
widened
,
or
contracted
into
wrinkles
.
For
the
Stones
sake
,
it
is
by
a
Membranous
Portion
divided
into
two
Cavities
,
which
receive
the
two
The
Cod
has
Veins
and
Arteries
from
the
Privy
Parts
,
and
Nerves
from
the
Os
A
Stone
,
or
Testicle
,
is
a
Glandulous
,
or
Kernellish
Body
,
ordained
to
make
The
Second
is
the
[
f
](A57335-e58670-b)
f
f.
2
C
C.
E
E.
□
Production
of
the
Peritonaeum
,
which
infolds
the
Testicle
.
The
Third
immediately
infolds
the
substance
of
the
Testicle
,
and
is
called
[
g
](A57335-e58700-b)
g
f.
2.
F
F.
Nervea
,
the
Nervous
Membrane
.
The
Membranes
being
taken
away
,
the
Substance
of
the
Testicle
comes
in
sight
,
[
h
](A57335-e58740-b)
h
f.
2.
G.
□
glandulous
,
white
,
pretty
firm
;
and
upon
the
same
,
overthwart
,
is
placed
a
smal
body
like
a
Silk-worm
,
which
is
called
[
a
](A57335-e58760-b)
a
T.
6.
f.
2.
I
I.
f.
3.
and
4.
B
B.
□
Epididymis
;
to
the
one
end
Vas
Spermaticum
[
b
](A57335-e58800-b)
b
f.
1.
T
T.
f.
3.
and
4.
A
A.
□
deferens
,
the
carrying
Spermatick
Vessel
,
which
enters
into
the
substance
of
the
Testicle
,
and
empties
the
Seminal
matter
thereinto
:
From
the
other
end
of
the
Epididymis
,
arises
the
Vas
[
c
](A57335-e58840-b)
c
f.
2.
B
B.
□
Ejaculatorium
,
[
d
](A57335-e58870-b)
d
f.
3.
□
D.
□
ful
of
turnings
and
windings
,
as
is
the
Body
of
the
Epididymis
,
and
firmly
cleaves
unto
the
Testicle
by
its
ends
,
being
loose
,
and
separate
in
its
middle
.
The
Testicles
are
excluded
from
the
Cavity
of
the
Belly
,
being
placed
in
the
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Natural
Constitution
of
the
Cod
,
and
Stones
,
being
explained
,
let
us
now
If
the
Gut
fal
into
the
Cod
,
or
into
the
Cal
,
it
makes
that
kind
of
Rupture
which
If
water
or
wind
flow
from
the
Cavity
of
the
belly
,
into
the
Cod
,
they
make
those
Ruptures
which
are
termed
Hydrocele
,
and
Pneumatocele
.
If
in
the
Spermatick
Vessels
,
both
Deferent
,
and
Jaculatory
,
where
they
are
ful
If
Spongy
flesh
breed
,
and
grow
to
the
Membrane
called
Dartos
,
it
is
termed
If
the
Testicle
adhere
to
the
said
spongy
flesh
,
it
has
the
same
name
.
If
the
Stone
swel
,
and
exceed
its
natural
bulk
,
it
causes
a
swelling
in
the
Cod.
If
wind
or
water
insinuate
themselves
into
the
Membranes
of
the
Testicles
,
they
produce
those
Tumors
which
are
called
Hydrocele
,
and
Pneumatocele
Testiculorum
,
Moreover
,
The
Cod
is
inflamed
,
overrmuch
widened
,
or
contracted
;
both
The
Laxity
thereof
,
is
termed
Rhagosis
;
Howbeit
,
it
is
naturally
more
lax
on
The
Stones
are
faulty
in
point
of
Scituation
,
while
they
lie
out
of
sight
in
the
belly
,
By
reason
of
il
Conformation
in
the
Womb
,
they
are
faulty
in
point
of
number
,
They
are
faulty
in
shape
,
when
they
are
uneven
,
by
reason
of
the
swelling
,
relaxation
,
If
there
be
a
fault
in
the
Color
,
there
is
a
fault
in
the
Substance
,
which
ought
to
Now
the
Action
of
the
Testicles
is
to
elaborate
the
Seed
by
their
inbred
virtue
f.
2.
D
D.
□
f.
1.
V
V.
f.
3.
E.
f.
4.
D
D.
□
f.
1.
c
c.
f.
3.
and
4.
c
c
c.
Chap.
35.
Of
the
Vessels
which
carry
the
true
Seed
,
of
the
Seed-Bladders
and
the
Prostatae
or
Auriliaries
.
IT
remaines
now
that
we
Speak
of
the
Vessels
which
carry
the
Seed
to
the
Bladder
,
and
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e59480-b)
a
T.
6.
f.
5.
F
F.
f.
6.
G
G.
□
Prostatae
or
Assistants
.
That
same
[
b
](A57335-e59500-b)
b
T.
6.
f.
1.
V
V.
f.
3.
E.
f.
4.
D.
□
carrying
Vessel
which
is
[
c
](A57335-e59530-b)
c
f.
3.
and
4.
c
c.
f.
5.
C.
□
windings
and
wrinckled
.
Those
Wrinkles
being
smoothed
out
do
make
the
Vessel
twice
as
long
as
before
.
[
d
](A57335-e59570-b)
d
T.
6.
f.
5.
and
6.
E
E.
□
Seed-Bladders
,
so
that
they
flow
both
together
into
the
[
e
](A57335-e59580-b)
e
f.
5.
K
K.
□
Vrethra
or
Piss-Pipe
.
And
as
in
the
Act
of
Generation
that
same
most
thin
and
pure
Spirit
leaps
forcibly
with
the
matter
out
of
the
Testicls
:
so
by
help
of
the
[
f
](A57335-e59610-b)
f
f.
1.
a
a.
b
b.
f.
5.
H
H.
I
I.
□
Muscles
of
the
Yard
,
the
Seminal
matter
which
is
conteined
in
the
littlie
Bladders
is
also
cast
forth
.
For
I
make
account
that
their
is
a
three-fold
Seminal
matter
,
one
most
pure
,
The
third
Seminal
matter
,
is
an
Oyly
Substance
,
which
leasurely
dropping
out
,
does
moisten
the
[
a
](A57335-e59650-b)
a
T.
6.
f.
5.
K
K.
□
Vrethra
or
Piss-Pipe
in
Men
and
the
[
b
](A57335-e59670-b)
b
T.
7.
f.
2.
y.
□
Sheath
of
the
Womb
in
Women
;
also
it
comes
away
by
it self
when
the
Yard
is
distended
through
lust
,
and
in
strong
imaginations
of
the
matters
tending
to
Generation
and
somtimes
at
the
sight
of
a
beautyful
Woman
.
It
is
a
Question
whether
this
Oyly
substance
do
flow
out
of
the
little
Seed-Bladders
or
from
the
[
c
](A57335-e59690-b)
c
T.
6.
f.
6.
f.
5.
F
F.
f.
6.
G.
G.
□
Glandules
of
the
Prostatae
,
which
contein
in
them
a
Seminal
matter
,
which
is
sent
forth
through
smal
pores
beneath
the
Knob
of
the
Vrethra
.
The
Matter
which
is
conteined
in
the
little
Bladders
,
is
forcibly
cast
out
by
way
of
Ejaculation
or
Squirting
,
through
the
holes
which
are
near
the
foresaid
knobby
wart
of
the
Vrethra
.
Before
the
little
Bladders
be
removed
,
you
shal
observe
,
how
they
are
covered
Touching
this
wonderful
Intertexture
of
Vessels
,
we
can
as
yet
determine
nothing
.
In
the
Prostatae
and
in
the
Seed-Bladders
,
is
the
seat
of
the
venemous
Genorrhea
:
You
shal
do
wel
to
consider
whether
it
be
safe
in
a
virulent
Gonorrhea
,
to
open
a
Vein
in
the
Arm
,
if
the
arder
in
these
places
be
light
and
without
a
Feaver
?
In
my
Few
or
none
except
Julianus
Palmarius
a
Physitian
of
Paris
and
Fallopius
an
Italian
,
are
for
Blood-letting
in
the
Arm
in
such
Cases
,
for
it
is
held
unsafe
,
for
fear
of
the
Whores-Pocks
,
by
reflux
of
the
venemous
Humor
into
the
Bowels
and
habit
of
the
Body
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Diseases
of
those
Seed-Vessels
,
Seed-Bladders
and
of
the
Auniliary
Glandules
Also
the
Laxity
of
those
Parts
causes
an
involentary
shedding
of
the
Seed
,
which
Gonrrhaea
Virulenta
,
the
venemous
Gonerrheae
.
The
flux
of
Seed
which
happens
to
some
in
their
sleep
is
called
Oxynorrigmos
,
it
comes
from
the
aboundance
of
hot
and
Spirituous
Seed
.
The
Oyly
subctance
is
exceeding
needful
,
for
in
Men
through
want
of
the
said
Humor
,
The
Action
of
the
Yard
,
is
not
to
transmit
the
Urine
,
but
to
Ejaculte
or
Squirt
Neither
is
fruitfulness
and
Conception
to
be
expected
,
unless
the
Man
and
Woman
be
restored
to
perfect
health
;
and
unless
the
fault
of
the
Genitals
(
if
there
be
any
)
be
amended
,
Chap.
36.
Of
the
Genital
Parts
of
a
Woman
,
and
first
of
the
External
.
THe
Genital
parts
of
a
Woman
are
divided
into
the
external
and
internal
.
The
That
outward
Part
which
is
adorned
with
Hair
is
called
Pubis
the
Share
:
that
[
a
](A57335-e60270-b)
a
T.
7.
f.
5.
F
F.
□
Cunnus
,
in
English
the
Cunny
,
or
Water-Gate
.
The
Valves
are
termed
Labra
Cunni
,
the
[
b
](A57335-e60330-b)
b
f.
5.
B
B.
□
Lips
of
the
Cunny
,
or
the
Doors
of
the
Water-Gate
.
These
Lips
being
drawn
aside
,
the
[
c
](A57335-e60380-b)
c
f.
5.
C
C.
□
Nymphae
come
in
sight
,
which
are
pretty
firm
Membranous
excrescences
,
broader
towards
the
top
.
At
the
top
of
the
Nymphes
we
meet
with
a
little
fleshy
Knob
,
covered
with
a
thin
Skin
,
which
is
called
[
d
](A57335-e60410-b)
d
f.
4.
I
I.
K
f.
5.
A.
□
Clitoris
.
The
Nymphae
being
drawn
asunder
,
the
Carunculae
[
e
](A57335-e60450-b)
e
f.
5.
D.
E
E.
□
Myrtiformes
[
that
is
smal
portions
of
flesh
like
Myrtle-berries
]
come
to
be
seen
,
whereof
two
are
lateral
,
seated
on
each
side
,
the
third
lies
beneath
toward
the
Fundament
,
and
the
fourth
is
alwaies
placed
at
the
extremity
of
the
Vrethra
or
Piss-pipe
.
In
Virgins
,
the
Lips
are
,
straiter
then
in
other
Females
,
and
when
their
Thighs
are
opened
wide
,
they
appear
stretched
or
bent
.
The
inferior
Membrane
of
the
Nymphes
is
also
in
Virgins
bent
and
stretched
out
;
but
in
their
defloration
and
by
frequent
carnal
conjunction
,
it
is
depressed
:
those
Connexions
are
wholly
Obliterated
in
Women
which
have
brougth
forth
Children
.
And
these
Parts
may
be
seen
in
those
which
are
living
.
And
if
you
shal
thrust
[
a
](A57335-e60540-b)
a
T.
7.
f.
2.
Y.
□
sheath
or
Scabberd
[
that
is
the
Neck
of
her
Womb
]
you
wil
feel
it
[
b
](A57335-e60550-b)
b
T.
7.
f.
3.
E
E.
□
Wrinkled
,
and
if
you
carry
your
Finger
higher
,
you
wil
find
the
[
c
](A57335-e60560-b)
c
T.
7.
f.
3.
D.
□
in
most
Orifice
of
the
Womb
,
for
so
fa●
a
long
Finger
is
able
to
reach
.
All
that
space
is
called
Collum
[
d
](A57335-e60580-b)
d
T.
7.
f.
2.
Y.
f.
3.
E
E.
□
Vteri
,
the
Neck
of
the
Womb
or
the
Sheath
of
the
Mans
Yard
,
because
it
receives
the
Yard
like
a
sheath
or
Scabbard
,
in
the
Act
of
Generation
.
In
Virgins
,
after
the
Nymphes
we
meet
with
a
Membrane
or
thin
Skin
drawn
before
[
e
](A57335-e60630-b)
e
T.
7.
f.
7.
A.
□
f.
T
,
7.
f.
5.
B
B
□
Hymen
.
If
this
be
found
,
we
find
no
Carunculae
Myrtiformes
,
if
this
be
not
found
,
those
Myrtle
formed
smal
portions
of
flesh
,
are
so
swelled
,
that
they
fil
the
whol
Orifice
or
passage
into
the
Womb
,
●o
that
you
can
Scarse
put
in
your
little
Finger
,
without
paining
the
party
:
so
great
is
the
narrowness
of
this
passage
,
by
reason
of
the
foresaid
Caruncles
or
Myrtle-Shap'd
fleshy
Excre●cences
,
being
united
together
by
certain
Membranes
.
It
is
to
be
observed
,
that
those
Myrtle-shap'd
little
bitts
of
flesh
,
are
wholly
obliterated
in
Child-birth
and
not
to
be
seen
,
until
the
external
Orifice
of
the
Womb
begin
to
contract
it self
again
and
to
grow
strait
;
which
argues
that
they
are
nothing
but
plaites
or
Fouldings-in
of
this
Orifice
;
which
are
unfolded
and
stretched
or
smoothed
in
the
time
of
Travail
,
that
the
Child
may
more
freely
come
forth
;
even
as
the
Neck
of
the
Womb
is
very
thick
,
that
it
may
be
the
more
easily
widened
in
the
Birth
.
Hence
I
conjecture
and
conclude
,
that
these
Carunculae
may
more
fitly
be
termed
Carnositates
and
Plicaturas
Orificii
externi
,
certain
fleshynesses
and
foldings
of
the
external
Orifice
of
the
Womb.
These
things
being
thus
observed
,
we
must
proceed
to
dissection
,
that
the
structure
Those
who
have
their
Privity
plumpe
and
Pappy
,
and
the
Lips
thereof
thick
,
the
motion
of
their
Muscles
is
very
smal
and
hard
to
be
discerned
.
The
Nympha
[
a
](A57335-e60800-b)
a
T.
7.
f.
5.
C
C
□
in
young
Women
is
soft
,
but
as
they
grow
in
Years
and
by
frequent
[
b
](A57335-e60830-b)
b
T.
7.
f.
4.
I
I.
K.
f.
5.
A
□
Clitoris
being
the
seat
of
Lasciviousness
and
Lust
in
Women
that
delight
in
Womans
Yard
.
It
is
made
up
of
two
Nervous
Ligaments
,
not
at
al
hollow
as
those
of
the
Mans
Yard
;
they
proceed
from
the
Tuberous
or
bunching
Part
of
the
Huckle-bone
,
and
when
they
are
come
so
far
as
where
the
bones
of
the
Pubes
are
joyned
together
,
they
receive
another
body
placed
between
them
,
which
is
white
,
and
being
joyned
together
they
make
up
the
Clitoris
,
which
imitates
a
Mans
Yard
,
as
the
Brests
of
Men
have
a
resemblance
to
Womens
Dugs
.
The
Ligaments
of
the
Clitoris
have
Muscles
fastened
unto
them
,
as
in
Men
proceeding
from
the
same
place
as
those
in
Men
,
and
they
are
covered
with
Skin
,
and
that
Skin
in
the
extremity
or
end
thereof
is
folded
back
,
like
a
Mans
Fore-Skin
.
Not
without
cause
therefore
is
this
Part
called
the
Womans
Yard
or
Prick
.
The
round
[
c
](A57335-e60950-b)
c
T.
7.
f.
2.
S
S.
f.
3.
and
4.
F
F.
□
Ligaments
of
the
Womb
do
reach
unto
this
Part
:
whence
it
comes
to
Those
Ligaments
of
the
Womb
are
somwhat
hollow
,
as
far
as
to
the
Groines
,
whence
it
comes
to
passe
that
a
virulent
matter
being
●●om
the
Genitals
expelled
hither
,
does
breed
Pockie
Buboes
or
Swellings
,
and
other
Tumors
which
are
not
at
al
Malignant
.
The
Sheath
is
Compounded
or
made
up
of
two
Coates
:
the
one
is
internal
and
Membranous
,
the
other
is
external
and
altogether
fleshy
,
like
a
Muscle
,
that
it
may
open
and
contract
it selfe
,
and
in
the
Act
of
Generation
Squeeze
and
Milk
the
mans
Yard
.
But
the
inner
Coat
is
wrinkled
,
like
the
Roofe
of
an
Oxes
Mouth
.
ᵃ
T.
7.
f.
2.
Y.
f.
3.
E
E.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
Having
diligently
surveyed
these
Parts
,
you
shal
now
consider
the
Diseases
Myrtle-shap'd
Carnosities
,
we
meet
with
the
Hymen
fleshy
and
unboared
.
Somtime
after
hard
labour
in
Child-birth
,
these
Parts
being
torne
do
grow
to
one
another
.
This
natural
growing
together
of
those
Parts
in
Children
must
be
separated
,
and
so
it
must
in
Women
when
it
comes
by
accident
.
I
have
seen
some
women
conceive
notwithstanding
this
growing
together
,
there
being
a
little
hole
left
for
the
Seed
to
enter
at
,
being
eagerly
attracted
by
the
hungry
womb
.
When
the
time
of
their
delivery
was
come
,
by
reason
of
much
moisture
flowing
unto
those
Parts
,
this
closure
did
of
it self
open
.
Maides
and
women
that
are
thus
closed
up
,
are
termed
in
Greek
Atretae
imperforated
persons
,
such
as
are
unboared
or
unbroached
.
Somtimes
the
wideness
and
openness
of
these
Parts
is
so
great
that
it
proves
Somtimes
in
Women
that
have
never
had
Children
,
by
reason
of
over-frequent
carnal
Conjunctions
,
these
Parts
are
so
opened
and
widened
,
that
they
seek
to
Physitians
,
that
they
may
recover
their
former
straitness
,
and
so
bring
their
Hogs
to
a
better
Market
.
Howbeit
,
Virginity
lost
cannot
be
repaired
,
it
may
be
couterfeited
by
Art
,
but
it
is
not
the
Part
of
an
honest
Physitian
to
teach
those
Arts
:
it
belongs
only
to
Adulterers
and
Bawds
,
or
such
as
get
their
living
by
prostitution
of
the
Bodies
of
yong
Women
.
Furthermore
,
the
Lips
have
their
peculiar
Diseases
,
they
are
Inflamed
,
Swelled
,
Warts
,
Pushes
termed
Thymi
,
resembling
the
Color
of
Flowers
of
Time
,
and
certain
smal
Tumors
called
Condylomata
resembling
the
Joynts
of
a
Mans
Fingers
.
The
Nymphoe
in
somè
Women
,
yea
and
in
some
nations
do
grow
to
such
a
filthy
greatness
,
that
they
hang
without
the
Lips
,
and
then
they
must
be
cut
.
They
are
made
ruff
with
Pustles
or
Pushes
,
but
more
often
defiled
and
made
ugly
with
the
foresaid
Thymi
,
Warts
and
Vlcers
springing
from
the
Whoremasters
Pocks
.
The
Clitoris
is
somtimes
exceeding
long
,
resembling
a
Mans
Yard
:
it
is
then
termed
Cercosis
,
Caudatio
,
the
Long-Taile
Disease
;
so
that
some
Women
do
abuse
that
Part
one
with
another
when
it
is
longer
and
thicker
than
ordinary
.
Such
are
those
which
are
termed
Hermaphrodites
or
Rubsters
:
for
it
was
never
known
,
neither
is
it
possible
,
that
a
Woman
should
be
turned
or
transformed
into
a
Man
.
But
a
Man
being
at
his
Birth
reputed
for
a
Woman
,
as
aforesaid
,
by
the
coming
forth
of
his
Genital
Parts
,
may
be
turned
into
a
Man
,
that
is
to
say
,
be
acknowledged
for
such
.
Somtimes
within
the
Sheath
there
hangs
a
fleshy
Excrescence
which
reaches
Near
the
Caruncles
or
Carnosities
before
mentioned
,
there
appeares
within
,
a
Within
the
Sheath
,
in
the
upper
Part
,
in
the
very
Orifice
of
the
Womb
,
a
Malignant
Chap.
37.
Of
the
internal
Parts
of
a
Woman
which
serve
for
Generation
.
THe
external
Parts
being
diligently
viewed
and
accurately
dissected
,
the
Parts
The
internal
Parts
may
be
divided
into
those
which
make
up
or
belong
unto
the
The
Vasa
Spermatica
deferentia
,
that
is
,
the
[
a
](A57335-e61680-b)
a
T.
7.
f.
1.
a
b.
□
carrying
Spermatick
Vessels
,
[
b
](A57335-e61710-b)
b
T.
7.
f.
2.
I
M.
□
Veine
and
the
Spermatick
[
c
](A57335-e61740-b)
c
T.
7.
f.
2.
K
L.
□
Artery
.
They
have
the
same
Rise
in
Women
as
in
Men.
Herein
only
they
differ
,
that
they
are
not
so
straitly
united
,
nor
with
so
many
turnings
,
as
to
make
a
broad
[
d
](A57335-e61750-b)
d
T.
6.
f.
3.
and
4.
A
A.
T.
7.
f.
2.
c
c.
□
Parastata
,
which
is
not
in
Women
,
They
are
divided
into
three
Parts
,
whereof
one
is
carryed
into
the
Stones
;
the
other
to
the
Bottom
of
the
Womb
:
and
the
third
creeps
along
to
the
beginning
of
the
Sheath
.
The
Testicles
in
[
a
](A57335-e61840-b)
a
T.
7.
f.
2.
o
o.
f.
4
A
C.
□
Women
are
otherwise
framed
than
in
Men
:
they
have
no
Such
a
structure
of
the
Testices
in
women
and
such
a
conformation
of
their
Spermatick
Vessels
,
made
Aristotle
to
doubt
and
others
of
his
followers
,
whether
the
Female
Sex
were
Prolisick
and
afforded
Seed
to
the
making
of
the
infant
,
as
well
as
the
Male
,
as
Galen
after
Hippocrates
,
maintaines
they
do
.
From
the
Body
of
the
Testicle
the
same
Spermatick
[
b
](A57335-e61960-b)
b
f.
2.
d
d.
f.
4.
b
b.
□
Vessels
preparatory
are
carryed
to
the
bottom
of
the
[
c
](A57335-e61970-b)
c
f.
2.
R.
f.
4.
E.
f.
3.
A.
□
womb
,
and
to
the
[
d
](A57335-e61980-b)
d
f.
2.
Q
Q.
f.
4.
D
D.
□
Hornes
or
Trumpets
of
the
womb
,
which
Vessels
are
far
different
from
those
in
Men.
These
things
thus
observed
,
let
us
take
a
View
of
the
Body
of
the
womb
with
the
[
e
](A57335-e62020-b)
e
f.
2.
P
P.
□
Membranous
,
which
are
productions
of
the
Peritonaeum
.
They
are
stretched
out
in
Virgins
and
women
that
have
not
bore
Children
,
resembling
the
displaid
wings
of
Bats
or
Flitter-Mice
.
They
hold
the
womb
that
it
fal
not
down
.
The
other
two
Ligaments
are
round
&
somwhat
[
f
](A57335-e62050-b)
f
f.
2.
S
S.
f.
3.
and
4.
F
F.
□
longish
,
which
arise
from
the
bottome
of
the
womb
near
the
Hornes
.
In
their
Rise
they
are
hollow
,
and
in
their
progress
as
far
as
the
Ossa
Pubis
,
we
find
them
hollowed
.
When
they
are
come
as
far
as
the
Clitoris
,
they
are
cloven
and
spred
forth
in
the
shape
of
a
Goose-foot
through
al
the
fore
part
of
the
Thigh
.
I
was
the
first
that
made
discovery
of
that
same
Cavity
and
of
the
formerly
unknown
use
of
these
Ligaments
.
According
to
the
Opinion
of
the
Ancient
and
latter
Anatomists
,
they
keep
the
womb
from
ascending
upwards
:
but
without
these
Ligaments
,
the
womb
cannot
ascend
,
unless
it
should
pluck
away
the
Sheath
and
the
Privities
,
which
are
contiuations
of
the
body
of
the
womb
.
The
Horn
[
a
](A57335-e62140-b)
a
T.
7.
f.
2.
Q
Q.
f.
4.
D
D.
□
of
the
womb
being
fistulous
or
hollowish
,
is
observed
in
the
lower
Part
thereof
to
be
torne
and
jagged
,
as
if
the
Rats
had
gnaw'd
it
:
it
conteins
within
it
,
a
certain
hard
and
round
texture
,
which
resembles
the
substance
of
the
Jaculatory
Vessels
in
Men
,
and
white
Seed
is
there
preserved
and
found
.
Having
observed
these
things
,
you
shal
proceed
to
the
body
of
the
womb
;
The
womb
is
of
an
hot
and
moist
Complexion
:
it
is
Scituated
in
the
lower
[
b
](A57335-e62190-b)
b
T.
7.
f.
1.
d.
□
Part
[
c
](A57335-e62210-b)
c
T.
7.
f.
1.
e.
□
Intestinum
Rectum
or
Arse-Gut
and
the
[
d
](A57335-e62230-b)
d
T.
7.
f.
1.
e
□
Piss-Bladder
.
In
Virgins
until
they
have
their
Courses
it
is
little
and
hard
,
after
they
have
had
It
is
shaped
like
a
smal
Gourd
,
a
Pear
or
a
Cupping-Glass
.
It
is
one
in
number
and
no
more
,
yet
somtimes
divided
into
two
Cavities
by
a
Partition
in
the
middle
,
which
is
the
Cause
that
some
women
bring
sorth
two
or
three
Children
at
a
Birth
.
The
Cavity
of
the
[
e
](A57335-e62310-b)
e
T.
7.
f
,
3.
B
B.
□
Womb
in
Virgins
and
in
those
which
have
never
conceived
,
The
Action
of
the
womb
is
conception
,
or
attracting
the
Seed
,
and
reducing
the
Menstruous
Blood
,
which
being
more
than
the
woman
needs
for
her
Nourishment
,
is
ordained
to
nourish
the
Child
in
the
womb
,
and
when
it
is
born
,
it
drops
out
of
the
Dugs
in
the
form
of
Milk
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
By
out
knowledg
of
the
Natural
Constitution
of
the
Genital
Parts
of
women
The
Spermatick
Vessels
are
liable
to
obstructions
,
whereby
the
usual
Flux
of
They
swel
together
with
the
Stones
,
and
become
as
big
as
a
mans
Fist
;
by
a
collection
of
Humors
resembling
Tallow
or
suet
.
This
is
known
by
a
swelling
in
the
bottom
of
the
Belly
at
the
sides
.
The
Trumpet
or
Horn
of
the
Womb
is
widened
and
moved
by
Seed
,
which
being
Amatus
Lusitanus
,
that
a
Child
may
be
made
in
a
Glass
of
a
Mans
Seed
and
menstrual
blood
,
placed
in
Horses
Dung
,
unless
both
of
them
,
the
one
being
an
Athiest
the
other
a
Jew
,
were
known
to
be
Impostors
.
The
womb
is
the
Root
,
Seed
plot
and
foundation
of
very
near
al
womens
Diseases
,
It
it
be
troubled
with
an
hot
distemper
and
inflamed
,
it
causes
intollerable
burnings
,
If
it
be
stung
with
servent
Lust
,
it
becomes
enraged
,
causes
Uterine
fury
and
Madness
;
wil
not
let
the
Patients
rest
,
but
invites
them
to
shake
and
agitate
their
Loins
,
that
they
may
be
disburthened
of
their
Seed
;
and
at
last
,
they
become
shameles
and
ask
men
to
lie
with
them
.
Somtime
it
is
drawn
out
of
its
place
towards
the
sides
,
and
is
carryed
this
way
and
In
a
word
,
the
Womb
is
a
furious
Live-wight
in
a
Live-wight
;
punnishing
Poor
women
with
many
Sorrows
.
Although
Hippocrates
hath
written
and
Fernelius
confirmd
the
same
,
that
the
womb
like
a
Globe
does
rowle
it self
in
the
Cavity
of
the
Belly
;
yet
are
they
rather
the
Horns
of
the
womb
,
which
are
receptacles
of
Seed
Spirituous
and
hot
or
putrified
,
which
being
swelled
do
move
themselves
this
way
&
that
way
,
til
they
have
shed
their
Seed
into
the
Cavity
of
the
Belly
:
which
Seed
being
dispersed
,
brings
very
cruel
pains
and
stretches
the
Belly
,
until
the
force
of
the
Spirits
be
Evaporated
:
hence
comes
that
same
swelling
of
the
Belly
and
stifling
about
the
Midrif
.
Somtimes
malignant
Vapors
ascending
from
the
Womb
by
the
Veins
[
a
](A57335-e62650-b)
a
T.
7.
f.
2.
V
V
X
X.
□
and
Arteries
,
The
Womb
is
but
little
when
empty
;
but
when
it
is
filled
with
evil
Humors
,
it
swels
above
measure
;
and
it
has
been
seen
to
equal
the
Head
of
a
new-born
Child
Somtimes
the
Orifice
of
the
Womb
being
closed
,
and
firmly
sealed
up
,
Water
The
Womb
is
watered
with
a
two-fold
Humor
,
Seed
,
and
Menstrual
Blood
;
the
That
we
may
know
to
resolve
this
Question
,
three
things
are
to
be
noted
;
The
Matter
,
the
Place
,
and
the
Expulsive
Faculty
.
The
Matter
is
Blood
,
which
remains
The
place
through
which
it
ought
to
flow
,
is
the
womb
,
with
the
Hypogastrick
These
three
things
ought
therefore
to
concur
,
that
a
woman
may
have
her
Courses
,
Matter
,
Place
,
and
the
Expulsive
Faculty
;
and
Medicaments
ought
to
have
a
Os
Sacrum
,
and
the
lower
part
of
the
Belly
,
and
good
Diet
appointed
,
not
heating
,
but
attenuating
and
opening
.
The
Action
of
the
Womb
,
is
Conception
;
if
it
be
abolished
,
the
Patient
is
barren
:
But
forasmuch
as
the
Womb
is
ordained
,
not
only
for
Conception
,
but
to
evacuate
Because
we
are
treating
of
the
Action
of
the
Womb
,
which
is
Conception
,
I
will
speak
a
little
touching
the
same
,
and
shew
,
How
a
woman
is
disposed
during
Conception
:
What
is
the
fruit
,
or
work
of
Conception
,
v.z.
how
the
Infant
comes
out
of
the
womb
,
and
how
the
woman
is
constituted
in
the
time
of
her
Travel
,
and
what
happens
unto
her
after
her
Travel
,
until
she
be
wel
,
and
upon
her
Legs
again
.
Touching
other
Diseases
,
whereunto
●he
is
subject
,
I
wil
speak
nothing
,
because
they
differ
not
from
such
of
the
same
kind
as
she
is
troubled
with
,
when
she
is
not
with
Child
.
Wherefore
,
as
the
Abolition
,
or
taking
away
of
the
Action
of
the
womb
,
is
Barrenness
;
If
the
Conception
be
true
,
and
legitimate
,
a
Child
is
thereby
begotten
;
for
the
[
a
](A57335-e63000-b)
a
T.
7.
f.
2.
Y.
□
Sheath
,
is
sucked
,
and
retained
by
the
[
b
](A57335-e63010-b)
b
f.
2.
K.
f.
3.
A
A.
□
womb
;
and
then
the
[
c
](A57335-e63020-b)
c
f.
3.
D.
□
internal
Orifice
being
shut
by
its
heat
,
and
inbred
vertue
,
it
stirs
up
the
forming
Faculty
of
the
Seed
,
and
sets
it
on
working
:
Whereupon
,
of
both
Seeds
mingled
,
the
Child
is
framed
;
which
is
begun
by
a
certain
point
,
or
little
[
d
](A57335-e63050-b)
d
T.
8.
f.
3.
A
A.
□
Womb-Liver
,
[
e
](A57335-e63070-b)
e
f.
2.
A
B
C
D
G.
□
Navel-strings
of
the
Child
,
and
the
Vessels
of
the
Mothers
womb
,
which
before
were
joyned
together
.
Now
the
Conformation
of
the
Infant
,
is
different
in
the
parts
thereof
;
but
the
said
difference
,
does
more
manifestly
appear
in
the
Vessels
of
the
[
f
](A57335-e63090-b)
f
T.
9.
f.
4.
D
▪
□
Heart
,
which
are
united
by
a
double
Anastomosis
,
or
Union
of
the
mouths
of
the
said
Vessels
,
as
I
have
described
them
,
in
my
History
of
the
Child
in
the
Womb.
Some
sickly
Women
,
while
they
go
with
Child
,
have
their
health
better
than
If
a
Woman
,
during
the
whol
time
of
her
Conception
,
can
make
the
Child
partake
of
her
passions
,
it
wil
partake
both
of
her
Health
and
Sickness
.
Whether
or
no
,
may
we
let
blood
,
or
purge
a
sick
woman
that
is
with
Child
?
And
if
any
ill
happen
after
blood-letting
in
such
a
Case
,
it
must
be
attributed
rather
to
the
violence
of
the
Disease
,
than
to
the
blood-letting
,
or
any
other
Remedy
applied
.
But
if
a
Woman
with
Child
,
be
taken
with
the
disease
Cholera
[
a
violent
purging
I
say
no
more
,
lest
I
should
seem
with
affectation
to
handle
this
Question
,
which
shal
be
more
accurately
discussed
in
another
place
.
He
that
desires
to
be
acquainted
with
the
Cure
of
Womens
Diseases
,
let
him
read
Hippocrates
his
fift
Book
of
that
Subject
.
It
is
worthy
Observation
,
That
the
greater
the
Child
grows
in
the
Womb
,
the
Now
the
Child
in
the
Womb
,
lies
round
like
a
Foot-ball
,
floats
in
Water
,
being
[
a
](A57335-e63290-b)
a
T.
8.
f.
1.
C
C
C
C.
□
Membranes
,
the
one
called
[
b
](A57335-e63300-b)
b
f.
2.
E
E.
□
Amnion
,
the
other
[
c
](A57335-e63320-b)
c
f.
2.
F
E.
f
▪
3.
B
B.
□
Chorion
,
has
the
[
d
](A57335-e63340-b)
d
f.
3.
A
A.
□
Placenta
,
or
Womb-Liver
fastened
to
the
sides
of
the
Womb
,
as
a
Mattress
,
or
Bed
to
rest
upon
,
in
which
the
Mothers
womb
is
purified
,
and
in
which
the
Unbilical
,
or
Navel-Vessels
are
rooted
,
viz.
[
e
](A57335-e63370-b)
e
f.
2.
A.
□
a
Vein
and
two
[
f
](A57335-e63380-b)
f
f.
2.
B
B.
□
Arteries
,
which
carry
blood
to
the
Liver
and
Heart
.
The
Vena
Porta
has
blood
proper
thereunto
;
and
the
Cava
has
also
blood
of
its
own
,
which
must
go
unto
the
Heart
to
be
circulated
.
The
Child
in
the
womb
,
is
nourished
by
the
[
g
](A57335-e63430-b)
g
f.
2.
D
D.
□
Navel
;
it
breaths
a
little
,
its
Heart
[
h
](A57335-e63440-b)
h
T.
9.
f.
3.
B.
T.
11.
f.
♃
.
□
moves
,
and
exercises
its
vital
Faculty
,
it
feels
,
and
is
moved
,
and
has
been
heard
also
to
cry
.
At
last
,
when
it
finds
it self
perfect
,
whether
in
the
seventh
,
or
in
the
ninth
[
i
](A57335-e63480-b)
i
T.
8.
f.
1
▪
D.
□
foremost
;
and
such
an
Egress
is
termed
a
Natural
,
and
right
fashion'd
Birth
.
Before
that
Nature
begins
to
work
,
she
moistens
the
waies
before
the
Birth
,
with
a
That
the
Child
be
rightly
born
,
it
ought
to
come
out
with
its
Head
first
,
and
its
Face
towards
the
Mothers
Breech
,
the
Membranes
being
first
broken
,
and
the
water
run
out
:
After
the
Child
,
the
Secondine
,
or
After-birth
,
must
come
forth
,
viz.
[
a
](A57335-e63550-b)
a
T.
9.
f.
2.
P.
□
a
Thumbs
breadth
from
the
Skin
,
and
after
it
is
tied
,
it
is
cut
of
,
leaving
only
another
Thumbs
breadth
.
The
Infant
being
wiped
and
clensed
,
with
its
Head
gently
pressed
together
,
and
closed
,
is
delivered
unto
the
Nurse
.
The
Midwife
takes
care
of
the
Mother
,
who
is
careful
of
her
privy
parts
,
being
pained
,
and
to
recover
her
languishing
strength
.
If
the
Birth
prove
hard
and
painful
,
a
Feaver
is
raised
,
and
the
privy
Parts
are
swelled
,
by
laboring
,
and
endeavoring
in
vain
to
bring
forth
the
Child
.
Somtimes
Finally
:
when
all
wil
not
do
,
and
the
woman
has
passed
over
two
or
three
daies
in
these
Torments
,
if
she
appear
like
to
die
,
and
ready
to
faint
away
,
if
tokens
of
a
Gangrene
in
the
Privities
do
appear
,
although
we
are
not
sure
that
the
Infant
is
dead
,
it
is
drawn
out
with
an
Hook
,
that
the
Mothers
life
may
be
saved
;
it
is
better
that
'T
was
elegantly
said
by
Tertullian
in
his
Book
de
Anima
,
cap.
25.
Necessaria
crudelitate
trucidatur
Infans
ma●ricida
ni
moriturus
;
that
is
,
It
is
a
necessary
kind
of
Cruelty
,
to
kill
that
Child
,
which
otherwise
would
kill
its
own
Mother
.
When
the
Infant
has
broke
prison
,
and
escaped
,
if
the
Placenta
,
or
After-birth
do
not
follow
,
the
Midwife
must
thrust
her
hand
into
the
Cavity
of
the
womb
,
and
pul
it
●way
gently
,
lest
the
bottom
of
the
womb
be
drawn
down
.
If
in
a
woman
dead
presently
after
her
Delivery
,
you
view
the
privy
Parts
,
you
shal
observe
the
Caruncles
obliterated
and
defaced
,
the
Nymphes
much
diminished
▪
so
that
only
some
Rudiments
of
them
,
are
to
be
seen
,
and
the
inmost
Orifice
so
wide
,
that
it
wil
receive
a
mans
four
fingers
bended
together
.
The
widening
of
those
Parts
to
let
out
the
Infant
,
and
the
straitening
of
them
again
,
The
widness
and
thickness
of
the
womb
,
are
diminished
by
little
and
little
,
by
the
coming
away
of
the
Loches
,
or
Child-bed
Purgations
,
which
is
nothing
but
that
blood
squeezed
out
,
which
had
been
shut
up
between
the
Spongy
sides
of
the
womb
.
But
if
the
largeness
of
the
womb
be
not
diminished
,
nor
the
blood
evacuated
,
it
putre●ies
,
and
causes
an
Inflamation
,
and
the
womb
continues
stretched
,
and
bard
,
as
is
the
Child
were
yet
within
it
,
and
at
length
a
Gangrene
arises
,
which
brings
unavoidable
death
after
it
.
But
if
the
whol
Placenta
be
not
drawn
forth
,
it
is
no
necessary
cause
of
Death
;
and
the
place
from
whence
it
was
pulled
by
force
,
for
a
while
appears
rough
and
uneven
,
til
the
whol
womb
be
dried
,
and
reduced
unto
its
natural
Figure
:
al
which
ought
diligently
to
be
observed
,
especially
in
Child-bed
women
that
are
sick
.
The
largeness
and
hardness
of
the
Body
of
the
womb
continuing
with
a
Feaver
,
is
Cortesius
in
his
Miscellanies
,
has
sifted
this
Question
,
and
favors
the
Opinion
of
Fernelius
:
howbeit
,
more
profitable
it
is
,
and
more
secure
,
to
take
blood
out
of
the
Foot
liberally
,
respect
being
had
to
the
Patients
strength
,
not
neglecting
cooling
Clysters
,
Epithems
,
Fomentations
,
and
Pessaries
,
made
to
provoke
the
womb
to
cast
forth
that
putrified
,
and
death-causing
blood
;
and
the
rather
to
avoid
the
Calumny
,
and
prating
of
il-tongu'd
Gossips
,
by
whom
Remedies
are
defamed
,
which
have
been
the
means
to
save
many
peoples
lives
.
The
Infant
has
no
Diseases
proper
to
it self
,
saving
Teeth-breeding
,
Smal
Pox
,
Many
Diseases
are
raised
by
the
pain
of
the
Childrens
Tooth-breeding
.
There
The
Meazles
,
and
smal
Pox
,
are
new
Diseases
,
unknown
to
the
Antient
Physitians
,
Chap.
37.
Of
the
Pains
of
the
Loyns
.
THere
is
nothing
which
we
more
frequently
meet
with
in
Hippocrates
,
and
in
the
Practice
of
Physick
,
than
Pains
of
the
Loyns
,
whether
they
be
primary
,
or
secondary
;
that
is
to
say
,
Attendants
of
other
Diseases
;
which
are
oftentimes
neglected
by
Physitians
as
Symptomatical
,
unless
they
be
very
stubborn
,
and
solitary
without
a
Feaver
.
The
Causes
of
which
pains
,
are
not
accurately
enough
declared
,
neither
is
their
Cure
sufficiently
explained
by
al
Practitioners
.
This
knot
I
shal
endeavor
to
unty
,
and
illustrate
.
The
parts
therefore
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e63960-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
1.
T.
14.
all
the
Tabl.
□
covered
with
Muscles
,
both
within
and
without
,
and
fleshy
[
b
](A57335-e63970-b)
b
T.
10.
f.
7.
H
H.
□
portions
of
the
Midrif
reaching
down
to
the
Os
Sacrum
,
and
the
Trunk
of
the
Vena
[
c
](A57335-e64000-b)
c
T.
12.
f.
1.
c.
□
Cava
descendent
,
also
the
[
d
](A57335-e64020-b)
d
T.
12.
f.
4.
C.
□
Aorta
,
and
the
two
[
e
](A57335-e64040-b)
e
T.
5.
f.
5.
B
C.
□
[
e
](A57335-e64050-b)
e
T.
5.
f.
5
B
C.
□
Kidneys
.
And
if
you
shal
cal
to
mind
the
cleaving
of
the
Mesentery
to
the
Loyns
,
and
shal
observe
the
Lumbary
,
or
Loyn
[
f
](A57335-e64060-b)
f
T.
12.
f.
1.
a
a.
□
[
f
](A57335-e64070-b)
f
T.
12.
f.
1.
a
a.
□
Veins
,
produced
from
the
Trunk
of
the
Vena
Cava
,
and
the
Arteries
proceeding
from
the
[
g
](A57335-e64090-b)
g
T.
12.
f.
4.
C.
□
[
g
](A57335-e64100-b)
g
T.
12.
f.
4.
a
a.
□
Aorta
,
both
conveighed
into
the
holes
of
the
Vertebra's
as
far
as
the
marrow
of
the
Back
.
Al
these
things
being
diligently
viewed
,
and
considered
,
wil
give
great
light
to
our
Consultation
.
Galen
complains
in
his
Commentary
upon
Text
7.
of
the
Second
Book
of
Pro●heticks
;
and
upon
Text
8.
of
the
Third
Book
of
the
same
Work
,
of
the
Obscurity
of
the
pains
of
the
Loyns
,
because
of
the
Ignorance
of
those
Parts
which
compound
and
work
upon
the
Loines
;
yet
some
causes
he
assignes
of
those
pains
,
and
Ludovicus
Duretus
that
same
sublime
Interpreter
of
Hippocrates
has
added
others
,
but
they
have
not
assigned
all
.
I
wil
therefore
do
my
endeavour
to
clear
this
point
.
And
in
the
first
place
,
it
is
fit
to
take
notice
,
that
this
pain
is
by
the
Greeks
called
If
this
pain
of
the
Loins
be
eased
with
Clysters
,
the
Humors
being
emptied
which
were
shut
up
in
the
Guts
or
Mesentery
,
the
Common
People
say
,
that
their
Reins
or
Kidneys
are
wel
dis-burthened
.
Now
that
our
enquiry
touching
pains
of
the
Loins
may
be
clear
and
Methodical
,
The
Parts
therefore
which
make
up
the
Loines
and
are
the
subject
of
the
pains
,
[
a
](A57335-e64290-b)
a
T.
1.
f.
2.
B
B.
□
Skin
with
the
[
b
](A57335-e64300-b)
b
f.
2.
D
D.
□
fleshy
Membrane
,
the
[
c
](A57335-e64310-b)
c
T.
10.
and
14.
&c.
□
Muscles
which
are
spread
upon
the
five
[
d
](A57335-e64320-b)
d
T.
2.
f.
1.
□
Vertebraes
,
both
without
and
within
with
the
[
e
](A57335-e64340-b)
e
f.
5.
and
6
□
Os
Sacrum
.
Within
the
[
f
](A57335-e64370-b)
f
f.
2.
a.
□
Cavities
of
the
Vertebraes
,
the
Marrow
of
the
back
with
its
Membranes
,
and
a
numerous
company
of
[
g
](A57335-e64380-b)
g
T.
18.
f.
5.
11.
14.
□
branches
of
Nerves
,
and
the
Membranous
Ligaments
,
which
knit
the
Vertebra's
one
unto
another
.
Also
we
must
observe
how
the
[
h
](A57335-e64400-b)
h
f.
5.
A.
□
Marrow
of
the
back
is
in
the
Loins
parted
into
an
innumerable
company
of
[
i
](A57335-e64420-b)
i
f.
5.
o.
□
threads
,
like
an
Horse-Tail
,
and
that
the
whol
Back-bone
is
moved
in
the
Loines
,
by
an
Articulation
of
the
first
Vertebra
of
the
Loines
,
with
the
last
Vertebra
of
the
Back
.
They
are
deceived
who
think
that
by
the
word
Loins
Hippocrates
understands
only
the
Parts
included
viz.
The
[
k
](A57335-e64460-b)
k
T.
18.
f.
5.
II.
o.
T.
3.
f.
8
o.
p.
&c.
Nerves
,
the
[
a
](A57335-e64470-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
2.
T.
14.
□
Muscles
of
the
Loins
,
the
Spinal
[
b
](A57335-e64490-b)
b
T.
18.
f.
5.
A.
□
Marrow
with
its
Membranes
,
and
the
[
c
](A57335-e64500-b)
c
T.
5.
f.
1.
B
C.
f.
2.
C
D.
□
Kidneys
:
for
besides
al
these
Hippocrates
comprehends
under
the
term
Loins
,
the
[
d
](A57335-e64520-b)
d
f.
1.
D.
f.
2.
F.
□
great
Vein
and
[
e
](A57335-e64530-b)
e
f.
1.
E.
f.
2.
G.
□
Artery
,
and
the
[
f
](A57335-e64540-b)
f
f.
1.
H
I.
f.
2.
L
L.
N
N.
□
Spermatick
Vessels
,
and
the
[
g
](A57335-e64550-b)
g
f.
2.
H
I.
a
a.
b
b.
&c.
□
Vessels
of
the
Kidneys
,
the
[
h
](A57335-e64560-b)
h
f.
7.
F
F.
T.
12.
f.
1.
and
4.
ζ
ζ
&c.
□
Bladder
,
the
[
i
](A57335-e64570-b)
i
T.
7.
f.
1.
X
X
V
V.
□
Womb
,
the
[
k
](A57335-e64580-b)
k
T.
4.
f.
6.
II.
□
Hemorrhoides
and
the
thick
[
l
](A57335-e64590-b)
l
T.
3.
f.
4.
I
K
M.
□
Guts
.
But
I
would
fain
see
the
places
which
severally
demonstrate
those
Parts
.
Now
the
neighbouring
Parts
,
which
are
able
to
hurt
the
Loins
,
by
reason
of
their
[
m
](A57335-e64620-b)
m
f.
L
A
A.
&c.
□
which
is
knit
unto
the
Loins
,
the
lower
Part
of
the
[
n
](A57335-e64630-b)
n
f.
4.
K.
□
Gut
Colon
,
the
two
[
o
](A57335-e64640-b)
o
T.
5.
f.
1.
B
C.
f.
2.
C
D.
□
Kidnys
which
touch
upon
and
cleave
unto
the
Loins
,
by
their
[
p
](A57335-e64650-b)
p
f.
2.
A
A.
□
fatty
Membrane
,
the
Trunks
of
[
q
](A57335-e64660-b)
q
f.
1.
D.
f.
2.
F.
□
Vena
Cava
and
[
r
](A57335-e64680-b)
r
f.
1.
E.
f.
2.
G.
□
Aorta
which
are
spread
along
in
the
Loines
,
and
the
Vessels
springing
out
of
them
,
which
are
propagated
into
the
Muscles
of
the
Loins
and
the
Back-bone
.
Of
which
sort
are
the
Veins
and
Arteries
of
the
[
s
](A57335-e64700-b)
s
T.
12.
f.
1.
and
4.
α
α
α.
□
Loins
,
al●o
the
Haemorrhoid
[
t
](A57335-e64710-b)
t
T.
4.
f.
6.
I
I.
□
Veins
,
which
pass
down
al
a
long
the
Loins
into
the
Fundament
;
as
also
the
[
u
](A57335-e64720-b)
u
T.
6.
f.
1.
2.
&c.
□
Spermatick
Vessels
which
swel
with
Spermatick
Humor
,
which
in
their
progress
do
send
branches
unto
the
Loines
.
In
Women
,
the
[
x
](A57335-e64730-b)
x
T.
7.
f
1.
d
f.
2.
R
T
&c.
□
Womb
with
its
[
y
](A57335-e64740-b)
y
f.
2.
Q
Q.
S
S.
□
Ligaments
and
[
z
](A57335-e64750-b)
z
f.
2.
o
o.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
Testicles
may
hurt
the
Loins
,
but
especialy
in
a
Woman
with
Child
,
by
reason
of
the
weight
of
the
Womb
and
Child
.
The
Veins
and
Arteries
of
the
Iliac
[
α
](A57335-e64770-b)
α
T.
12.
f.
1.
and
4.
D
D.
□
branches
,
which
are
spread
abroad
through
the
Os
Sacrum
,
may
vex
the
Loines
.
The
remote
Parts
which
hurt
the
Loines
,
are
,
the
[
a
](A57335-e64800-b)
a
T.
4.
f.
1.
A
B.
□
Liver
by
the
Vena
[
b
](A57335-e64820-b)
b
f.
1.
F
F
f.
6.
the
whol
□
Porta
,
[
c
](A57335-e64850-b)
c
f.
1.
G
H.
□
Mesentery
,
and
the
[
d
](A57335-e64860-b)
d
T.
17.
and
18.
□
Head
whils
it
disburthens
it self
of
its
Superfluities
into
the
[
e
](A57335-e64880-b)
e
T.
18.
f.
5.
A.
□
Marrow
of
the
Back
according
to
Hippocrates
in
his
Book
de
Glandulis
.
The
Humor
descends
through
the
Cavity
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
,
as
far
as
the
Loines
,
and
it
cannot
easily
go
farther
,
by
reason
that
the
Marrow
of
the
Back
is
their
divided
into
a
[
f
](A57335-e64910-b)
f
f.
5.
o.
□
Million
of
Threds
.
We
must
also
observe
the
common
Causes
of
the
Pains
,
which
are
frequently
Oftentimes
the
btanches
of
the
Vena
Cava
and
Aorta
do
carry
a
Patt
of
boiling
and
Superfluous
Blood
,
out
of
the
greater
Channels
into
the
Loines
,
which
they
Disease
either
in
the
Muscly
Parts
,
or
in
the
Membranous
Parts
,
or
in
the
marrow
of
the
Back
;
which
is
the
Cause
that
a
Palsie
follows
the
Colick
,
or
an
Arthritis
degenerates
into
the
Colick
and
the
Colick
is
changed
into
the
Sciatica
.
Also
,
outward
Impostumes
of
the
Kidneys
,
and
passions
of
the
Gut
Colon
being
either
distended
or
exulcerated
,
are
Communicated
to
the
Loines
.
within
and
without
in
the
Loines
may
arise
Tumors
,
Impostumes
,
and
Ulcers
,
yea
,
and
the
Loins
are
distorted
by
flux
of
Rheum
,
or
some
swelling
.
Their
Fibres
are
distended
by
the
Cramp
.
Many
times
pains
of
the
Loines
are
stirred
up
by
external
Causes
,
as
These
things
being
premised
and
wel
understood
,
it
is
easie
to
explain
very
obscure
There
are
two
kinds
of
Loine
Symptomes
:
for
some
are
in
the
Loines
,
and
others
spring
from
the
Loines
:
both
of
them
are
by
Hippocrates
judged
to
be
very
stubborn
and
hard
to
deal
with
,
In
his
Coicks
he
hath
pronounced
absolutly
and
without
exception
,
Such
as
have
pains
in
their
Loines
are
in
a
very
bad
condition
.
And
in
the
same
Book
,
Diseases
which
arise
from
pain
of
the
Back
,
are
hard
to
cure
.
And
how
wil
you
understand
those
places
,
unles
by
a
clear
knowledg
of
the
the
Parts
sending
and
Parts
receiving
,
as
I
declared
before
.
Certain
it
is
,
if
in
the
beginning
of
Diseases
their
be
pain
in
the
Loines
,
with
heavyness
and
a
Feaver
,
Blood
very
hot
or
in
great
plenty
is
contained
within
the
greater
Vessels
,
which
being
more
inflamed
,
if
not
timely
prevented
,
may
be
carried
into
the
Head
or
into
the
Lungs
,
from
whence
greivous
Diseases
may
follow
.
In
other
places
he
does
particularly
explain
the
Causes
of
Lung
pains
.
If
I
should
recite
those
places
,
I
should
fil
twenty
Leaves
and
upwards
,
wherefore
I
wil
take
in
my
Sailes
and
dispatch
al
in
a
word
.
Pains
of
the
Loines
in
acute
Malignant
We
ought
therefore
to
be
very
fearful
of
pains
in
the
Loines
which
persevere
in
Feavers
,
although
Blood
have
been
often
let
,
because
in
the
Region
of
the
Belly
,
Humors
lie
extreme
deep
,
which
may
take
their
course
suddenly
to
some
of
the
nobler
Parts
,
if
they
be
not
diligently
Purged
forth
.
And
therefore
to
cure
such
like
pains
of
the
Loins
,
Hippocrates
was
went
to
Purging
must
not
be
omitted
that
the
Vault
of
the
lower
Belly
being
loaded
with
Excrements
may
be
emptied
and
clensed
;
out
of
Aphor.
20.
Book
4.
Though
Hippocrates
has
written
that
such
as
complain
of
pains
in
their
Loins
,
are
loo●e●
bellyed
than
ordinary
;
that
saying
does
not
take
away
the
necessity
of
Purging
in
these
cases
.
Bleeding
at
the
Hemorrhoid
Veins
is
good
both
for
the
Kidneis
and
for
pains
of
the
Loins
;
and
therefore
the
Hemorrhoids
are
to
be
provoked
.
A
lasting
pain
of
the
Loins
without
Heat
or
any
Inflammatory
disposition
,
unless
it
can
be
discussed
with
Fomentations
,
after
purging
&
blood-letting
often
repeated
,
the
Humor
must
be
drawn
out
with
Cupping-Glasses
and
Scarification
,
and
by
Application
of
Vesicatories
,
or
making
Issues
on
each
side
of
the
Back-bone
;
also
with
a
Bath
of
fresh
water
qualified
with
Herbs
,
or
by
sitting
in
natural
Baths
,
or
having
their
water
Pumped
from
on
high
upon
the
Parts
affected
.
For
the
pains
of
the
Loins
are
more
vehement
and
stubborn
if
the
serous
matter
be
conteined
within
the
Muscles
as
far
as
the
Vertebras
:
and
they
are
yet
worse
and
harder
to
be
cured
,
if
they
come
to
the
Marrow
of
the
Back
.
But
those
Symptomes
which
are
thought
to
arise
from
the
Loins
,
do
not
arise
from
the
Parts
which
constitute
or
make
up
the
Loins
,
but
from
the
neighbouring
Parts
,
which
being
spread
upon
the
Loins
,
do
cause
pain
,
and
transfer
their
Humors
into
other
Parts
,
by
a
quick
or
slow
motion
,
by
the
Veins
and
Arteries
,
such
as
are
Vena
Cava
and
Aorta
,
the
Haemorrhoid
Veins
and
the
Mesaraicks
.
Out
of
Galen
.
The
End
of
the
Second
Book
:
THE
THIRD
BOOK
OF
THE
ANATOMY
AND
PATHOLOGY
OF
John
Riolanus
,
THE
KINGS
PROFESSOR
OF
PHYSICK
.
Chap.
1.
Of
the
Chest
.
LET
us
proceed
unto
the
Parts
of
the
Chest
.
Now
the
Chest
[
a
](A57335-e65340-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
2.
11
,
12
,
&c.
□
bastard
Ribs
,
and
[
b
](A57335-e65350-b)
b
f.
1.
I
I.
f.
6
,
7
,
&c.
□
Midrif
;
above
by
the
[
c
](A57335-e65360-b)
c
f.
1.
f.
T.
12.
f.
1.
B
B.
□
Claviculae
,
and
the
whol
Circumference
,
and
bulk
thereof
is
made
up
of
al
the
[
d
](A57335-e65380-b)
d
T.
10.
f.
1
,
2
,
3
,
&c.
□
Ribs
,
the
Vertebra's
of
the
[
e
](A57335-e65400-b)
e
f.
3.
□
Back
,
and
the
[
f
](A57335-e65410-b)
f
f.
2.
A
A.
□
Breast-bone
.
And
because
the
Neck
comptehends
the
beginnings
of
certain
Parts
which
belong
unto
the
Chest
,
it
is
referred
thereunto
,
rather
than
to
the
the
Head
,
though
it
be
the
prop
and
Pillar
thereof
.
That
the
Chest
may
be
wel
shaped
,
it
ought
to
be
of
an
Oval
Figure
,
and
not
The
Chest
is
Compounded
of
divers
Parts
,
which
are
divided
into
external
and
The
Membrane
of
Fat
and
the
fleshy
Membrane
have
one
thing
proper
and
peculiar
in
the
Chest
,
that
they
receive
the
Paps
in
Men
and
Women
.
In
Men
there
are
only
the
marks
of
Paps
or
Dugs
,
in
Women
they
are
Parts
made
not
only
for
a
●eminine
ornament
,
but
to
nourish
the
Infant
,
of
which
we
are
now
to
treat
before
we
pass
any
further
.
Chap.
2.
Of
the
Dugs
of
Women
.
THe
Dugs
are
made
up
of
a
company
of
Kernels
very
like
the
Kernels
of
Prune-Stones
,
The
Dugs
are
placed
upon
the
Brest
,
not
to
defend
the
Heart
not
to
adorne
and
The
largeness
of
the
Dugs
is
different
,
according
as
the
Woman
is
of
a
more
or
less
Nature
,
our
bountyful
Mother
,
has
given
a
Woman
two
Dugs
,
that
she
may
nurse
The
shape
of
the
Dugs
is
not
flat
but
bunching
out
,
that
they
might
contein
the
The
Teat
or
Nipple
is
made
of
the
Skin
drawn
together
and
boared
with
little
Round
obout
the
Teat
there
goes
a
Ring
or
Circle
of
different
Colors
in
Women
,
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
largness
of
the
Chest
is
commended
as
sound
and
healthful
;
but
a
narrow
Terence
blames
the
affected
Care
of
Mothers
who
straitned
the
Chests
of
their
yong
Daughters
,
that
they
might
become
Slender
and
smal
in
the
wast
.
[
Such
are
●…ghtly
termed
Wasp-wasted
We●ches
,
because
they
seem
divided
in
the
middle
▪
like
a
Waspe
or
Bee
.
]
A
mis-shapen
Chest
by
reason
of
the
Crookedness
of
the
Back-bone
is
more
frequently
Some
are
born
thus
Mis-shapen
,
and
they
are
incurable
,
let
the
Rectifiers
of
Crookedness
do
what
they
c●…
▪
Many
times
Rhewmes
fal
upon
the
Muscles
of
the
Back
▪
bone
,
which
draw
the
Vertebraes
awry
,
whence
proceeds
a
mis-shapen
B●…-bone
and
consequently
a
Crooked
Chest
,
because
their
shape
depends
upon
the
shape
of
the
Back-bone
.
To
the
evil
shaping
of
the
Chest
appertains
the
falling
down
of
the
Brest
,
or
the
Baptista
Codron●●us
and
Ludov●cus
Septalius
have
treated
of
this
Disease
.
The
Diseases
of
the
Cavity
of
the
Chest
are
Empyema
,
or
a
collection
of
quittor
Somtimes
winds
do
so
violently
distend
the
Lungs
,
that
the
Patient
is
in
danger
of
Choaking
,
unless
the
Chest
be
opened
by
the
Perforation
afore
said
,
which
is
often
practised
at
Paris
to
the
great
benefit
of
the
Patients
and
easing
of
the
Chest
;
although
no
watry
Humors
come
forth
,
but
only
wind
,
which
Issues
violently
,
with
a
noise
.
Those
whose
Chests
are
distended
with
wind
,
are
by
Hippocrates
termed
Pneumatiai
.
The
Dugs
are
to
be
considered
at
divers
seasons
,
in
a
Virgin
Marriagable
,
in
a
If
when
the
Dugs
are
pressed
,
Milk
drop
forth
,
it
is
a
sign
of
the
Parties
being
with
Large
and
ponderous
Dugs
,
do
hinder
Breathing
,
by
burthening
the
Chest
.
So
the
swelled
Breaths
of
Ancient
Virgins
and
married
women
,
are
liable
to
the
same
Diseases
.
For
either
by
reason
of
a
Flux
of
Humors
or
of
some
bruise
,
they
are
The
Dugs
of
a
Woman
with
Child
,
some
time
after
her
Conception
,
do
swel
by
This
Milk
is
called
in
Latine
,
Colostrum
,
and
many
are
afraid
to
nourish
the
Child
therewith
.
Yet
Spigelius
has
proved
,
That
this
first
Milk
is
no
bad
milk
,
and
that
a
Mother
ought
not
to
refuse
to
nourish
her
Child
therewith
.
If
in
a
Woman
with
Child
,
the
Dugs
are
liable
to
Inflamation
,
Tumors
,
and
Vlcers
;
Hippocrates
in
his
Epidemicks
,
has
this
Saying
:
If
the
Nipples
of
Womens
Dugs
,
and
that
which
is
red
in
them
,
be
pale
,
their
Womb
is
diseased
.
There
is
a
great
League
,
and
fellow-feeling
,
between
the
Dugs
,
and
the
Womb
,
[
a
](A57335-e66150-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
9.
d.
T.
12.
f.
1.
C
C.
□
▪
Mammaria
,
or
Dug-Vein
;
and
the
[
b
](A57335-e66170-b)
b
T.
2.
f.
9.
e.
T.
12.
f.
1.
E
E.
□
Epigastrica
:
and
also
by
the
Venae
[
c
](A57335-e66200-b)
c
f.
1.
l
l
o
o.
□
Thoracicae
,
or
Breast-Veins
,
which
are
Branches
of
the
Vena
[
d
](A57335-e66230-b)
d
f.
1.
A
B.
&c.
□
Cava
,
which
in
the
bottom
of
the
Belly
,
affords
the
Hypogastrick
[
e
](A57335-e66250-b)
e
f.
1.
ξ
ξ.
□
Vein
unto
the
Womb.
The
Ancient
Chyrurgeons
were
wont
to
cut
off
Cancerous
Dugs
with
the
Incision
Knife
;
but
because
it
lucks
not
well
,
women
are
not
willing
to
undergo
so
cruel
a
Remedy
,
neither
do
our
Chyrurgeons
practice
it
.
Chap.
3.
Of
the
External
Parts
of
the
Chest
.
THe
proper
Containing
Parts
are
boney
,
musculous
,
or
membranous
.
The
[
f
](A57335-e66340-b)
f
T.
10.
f.
2.
1
,
2
,
3
,
&c.
□
Ribs
,
two
Claviculae
,
or
[
g
](A57335-e66380-b)
g
f.
1.
f.
T.
21.
f.
1.
B
B.
□
Channel-bones
,
the
Sternum
,
or
[
h
](A57335-e66440-b)
h
T.
10.
f.
2.
A
A.
□
Breast-bone
,
and
the
twelve
Vertebrae
,
or
[
i
](A57335-e66470-b)
i
T.
10.
f.
3.
□
turning
Joynts
of
the
Back-bone
,
of
which
we
have
spoken
in
ou●
Osteologia
,
or
History
of
the
Bones
.
The
Musculous
parts
,
are
either
external
,
or
internal
,
at
least
placed
between
the
bones
.
The
External
musculous
parts
,
are
divided
into
Muscles
proper
to
the
Chest
,
or
such
as
are
referred
to
other
parts
;
such
as
the
Musculus
[
a
](A57335-e66540-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
1.
A
B.
□
Pectorali●
,
or
Breast-Muscle
;
Serratus
[
b
](A57335-e66590-b)
b
f.
1.
E.
□
minor
anti●●s
,
or
the
smaller
fore-side
Saw-Muscle
;
and
the
greater
Saw
[
c
](A57335-e66650-b)
c
f.
1.
C
D.
□
Muscle
,
or
Serratus
major
;
the
rest
belong
unto
the
Chest
,
of
which
we
shal
speak
in
our
Myologia
,
or
History
of
the
Muscles
.
The
Internal
musculous
Parts
are
,
the
Intercostal
Muscles
,
both
[
d
](A57335-e66730-b)
d
f.
1.
H
H.
□
internal
,
and
[
e
](A57335-e66760-b)
e
f.
●
.
G
G.
□
external
;
which
are
placed
in
the
spaces
between
the
Ribs
,
as
their
name
imports
.
Chap
▪
4.
Of
the
Pleura
,
Mediastinum
,
and
Pericardium
.
THat
continued
membranous
Part
which
incloses
al
the
internal
parts
of
the
what
it
i●
.
Chest
,
and
bestows
Membranes
upon
every
one
of
them
,
like
the
Peritoneum
,
is
termed
[
f
](A57335-e66850-b)
f
f.
5.
A
A.
□
Pleura
;
which
being
every
where
[
g
](A57335-e66870-b)
g
f.
5.
C
C.
□
stretched
out
under
al
the
Ribs
,
is
firmly
joyned
to
the
bony
Parts
,
and
to
the
Midrif
.
Because
of
its
thickness
,
it
is
In
Diseases
of
the
Chest
,
when
it
swels
,
its
doubleness
is
easily
separated
.
Being
on
either
side
reflexed
unto
the
Back
,
and
rising
up
unto
the
Breast-bone
,
it
is
[
h
](A57335-e66900-b)
h
f.
4.
B
B.
□
reduplicated
,
and
makes
the
[
i
](A57335-e66910-b)
i
f.
4.
A
A.
□
Mediastinum
,
and
leaves
within
it self
a
certain
void
This
Cavity
of
the
Mediastinum
,
is
diligently
to
be
observed
,
as
that
which
helps
The
Mediastinum
is
fastened
unto
the
Claves
,
and
the
Midrif
,
by
reason
of
the
Pericardium
,
which
is
circularly
knit
unto
the
[
a
](A57335-e67050-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
6.
F
F.
f.
7.
G
G.
□
Circulus
Nerveus
,
and
the
Breast-bone
;
and
by
this
Artifice
,
the
Mediastinum
,
by
help
of
the
Pericardium
,
does
hold
the
heart
suspended
,
and
becomes
the
band
of
the
Midrif
it self
.
Now
the
[
b
](A57335-e67110-b)
b
T.
11.
f.
1.
A.
f.
2.
A.
□
Pericardium
is
the
Bag
,
or
Case
of
the
Heart
,
which
contains
a
watery
Humor
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
Because
Contraries
compared
together
,
are
the
better
understood
,
having
seen
The
Muscles
,
as
wel
those
that
are
spred
upon
the
Ribs
,
as
those
which
are
placed
between
the
said
Ribs
,
which
are
subject
to
divers
Diseases
,
caused
either
by
the
Flux
of
Humors
▪
from
other
parts
,
or
by
Humors
collected
in
,
and
about
the
said
Muscles
.
They
undergo
divers
Tumors
,
Inflamations
,
Impostumes
,
Rheumatick
pains
,
springing
from
a
serous
,
or
wheyish
Humor
;
al
which
do
produce
sharp
pains
in
Hippocrates
has
observed
this
Difference
;
and
after
him
Duretus
,
the
Ghost
of
Hippocrates
,
and
his
Faithful
Interpreter
:
For
every
Pleurisie
is
a
pain
of
the
side
;
but
every
pain
of
the
side
,
is
not
a
Pleurisie
,
or
at
most
,
but
a
bastard
Pleurisie
.
But
some
wil
say
,
both
Diseases
require
the
same
Cure
in
respect
of
blood-letting
,
because
the
passage
is
easie
for
the
Humors
to
go
from
the
external
parts
,
unto
the
internal
.
I
do
not
deny
that
blood
is
to
be
taken
away
,
but
not
so
much
,
and
so
often
,
as
in
a
true
Pleurisy
.
And
therefore
Hippocrates
in
a
pain
of
the
side
,
was
wont
first
to
make
use
of
Fomentations
,
that
he
might
try
whether
the
pain
was
in
the
side
,
or
in
the
Membrane
called
Pleura
;
for
a
simple
pain
of
the
side
is
eased
by
And
therefore
the
pains
of
the
side
differ
in
Scituation
,
and
in
matter
;
because
[
a
](A57335-e67380-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
5.
A
A.
□
Pleurd
,
and
the
[
b
](A57335-e67400-b)
b
f.
1.
G
G.
H
H.
□
Intercostal
Muscles
;
another
in
the
grea●●●
Muscles
,
which
are
spred
upon
the
Ribs
,
such
as
are
the
[
c
](A57335-e67410-b)
c
T.
10.
f.
1.
A
B.
□
Pectoral
Muscle
the
[
d
](A57335-e67420-b)
d
f.
1.
C
D.
□
Serratus
major
,
and
[
e
](A57335-e67440-b)
e
T.
10.
f.
1.
E.
□
minor
,
the
[
f
](A57335-e67460-b)
f
T.
14.
f.
1.
C
C
D
D.
□
Latissimus
,
and
the
Muscles
of
the
[
g
](A57335-e67480-b)
g
T.
14.
f.
1
,
2
,
&c.
□
Back
.
They
differ
also
in
Matter
,
because
wind
,
or
wheyish
Humors
,
or
blood
does
[
h
](A57335-e67510-b)
h
T.
12.
f.
1.
l
l.
o
o.
□
Thoracicae
,
or
Chest-Veins
:
But
the
Humor
which
does
possess
the
Intercostal
Muscles
,
is
brought
by
the
smal
Branches
of
the
Vena
[
i
](A57335-e67540-b)
i
T.
12.
f.
1.
a
a
a
&c.
□
Azygos
,
or
Vein
without
a
Fellow
,
and
does
produce
the
true
Pleuresie
.
It
is
not
necessary
that
the
Humor
be
contained
within
the
Membrane
Pleura
,
because
it
is
not
capable
,
nor
apt
to
receive
the
Flux
when
the
pain
begins
;
but
the
Humor
being
shed
abroad
into
the
space
which
is
between
the
Muscles
,
and
the
Pleura
,
it
becomes
partaker
of
the
pain
,
which
is
more
sharp
in
the
Pleura
it self
,
by
reason
of
its
Nervous
,
or
Sinewy
Nature
,
than
it
is
in
the
Musculous
Flesh
.
The
Action
of
the
Chest
,
is
motion
,
ordained
for
Respiration
;
which
motion
,
is
governed
by
Muscles
and
Nerves
which
are
subject
to
the
Palsey
and
Convulsion
.
To
the
Convulsion
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Chest
,
does
belong
the
stoppage
of
the
breath
,
difficult
breathing
,
and
Hippocrates
his
double-stroak'd
fetching
in
of
the
wind
.
The
Membrane
Pleura
being
inflamed
with
a
continual
Feaver
,
a
pricking
pain
in
Whether
there
may
be
a
Peripneumonia
,
or
no
?
the
side
,
and
a
Cough
,
makes
a
Pleurisie
,
which
some
late
Physitians
do
think
,
never
lasts
long
,
without
a
transmission
of
the
Humor
into
the
Lungs
,
which
often
cleave
to
the
Pleura
,
yea
,
and
that
the
Humor
passes
over
by
a
Metastasis
into
the
Lungs
▪
and
causes
a
Peripneumonia
,
or
Inflamation
of
the
Lungs
.
Zecchius
was
the
first
that
broached
this
Doctrine
in
his
Counsels
,
building
upon
the
Authority
of
Hippocrates
;
others
did
in
their
writings
,
confirm
it
by
reasons
,
as
Vincentius
Baronius
,
in
his
Book
de
Pleuropneumonia
.
And
this
Combination
of
two
Diseases
of
the
Chest
in
one
,
they
term
Pleuropneumonia
,
that
is
,
the
Side-and-Lung-sickness
;
which
thing
I
gave
an
hint
of
,
before
them
,
in
my
Anthropography
,
or
Description
of
Mans
Body
,
in
the
Chapter
which
treats
of
the
Lungs
.
That
place
of
Hippocrates
,
is
worthy
consideration
,
which
many
have
undertaken
to
explain
:
I
for
my
part
do
thus
interpret
the
same
.
Oft-times
the
Lungs
in
one
,
or
both
the
sides
,
do
cleave
unto
the
Membrane
which
But
if
the
Lungs
do
not
cleave
to
the
side
,
the
blood-watry
Humor
being
shed
into
the
Cavity
of
the
Chest
,
and
scarce
ever
drawn
back
again
,
there
is
bred
an
Empyema
;
which
if
it
be
not
voided
of
it self
,
it
must
be
let
out
by
opening
the
side
;
which
Operation
somtimes
lucks
wel
.
So
that
according
to
the
Doctrine
of
Hippocrates
,
whom
Herophilus
(
as
Caelius
Cornelius
Celsus
do
follow
,
there
is
a
true
Pleurisie
,
if
there
be
joyned
thereunto
,
an
Inflamation
of
one
side
of
the
Lungs
;
if
both
sides
be
pained
,
it
is
a
true
Peripneumonia
,
or
Universal
Inflamation
of
the
Lungs
,
because
the
whol
Lungs
are
affected
both
in
the
right
,
and
left
side
;
and
continually
beating
upon
the
Ribs
,
they
are
apt
to
infect
them
with
the
blood-watry
Humor
wherewith
they
abound
.
Wherefore
the
Pleurisy
,
and
the
Inflamation
of
the
Lungs
,
are
Diseases
of
a
brotherly
Kindred
,
which
help
one
another
to
destroy
the
Patient
,
or
to
comfort
him
,
according
as
the
Constitution
of
the
Lungs
is
weak
or
strong
;
and
as
they
are
assisted
with
Remedies
,
especially
,
liberal
blood-letting
.
Neither
can
the
matter
causing
the
Pleurisy
,
be
transferred
,
or
propagated
by
any
other
waies
into
the
Lungs
by
any
Metastasis
,
or
Epigenesis
.
Howbeit
,
we
see
in
dead
bodies
,
the
diseased
Pleura
ten
times
thicker
than
ordinary
,
which
argues
that
the
seat
of
the
Disease
was
there
.
I
deny
not
but
that
it
may
be
communicated
to
the
Lungs
,
and
that
the
Pleurisie
may
degenerate
into
a
Peripneumonia
,
or
Inflamation
of
the
Lungs
,
after
the
manner
aforesaid
.
Touching
blood-letting
,
there
has
been
for
an
hundred
and
fifty
yeers
,
an
eager
France
,
Italy
,
and
Germany
,
from
what
part
blood
is
to
be
drawn
in
a
true
Pleurisie
,
whether
on
the
same
side
that
is
pained
,
or
on
the
other
side
.
At
last
,
the
Opinion
of
Hippocrates
confirmed
with
the
Authority
of
Galen
,
has
prevailed
,
and
got
Victory
over
the
Doctrine
of
the
Arabian
Physitians
.
The
Physitians
of
Paris
,
and
al
true
Artists
,
do
follow
Hippocrates
;
for
they
let
blood
on
the
Arm
,
of
the
same
side
which
is
pained
.
After
three
or
four
times
letting
blood
in
the
Arm
,
for
Revulsion
sake
,
a
Vein
may
be
opened
in
the
Foot
;
but
the
diseased
side
must
be
first
disburdened
.
In
blood-letting
,
we
chuse
our
Vein
,
because
the
Patient
is
sooner
eased
by
opening
[
a
](A57335-e68120-b)
a
T.
24.
f.
1.
C
C.
□
Basilica
Vena
,
if
we
consider
the
Rectitude
of
the
Vessels
by
the
Fibres
:
for
this
Vein
is
a
continuation
of
the
[
b
](A57335-e68150-b)
b
T.
12.
f.
1.
B
B.
□
Axillary
Trunk
,
which
produces
the
[
c
](A57335-e68170-b)
c
f.
1.
l
l.
o
o.
□
Chest-Vein
,
which
glides
through
the
external
parts
of
the
Chest
,
and
is
joyned
to
the
Extremities
of
the
Solitary
Vein
called
Azygos
.
This
was
formerly
declared
by
Gordonius
,
a
Physitian
of
Montpelier
.
Ludovicus
Duretus
has
confirmed
the
same
with
Histories
,
in
his
Commentaries
upon
the
Practice
of
Hollerius
.
The
Mediastinum
is
subject
to
divers
Diseases
.
Its
Membranes
are
inflamed
as
The
Pericardium
may
also
be
inflamed
,
with
much
pain
,
and
no
little
danger
,
because
Oftentimes
abundance
of
moisture
is
collected
therein
,
which
causes
Suffocation
,
A
doubtful
Cure
,
is
better
than
certain
Desperation
:
it
is
better
to
try
a
doubtful
Remedy
than
none
at
all
,
where
there
is
no
hope
of
help
,
save
in
some
extraordinary
providence
of
God
.
If
there
be
no
water
at
al
in
the
Pericardium
,
the
Heart
pines
away
by
little
and
Certain
it
is
,
that
Worms
are
bred
in
the
Pericardium
,
which
feed
upon
the
Heart
,
and
are
destroyed
by
the
use
of
Scordium
.
Petrus
Salius
Diversus
has
treated
of
this
Disease
.
Neither
is
it
any
absurdity
,
that
worms
should
be
sound
within
the
Ventricles
of
the
Heart
;
howbeit
they
are
bred
in
the
Vena
Cava
,
and
come
from
thence
into
the
Heart
.
Seeing
the
Heart
hangs
upon
the
Breast-bone
,
it
wil
not
be
unprofitable
to
apply
Topick
Medicaments
,
and
Fomentations
,
whether
hot
or
cold
,
made
to
strengthen
the
Heart
,
unto
this
part
,
according
as
the
Disease
wherewith
the
heart
is
troubled
,
shal
require
.
ᵈ
f.
1.
a
a
a.
□
Chap.
5.
Of
the
Midrif
,
or
Diaphragma
.
THe
Method
of
▪
Dissection
has
brought
us
to
the
ᵃ
Midrif
,
the
principal
Instrument
It
is
made
up
of
Flesh
,
and
a
ᶜ
Sinewy
membrane
,
which
is
placed
in
▪
the
Centre
The
Sinewy
Circle
is
placed
in
the
midst
,
to
strengthen
that
part
,
that
it
may
bear
the
point
of
the
Heart
beating
thereupon
,
and
that
it
may
bear
up
the
Liver
:
for
the
Liver
hangs
fastened
to
the
Diaphragma
,
which
is
drawn
upwards
within
the
Chest
,
by
help
of
the
Mediastinum
:
for
the
Figure
of
the
Diaphragma
,
or
midrif
,
It
receives
[
a
](A57335-e68670-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
6.
C
C.
□
Veins
,
and
[
b
](A57335-e68700-b)
b
T.
10.
f.
6.
B
B.
□
Arteries
,
termed
Phrenicae
,
from
the
Cava
,
and
Aorta
.
[
c
](A57335-e68770-b)
c
T.
10.
f.
7.
A
B.
□
Nerves
,
which
taking
their
Rise
between
the
fourth
and
fi●t
Vertebra's
of
the
Neck
,
are
inserted
into
the
Sinewy
Centre
of
the
Diaphragma
.
Seeing
the
midrif
is
a
muscle
of
a
peculiar
Nature
by
it self
,
so
that
there
is
not
Hippocrates
cals
the
midrif
,
the
Fan
of
the
Belly
,
because
by
its
motion
of
dilatation
and
contraction
,
descending
and
ascending
,
it
fans
both
those
Cavities
.
Seeing
therefore
there
are
two
parts
of
Respiration
;
Inspiration
,
and
Expiration
,
In
the
Inspiration
,
or
drawing
in
the
wind
,
while
it
is
brought
unto
a
right
line
,
that
is
to
say
,
of
hollow
,
is
made
streight
,
then
the
midrif
is
contracted
.
In
the
Expiration
,
or
letting
go
of
our
breath
,
it
is
slackened
,
raiseth
it self
upwards
,
and
of
streight
or
even
,
becomes
hollow
.
When
it
is
moved
alone
,
it
directs
our
free
Respiration
,
which
is
done
by
an
insensible
,
and
invisible
motion
of
the
Chest
,
while
the
whol
body
does
rest
in
peace
;
otherwise
,
in
violent
fetching
the
breath
,
it
follows
the
motion
of
the
Chest
,
which
is
elevated
,
and
depressed
(
as
we
see
after
running
)
not
only
by
the
Intercostal
muscles
,
but
also
by
the
greater
muscles
stretched
out
upon
the
Chest
,
and
by
the
muscles
of
the
Abdomen
.
In
which
case
the
midrif
is
haled
,
and
forced
to
follow
the
violent
motion
of
the
Chest
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Midrife
is
somtimes
Diseased
of
it self
,
somtimes
by
accident
as
Sympathising
Of
it self
it
is
troubled
with
an
hot
or
cold
Distemper
,
also
with
Inflammations
and
Impostumes
.
And
it
communicates
its
disorders
to
other
Parts
neighbouring
thereupon
,
and
to
the
Brain
,
and
upon
this
Account
it
is
wont
to
cause
a
Phrenzy
.
Fernelius
saw
hard
Tumors
fixed
in
the
Root
of
the
Midrif
,
which
wasted
When
the
Midrife
is
Inflamed
,
an
acute
Feaver
does
begin
to
shew
it self
:
under
The
Midrif
being
wounded
causes
the
Patient
to
die
laughing
,
if
we
beleive
Hippocrates
,
Wounds
inflicted
upon
the
fleshy
Part
of
the
Midrif
are
not
so
dangerous
and
deadly
,
as
those
in
the
sinewy
or
Nervous
Part
,
and
therefore
Vlisses
(
in
Homer
)
intending
to
give
the
Cyclops
a
deadly
wound
,
chose
the
place
where
the
Liver
is
fastened
unto
the
Midrif
,
as
Galen
has
observed
.
In
an
universal
Palsey
of
the
whol
Body
the
Midrif
is
affected
,
which
is
known
by
dificulty
of
breathing
,
Chap.
6.
Of
the
Lungs
or
Lights
.
THe
Lungs
or
Lights
are
the
Instruments
of
breathing
and
framing
the
Voyce
:
The
ᵈ
Lungs
are
Scituate
within
the
Chest
,
and
do
with
the
Heart
fil
up
Both
the
Cavities
thereof
,
while
they
are
dilated
to
fetch
in
breath
;
but
they
leave
the
Chest
Empty
,
while
they
are
contracted
to
expel
the
sooty
or
superfluous
These
interchangable
motions
of
the
Lungs
are
perpetual
and
never
cease
from
Nature
has
Distinguished
the
Lungs
into
two
Parts
,
placed
in
the
several
Cavities
of
the
Chest
,
and
she
has
divided
each
Part
into
sundry
Lobes
,
Laps
,
or
Scollops
,
for
the
facility
of
motion
and
for
their
preservation
,
for
by
this
means
they
do
more
easily
spread
abroad
(
as
it
were
)
their
wings
;
and
one
Lap
or
Scollop
being
hurt
or
If
you
take
a
diligent
view
of
the
Lungs
after
they
are
taken
out
of
the
Chest
,
you
shal
see
that
each
Part
of
each
Cavity
does
in
its
shape
represent
the
form
of
an
Oxes
Hoofe
,
for
it
is
cloven
and
convex
or
bunching
out
in
the
external
Part
,
and
hollow
It
is
girt
about
with
a
very
thin
●
Membrane
,
which
is
manifestly
porous
and
ful
of
little
holes
,
that
being
pressed
and
overburthened
in
suffocations
,
it
may
disburthen
it self
into
the
Cavity
of
the
Chest
,
and
also
suck
in
again
such
Excrementitious
moisture
,
as
shal
there
at
any
time
abound
.
This
Bowel
alone
is
nourished
after
another
fashion
than
the
rest
of
the
Body
,
They
cannot
receive
Humors
from
the
Head
unless
with
coughing
,
so
that
where
there
is
no
cough
,
the
Lungs
are
affected
only
by
that
blood
which
comes
from
the
Heart
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Lungs
are
extreamly
necessary
for
the
maintenance
of
Life
,
For
we
live
so
long
as
we
Breath
,
and
no
longer
:
Nor
is
it
enough
meerly
to
breath
we
must
breath
easily
,
or
it
wil
go
ill
with
our
Heart
and
our
whol
body
.
For
in
Diseases
,
difficult
breathing
is
of
great
moment
,
and
was
more
regarded
by
Hippocrates
than
the
pulse
:
And
Galen
composed
three
admirable
Bookes
of
Difficult
Breathing
,
according
to
the
Doctrin
of
Hippocrates
,
howbeit
they
are
obscure
and
not
to
be
understood
save
by
skilful
Physitians
and
Anatomists
.
I
wil
give
you
a
little
tast
of
them
,
after
that
I
have
laid
open
the
Diseases
of
the
Lungs
.
Because
the
substance
of
the
Lungs
is
soft
and
Spungy
above
that
of
the
other
They
lie
in
the
middle
space
between
the
Head
and
the
Midrif
,
not
only
between
the
Hammer
and
the
Anvil
,
as
the
Proverb
is
,
but
between
two
Hammers
,
wherewith
they
are
beat
upon
and
hurt
on
both
sides
:
whil
the
Head
distils
upon
the
Lungs
,
and
the
Liver
affords
impure
or
over
plentyful
Blood
unto
the
Heart
,
whichthe
Heart
spues
and
casts
back
into
the
Lungs
,
whereby
they
are
infected
and
overwhelmed
.
Which
infection
of
the
Lungs
springs
not
from
the
Heart
,
but
from
the
distempered
and
ill
disposed
Bowels
,
which
suggest
unto
the
Heart
very
impure
blood
,
whose
vitiousness
the
Heart
is
not
able
to
correct
,
save
after
many
Circulations
.
In
the
mean
whil
the
Lungs
are
greivously
offended
by
the
foresaid
blood
passing
For
they
are
troubled
with
an
hot
or
cold
distemper
,
with
a
Cholerick
and
Also
they
are
subject
to
a
certain
kind
of
Push
or
rising
which
in
the
end
If
the
Quitter
be
derived
from
the
Lungs
into
the
Heart
,
unless
it
pass
readily
into
the
Aorta
,
it
suddainly
choakes
or
stifles
the
Patient
.
If
it
be
carried
into
the
right
ventricle
,
it
Causes
the
greater
danger
,
because
it
cannot
be
so
easily
Purged
out
.
Furthermore
the
Lungs
are
obstructed
in
the
Asthma
either
perpetual
or
coming
Oftentimes
the
Patient
is
vexed
also
with
a
cough
,
which
is
somtimes
moderate
Spadon
Vasorum
,
or
a
dilatation
of
the
Vessels
,
being
a
dangerous
and
formidable
●ort
of
A●e●risma
.
In
the
Peripneumonia
or
Inflammation
of
the
Lungs
,
there
is
no
smal
dispute
The
motion
likewise
of
Nature
shewes
the
same
:
for
whereas
in
Diseases
of
the
Bowels
and
in
burning
Feavers
the
Crisis
is
wont
to
happen
by
bleeding
at
the
Note
;
in
a
Peripneumonia
there
is
no
such
Crisis
,
because
the
Veins
of
the
Nose
from
whence
blood
is
wont
to
Issue
,
have
no
Communion
with
the
Lungs
.
If
it
be
true
that
Blood
naturally
does
pass
from
the
right
Ventricle
of
the
Heart
unto
the
Lungs
,
that
it
may
be
brought
into
the
left
Ventricle
,
and
from
thence
into
the
Aorta
:
and
if
the
Circulation
of
the
Blood
be
acknowledged
,
who
sees
not
that
in
Diseases
of
the
Lungs
,
the
blood
flowes
thither
in
greater
quantity
than
ordinary
,
and
oppresses
the
Lungs
,
unless
it
be
first
liberally
taken
away
,
and
afterwards
He
himself
in
Diseases
of
the
Lungs
,
bids
us
draw
blood
,
til
the
Body
were
Blood-less
,
and
in
one
that
had
a
Consumption
,
when
he
saw
that
the
corruption
of
the
Blood
infected
and
corrupted
the
Lungs
,
he
took
away
blood
in
so
great
a
quantity
,
that
the
Patients
body
remained
quite
empty
of
the
same
,
in
a
manner
.
Supposing
that
the
Blood
circulates
,
the
Lungs
are
easily
emptied
by
Phlebotomy
.
If
the
Circulation
be
denied
,
I
cannot
see
how
blood
may
be
from
thence
drawn
back
;
for
if
it
should
flow
back
by
the
Vena
[
a
](A57335-e70030-b)
a
T.
11.
f.
2.
E
E
G.
□
Arteriosa
into
the
[
b
](A57335-e70050-b)
b
T.
11.
f.
3.
D
D.
□
right
Ventricle
,
the
[
c
](A57335-e70060-b)
c
T.
11.
f.
4.
B
B
B.
□
Sigma
shaped
Valves
do
hinder
it
,
and
the
[
d
](A57335-e70070-b)
d
T.
11.
f.
3.
C
C
C.
three
forked
little
Valves
,
do
hinder
the
recourse
thereof
,
from
the
right
Ventricle
of
the
Heart
into
the
Vena
Cava
.
And
therefore
when
the
Veins
of
the
Armes
and
Feet
are
opened
,
blood
is
drawn
from
the
Lungs
by
reason
of
the
Circulation
thereof
;
and
consequently
the
Opinion
of
Fernelius
comes
to
nothing
,
namely
that
in
Diseases
of
the
Lungs
,
blood
should
be
taken
rather
from
the
right
Arm
than
the
left
;
because
the
blood
cannot
return
into
the
Vena
Cava
,
save
by
breaking
two
doors
and
Bolts
,
placed
in
the
Heart
.
Ulcers
of
the
Lungs
do
often
happen
by
reason
of
a
fierce
cough
,
caused
by
very
Nature
in
this
case
,
out
of
Pitty
,
that
our
life
might
be
preserved
,
ha●
distinguished
If
the
Circulation
of
the
blood
be
allowed
,
so
that
it
passes
often
through
the
The
Lungs
as
it
were
do
hang
upon
and
are
fi●mly
fastned
to
the
claves
and
the
Brest-bone
,
for
they
do
not
depend
or
hang
by
the
Aspera
Arteria
,
for
so
in
a
violent
Cough
and
when
the
Lungs
are
overburdened
,
the
Wesand
or
Wind-pipe
and
Parts
fastened
thereunto
would
be
torn
in
peices
.
Howbeit
the
Lungs
and
Heart
being
inflamed
(
according
to
Hippocrates
)
if
the
Lungs
fal
to
one
side
,
the
Patient
faints
away
,
lies
Cold
and
senceless
and
dies
within
the
third
or
fourth
day
.
If
the
Heart
be
not
inflamed
,
the
Patient
lives
longer
,
and
some
escape
.
Seeing
the
Substance
of
the
Lungs
ought
to
be
light
and
soft
to
Facilitate
respiration
;
Chap.
7.
Of
Respiration
,
or
fetching
of
Breath
.
THe
proper
action
of
the
Lungs
is
breathing
:
which
we
must
consider
how
it
Now
Respiration
or
breathing
is
twofold
,
free
,
or
forced
,
free
is
that
whereby
the
The
second
sort
of
breathing
,
which
is
forced
and
violent
:
is
partly
natural
,
partly
against
Nature
.
Natural
,
when
it
depends
upon
our
own
power
,
so
that
we
can
make
it
quicker
or
slower
,
as
when
we
puf
out
our
wind
with
a
long
blast
,
and
when
we
hold
our
breath
.
It
is
against
Nature
,
when
it
depends
not
upon
o●r
wil
,
but
upon
the
violence
of
the
Disease
.
In
this
kind
of
Respiration
the
whol
Chest
is
moved
by
al
the
Muscles
,
and
the
Midrif
,
to
avoid
the
oppression
and
suffocation
of
the
Lungs
and
Heart
,
which
desire
Air
to
cool
them
,
and
that
their
smoaky
Sooty
Vapours
may
be
expelled
.
There
are
two
parts
of
Natural
Respiration
;
Inspiration
,
and
Expiration
.
Inspiration
is
caused
by
drawing
in
the
Air
,
and
the
dilatation
of
the
●hest
by
the
In
Respiration
,
or
breathing
,
Galen
writes
that
three
Organs
are
to
be
considered
:
Now
that
unnatural
,
and
disordered
breathing
,
may
be
discerned
,
we
must
principally
Now
these
are
four
;
Motion
,
Rest
,
that
which
is
moved
,
and
that
which
by
the
motion
,
is
drawn
in
,
and
carried
forth
.
That
Respiration
wil
therefore
be
moderate
,
wherein
we
shal
observe
a
Mediocrity
of
motion
and
Rest
,
and
of
the
distention
of
the
Chest
,
and
of
the
matter
it self
,
which
is
drawn
in
,
a●d
breathed
out
,
and
wherein
Persons
in
Health
appear
no
waies
changed
from
what
they
were
wo●t
to
be
.
And
this
Natural
Respiration
ought
to
be
the
Rule
of
the
contrary
,
which
is
not
Wherefore
al
difficulty
of
breathing
,
consists
in
Magnitude
,
or
Paucity
;
Frequence
,
or
Rarity
;
Swiftness
,
or
Slowness
;
and
consequently
,
Respiration
is
said
to
be
faulty
,
when
it
is
too
great
,
or
too
little
;
too
slow
,
or
two
swift
;
too
frequent
,
or
too
rare
;
too
hot
,
or
too
cold
.
Also
these
Defections
,
as
wel
in
excess
,
as
defect
,
are
to
be
considered
,
either
in
both
parts
of
Respiration
,
or
in
one
alone
;
also
some
are
little
without
,
and
great
within
;
others
great
without
,
and
little
within
:
and
some
ar●
great
,
swift
and
frequent
;
others
con●rarily
,
are
little
,
seldom
,
and
slow
;
and
some
are
doubled
,
both
in
drawing
,
and
rendring
back
the
breath
.
These
are
the
Compound
Differences
of
Respiration
hurt
.
If
Respiration
fail
,
the
Question
is
,
Whether
Perspiration
can
supply
the
defect
But
I
very
much
doubt
,
whether
Perspiration
can
supply
the
Office
of
Respiration
for
a
time
,
the
Heart
not
being
moved
,
because
I
cannot
perswade
my self
,
that
the
Air
can
pass
so
far
as
the
Heart
,
by
the
smal
Arteries
,
unless
they
did
gape
very
wide
,
seeing
it
would
meet
with
the
Arterial
blood
,
to
stop
its
course
.
The
Arteries
may
indeed
expel
the
sooty
vapors
of
their
blood
,
but
it
is
hard
for
them
to
draw
the
A●r
in
again
.
And
if
Perspiration
be
hindred
by
suppression
of
the
smoaky
vapors
,
then
putrid
Feavers
are
wont
to
arise
;
as
Galen
has
observed
in
Book
11.
of
his
Method
.
In
which
case
,
blood
letting
is
good
for
Ventilation
,
and
must
be
repeated
,
if
need
be
.
Unnatural
Respiration
,
is
somtimes
necessary
in
those
that
have
their
Health
,
to
Chap.
8.
Of
the
Heart
.
THe
Heart
is
the
Principal
,
and
most
Noble
Bowel
of
the
whol
Body
,
the
It
is
the
first
that
lives
,
and
the
last
that
dies
:
by
the
benefit
whereof
,
al
the
parts
of
the
body
do
live
,
and
subsist
.
And
therefore
it
is
,
that
Nature
has
framed
this
principal
Part
with
admirable
Workmanship
,
both
without
and
within
,
of
a
[
a
](A57335-e70760-b)
a
T.
11.
f.
●
B.
□
fleshy
substance
,
strong
,
and
thick
,
It
is
scituate
in
the
middle
of
the
Chest
,
hanging
by
the
[
a
](A57335-e70790-b)
a
T.
11.
f.
4.
A
A.
▪
Mediastinum
,
and
[
b
](A57335-e70810-b)
b
●
.
11.
f.
1.
A.
▪
Pericardium
.
The
Heart
is
alwa●es
of
the
same
greatness
;
in
some
strong
men
it
is
more
smal
It
is
shaped
like
a
Pine-Apple
:
having
a
broad
bottom
,
and
growing
pointed
towards
[
c
](A57335-e70930-b)
c
T.
11.
f.
1
C.
▪
Cava
,
running
through
the
Breast
,
and
opened
neer
the
Heart
,
[
d
](A57335-e70980-b)
d
f.
2.
E
E.
G.
□
Arteriosa
;
the
[
e
](A57335-e71000-b)
e
f.
1.
M.
f.
2.
C.
□
Ao●●a
;
and
the
Arteria
[
f
](A57335-e71030-b)
f
f.
2.
H
H.
□
Venosa
.
In
the
Basis
we
find
little
Cases
,
or
Covers
placed
by
the
Vessels
,
which
carry
blood
into
●he
Heart
:
They
are
called
〈◊〉
Cordis
the
[
g
](A57335-e71100-b)
g
f.
●
.
C
C.
▪
Ears
of
the
Heart
,
The
other
end
of
the
Heart
is
termed
the
Conus
,
or
poin●ed
end
.
There
appear
Veins
and
Arteries
[
h
](A57335-e71160-b)
h
f.
2.
by
B.
□
creeping
upon
the
surface
of
the
Heart
,
which
seem
ordained
to
repair
the
Fat
as
it
spends
.
Before
we
proceed
to
the
inner
Structure
of
the
Heart
,
we
are
to
consider
how
it
There
are
therefore
two
parts
of
the
Hearts
motion
;
Systole
,
and
Diastole
;
or
Rejecting
the
various
Opinions
of
others
,
I
wil
tel
you
how
I
conceive
this
moti●ion
This
perpetual
motion
of
the
Heart
,
though
it
depend
in
respect
of
its
production
,
Now
this
quantity
may
come
to
fifteen
,
or
twenty
pounds
of
blood
,
which
is
as
much
as
is
contained
in
the
Vessels
,
and
therefore
it
must
needs
be
that
in
the
space
of
twenty
four
hours
,
the
whol
mass
of
Blood
is
twice
or
thrice
passed
through
the
Heart
,
according
as
the
motion
of
the
Heart
is
quicker
,
or
slower
.
And
that
this
Circular
Motion
of
the
blood
,
might
be
performed
with
the
greater
William
Harvey
,
an
English
man
,
the
Kings
Physitian
,
the
Author
and
Inventor
of
this
motion
of
the
blood
;
and
Joannes
Walaeus
,
a
Professor
of
Leyden
,
and
most
eager
Defender
,
and
Protector
thereof
,
wil
have
the
blood
to
be
carried
through
the
Lungs
,
from
the
right
,
unto
the
left
Ventricle
of
the
Heart
,
not
allowing
that
it
should
pass
through
the
Septum
,
or
Partition
wal
between
the
Ventricles
of
the
Heart
;
and
that
the
whol
mass
of
Blood
,
in
an
hour
,
or
two
hours
space
,
is
circulated
through
the
Heart
,
and
the
whol
Body
:
which
I
do
not
allow
of
,
and
I
have
els-where
laid
down
my
reasons
of
the
impossibility
,
and
inconveniency
of
such
a
motion
.
When
I
had
observed
that
the
Trunk
of
the
Vena
Cava
was
separated
from
the
Liver
,
running
continually
from
the
Jugulum
,
to
the
Os
Sacrum
,
without
any
interruption
,
and
that
it
passed
not
through
the
Liver
,
as
we
may
see
with
our
Eyes
,
and
perceive
also
by
thrusting
a
smal
stick
thereinto
;
I
came
to
be
of
Opinion
,
that
Vena
Porta
takes
its
rise
from
the
Liver
;
and
that
two
sorts
of
blood
were
contained
in
those
Veins
,
though
both
of
those
sorts
are
labored
,
and
wrought
in
the
Liver
:
the
one
of
these
sorts
of
blood
being
sent
into
the
Porta
,
the
other
by
a
branch
rooted
in
the
Liver
,
twice
as
smal
as
the
Trunk
of
Vena
Cava
,
carried
unto
the
Heart
.
The
blood
which
is
contained
in
the
Vena
Porta
,
is
not
circulated
,
although
it
have
a
flux
,
and
reflux
within
its
own
Channels
,
and
communicate
with
the
Caeliacal
Arteries
,
which
are
joyned
one
to
another
by
mutual
Anastomoses
.
Within
those
Vessels
,
the
blood
may
pass
to
and
fro
reciprocally
;
but
it
does
not
run
out
according
to
the
longitude
of
the
body
;
neither
is
it
in
such
a
sense
circulated
.
And
therefore
the
Circulation
which
is
made
in
the
Heart
,
does
borrow
its
matter
from
the
Liver
by
the
Vena
Cava
.
The
Circulatory
Vessels
,
are
the
Aorta
,
and
Cava
;
neither
do
their
branches
receive
that
Circulation
,
because
the
blood
being
shed
into
al
the
parts
of
the
second
and
third
Region
,
does
remain
there
to
nourish
the
said
parts
;
neither
does
it
flow
back
unto
the
greater
Vessels
,
unless
it
be
revelled
by
force
,
when
there
is
great
want
of
blood
in
the
larger
Vessels
,
or
when
it
is
stimulated
into
some
violent
motion
,
and
so
flows
unto
the
greater
Circulatory
Vessels
.
And
so
the
blood
which
is
brought
from
the
Liver
unto
the
right
Ventricle
of
the
Heart
,
does
pass
through
the
Partition
wall
of
the
two
Ventricles
,
into
the
left
Ventricle
.
I
confess
that
in
a
violent
Circulation
the
blood
is
carried
through
the
Lungs
unto
So
that
the
blood
in
the
Veins
,
does
naturally
,
and
perpetually
ascend
,
or
return
unto
the
Heart
,
the
blood
of
the
Arteries
naturally
,
and
continually
descends
,
or
departs
from
the
Heart
.
Howbeit
,
if
the
smaller
Veins
of
the
Arms
aud
Legs
,
shal
be
emptied
of
blood
,
the
blood
of
the
Veins
may
descend
to
succeed
in
the
place
of
that
which
is
taken
away
,
as
I
have
cleerly
demonstrated
against
Harvey
,
and
Walaeus
.
No
man
can
deny
the
mutual
Anastomoses
of
the
Veins
and
Arteries
,
seeing
that
Galen
has
said
it
,
and
demonstrated
the
same
by
Experiments
,
and
our
dayly
Experience
confirms
the
same
.
Hippocrates
himself
,
in
his
third
Book
of
the
Joynts
,
takes
notice
of
this
communion
of
the
Veins
and
Arteries
,
in
a
Discourse
by
it self
.
You
see
how
necessary
it
is
for
the
blood
to
circulate
,
that
the
motion
of
the
Heart
may
not
cease
;
and
how
this
Circulation
may
be
performed
without
confusion
,
and
perturbation
of
the
Humors
,
and
without
destroying
the
Ancient
Art
of
Healing
.
And
therefore
the
Circular
motion
of
the
blood
is
necessary
,
to
continue
the
motion
of
the
heart
;
as
in
Mils
,
the
Water
must
perpetually
fal
upon
the
Wheel
to
make
it
turn
about
;
also
to
warm
again
,
and
restore
the
strength
of
the
blood
,
By
the
Circulation
of
the
blood
in
the
Heart
,
the
Causes
of
Life
and
Death
,
are
more
easily
declared
,
than
by
the
Humidum
Primigenium
,
or
Original
Moisture
bred
in
the
Heart
when
the
Child
is
formed
;
which
is
so
little
that
it
is
soon
consumed
,
and
the
perpetual
motion
of
the
Heart
continuing
day
and
night
without
ceasing
,
would
at
length
wear
away
the
Substance
of
the
Heart
,
unless
by
a
perpetual
flowing
in
of
the
circulated
blood
,
it
were
moistened
,
and
repaired
.
Howbeit
,
we
must
hold
that
the
Heart
and
Arteries
do
move
by
Course
,
one
after
another
,
not
being
moved
at
the
same
instant
with
the
same
kind
of
motion
;
but
taking
their
turns
,
and
performing
their
work
interchangably
;
for
when
the
Heart
sends
out
the
blood
,
the
Arteries
receive
it
,
and
transmit
it
into
the
Veins
;
not
that
which
is
expelled
the
same
instant
,
but
that
which
is
neerest
the
Veins
.
This
being
granted
,
these
parts
must
of
necessity
be
moved
one
after
another
,
and
the
swelling
motion
of
the
Artery
when
it
rises
under
our
Finger
,
is
dilatation
,
or
widening
,
and
not
contraction
;
although
it
seem
very
like
the
pulse
which
the
Heart
makes
,
when
it
contracts
it self
.
Having
explained
the
Circulation
of
the
Blood
,
we
must
now
open
the
Heart
,
[
a
](A57335-e71900-b)
a
T.
11.
f.
☉
.
D
D.
□
Middle
Partition
:
The
one
is
termed
the
[
b
](A57335-e71910-b)
b
f.
☉
.
C
C.
f.
3.
D
D.
f.
4.
C
C.
□
Right
Ventricle
,
being
the
wider
and
softer
:
The
other
the
[
c
](A57335-e71920-b)
c
f.
☉
.
B.
f.
5.
C
C.
f.
6.
D
D.
□
Left
,
being
harder
,
narrower
,
and
compassed
with
a
thicker
wal
,
reaching
as
far
as
the
Cone
,
or
Point
of
the
Heart
,
which
the
Right
does
not
.
The
Right
Ventricle
receives
the
Vena
[
d
](A57335-e71950-b)
d
f.
1.
C.
f.
♃
.
E.
□
Cava
,
and
the
Vena
[
e
](A57335-e71980-b)
e
f.
2.
E
E
G.
f.
4.
A.
T.
12.
f.
3.
all
□
Arteriosa
.
The
To
the
Orifices
of
the
Cava
,
are
adjoyned
certain
three-pointed
[
f
](A57335-e72050-b)
f
T.
11.
f.
3.
C
C
C.
□
Valves
,
or
[
g
](A57335-e72100-b)
g
f.
4.
B
B
B.
□
Greek
Sigma
,
which
hinder
the
reflux
of
the
blood
.
The
Left
Ventricle
receives
two
Arterial
Vessels
,
the
[
a
](A57335-e72140-b)
a
T.
11.
f.
1.
M.
f.
2.
C.
f.
5.
A.
□
Aorta
,
and
the
Arteria
[
b
](A57335-e72190-b)
b
f.
2.
H
H.
f.
6.
A.
T.
1.
e.
f.
6.
all
□
Venosa
.
Which
latter
,
according
to
the
Doctrine
of
some
Anatomists
,
carries
The
Arteria
Venosa
hath
in
its
Orifice
,
only
two
[
c
](A57335-e72250-b)
c
T.
11.
f.
6.
C
C.
□
three-pointed
Valves
,
or
Shutters
.
The
Aorta
carries
back
Arterial
blood
out
of
the
left
Ventricle
of
the
[
d
](A57335-e72320-b)
d
f.
5.
B
B
B.
□
Sigma
shaped
Valves
,
or
Shutters
,
which
hinder
the
blood
from
returning
back
again
.
It
is
to
be
observed
that
these
three-pointed
Valves
,
or
Shutters
,
are
membranous
neer
their
Vessels
;
but
they
depend
upon
fleshy
Pillars
,
which
within
the
Heart
are
like
unto
Muscles
,
being
fastened
to
the
sides
of
the
partition
wall
,
or
Septum
of
the
Heart
,
which
remains
unmovable
,
saving
towards
the
Basis
,
where
it
is
softer
,
and
gives
way
a
little
,
when
the
Basis
is
drawn
back
,
in
the
Diastole
,
or
Dilatation
of
the
Heart
.
The
Septum
[
e
](A57335-e72400-b)
e
f
O
D
D.
medium
,
or
Partition-wall
of
the
Heart
is
porous
,
ful
of
little
holes
,
which
are
somtimes
manifestly
discerned
towards
the
Cone
,
or
Point
of
the
according
to
the
Doctrine
of
Galen
,
that
the
blood
does
naturally
pass
through
the
said
Septum
.
or
partition
wall
,
than
through
the
Lungs
.
Howbeit
,
I
deny
not
,
but
that
in
the
violent
Agitation
of
the
Heart
and
Lungs
,
the
blood
is
carried
through
the
midst
o●
the
said
Lungs
.
The
Med●cinal
Consideration
.
Having
finished
these
Observations
,
I
proceed
unto
the
Diseases
of
the
Heart
.
The
Heart
(
as
Pliny
saies
)
cannot
endure
long
Diseases
,
nor
suffer
lingring
torments
.
Wherefore
,
if
the
Heart
be
supplied
with
pure
,
and
good
blood
,
and
be
not
infected
by
con●agion
of
the
neighboring
parts
,
he
Lungs
,
and
the
Liver
,
it
flourishes
Oftentimes
the
Heart
does
counterfeit
,
and
make
shew
of
a
kind
of
Apoplexy
,
but
without
snorting
;
neither
does
it
leave
a
Palsey
after
it
,
or
any
feebleneis
of
Body
,
or
mind
.
If
this
Disease
return
often
with
violence
,
at
length
it
over-whelms
and
stifles
the
Heart
,
not
only
because
the
blood
is
stopped
from
going
forth
,
by
reason
of
the
fulness
of
the
Vessels
,
but
by
the
Hearts
being
oppressed
by
some
gross
substance
of
the
blood
,
forcibly
crowded
into
the
Ventricies
of
the
Heart
,
stopping
the
pulsative
motion
of
the
Heart
and
Arteries
,
and
causing
somtime
that
the
Patient
cannot
speak
,
and
bringing
him
finally
to
his
Grave
.
This
Disease
is
as
common
among
the
Germans
,
as
is
the
Apoplexy
,
by
reason
of
their
full
,
and
Champion-like
habit
of
body
,
contracted
by
their
dayly
Feastings
,
and
liberal
drinking
,
especially
at
dinner
,
which
lasts
til
within
Night
,
they
in
the
mean
time
taking
no
care
to
abate
their
Plethorick
habit
by
liberal
blood-letting
.
Nor
is
it
any
wonder
,
if
from
so
great
plenty
of
blood
,
they
fal
into
an
Apoplexy
,
or
the
Heart-swoonings
aforesaid
.
Hence
depends
the
Explication
of
the
42.
Aphorism
of
the
Second
Book
.
The
motion
of
the
Heart
is
depraved
in
the
Palpitation
,
or
Panting
thereof
,
and
The
Ventricles
,
and
Partition
,
are
oftentimes
obstructed
,
being
filled
with
little
Worms
are
also
bred
in
the
Heart
,
of
which
Salius
treats
.
There
is
a
memorable
Story
of
a
certain
English
man
,
whose
Heart
was
eaten
into
by
a
Worm
.
You
may
read
the
Story
in
Aurelius
Severinus
.
The
Circulation
of
the
blood
is
stopped
,
not
only
in
the
Heart
,
but
also
in
the
The
most
frequent
Diseases
of
the
Heart
are
Feavers
,
wherewith
it
is
inflamed
,
Ludovicus
Duretus
saies
in
his
Commentary
upon
Hippocrates
his
Coick
Discourses
.
We
lose
more
of
our
strength
by
a
feaver
of
seven
daies
continuance
,
than
by
the
depraedation
of
our
Natural
Heat
,
in
seventy
yeers
time
:
a
yong
man
dies
in
seven
daies
,
consumed
by
a
Feaver
,
who
might
have
lived
seventy
yeers
under
the
sole
Regiment
of
his
Natural
Heat
.
The
History
of
Feavers
belongs
to
this
place
,
which
I
shal
dispatch
in
few
words
.
The
Hot
Distemper
of
the
Heart
,
is
termed
a
Feaver
.
The
Differences
of
Feavers
are
taken
from
their
conjunct
Cause
,
which
is
three-fold
;
The
Spirits
,
the
Humors
in
the
Vessels
,
and
the
Humors
fixed
in
the
solid
parts
of
the
body
.
From
the
Spirits
,
a
Feaver
is
termed
Spirituosa
,
or
Spirital
;
from
the
Humors
in
the
Vessels
,
it
is
termed
Humoralis
;
and
from
the
Humors
fixed
in
the
solid
parts
,
it
is
termed
Hectica
.
Though
there
be
three
sorts
of
Spirits
,
Natural
,
Vital
,
Animal
;
yet
is
it
the
Vital
Spirit
alone
,
which
being
inflamed
,
causes
the
Spirital
Feaver
.
There
are
four
Hectica
Marasmodes
,
when
it
is
quite
exhaust
,
and
consumed
.
The
Modi
of
Feavers
,
or
their
manner
of
afflicting
,
is
two-fold
:
for
either
the
The
Cause
of
the
Continualness
of
a
Feaver
,
is
the
plenty
of
Morbisick
matter
and
its
nearness
to
the
Heart
,
and
the
distance
and
paucity
of
the
said
matter
is
the
Cause
of
its
Intermission
.
A
Putrid
Feaver
is
caused
by
Putrefaction
of
the
Humors
:
The
Return
of
intermitting
Feavers
is
termed
their
fit
;
the
more
than
ordinary
Now
the
Accessions
or
exacerbations
of
Feavers
are
various
according
to
the
various
motion
of
the
Humor
.
They
come
every
third
day
,
by
reason
of
the
proper
motion
of
Choler
,
whence
al
bilious
intermitting
Feavers
are
called
Tertians
or
third
day
Agues
;
as
the
Quartans
come
every
fourth
day
,
because
the
Melancholick
Humor
is
moved
upon
that
day
;
as
Flegm
is
moved
every
day
,
whence
quotidian
Agues
are
Flegmatick
.
Quintan
,
Septan
,
Nonan
,
or
sift
,
seventh
and
ninth
day
Agues
,
as
they
are
exceeding
rare
,
so
ate
they
not
comprehended
under
any
Rules
of
Art
.
The
Proper
Symptomes
of
the
beginnings
of
Ague-fits
,
do
shew
the
sort
of
Ague
what
it
is
:
so
a
shaking
shewes
a
Tertian
Ague
,
A
grinding
cold
fit
that
makes
a
man
think
it
would
break
his
bones
,
argues
a
Quartan
;
and
for
the
fit
to
begin
with
a
mere
simple
coldness
,
is
the
token
of
a
Quotidian
.
A
double
tertian
comes
every
day
,
as
the
Quotidian
does
,
but
with
extream
shaking
;
whereas
the
Quotidian
comes
only
with
a
coldness
.
Confused
and
implicated
Feavers
,
are
made
of
those
Feavers
,
which
we
have
Two
Agues
are
observed
to
follow
one
another
,
so
that
the
first
being
not
quite
There
are
other
differences
of
Feavers
taken
from
the
Symptomes
,
yet
so
as
they
In
the
Feaver
Epiala
there
is
a
sence
of
heat
and
cold
by
reason
of
the
unequal
A
Pestilential
Feaver
is
no
other
than
a
putrid
,
but
it
Springs
from
an
extream
and
remarkable
putrefaction
,
and
so
deadly
,
that
more
die
than
recover
.
Causus
is
a
name
signifying
extream
Heat
and
burnning
,
such
as
is
in
a
continual
Cremnodes
Febris
the
Feaver
so
called
,
is
said
to
proceed
from
an
Inflammation
Chap.
9.
Of
the
Vessels
viz.
Veins
,
Arteries
and
Nerves
conteined
within
the
Chest
.
I
Have
a
few
things
to
speak
of
one
Part
of
the
Trunk
of
Vena
Cava
,
for
You
shal
observe
that
the
Trunk
piercing
through
the
Midrif
,
does
receive
that
same
[
a
](A57335-e73400-b)
a
T.
12.
f.
1.
r
r.
&c.
Hepatick
branch
which
arises
from
the
top
of
the
Liver
,
and
carries
Blood
From
whence
we
may
gather
,
that
Blood
is
carried
directly
from
the
Liver
to
the
Heart
,
although
it
is
mixed
with
other
blood
ascending
by
Circulation
.
That
same
opening
of
the
Vena
Cava
,
and
its
cleaving
to
the
right
▪
Ventricle
of
the
heart
,
is
contained
and
to
be
seen
within
the
Pericardium
:
which
when
the
Trunk
has
passed
through
,
it
ascends
unto
the
Claves
.
And
therefore
you
may
know
,
that
the
blood
ascending
unto
the
heart
by
Circulation
,
does
also
come
as
far
as
the
Throat
,
and
is
derived
into
the
upper
Limbes
,
with
that
blood
which
descends
from
the
Head
by
the
Veins
.
You
shal
observe
,
that
this
Trunk
does
afford
no
branches
to
the
heart
except
the
[
a
](A57335-e73480-b)
a
T.
12.
f.
2.
□
Coronaria
▪
but
only
to
other
parts
of
the
Chest
,
and
how
blood
shed
out
of
You
shal
consider
if
the
[
b
](A57335-e73540-b)
b
T.
11.
f.
3.
and
6.
B.
□
Anastomosis
of
the
Arteria
Venosa
with
Vena
Cava
he
remaining
,
by
which
the
foresaid
Reflux
may
be
made
:
or
whether
the
blood
of
the
Lungs
,
ought
not
to
return
into
the
left
Ventricle
of
the
heart
,
that
it
may
be
made
vital
,
and
then
speedily
to
be
cast
into
the
Aorta
,
from
thence
to
be
forthwith
delivered
over
into
the
Veins
.
Then
you
are
to
search
for
the
Vena
[
c
](A57335-e73590-b)
c
f.
1.
D●t
.
12.
f.
1.
a
a
a
□
Azygos
or
Vein
without
a
fellow
,
which
four
valves
or
shutters
,
not
feigned
and
imaginary
,
but
true
,
interchangably
disposed
,
which
resist
the
blood
flowing
in
abundantly
.
I
have
many
times
shewed
those
valves
,
and
an
inferior
branch
of
this
Vein
,
ending
into
the
Trunk
of
the
Vena
Cava
,
below
the
Kidneys
.
For
which
cause
it
cannot
drink
up
nor
transmit
purulent
matter
into
the
Kidneys
.
This
branch
serves
to
disburthen
the
Vena
Cava
above
the
Heart
,
if
blood
do
any
time
there
abound
,
or
be
contained
in
any
great
quantity
,
within
the
little
branches
or
twigs
of
the
Azygos
,
or
solitary
Vein
.
Furthermore
you
shal
search
out
the
mutual
Anastomoses
of
the
twigs
of
the
Vena
Basilica
,
than
any
other
Vein
.
After
the
Azygos
or
solitary
Vein
,
out
of
the
Trunk
of
the
Cava
ascending
,
the
Intercostals
arise
,
on
[
a
](A57335-e73750-b)
a
T.
12.
f.
2.
b
b.
□
each
side
one
,
if
the
branches
of
Vena
Azygos
,
do
not
reach
When
the
Trunk
is
come
as
far
as
the
Claves
it
produces
the
Mammaria
or
Dug-Vein
,
which
is
twofold
;
[
b
](A57335-e73810-b)
b
T.
12.
f.
1.
c
c.
□
internal
and
external
:
they
are
both
carried
through
Epigastrica
.
Hippocrates
was
wont
to
open
the
external
,
in
Inflamation
and
pains
of
Parts
belonging
to
the
Chest
:
But
now
because
of
the
Obscurity
of
those
Veins
,
that
operation
is
not
of
use
:
instead
whereof
Hors-leeches
may
be
applied
,
or
Cupping-Glasses
with
Scarrification
.
In
the
parting
of
the
Vena
Cava
you
shal
under
it
observe
a
great
Kernel
,
placed
By
the
swelling
of
this
Kernel
,
Strangulations
or
a
sence
of
Choaking
may
happen
even
to
Men
,
but
in
Women
subject
to
the
Mother
it
is
more
frequently
swelled
,
and
Choaks
them
if
they
be
not
releived
by
Blood-letting
.
Some
do
recken
up
three
smal
Veins
which
are
termed
Thymica
,
Capsularis
and
[
a
](A57335-e73900-b)
a
T.
12.
f.
4.
C.
&c.
□
Mediastina
:
whereas
notwithstanding
the
Capsularis
and
Mediastina
,
are
one
and
the
same
From
the
[
b
](A57335-e73960-b)
b
T.
12.
f.
5.
□
Ramus
Subclavius
,
four
notable
branches
do
arise
.
The
first
is
cal-Anterior
[
c
](A57335-e73990-b)
c
T.
12.
f.
4.
A.
□
Cervicalis
the
foremost
Neck-Vein
,
which
being
drawn
out
upon
the
Musculi
Mastoides
,
ascends
unto
the
Chin
and
Waters
the
fore
Parts
of
the
Neck
.
After
this
follows
the
[
d
](A57335-e74030-b)
d
T.
12.
f.
4.
C.
□
Internal
Jugular
,
being
larger
than
the
external
,
which
Musculus
Mastoides
,
and
about
the
middle
thereof
,
it
is
divided
into
three
Branches
,
one
of
which
being
greatest
and
thickest
,
creeping
along
the
Vertebra's
goes
under
the
Scul
▪
making
its
entrance
at
the
hole
which
is
near
the
Apophysis
Styloidea
,
so
as
being
applied
to
the
lateral
Channels
of
the
Meninx
dura
or
Dura
Mater
,
is
poures
out
its
Blood
and
goes
no
farther
.
The
Second
branch
creeps
through
the
sides
of
the
Neck
and
is
distributed
under
the
Jaw
.
The
third
goes
into
the
Tongue
and
produces
the
Ranulae
or
Veins
under
the
Tongue
,
the
opening
of
which
does
wonderfully
help
in
Diseases
of
the
Brain
.
A
Finger-breadth
distant
from
this
Vein
you
have
the
Externa
ᵉ
Jugulatis
,
the
one
passes
Obliquely
unto
the
Delta-shaped
Muscle
under
the
Shoulder-point
and
is
united
unto
the
Vena
Cephalica
;
the
other
arises
to
the
lateral
Parts
of
the
Head
;
where
at
the
corners
of
the
Jaw-bone
it
▪
is
divided
into
two
,
and
is
distributed
into
the
Jaws
and
al
the
Parts
which
are
subjected
unto
the
Jaw-bone
.
The
Other
Portion
,
being
carryed
behind
the
Eares
,
is
distributed
into
the
Fore-Head
and
hinder
Part
of
the
Head
,
and
upon
the
Temples
with
manifold
branches
;
and
in
these
Parts
,
by
reason
of
the
Veins
,
Fernelius
did
conceive
that
a
serous
Humor
was
heaped
together
,
which
flowing
down
upon
the
Parts
beneath
,
does
breed
Fluxions
in
the
Habit
of
the
Body
:
he
conceived
likwise
that
an
Issue
made
,
or
a
caustick
applied
to
the
Cavity
behind
the
Eare
,
did
more
good
,
than
if
it
had
been
made
in
the
hinder
part
of
the
Head
,
because
of
a
branch
of
the
Jugular
Vein
,
rea●hing
unto
the
Eye
.
This
external
Jugular
Vein
being
opened
by
a
skilsul
Surgeon
in
sleepy
Diseases
,
Howbeit
you
must
observe
,
that
the
internal
Jugular
does
in
the
Neck
communicate
with
the
external
;
and
there
this
external
Vein
being
opened
,
although
it
reach
not
unto
the
Brain
▪
yet
●ay
it
disburthen
this
Part
,
seeing
the
internal
Jugular
is
hid
,
under
the
Muscu
us
Masto●d●us
and
cannot
safely
be
opened
.
And
therefore
that
sa●e
opening
of
the
Jugulars
which
is
so
much
spoken
of
,
is
to
be
understood
of
the
external
Jugula●
,
and
not
of
the
internal
.
And
because
the
Arteries
and
Veins
are
alwaies
con●guous
and
coupled
together
,
sr●…k
of
the
ᵃ
A●rta
ascending
.
Spr●…ging
out
of
the
left
Ventricle
of
the
Heart
,
it
does
presently
even
in
its
Rise
produce
the
two
ᵇ
Corona●y
or
Crown
Arteries
,
which
do
compa●s
the
Heart
like
a
Crown
▪
These
you
wil
not
see
exactly
,
unless
you
cut
the
Aorta
and
look
into
it
through
the
left
Ventricle
of
the
heart
:
if
there
be
only
one
,
you
shal
●ind
a
little
Valve
plac●d
at
the
O●●fice
thereof
,
as
in
the
Coronary
Vein
.
The
T●unk
of
the
Aorta
after
a
little
progress
,
is
without
the
Perica●dium
divided
into
Two
Branches
,
the
one
whereof
is
termed
ᶜ
Ascenden●
,
the
other
ᵈ
Descendent
.
The
ascendent
is
triparted
,
three
Arteries
being
brought
from
the
same
place
;
that
on
the
right
side
ascending
to
the
Claves
,
makes
the
[
a
](A57335-e74490-b)
a
T.
12.
f.
4.
B.
□
Subolavia
dexira
;
the
[
b
](A57335-e74530-b)
b
f.
4
a.
□
S●●st●a
going
upwards
;
the
second
is
named
[
c
](A57335-e74550-b)
c
f.
4.
B.
□
Subclavia
●inist●a
;
and
a
[
d
](A57335-e74570-b)
d
T.
24.
f.
2.
A.
□
hile
a●te●
ᵈ
Axillaris
,
[
e
](A57335-e74610-b)
e
T.
12.
f.
4.
δδ
.
□
Arte●●a
.
Cervicalis
,
●●er
the
Shoulder-point
.
The
Right
Subclavian
Artery
having
over-past
the
Claves
,
does
produce
that
Artery
which
i●
termed
Carotis
[
f
](A57335-e74660-b)
f
f.
4.
a.
□
Dex●ra
,
which
neer
the
corner
of
the
lower
Jaw-bone
,
is
like
the
internal
J●guiar
Vein
,
divided
into
two
no
able
branches
▪
the
[
g
](A57335-e74690-b)
g
f.
4.
c.
□
Internal
,
and
[
h
](A57335-e74700-b)
h
f.
4.
b.
□
External
.
They
are
termed
Arteriae
Carotides
.
Sleepy
Arteries
;
Ga●en
.
in
his
Book
,
of
the
Utility
of
Respiration
,
does
conceive
▪
and
proves
by
Valverda
does
〈…〉
that
Columbus
made
publick
demonstration
in
a
youth
,
that
deep
sleep
is
caused
by
compression
or
constriction
o●
the
Caro●ick
Arteries
:
but
he
does
not
tell
us
how
he
did
it
.
That
the
a●cent
of
the
Carotick
Arteries
and
their
penetration
into
the
brain
by
the
holes
of
the
Skul
may
be
plainly
perceived
,
you
shal
put
in
a
very
smal
●rass
W●re
that
wil
be●d
,
with
a
knob
at
the
end
,
into
the
several
divisions
of
this
Artery
;
which
may
be
done
and
shewed
,
by
the
vulgar
way
of
dissecting
the
Brain
,
beginning
from
the
upper
Part
,
not
from
the
lower
Part
a●ter
the
manner
of
Varoli●s
,
and
in
the
Neck
you
shal
put
your
Probe
into
the
Catotick
Artery
.
The
Tru●k
of
the
Aorta
being
writhen
towards
the
left
side
,
and
bent
downwards
Os
Sacr●…
,
ou●
of
each
side
produces
as
many
Arteries
as
there
are
Vertebraes
,
neither
is
there
●ound
any
soliiary
Artery
to
accompany
the
solitary
Vein
,
but
there
are
such
like
petty
Arteries
which
supply
its
place
.
Within
the
Chest
they
may
be
termed
ᵃ
Intercoastal
Arteries
:
beneath
in
the
the
Lumbal
or
Loyn
Arteries
:
they
insinuate
themselves
in●o
the
spinal
Marrow
by
the
holes
o●
the
Vertebra's
which
may
be
proved
by
a
memorable
example
in
Galen
,
in
his
fourth
Book
of
the
Parts
affected
.
One
out
of
a
vehement
Inflamation
of
the
Lungs
,
fel
into
a
P●lsie
of
his
upper
Limbs
,
and
the
upper
intercostal
Nerves
being
anointed
,
he
was
cu●ed
.
I
,
and
my
most
learned
fellow
Collegiate
,
Dr.
Merlet
,
have
seen
a
P●lsie
caused
by
So
Hippocrates
,
in
his
Coicks
,
observes
,
that
a
Convulsion
takes
away
a
Feaver
,
by
translation
of
the
Morbi●ick
Matter
into
the
Marrow
of
the
Back
.
The
hinder
ᶜ
Neck
Artery
may
do
as
much
,
which
waters
the
Marrow
of
the
Neck
.
I
know
not
how
the
Humor
which
causes
an
Apoplexy
,
●alling
through
the
fourth
Ventricle
of
the
Brain
upon
that
Marrow
of
the
back
,
should
bri●g
the
Palsie
into
one
side
more
than
another
:
by
that
way
before
mentioned
,
viz.
The
Cervical
and
Intercostal
Arteries
,
the
serous
Humor
may
be
derived
into
either
side
.
By
the
same
Reason
,
the
serous
matter
may
through
the
Celiack
Artery
return
back
into
the
Aorta
,
and
by
the
little
Arteries
pene●rating
the
Marrow
of
the
back
,
be
derived
into
the
Nerves
of
the
inferior
Limbs
;
and
on
the
other
side
,
the
matter
of
a
true
or
bastard
Sciatica
,
by
the
continuation
of
the
thickest
Nerve
,
may
return
into
the
Marrow
of
the
back
,
from
whence
it
may
be
revelled
by
the
Aorta
into
the
Mesentery
.
In
the
Chest
we
are
to
take
notice
of
eight
remarkable
Nerves
or
Sinnews
.
Two
Diaphragmatici
,
the
Midrif
Nerves
,
taking
their
rise
between
the
[
a
](A57335-e75160-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
7.
A
B.
□
fourth
and
The
Recurrent
[
b
](A57335-e75230-b)
b
T.
3.
f.
1.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
□
and
Stomachic
,
are
branches
of
a
Nerve
of
the
sixt
Conjugation
Apophysis
Mastoides
;
where
it
is
cle●t
into
two
branches
,
the
one
of
which
is
dis●emmia●ed
into
the
Superior
Mu●cles
of
the
Neck
:
the
other
being
placed
between
the
internal
Jugular
and
the
Carotis
descends
unto
the
Claves
,
where
it
is
parted
into
two
branche●
,
the
Recurrent
and
the
Stomachic
.
The
bending
back
of
the
left
Recurrent
Nerve
is
found
about
the
place
where
the
You
shal
find
the
bending
back
of
the
right
Nerve
,
about
the
right
subclavian
Artery
.
I
have
often
seen
Dogs
live
and
run
,
after
their
Recurrent
Nerves
were
cut
,
and
have
my self
made
publick
demonstration
thereof
,
but
they
could
not
bark
a●
all
;
and
when
these
Nerves
are
tied
they
deprive
the
Animal
of
voyce
,
and
being
united
the
voyce
returns
:
wherefore
it
is
apparent
,
that
these
Nerve●
serve
to
make
the
voyce
▪
because
they
return
upwards
,
that
they
may
be
inserted
into
the
He●ds
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Laryn●●
,
Tongue
,
and
Os
Hyoide●
,
which
arise
from
the
Inferior
Parts
.
You
shal
search
for
the
Stomachic
[
c
](A57335-e75430-b)
c
T.
●
.
f.
●
.
III.
&c.
Nerves
beneath
the
Heart
,
near
the
Vertebra's
,
[
a
](A57335-e75470-b)
a
T.
3.
f.
8.
h
h.
□
Lungs
;
and
of
the
smal
branches
of
the
two
Stomachick
Nerve●
folded
and
〈◊〉
together
,
is
made
that
●ame
Nervorum
Mir●●ilis
Ple●us
,
wonderful
contexture
of
Nerves
in
the
upper
Orifice
of
the
stomach
.
Afterwards
the
Stomachick
Nerves
creeping
along
the
hinder
Parts
of
the
Stomach
,
are
near
the
Back-bone
between
the
two
Kidney
[
b
](A57335-e75500-b)
b
T.
3.
f.
2.
H.
□
Joyned
to
the
[
c
](A57335-e75510-b)
c
T.
3.
f.
8.
B
B.
□
Costals
,
so
as
to
make
that
[
d
](A57335-e75520-b)
d
T.
3.
f.
8.
∧
.
□
Contexture
of
Nerves
,
out
of
which
al
those
Nerves
are
derived
,
which
are
distributed
into
the
Parts
of
the
lower
Belly
.
All
[
e
](A57335-e75540-b)
e
T.
3.
f.
8.
B
B
B.
□
Anatomists
derive
●he
Costal
Nerve
from
the
sixt
pair
,
when
as
in
the
mean
The
costal
Nerve
,
being
come
without
the
Scul
,
is
strengthened
as
it
were
with
a
Knot
tied
about
it
,
and
it
descends
undivided
upon
the
Neck
;
and
when
it
is
c●●●
to
the
three
last
Vertebra's
of
the
Neck
,
it
is
de●ended
by
ano●●er
Knot
,
and
grows
thicker
by
addition
of
three
smal
Nerves
;
and
being
slipped
down
within
the
●hest
,
in
its
progress
near
the
Back-bone
,
under
the
Membrane
Pleura
,
it
is
aug●ented
by
additions
of
other
two
smal
Nerves
proceeding
from
the
Marrow
of
the
Back
.
Having
peirced
the
Mid●i●●
,
it
is
Joyned
to
the
Stomachick
Nerves
,
to
make
that
same
Contexture
of
Nerves
,
●●●emb●●ng
a
Net
which
is
between
the
two
Kidneys
.
The
End
of
the
Third
Book
.
THE
FOURTH
BOOK
OF
THE
ANATOMY
AND
PATHOLOGY
OF
John
Riolanus
,
THE
KINGS
PROFESSOR
OF
PHYSICK
.
Chap.
1.
Of
the
Head
.
THE
H●ad
being
the
Seat
of
the
Soul
,
the
Mans●on
▪
House
of
●A●
Head
that
is
wel
●ramed
,
ought
to
be
of
an
indifferent
Size
;
for
a
great
,
and
The
Natural
Figure
of
the
Head
is
round
,
or
spherical
,
son
what
longi●h
,
bunching
The
Head
is
divided
into
the
hairy
Part
,
and
the
●mooth
Part
,
so
long
as
it
is
The
Head
is
otherwise
considered
in
the
History
of
the
Bones
:
for
it
is
divided
into
the
[
a
](A57335-e75780-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
3.
A
B
C.
□
Skul
,
and
the
two
Jaws
,
the
[
b
](A57335-e75790-b)
b
f.
5
,
and
6.
□
upper
,
and
the
[
c
](A57335-e75800-b)
c
f.
3.
L
M
N.
□
lower
;
and
the
Forehead
appertains
unto
the
Scull
.
Again
,
The
whol
Head
is
divided
into
two
direct
parts
,
and
two
side
parts
.
The
[
d
](A57335-e75830-b)
d
f.
3.
A.
□
fore
part
of
the
Head
,
which
from
the
beginning
of
the
Hair
,
arises
four
or
five
fingers
breadth
towards
the
top
or
Crown
of
the
Head
.
After
which
,
the
space
of
two
●ingers
,
and
as
much
after
the
Vertical
point
of
the
Crown
,
where
the
Hairs
turn
,
is
termed
[
e
](A57335-e75850-b)
e
f.
3.
B
C.
□
Vertex
:
the
hinder
part
is
called
[
f
](A57335-e75870-b)
f
f.
4.
C.
f.
6.
A
A.
□
Occip●t
;
the
lateral
parts
are
called
Tempora
,
[
g
](A57335-e75900-b)
g
f.
3.
D.
f.
6.
B.
□
the
Temples
,
or
Times
;
because
they
discover
the
Times
of
a
mans
Age
by
their
hollowness
,
hoariness
,
or
baldne●s
.
The
Head
is
compounded
,
and
made
up
of
many
parts
,
of
which
,
some
a●e
external
,
The
Containing
,
o●
Membranous
,
or
Bony
;
the
contained
,
or
internal
,
are
the
Brain
,
the
Cerebellum
,
or
petty
brain
,
the
four
roots
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
▪
and
such
Particles
as
are
included
in
their
Cavities
.
The
first
containing
part
we
meet
with
,
is
the
[
h
](A57335-e75960-b)
h
f.
1.
A
A.
□
hairy
Skin
,
which
has
also
its
Epidermis
,
[
i
](A57335-e75990-b)
i
f.
1.
B
B.
□
Membrane
,
which
is
the
Foundation
,
&
Seed-plot
of
the
Hairs
:
which
if
it
be
Fleshy
,
it
makes
the
hairy
Skin
movable
,
because
it
sticks
close
hereunto
without
any
fat
coming
between
.
The
Pericraneum
follows
,
which
does
immediately
compass
the
bony
Skul
.
It
ᵏ
f.
1.
C
C.
□
Besides
the
Pericranium
,
there
is
scraped
from
the
Skul
,
as
from
other
bones
,
Also
it
strengthens
,
and
closely
comprehends
the
Muscles
of
the
hinder
part
of
the
He●d
.
Descending
to
the
Eyes
,
and
stretched
out
under
the
Eye-lids
,
it
makes
the
Conjunctive
Coat
of
the
Eye
.
These
Membranes
being
separated
,
and
plucked
off
,
and
the
[
a
](A57335-e76150-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
1.
D
D.
Skul
having
its
Somtimes
there
are
no
Sutures
,
or
Seams
to
be
seen
,
when
the
Skul
is
one
continued
bone
.
But
the
History
of
the
Skul
appertains
to
that
double
Osteology
,
or
Bone-story
;
the
one
of
which
has
been
pr●mised
unto
this
Work
,
and
the
ot●●●
shal
be
demonstrated
at
the
end
hereof
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Head
being
the
Fountain
,
and
Original
of
almost
al
Diseases
,
according
to
Book
of
Glandules
,
or
Kernels
.
The
Vapors
being
con●ealed
into
Water
,
do
fal
down
,
and
return
up
again
like
a
River
that
ebbs
and
flows
,
according
to
Aristotle
;
which
Hippocrates
had
taught
before
him
,
having
in
that
respect
▪
termed
the
Brain
,
the
Metropolis
of
a
cold
,
and
moist
,
glutinous
,
and
clammy
Humor
.
If
the
Shape
of
the
Head
be
depraved
,
so
that
it
be
sharp
pointed
,
or
the
longitude
If
the
Sutures
of
the
Skul
are
straiter
tha●
ordinary
,
o●●f
there
be
no
Sutures
,
wider
than
is
●i●
,
the
Head
is
subject
to
Diseases
,
because
the
smoaky
Ex●●ements
of
the
Brain
,
have
nor
a
free
passage
.
If
the
Head
be
more
loose
and
open
than
is
●it
,
it
is
the
more
exposed
in
the
Injuries
of
the
ambient
Air.
These
Inconveniencies
may
be
remedied
by
help
of
Physick
,
or
by
wearing
a
Cap
,
or
by
going
bare-head
,
as
occasion
requires
.
I
proceed
unto
the
Particular
Diseases
of
the
Parts
containing
.
And
first
of
the
The
Cause
of
the
falling
off
of
the
Hair
of
the
Head
,
is
the
hot
and
dry
distemper
of
the
Skin
,
with
a
naughty
and
sharp
Humor
,
eating
away
the
roots
of
the
Hairs
.
The
Naughtiness
of
the
Humor
is
known
by
the
color
of
the
Skin
,
and
of
the
blood
,
which
comes
out
of
the
Skin
being
pricked
.
Baldness
is
a
deprivation
of
the
Hair
of
the
Head
,
by
reason
of
an
Hectical
dry
Gray-hairedness
is
a
Symptome
of
the
Hairy
Scalp
or
Skin
of
the
Head
,
by
which
Ulcers
of
the
Head
are
either
light
,
and
possess
the
Scarf-skin
only
,
which
turns
Ac●or
,
is
a
Disease
of
the
Skin
of
the
Head
,
compounded
of
a
tumor
,
and
an
Ulcer
;
Hydrocephalos
,
or
the
Water-head
,
is
a
swelling
of
the
Head
,
caused
by
a
Dura
Mater
,
or
within
the
Ventricles
of
the
Brain
fi●led
with
whe●●sh
moisture
,
which
runs
over
as
it
were
on
al
sides
.
In
Infants
't
is
caused
by
squeezing
of
the
Childs
Head
at
the
time
of
Birth
.
In
those
that
are
grown
up
,
the
cause
hereof
is
a
cold
and
moist
distemper
of
the
Head
and
whol
Body
,
or
a
translation
of
●erous
humors
unto
the
Head
,
which
generally
is
swelled
,
and
rai●ed
to
a
vast
compa●s
,
by
the
humor
under
the
Sk●n
,
or
included
within
the
Head
.
P●●ir●asis
,
or
the
Louz●
Evil
,
is
a
Symptome
of
the
hairy
Scalpe
,
when
instead
The
Cau●e
hereof
,
is
an
hot
and
moist
distemper
of
the
Skin
,
with
a
putrified
humor
not
very
sharp
;
which
makes
this
Disease
commonly
subject
to
Children
,
and
old
Flegmatick
Persons
.
The
Temple-Muscles
are
to
be
observed
,
which
cover
a
great
part
of
the
Skul
,
whose
wounds
or
bruises
,
do
cause
a
Convulsion
,
and
contract
,
and
straiten
the
Jaw
.
Chap.
2.
Of
the
Brain
.
THe
Skul
being
duly
sawed
in
sunder
,
and
the
covering
removed
,
the
[
a
](A57335-e76790-b)
a
T.
16.
f.
1.
□
Brain
The
Brain
is
compounded
of
a
[
b
](A57335-e76830-b)
b
f.
3.
A
A.
□
Substance
soft
,
waxy
,
or
pliable
,
whitish
:
It
is
divided
into
two
parts
.
That
which
is
three
times
as
big
as
the
other
,
retains
[
c
](A57335-e76890-b)
c
f.
6.
A
A.
□
Brain
:
the
lesser
part
placed
in
the
hinder
part
of
the
Head
,
is
termed
[
d
](A57335-e76910-b)
d
f.
6.
D
D.
□
Cerebellum
,
or
the
Petty-brain
.
Both
these
parts
are
covered
first
Coat
,
or
Covering
,
is
called
[
e
](A57335-e76960-b)
e
f.
1.
A
C.
f.
2.
B.
f.
3.
H.
&c.
□
Crassa
Meninx
;
the
second
[
f
](A57335-e76980-b)
f
f.
1.
B
B.
□
Tenuis
Meninx
.
The
Arabians
termed
these
Membranes
,
Matres
,
or
Mothers
,
because
they
were
perswaded
,
that
the
other
Membranes
of
the
Bo●y
,
were
propagated
from
these
.
The
first
Meninx
[
g
](A57335-e77040-b)
g
f.
1.
A
A.
&c.
□
hard
and
thick
,
being
united
to
the
Sutures
of
the
Head
,
suspends
the
whol
bulk
of
the
brain
;
these
Connexions
must
be
viewed
when
the
Skul
is
taken
off
.
In
the
thick
Meninx
are
observed
innumerable
[
h
](A57335-e77060-b)
h
f.
1.
a
a.
□
Vessels
,
wherewith
it
is
sprinkled
and
strewed
:
they
are
rather
Arterial
than
Venal
,
being
produced
from
the
Rere
Mirabile
,
being
drawn
out
from
beneath
upwards
,
as
far
as
the
Channels
of
the
Meninx
,
where
they
unload
their
blood
;
and
therefore
it
is
the
Membrane
which
is
seen
to
beat
and
pant
,
rather
than
the
substance
of
the
Brain
.
Now
the
Pipes
belonging
to
this
Coat
,
are
four
;
whereof
two
are
lateral
,
which
Sutura
Lambdoides
,
that
they
may
receive
the
blood
from
the
internal
Jugulars
,
and
from
the
Neck
Veins
;
or
by
them
,
according
to
the
Doctrine
of
Circulation
,
the
blood
may
flow
back
unto
the
Heart
.
From
the
Union
of
these
two
Channels
,
is
formed
a
third
,
longwise
,
drawn
out
directly
as
far
as
the
Nostrils
.
In
the
Concourse
of
the
three
beneath
,
there
springs
a
fourth
[
c
](A57335-e77130-b)
c
f.
5.
e
e.
□
Channel
or
Pipe
,
which
goes
into
the
Substance
of
the
Brain
,
between
the
Brain
,
and
the
Petty-Brain
:
it
is
not
shut
up
in
the
●oldings
of
the
Dura
Mater
,
but
there
is
a
great
Vein
,
so
called
by
Galen
,
which
descending
into
the
[
d
](A57335-e77160-b)
d
f.
3.
D
E
□
former
Ventricles
,
makes
the
Plexus
[
e
](A57335-e77180-b)
e
T.
17.
f.
1.
O
O
R
R.
T.
16.
f.
3.
F
F.
f.
5.
f
f.
□
Choroides
,
which
is
di●persed
t●●ough
al
the
Ventricles
,
The
Channel
which
runs
longwise
,
deserves
rather
the
name
of
Torcular
,
than
the
[
f
](A57335-e77230-b)
f
T.
17.
f.
5.
F.
□
fourth
:
because
from
thence
,
is
the
blood
distributed
into
the
lower
parts
,
by
innumerable
little
Veins
,
through
the
turnings
and
windings
of
the
brain
.
These
lateral
Channels
,
neither
do
the
Veins
,
nor
the
Arteries
go
into
,
and
pass
through
with
their
Coats
,
but
are
terminated
at
the
entrance
;
and
therefore
those
Channels
are
rather
Arterial
,
than
Venal
:
for
the
Brain
being
of
its
own
Nature
cold
and
soft
,
ought
rather
to
be
nourished
with
hot
,
subtile
,
and
Arterial
blood
,
than
with
such
as
the
Veins
afford
,
being
thick
,
and
hard
to
penetrate
.
And
in
case
the
Vein
,
and
A●terial
blood
were
confused
and
mixed
together
in
these
Channels
,
they
would
not
pant
or
beat
;
and
the
Pulsation
of
the
Channels
demonstrates
,
that
it
depends
not
upon
the
Body
of
the
Ar●eries
;
for
there
are
no●e
in
that
place
,
but
upon
the
leaping
of
the
blood
,
after
the
manner
of
Arteries
.
ᵃ
T.
16.
f.
5.
a
,
&
b.
□
bf
.
2.
a
a.
f.
5.
c
c.
□
Now
this
Menbrane
,
namely
,
the
Crassa
Meninx
,
divides
the
Brain
into
two
parts
,
as
far
as
the
middle
thereof
,
by
the
Corpus
Callosum
.
This
Partition
is
termed
[
a
](A57335-e77350-b)
a
T.
16.
f.
3.
A
A.
f.
5.
E
E.
□
Falx
,
and
being
doubled
on
both
sides
,
it
severs
the
Brain
from
the
Petty-Brain
.
The
Tenuis
[
b
](A57335-e77400-b)
b
f.
1.
B
B.
□
Meninx
follows
,
which
immediately
incloses
the
brain
,
being
[
c
](A57335-e77430-b)
c
f.
1.
b
b.
□
without
,
after
a
wonderful
manner
,
ful
of
deep
turnings
and
windings
,
for
the
lighter
passage
of
the
Arteries
,
which
disperse
the
blood
here
and
there
;
and
therefore
Pelops
,
the
Master
of
Galen
,
seeing
those
little
Arteries
dispersed
up
and
down
the
Brain
,
did
beleeve
that
there
was
the
beginning
of
the
Veins
.
The
Tenuis
Meninx
is
three
times
so
long
as
the
Crassa
Meninx
,
because
it
passes
into
the
inner
Parts
of
the
Brain
,
and
as
a
Veil
it
covers
and
separates
,
and
divides
the
whol
Bulk
of
the
Brain
into
three
Parts
.
For
near
upon
the
upper
half
of
the
Brain
,
which
covers
the
Ventricles
being
placed
upon
the
Corpus
Callosum
,
it
is
on
both
sides
Circularly
separated
and
lifted
up
as
high
as
the
Roots
of
the
Marrow
of
the
Back
,
which
do
knit
together
that
same
upper
portion
.
So
that
the
Brain
is
divided
into
three
Parts
;
on
each
side
one
over
the
Ventricles
,
and
the
third
which
includes
the
Ventricles
,
being
continued
,
and
no
waies
disjoyned
.
A
smal
quantity
of
the
[
d
](A57335-e77510-b)
d
f.
2.
B
B.
f.
3.
B
B.
□
Corpus
Callosum
being
cut
of
,
the
Two
[
e
](A57335-e77540-b)
e
f.
3.
D
D.
E
E.
f.
4.
C
C.
D
D.
□
former
and
upper
Ventricles
appear
,
which
in
their
lower
Part
towards
the
basis
of
the
Brain
are
larger
,
from
whence
they
take
their
rise
upward
,
being
smaller
at
the
top
.
They
are
separated
by
a
Thin
Membranous
Partition
,
which
is
framed
of
the
Tenuis
Meninx
doubled
together
,
and
is
called
Speculum
Lucidum
,
or
the
Bright
[
a
](A57335-e77650-b)
a
T.
16.
f.
3.
G.
□
The
former
Ventricles
are
perforated
in
the
forepart
towards
Os
Ethinoides
,
that
the
serosities
may
flow
down
from
the
superior
Part●
to
that
place
.
Above
the
foremost
Ventricles
there
is
spred
out
a
[
b
](A57335-e77690-b)
b
T.
16.
f.
3.
b
b.
f.
4.
B.
□
Tripartite
body
,
which
is
termed
Corpus
Psalloides
,
or
the
Welch
Harp
,
sustained
by
three
Pillars
:
whereof
[
c
](A57335-e77720-b)
c
T.
17.
f.
1.
G
G.
□
Lateral
:
turned
back
about
those
[
d
](A57335-e77730-b)
d
T.
16.
f.
4.
b
b.
c
c.
&c.
□
Eminencies
which
Galen
calls
the
Chambers
of
the
Optick
Nerves
:
The
other
foreward
[
e
](A57335-e77770-b)
e
T.
17.
f.
1.
F.
□
Colomne
,
is
placed
between
the
two
Ventricles
.
If
you
shal
follow
those
two
lateral
Columnes
,
you
wil
find
them
to
be
productions
of
the
Optick
Nerves
,
which
within
the
Ventricles
do
Joyn
themselves
one
to
another
,
as
in
the
Basis
of
the
Brain
;
behind
the
Choana
,
they
are
again
united
;
whence
I
conjecture
that
the
power
of
understanding
and
knowledg
,
is
principally
contained
,
in
the
former
Part
of
the
Brain
,
and
that
from
thence
the
Animal
spirit
is
drawn
▪
which
is
administred
unto
the
Eyes
.
By
the
Concourse
of
the
two
Ventricles
Between
the
two
large
Hillocks
aforesaid
,
and
other
subsequent
Eminencies
,
is
formed
a
Guttur
or
Channel
,
which
makes
the
third
[
f
](A57335-e77840-b)
f
T.
16.
f.
4.
E.
□
Ventricle
.
In
the
Basis
of
which
Channel
there
is
seen
an
[
g
](A57335-e77860-b)
g
T.
17.
f.
1.
below
Q.
□
hole
,
In
the
sides
of
this
Channel
,
the
Circumjacent
Eminences
do
form
,
some
the
[
h
](A57335-e77920-b)
h
T.
16.
f.
4.
b
b.
□
Nates
or
Buttocks
,
others
the
Testes
or
[
i
](A57335-e77960-b)
i
T.
16.
f.
4.
c
c.
T.
17.
f.
1.
M
M.
□
Stones
.
For
so
those
Eminencies
or
bunchings
out
are
termed
,
being
interchangably
disposed
,
and
from
that
Channel
,
the
Hole
which
goes
into
the
fourth
Ventricle
,
is
termed
Anus
or
the
[
a
](A57335-e78020-b)
a
T.
17.
f.
1.
above
Q.
f.
2.
F.
□
Arse-hole
.
In
the
upper
Part
of
this
Channel
is
superincumbent
that
same
Kernel
which
is
[
b
](A57335-e78050-b)
b
T.
16.
f.
4.
●
.
T.
17.
f.
1.
L.
□
Conari●m
the
Pine-Apple
Kernel
,
because
t
is
shaped
like
a
Pine-Apple
.
And
over
this
Channel
and
the
fourth
[
c
](A57335-e78080-b)
c
f.
2.
N
N.
□
Ventricle
,
is
a
thin
Membrane
stretched
out
,
derived
from
the
Tenuis
Meninx
,
upon
which
runs
the
[
d
](A57335-e78100-b)
d
T.
16.
f.
3.
F
F.
T.
17.
f.
1.
O
O.
R
R.
□
Plexus
Chor●ides
,
deffused
through
the
foremost
Ventricles
.
In
the
entrance
of
the
fourth
Ventricle
,
there
is
placed
a
certain
portion
of
the
[
e
](A57335-e78160-b)
e
T.
16.
f.
6.
E.
T.
17.
f.
2.
C
C.
□
Processus
,
the
Worm-fashioned
Production
:
is
opens
and
shuts
the
passage
into
the
fourth
Ventricle
.
This
is
placed
in
the
Cerebellum
or
Petty
Brain
;
which
contained
within
it self
the
two
hinder
most
portions
of
the
spinal
Marrow
,
as
the
Brain
contained
the
other
two
foremost
,
which
I
have
named
with
Galen
the
beds
of
the
Optick
Nerves
.
In
that
same
[
f
](A57335-e78220-b)
f
f.
1.
N
N.
f.
2.
D
D.
G
G.
T.
18.
f.
4.
F.
□
fourth
Ventricle
,
there
appeares
a
certain
[
g
](A57335-e78230-b)
g
T.
17.
f.
2.
H.
T.
18.
f.
4.
●
.
□
Chink
like
a
Writing-Pen
,
The
Petty-Brain
being
pulled
asunder
,
you
shal
see
how
it
conteins
within
it
the
fourth
Ventricle
,
between
the
two
aftermost
Roots
of
the
Marrow
of
the
back
;
and
how
being
drier
than
the
Brain
,
it
gives
Original
to
[
h
](A57335-e78260-b)
h
T.
18.
f.
3.
□
seven
or
eight
pair
of
Nerves
,
saving
the
Optick
Nerve
.
It
is
not
ful
of
windings
above
but
beneath
,
according
to
the
external
form
of
the
brain
it self
.
In
like
manner
it
is
divided
beneath
into
[
i
](A57335-e78280-b)
i
T.
18.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
two
Parts
,
being
continued
above
.
If
you
shal
gently
draw
upwards
the
formost
Part
of
the
brain
,
as
far
as
its
basis
,
[
k
](A57335-e78310-b)
k
T.
17.
f.
1.
S.
T.
V.
T.
18.
f.
1.
B.
f.
3.
B
B.
□
Optick
Nerves
,
and
the
Nerves
,
serving
for
[
a
](A57335-e78330-b)
a
T.
18.
f.
1.
C
C.
f.
3.
G
G.
□
Motion
,
and
then
the
[
b
](A57335-e78350-b)
b
T.
18.
f.
3.
D.
□
Choana
or
funnel
dropping
Wheyish
moisture
upon
the
ᶜ
Glandula
Pituitaria
or
Flegm-Kernel
,
which
fils
up
and
possesses
the
Sella
Equina
or
Horse-Saddle
.
In
the
Choana
or
Funnel
you
shal
see
Four
Pipes
distilling
The
[
d
](A57335-e78480-b)
d
T.
18.
f.
1.
B
B.
f.
3.
B
B.
□
First
Pair
sees
,
the
[
e
](A57335-e78500-b)
e
f.
1.
C
C.
f.
3.
G
G
□
Second
moves
the
Eyes
;
[
f
](A57335-e78530-b)
f
f.
1.
D
D.
f.
3.
H.
H.
□
Third
and
Fourth
tast
,
[
h
](A57335-e78560-b)
h
f.
1.
F
F.
f.
3.
K
K.
□
Fift
hears
and
makes
us
Wise
.
The
[
i
](A57335-e78590-b)
i
f.
1.
G
G.
f.
3.
L
L.
T.
3
f.
8
all
□
Sixth
is
large
and
wanders
all
about
:
[
k
](A57335-e78620-b)
k
f.
3.
M
M.
□
Seventh
Larynx
moves
a
prating
Tongue
so
stout
.
Then
you
shal
search
under
the
Dura
Meninx
in
the
basis
of
the
brain
about
the
Compass
of
the
Sella
Sphenoides
,
for
the
Rete
Mirabile
or
wonderful
[
l
](A57335-e78680-b)
l
f.
3.
P
P.
□
Net
of
Arteries
[
m
](A57335-e78700-b)
m
f.
3.
C
C.
□
Carotides
or
sleep
Arteries
.
You
shal
observe
in
the
Basis
of
the
brain
,
that
Wheyish
Humors
of
blood
is
powred
forth
,
in
extream
pains
of
the
Head
coming
with
Inflammation
,
which
while
they
seek
to
go
forth
by
the
Cavities
of
the
Ears
,
they
cause
extream
sharp
pains
,
which
bring
the
Patient
into
Madness
and
Sicknes
.
Whether
or
no
in
such
a
desperate
Case
,
may
we
boar
either
side
of
the
Hindermost
Part
of
the
Head
,
to
let
out
the
superfluous
putrid
Humor
,
which
corrupts
the
substance
of
the
Brain
?
The
[
n
](A57335-e78740-b)
n
T.
18.
f.
1.
F
F.
f.
3.
K
K.
□
Auditory
Nerve
is
worthy
of
Consideration
,
which
is
inserted
into
the
Cavity
of
the
Eare
,
and
by
a
little
Channel
slides
down
into
the
Palate
,
and
is
distributed
into
the
inner
Part
of
the
Larynx
:
from
whence
comes
that
same
Concent
that
is
between
the
Tongue
and
Teeth
,
the
Larynx
and
the
Lungs
.
ᵍ
f.
1.
E
E.
f.
3.
I
I.
□
Observe
Whether
or
no
they
be
intersected
Crose-wise
,
so
as
the
right
should
from
its
original
be
carryed
unto
the
left
Part
,
and
the
left
unto
the
right
,
which
I
have
never
seen
.
Whether
the
Nerves
in
their
Rise
have
Arteries
Joyned
in
company
with
them
?
Whether
the
Nerves
are
made
up
of
many
smal
threds
?
Whether
the
other
Nerves
differ
from
the
Optick
Nerve
.
I
wil
not
wholly
pass
over
those
four
notable
Questions
:
Whether
the
brain
be
moved
?
Whether
or
no
the
brain
does
cool
the
Heart
?
Whether
the
Ventricles
of
the
brain
are
ordained
only
to
contein
Excrements
?
Whether
or
no
the
blood
be
there
Circulated
and
how
?
As
to
the
first
Question
,
I
say
that
the
substance
of
the
Brain
is
not
moved
of
it
Crassa
Meninx
,
which
is
sprinkled
al
over
with
Arteries
,
arising
from
the
wonderful
Contexture
of
Arteries
,
unto
the
upper
Channels
of
the
said
Crassa
Meninx
:
also
the
Channels
do
pant
,
and
the
brain
is
moved
by
elevation
and
depression
of
the
substance
thereof
,
according
as
it
is
driven
by
the
Animal
spirits
.
The
brain
does
cool
the
Heart
,
in
asmuch
as
by
Circulation
,
it
sends
back
the
The
foremost
and
uppermost
Ventricles
are
Receptacles
for
spirits
:
the
whey
may
Os
Ethmoides
into
the
Nostr●s
:
if
the
Os
Ethmoides
or
Colauder-bone
be
obstructed
,
it
distils
by
the
Choana
or
Funnel
,
or
by
the
little
holes
over
the
Funnel
,
into
the
Palate
and
Jaws
or
Throat
.
The
Circulation
of
the
blood
is
performed
in
the
brain
,
with
a
slow
pace
.
The
Dura
Meninx
,
unto
the
foure
Channels
;
afterwards
it
descends
by
the
Veins
unto
the
Heart
,
having
been
plundred
of
its
spirits
,
which
the
brain
drank
up
.
And
so
the
blood
being
cooled
,
is
said
to
coole
the
Heart
.
Of
al
which
I
shall
treat
more
fully
in
my
Anthropographia
,
or
large
Description
of
the
body
of
Man
.
The
Brain
,
being
of
its
own
Nature
cold
and
moist
,
is
nourished
only
with
the
Plexus
Choroides
,
it
is
distributed
into
the
inferior
Parts
.
And
therefore
in
bleedings
of
the
Nose
,
the
most
pure
blood
does
alwaies
come
Whereby
you
may
know
,
that
it
is
only
the
Arterial
blood
which
nourishes
the
brain
and
which
comes
away
by
the
bleeding
at
Nose
:
and
it
was
not
without
Cause
that
Fernelius
would
have
it
stopped
,
after
it
had
bleed
a
pound
,
to
coole
the
body
and
extinguish
the
Feaver
.
And
therefore
refrigerating
and
astringent
Medicaments
are
to
be
applied
,
not
only
to
the
hinder
Part
of
the
Neck
,
but
also
before
upon
th
Carotick
or
sleepy
Arteries
.
You
shal
observe
that
the
Air
drawn
in
by
the
Nostrils
,
does
not
pass
under
,
nor
Crassa
Meninx
,
it
cools
the
Surface
of
the
brain
.
Nor
is
it
mingled
with
the
Spirits
,
because
they
ought
to
be
most
subtile
,
otherwise
by
permistion
or
mingling
of
the
Air
,
they
would
become
more
thick
and
would
not
run
so
swistly
by
the
Nerves
al
the
body
over
.
The
same
I
conceive
touching
the
Air
received
into
the
Lungs
;
that
it
is
not
mixed
with
the
vital
Spirit
but
only
cools
the
Lungs
Now
that
the
brain
may
be
demonstrated
after
that
manner
,
which
Varolius
describes
in
a
particular
Book
:
You
shal
saw
in
sunder
the
Scul
of
a
body
newly
dead
,
round
about
near
the
Eyes
,
and
the
hollow
of
the
hinder
part
of
the
Head
,
and
with
a
pair
of
Pinsers
you
shal
take
of
the
upper
portion
of
the
Socket
of
the
Eyes
,
that
you
may
draw
out
the
Eyes
hanging
at
their
Optick
Nerves
.
Afterwards
having
pulled
the
Dura
[
a
](A57335-e79230-b)
a
T.
16.
f.
1.
A
A.
f.
2.
D
D.
&c.
T.
17.
f.
1.
A
A.
□
Meninx
from
the
Scul
round
about
with
help
of
a
Spatula
,
leave
it
at
the
Basis
of
the
Scul
,
where
it
sticks
exceeding
fast
to
the
Bones
.
Then
you
shal
take
out
the
Brain
and
as
much
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
as
you
can
both
at
once
,
and
let
some
body
hold
the
Brain
turned
upside
down
in
both
his
hands
whiles
you
shal
dissect
it
.
But
you
shal
first
search
within
the
Dura
Mater
for
those
four
bendings
or
[
c
](A57335-e79270-b)
c
T.
16.
f.
5.
a
b
c
e.
□
Hollownesses
,
for
the
place
of
the
[
d
](A57335-e79280-b)
d
f.
5.
F.
□
Press
,
the
great
Vein
described
by
Galen
which
makes
the
Plexus
[
e
](A57335-e79320-b)
e
f.
5.
f
f.
□
Choroides
,
and
that
division
of
the
brain
which
resembles
a
[
f
](A57335-e79340-b)
f
f.
2.
A
A.
f.
5.
E
E.
□
Sickle
:
Afterwards
returning
to
the
Basis
of
the
Brain
,
you
shal
observe
the
Tenuis
Meninx
to
be
more
easily
plucked
and
separated
in
the
lower
than
in
the
upper
Part
:
because
the
Petty-Brain
in
its
Basis
or
Bottom
is
not
so
ful
of
turnings
,
away
,
and
windings
,
as
on
the
top
.
And
therefore
the
thick
Meninx
being
first
taken
we
meet
with
that
same
Rete
Mirabite
,
or
Miraculous
[
g
](A57335-e79380-b)
g
T.
18.
f.
3.
P
P
P
P.
□
Net
,
made
of
Multitudes
of
smal
Arteries
,
springing
from
the
[
h
](A57335-e79390-b)
h
f.
3.
C
C.
□
Carotick
Arteries
and
two
other
[
i
](A57335-e79400-b)
i
f.
3.
O
O.
□
ascending
through
the
holes
of
the
Vertebraes
of
the
Neck
;
but
it
will
be
torn
,
which
cannot
be
prevented
.
Now
each
of
the
Carotick
or
Sleepy-Arteries
enters
within
the
Scul
divided
into
two
,
to
Weave
that
same
wonderful
Net
,
and
creeping
upwards
,
through
the
windings
of
the
brain
it
is
disseminated
up
and
down
every
way
even
as
far
as
the
Longitudinal
Cavity
of
the
Dura
Meninx
.
The
Carotis
is
drawn
obliquated
and
as
it
were
crook
backt
,
within
that
same
winding
hole
at
the
Basis
of
the
Scul
,
and
within
its
Cavity
,
containes
certain
very
smal
Bones
,
like
those
which
are
called
Sesamoidea
.
Neither
has
Nature
placed
these
little
bones
only
in
these
Arteries
,
but
she
has
likewise
inserted
them
into
other
Arteries
,
where
it
was
requisite
,
that
they
should
be
kept
open
.
ᵇ
T.
17.
f.
2.
I
I.
□
Then
you
shal
observe
that
the
Processus
[
a
](A57335-e79520-b)
a
T.
18.
f
▪
3.
a
a.
□
Mammillares
or
Teat-like
Productions
do
not
run
out
so
far
as
Varolius
has
described
them
.
Then
you
shal
see
the
growing
together
of
the
[
b
](A57335-e79570-b)
b
T.
17.
f.
1.
T.
□
Optick
[
c
](A57335-e79580-b)
c
f.
1.
S
S.
V
V.
□
Nerves
near
the
Choana
or
Funnel
.
And
therefore
Masticatories
may
do
good
in
the
Diseases
thereof
.
Also
you
shal
observe
that
the
Veins
of
the
Plexus
[
d
](A57335-e79610-b)
d
f.
1.
O
O
R
R.
□
Choroides
descending
to
the
Basis
of
the
[
e
](A57335-e79630-b)
e
f.
1.
P
P.
□
Brain
,
are
interwoven
with
exceeding
smal
Kernels
.
In
that
place
the
Plexus
Choroides
is
more
easily
discerned
,
than
upon
the
foremost
Ventricles
.
Afterward
,
you
shal
contemplate
four
tuberous
Eminencies
:
two
[
f
](A57335-e79680-b)
f
T.
16
▪
f.
4.
c
c.
□
before
,
scituate
in
the
middle
of
the
brain
,
and
the
other
two
[
g
](A57335-e79690-b)
g
f.
4.
b
b.
□
behind
,
which
constitute
the
Cerebellum
,
or
petty
Brain
.
Those
Eminencies
,
or
Risings
,
do
receive
four
white
and
hard
Roots
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
,
whereof
the
foremost
,
longest
,
and
hardest
,
are
drawn
along
between
the
greater
Eminences
of
the
Brain
.
The
other
two
short
ones
,
are
carried
within
the
petty
brain
;
which
a
thickened
Portion
of
the
Marrow
of
the
said
petry-brain
,
placed
athwart
,
as
broad
as
a
mans
Thumb
,
does
fasten
together
like
a
Swath-band
,
and
is
by
Varolius
termed
[
h
](A57335-e79720-b)
h
T.
18.
f.
4.
by
C
C
C.
□
Ponticulus
:
or
rather
it
is
the
pavement
of
the
Channel
from
the
third
,
into
the
fourth
Ventricle
.
And
the
said
Channel
lies
above
those
foremost
Roots
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
,
and
is
stretched
out
according
to
their
longitude
.
Between
the
growing
together
of
the
Optick
Nerves
,
and
the
foremost
Roots
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
,
there
appears
a
foursquate
hole
,
which
is
taken
for
the
[
i
](A57335-e79760-b)
i
f.
3.
E.
□
Choana
,
or
Funnel
,
serving
to
discharge
the
Excrements
of
the
Ventricles
of
the
Brain
.
When
you
have
viewed
al
these
things
,
you
shal
pass
over
unto
the
[
a
](A57335-e79790-b)
a
T.
16.
f.
6.
D
D.
T.
17.
f.
2.
A
A.
T.
18.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
Petty-brain
,
where
you
shal
separate
from
the
Spinal
Marrow
the
Processus
[
b
](A57335-e79840-b)
b
T.
16.
f.
6.
E.
T.
17.
f.
2.
C
C.
□
Vermiformis
which
lies
between
the
two
Tuberous
Eminencies
of
the
Petty-brain
,
by
taking
away
the
Membrana
Choroides
;
that
so
you
may
see
the
[
c
](A57335-e79890-b)
c
T.
17.
f.
2.
D
D.
&c.
T.
18.
f.
4.
F.
□
Chamber
of
the
fourth
Ventricle
and
the
Cistern
of
the
Animal
Spirits
.
Then
you
shal
cut
a
sunder
[
d
](A57335-e79930-b)
d
T.
18.
f.
4.
by
C
C
C.
□
the
little
Bridg
,
or
the
Band
of
the
Roots
of
the
Spinal
[
e
](A57335-e79950-b)
e
T.
18.
f.
4.
D
D.
□
Marrow
,
that
the
[
f
](A57335-e79970-b)
f
T.
16.
f.
3.
D
D.
E
E.
f.
4.
C
C.
D
D.
&c.
□
foremost
and
Superior
Ventricles
of
the
brain
may
appear
,
which
you
shal
see
separated
by
a
partition
[
g
](A57335-e80010-b)
g
T.
16.
f.
3.
G.
□
as
long
as
ones
Finger
,
drawn
from
one
End
towards
the
Fore-head
,
as
far
as
the
Petty-brain
:
it
cleaves
to
the
[
h
](A57335-e80030-b)
h
T.
16.
f.
3.
b
b.
f.
4.
B.
T.
17.
f.
1.
F.
G
G.
□
Arched
Roofe
of
the
Ventricles
,
but
beneath
it
is
loose
,
and
free
from
al
ties
,
that
the
passage
of
the
Spirits
might
be
free
.
But
you
shal
diligently
note
,
that
the
Extremities
of
the
said
partition
are
double
forked
:
the
hindermost
bifurcation
is
longer
than
the
foremost
,
and
it
cleaves
unto
that
same
transverse
Ligament
,
which
connects
the
two
Tuberosities
or
bunchings
out
of
the
brain
,
and
so
being
spread
out
like
a
beam
it
bears
up
the
Vaulted
Arch
of
the
Ventricles
;
the
fore
most
bifurcation
cleaves
unto
a
little
transverse
cord
,
which
resembles
the
Optick
Nerve
in
thickness
and
in
Color
.
The
same
partition
which
is
termed
Septum
[
i
](A57335-e80100-b)
i
T.
16.
f.
3.
G.
□
Lucidum
,
being
pulled
back
,
you
shal
manifestly
descern
the
Vault
of
the
Ventricles
,
which
is
called
Corpus
Psalloides
or
Harpe
fashioned
body
;
also
you
shal
see
that
the
foremost
Ventricles
make
but
one
continued
Cavity
.
ᵏ
T.
16.
f.
3.
bb
.
f.
4.
B.
T.
17.
f.
1.
G
G.
F.
□
Mean
while
you
shal
observe
,
that
the
inferior
Ventricles
placed
at
the
Basis
or
bottom
of
the
brain
,
are
larger
or
at
least
equal
unto
the
superior
,
and
that
the
continuity
of
the
superior
and
inferior
Ventricles
is
one
and
the
same
:
or
rather
that
there
are
but
two
Ventricles
which
contain
the
whole
brain
.
For
the
[
a
](A57335-e80190-b)
a
T.
17.
f.
2.
D
D.
T.
18.
f.
4.
F.
□
fourth
Ventricle
lies
concealed
in
the
Petty-Brain
,
and
is
manifestly
seen
to
be
wholly
and
only
the●e
.
Further
you
shal
observe
that
al
the
[
b
](A57335-e80230-b)
b
T.
18.
f.
13.
&c.
□
Nerves
even
the
Optick
ones
,
do
arise
out
of
those
same
Roots
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
:
and
therefore
al
the
Nerves
in
the
body
do
arise
out
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
,
within
or
without
the
brain
.
For
if
those
Prominencies
,
which
are
termed
by
Galen
the
beds
of
the
Optick
Nerves
,
are
productions
of
the
Roots
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
within
the
brain
:
we
may
with
good
reason
aver
,
that
the
Optick
nerves
chemselves
do
spring
from
the
Spinal
Marrow
.
Finally
you
shal
see
that
the
moving
Nerves
that
give
motion
to
the
Eyes
,
are
continued
,
and
make
one
Cord
as
it
were
:
and
that
the
Optick
Nerves
being
bowed
or
turned
back
near
the
beds
of
the
Optick
Nerves
,
do
ascend
unto
the
foremost
Ventricles
.
You
shal
likwise
see
that
the
Testes
or
Stones
are
[
c
](A57335-e80330-b)
c
T.
16.
f.
4.
c
c.
□
portions
of
the
Roots
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
,
growing
out
of
the
brain
:
and
the
Nates
or
[
d
](A57335-e80360-b)
d
T.
16.
f.
4.
b
b.
□
buttocks
are
portions
of
those
Roots
which
are
derived
from
the
Petty-brain
.
And
if
you
shal
compare
this
my
description
of
the
Parts
which
are
to
be
seen
in
the
brain
turned
upside
down
,
beginning
from
the
basis
,
with
that
of
Varolius
,
you
wil
find
it
larger
and
different
from
his
.
And
he
that
wil
take
pains
to
do
as
much
,
after
he
has
once
or
twice
seen
me
demonstrate
these
things
,
he
wil
acknowledg
the
truth
of
them
with
admiration
.
Now
that
in
the
brain
the
Diseases
&
Symptomes
thereof
,
may
be
distinguished
as
much
as
may
be
by
their
proper
places
,
the
whol
bulk
of
the
brain
must
be
divided
into
three
Parts
,
viz.
The
[
c
](A57335-e80430-b)
c
T.
16
f.
1.
b
b.
□
brain
properly
so
called
,
the
Petty-brain
[
a
](A57335-e80440-b)
a
T.
16.
f.
6.
D
D.
&c.
T.
17.
f.
2.
A
A.
&c.
□
and
the
f.
2.
l
l.
T.
18.
f.
4.
D
D.
□
Marrow
of
the
back
.
But
I
divide
the
brain
,
as
it
is
the
subject
of
dissection
into
three
Regions
,
the
[
d
](A57335-e80500-b)
d
f.
2
A
A.
f.
5.
E
E.
□
Sickle
,
and
the
Corpus
[
e
](A57335-e80520-b)
e
f.
2.
B
B.
f.
3.
B
B
□
Callosum
.
In
the
Middlemost
which
is
beneath
the
[
f
](A57335-e80550-b)
f
f.
3.
b
b.
f.
4.
B.
T.
17.
f.
1.
F
G
G.
□
Vault
,
you
shal
observe
the
Arched
[
g
](A57335-e80590-b)
g
T.
16.
f.
3.
G.
□
three
Pillars
;
three
[
h
](A57335-e80610-b)
h
f.
3.
D
E.
f
4.
C
D.
&c.
f.
4.
E.
□
Ventricles
with
certain
[
i
](A57335-e80640-b)
i
f.
●
.
b
b
c
c
&c.
□
Eminencies
,
which
make
up
a
Channel
to
the
fourth
Ventricle
.
And
then
you
shal
observe
the
Plexus
[
k
](A57335-e80670-b)
k
f.
5.
&
6.
f
f.
T.
17.
f.
1.
O
O
R
R.
□
Choroides
,
the
[
l
](A57335-e80710-b)
l
T.
16.
f.
4.
a.
T.
17.
f.
1.
L.
□
Conarium
,
and
the
[
m
](A57335-e80750-b)
m
T.
16.
f.
6.
D
D.
T.
17.
f.
2.
A
A.
&c.
□
Petty-brain
,
and
the
[
n
](A57335-e80790-b)
n
f.
2.
D
D.
G
G.
T.
18.
f.
4.
F.
□
fourth
Ventricle
therein
concealed
.
In
the
lowest
Region
,
you
shal
mark
the
[
o
](A57335-e80830-b)
o
T.
18.
f.
3.
E.
□
Choana
,
or
Funnel
,
the
Glandula
,
[
p
](A57335-e80880-b)
p
T.
18.
f.
3.
D.
&c.
□
Kernel
;
the
Mammillary
,
or
Teat-like
[
q
](A57335-e80910-b)
q
f.
3.
a
a.
□
Productions
;
the
●even
[
r
](A57335-e80920-b)
r
f.
3.
B
G
H
●●
L
M.
f.
1.
B
C
D
E
F
G.
□
Pair
of
Nerves
;
the
[
s
](A57335-e80940-b)
s
f.
3.
P
P
P
P.
□
Re●e
Mirable
,
or
wonderful
Net
;
and
the
Roots
of
the
Spinal
[
t
](A57335-e80960-b)
t
f.
4.
D
D.
&c.
□
Marrow
.
And
forasmuch
as
Casparus
Hofmannus
,
in
his
Book
against
Montanus
,
and
in
his
Institutions
,
cals
those
Men
Fools
and
Blockheads
,
who
●uppose
that
the
Ventricles
of
the
Brain
,
are
the
Shops
,
or
Work-Houses
where
the
Spirits
are
made
;
and
so
confidently
,
and
arrogantly
avers
it
to
be
impossible
,
that
he
accounts
it
a
great
Crime
or
Madness
to
think
otherwise
:
I
shal
briefly
examine
his
,
by
him
supposed
invincible
Arguments
,
because
no
man
has
yet
had
the
Courage
to
contradict
them
:
only
I
shal
in
the
first
place
demonstrate
the
contrary
to
be
true
.
The
Animal
Spirit
is
made
of
the
Vital
,
which
is
continually
brought
in
great
Rete
Mirabile
,
from
which
innumerable
branches
are
derived
into
the
Crassa
Meninx
;
that
the
blood
may
a●cend
on
every
hand
to
those
blood-channels
of
the
Dura
Mater
,
which
I
co●ceive
does
alone
palpitate
,
or
pant
;
and
I
have
seen
in
Fractures
of
the
Skul
,
that
when
that
Membrane
is
broken
,
the
brain
remains
immovable
.
Seeing
therefore
the
foremost
Ventricles
are
opened
in
the
Basis
of
Brain
,
and
equal
in
their
widness
to
the
upper
Cavities
of
the
said
Ventricles
,
and
are
close
unto
the
Rete
Mirabile
,
from
it
the
Ventricles
draw
their
Spirits
,
or
the
Spirits
exhaling
from
that
Texture
,
whose
Arter●es
are
exceeding
tender
and
thin
,
they
are
brought
along
into
the
●oremost
Ventricles
;
and
soon
after
,
by
the
third
Ventricle
which
serves
instead
of
a
Channel
or
passage
,
they
are
forthwith
carried
by
a
streight
course
into
the
fourth
Ventricle
,
the
Cistern
,
or
Conduit
Head
of
Spirits
;
that
from
thence
they
may
be
distribu●ed
into
the
inferior
Nerves
,
and
into
the
Cavity
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
.
But
the
seven
Pair
of
Nerves
are
propagated
from
those
four
Eminencies
;
of
which
the
two
greater
do
form
,
and
enclose
the
sides
of
the
foremost
Ventricles
;
the
other
two
make
the
sides
of
the
fourth
Ventricle
,
whose
Roof
,
and
fore
,
and
after
parts
,
are
made
up
by
the
double
Apophysis
Scolicoides
.
Those
four
Eminencies
are
Spongy
,
and
receive
Spirits
,
which
run
directly
into
the
Nerves
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
by
the
●ourth
Ventricle
.
And
no
man
can
deny
that
the
Nerves
of
●he
brain
are
the
off-springs
of
those
four
Eminencies
:
and
so
this
Proposition
is
to
be
interpreted
.
All
Nerves
of
the
Body
and
Brain
,
do
spring
from
the
Spinal
Marrow
,
either
within
,
or
without
the
brain
.
I
deny
not
that
the
Spirits
are
diffused
through
the
whol
substance
of
the
brain
,
and
not
wholly
contained
in
the
Ventricles
:
but
I
aver
that
the
Ventricles
are
the
true
Shops
,
or
Work-Hou●es
of
●he
Animal
Spirit
,
which
is
distributed
unto
the
seven
Couple
of
Nerves
,
and
to
the
Spinal
Marrow
.
That
this
is
ab●u●d
and
impossible
,
Hofm●n
does
thus
seek
to
prove
:
1.
Arg.
There
is
the
Spirit
made
,
where
the
Action
is
performed
.
I
Answer
,
many
Actions
are
performed
in
parts
,
in
which
no
Spirits
are
bred
:
For
if
it
were
needful
that
the
Animal
Spirit
should
be
elaborated
in
the
Substance
of
the
Brain
,
it
would
lose
much
of
its
●ubtilty
,
because
the
brain
is
cold
and
moist
.
2d
Arg.
of
Hofman
.
If
the
Spirit
be
to
act
,
it
must
needs
be
under
the
command
of
the
Soul
in
the
Vessels
;
for
after
that
it
is
entered
into
the
Sea
of
the
Ve●tricles
,
what
is
there
to
compel
the
same
to
return
into
the
stra●t
passages
of
the
Ne●ves
?
I
●n●wer
:
If
the
Spirit
be
diff●●ed
into
the
whol
substance
of
the
brain
,
being
really
soft
as
Wax
,
how
can
it
return
into
the
Nerves
,
seeing
there
are
no
Vessels
running
through
the
●ubstance
of
the
brain
?
Those
bloody
marks
wherewith
it
is
sprin●●ed
,
are
poin●s
of
blood
dropping
down
from
above
,
out
of
the
Arteries
which
runs
between
the
winding
substance
of
the
brain
.
The
great
Providence
of
Nature
,
because
the
blood
could
not
pie●ce
,
nor
pass
through
the
midst
of
the
Substance
of
the
brain
,
hath
carried
the
same
through
the
Channels
of
the
Dura
Mater
,
as
far
as
the
●●ood
passages
,
whence
●●
slides
into
the
●●ferior
parts
,
and
by
the
Press
,
o●
that
great
Vein
which
Consti●utes
the
Plexus
Choroides
,
it
●●ows
into
the
Ven●ricles
.
More
probable
it
were
to
assign
the
Seat
,
and
Shop
of
the
Animal
Spirits
in
the
Plexus
Choroides
,
which
is
diffu●ed
through
al
the
Cavities
of
the
brain
,
as
far
as
the
ba●●s
thereof
.
But
shew
me
(
friend
Hofman
)
the
way
by
which
the
Animal
Spirits
made
of
the
Vital
,
may
be
diffused
into
the
substance
of
the
brain
,
so
as
to
flow
back
into
the
Nerves
.
3d
Arg.
The
Ventricles
are
surrounded
within
,
with
the
Pia
Mater
,
which
●inders
the
ingress
and
regres●
of
the
Spirits
.
I
Answer
:
If
the
Ventricles
have
for
their
Covering
,
the
thin
Meninx
,
the
passage
is
thereby
the
sa●er
into
the
foremost
Ventricles
,
without
any
loss
at
all
.
I
have
already
demonstrated
in
an
Entrance
in
the
basis
of
the
brain
,
being
the
way
into
the
fourth
Ventricle
;
there
is
no
need
of
a
reg●ess
for
Arterial
blood
,
which
ascends
upwards
by
the
Crassa
Meninx
,
distilling
into
the
brain
,
does
on
al
sides
afford
Spirits
to
the
whol
brain
;
neither
can
the
blood
penetrate
without
Spirits
.
4.
Arg.
Hofmans
strongest
Argument
is
this
:
Seeing
the
two
superior
Ventricles
,
open
into
the
third
,
and
that
into
the
Funnel
,
and
it
into
the
Pallate
,
who
will
be
Su●ety
,
that
the
Spirits
will
not
ma●e
their
escape
this
way
?
I
Answer
:
This
danger
is
easily
shunned
by
the
continual
flux
and
pulse
,
or
driving
of
the
Spirits
to
the
Ci●●ern
;
and
that
same
hole
is
exceeding
smal
,
and
so
deep
,
even
to
the
O●
Sphen●●des
,
that
it
can
equal
the
length
of
a
mans
●●●ger
.
You
who
beleeve
that
the
blood
passes
from
the
Right
Ventricle
of
the
Heart
,
through
the
Lungs
,
that
it
may
return
into
the
Left
,
are
you
not
afraid
lest
we
should
lose
our
vital
Spirits
,
when
we
blow
ou●
breath
out
in
Respiration
?
5.
Arg.
The
Ventricles
are
not
continued
with
the
Nerves
,
but
with
the
whol
Body
.
I
Answer
:
If
the
Nerves
proceed
from
those
same
Eminencies
,
which
are
Roots
o●
the
Spinal
Marrow
,
between
the
Brain
,
and
the
Petty-brain
,
and
they
are
principal
portions
of
the
Brain
;
do
not
the
Nerves
arise
from
the
brain
it self
?
But
you
your self
have
often
times
written
,
that
the
Nerves
arise
within
the
brain
,
from
the
●oots
of
the
Spi●al
Marrow
.
6.
Arg.
The
Ventricles
have
now
another
Office
,
which
cannot
stand
with
that
of
the
Spirits
.
I
Answer
:
That
I
deny
any
such
Office
.
For
the
Choana
,
or
Funnel
,
can
p●●ge
away
any
wheyish
Excrements
which
shal
be
in
the
Ventricles
;
but
the
greatest
part
,
flowing
down
by
the
external
windings
of
the
brain
unto
the
basis
,
fals
partly
into
the
Os
Ethmoides
,
or
Colander
▪
bone
,
partly
it
descends
to
the
basis
of
the
brain
;
and
if
not
by
the
Choana
,
yet
by
other
holes
neer
abouts
,
it
is
purged
into
the
Pa●●ate
.
But
because
Hofmans
Spirits
fail
him
in
●andling
this
Qu●stion
(
can
you
forbear
laughing
)
for
they
are
his
own
words
,
we
shal
also
leave
him
to
enjoy
his
self-love
,
with
a
great
flock
of
bleating
Animals
(
so
he
saies
)
which
follows
his
absurd
Opinion
,
provided
that
he
be
the
Bel-weather
.
Let
him
no
more
triumph
before
the
Victory
,
nor
let
him
be
so
secure
and
undaunted
,
as
not
to
fear
Hercules
himself
.
That
same
new
Tenent
of
Hofman
,
disturbs
the
whol
Doctrine
of
Diseases
of
the
The
Apoplexy
he
makes
to
be
in
the
whol
Substance
of
the
brain
,
not
in
the
Ventricles
:
The
Epilepsie
,
he
wil
have
to
be
caused
only
by
vapors
ascending
into
the
Head
,
and
di●●●●ed
through
the
whol
substance
of
the
brain
.
He
allows
of
no
Epilepsie
from
a
primary
affection
of
the
Head
,
but
only
by
Sympathy
from
other
parts
.
He
assigns
the
Seat
of
the
Apoplexy
to
be
in
the
whol
substance
of
the
brain
obstructed
,
and
avers
that
it
is
caused
only
by
blood
shed
forth
of
the
Veins
;
and
makes
the
Cause
thereof
to
be
the
obstruction
of
the
Press
introduced
by
Nymmanus
.
But
if
the
Torcular
,
or
Press
is
obstructed
,
which
is
the
fourth
Channel
carrying
blood
into
the
Plexus
Choroides
,
the
passage
of
the
blood
and
Spirits
is
intercepted
.
But
according
to
Hofman
in
an
Apoplexy
,
only
blood
is
found
shed
out
of
the
veins
within
the
Ventricles
,
and
therefore
the
To●cular
was
not
obstructed
.
It
is
a
certain
,
and
undoubted
thing
▪
confirmed
by
many
Experiments
,
that
in
the
Apoplexy
,
the
Ventricles
of
the
brain
are
obstructed
,
or
there
is
an
obstruction
in
the
Choana
,
or
Funnel
.
But
especially
the
hole
of
the
fourth
ventricle
which
is
shut
with
the
Apophysis
Scolicoides
,
is
stopped
by
thick
and
clammy
Flegm
sticking
there
;
which
if
it
be
not
discussed
,
or
removed
,
being
evacuated
through
the
Funnel
,
it
cause●
death
.
If
the
Matter
be
serous
,
and
pass
into
the
Spinal
Marrow
,
it
causes
the
Palsie
instead
of
the
Apoplexy
;
and
so
a
greater
Di●ease
is
cured
by
a
lesser
,
the
matter
being
translated
from
one
place
to
another
.
But
if
blood
happen
to
be
shed
into
the
ventricles
,
present
death
follows
.
But
if
●o
be
the
Apoplexy
should
be
produced
by
blood
alone
,
as
Hofman
will
have
it
;
how
could
blood
which
was
shed
into
the
ventricles
,
pass
into
the
Nerves
without
putre●action
,
and
how
could
it
enter
into
the
Cavities
of
the
Nerves
?
In
these
two
Diseases
he
hath
be●rayed
his
own
Ignorance
,
although
he
could
find
no
such
difficulty
in
the
falling
sickness
,
as
Cra●o
acknowledged
,
whose
Wish
was
this
:
Would
to
God
I
could
see
before
I
die
,
the
Essence
of
this
Disease
,
together
with
the
Cure
thereof
rightly
explained
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
brain
is
exercised
with
many
kinds
of
Diseases
,
with
an
hot
,
cold
,
moist
Distemper
;
Crassa
Meninx
,
or
are
diffused
into
the
Channels
thereof
,
and
being
there
stopped
of
their
course
,
they
cause
most
acu●e
pains
:
or
they
slide
into
the
exterior
windings
of
the
●rain
,
and
by
little
and
little
,
they
distil
into
the
substance
of
the
brain
,
and
the
ventricles
thereof
;
or
into
the
hinder
part
of
the
Head
,
or
the
Petty-brain
;
or
they
descend
into
the
lowest
parts
of
the
brain
.
If
the
Humor
ascend
by
the
Carotick
Arteries
unto
the
brain
,
it
may
produce
the
same
Diseases
;
now
al
Diseases
that
are
caused
by
consent
,
or
sympathy
,
withou●
matter
,
only
by
evaporation
,
are
not
so
dangerous
,
as
if
they
were
bred
within
the
brain
,
so
as
that
the
morbi●ick
Matter
should
be
therein
contained
.
The
brain
,
besides
similar
Diseases
in
Distemper
,
and
Laxity
,
suffers
also
Diseases
Dura
Meninx
are
obstructed
,
especially
the
fourth
,
which
is
called
Tor●ular
,
or
the
Press
:
which
being
obstructed
,
is
thought
to
cause
the
Apoplexy
,
the
passage
of
the
Spirits
to
and
●ro
being
intercepted
.
Which
I
do
not
beleeve
,
because
the
Spirits
are
shed
abroad
into
the
inferior
Vessels
from
that
admi●able
Net
of
A●●e●●es
,
called
Rete
mirabile
,
and
that
same
Cavity
being
stopped
,
only
the
Plexus
Choroides
,
being
defrauded
of
its
blood
,
is
hurt
.
The
Ventricles
are
also
obstructed
,
especially
the
fourth
,
which
being
s●opped
,
The
Choana
may
likewise
be
obstructed
,
which
intercepts
the
Efflux
of
serous
If
the
anterior
,
or
foremost
ventricles
,
are
perforated
into
the
Nostrils
,
the
obstructions
of
those
passages
,
wil
be
very
●u●●ful
to
the
brain
.
A
fault
of
evil
Conformation
,
cannot
be
amended
exactly
:
by
strengthening
,
and
drying
the
brain
,
both
the
fore-mentioned
may
be
helped
.
The
brain
is
Inflamed
,
not
only
the
Meninges
,
or
Coats
,
but
somtimes
also
in
the
Siriasis
is
termed
from
the
Dog-Star
;
for
in
the
Dog-Daies
chiefly
,
it
afflicts
The
brain
may
likewise
swel
,
by
reason
of
a
Commotion
thereof
from
some
internal
Again
,
it
is
subject
to
a
wa●ry
Tumor
,
either
in
its
Circumference
,
or
within
the
Ventricles
.
If
in
its
Circumference
it
is
termed
Hydrocephalos
,
or
the
Water-Head
;
and
at
length
the
wheyish
Humor
slipping
by
little
and
little
,
within
the
Ventricles
,
causes
the
sleepy
Disease
,
and
after
it
the
Apoplexy
.
And
these
I
take
to
be
Diseases
of
the
brain
;
however
Fernelius
has
written
,
that
al
the
Disorders
of
the
Head
,
which
have
been
observed
by
Experience
,
are
symp●omes
,
and
not
Diseases
.
But
he
elegantly
,
according
to
his
wonted
fashion
,
does
divide
the
Symptomes
into
three
Ranks
,
with
reference
to
the
parts
affected
.
Some
possess
the
Membranes
;
some
the
Substance
of
the
Brain
;
and
some
the
hollow
Passages
.
In
the
Pericranium
,
and
Meninges
,
Pains
are
caused
.
In
the
Substance
of
the
Brain
,
which
is
the
Seat
of
the
Animal
chief
Faculties
,
are
contained
the
Symptomes
of
Fancy
and
Reason
depraved
,
such
as
are
,
Dotage
,
Melancholly
,
Ecstasies
,
Lyncanthropy
,
Madness
.
Also
the
Symptomes
of
Memory
abolished
,
such
as
are
Forgetfulness
,
Foolishness
,
Doltishness
,
and
blockishness
.
Symptomes
consisting
Symptomes
in
the
undue
proportion
of
what
should
be
voided
forth
,
do
belong
The
Head-ach
,
either
occupies
the
Pericranium
,
or
the
Meninges
;
if
the
Pericranium
,
the
pain
is
outwards
;
if
the
Meninges
,
the
pain
is
inward
.
Each
of
these
pains
reaches
unto
the
Eyes
;
because
the
internal
Membranes
do
produce
the
Coats
of
the
Eye
,
called
Cornea
,
and
Wea
;
and
the
Pericranium
produces
the
Coat
Conjunctiva
.
The
kind
of
the
Pain
shews
the
Nature
of
the
Disease
.
A
sharp
and
biting
pain
does
argue
a
Cholerick
Distemper
of
the
Head
:
a
heavy
pressing
pain
,
shews
a
Flegmatick
Distemper
:
a
panting
,
or
pulsing
pain
,
argues
somwhat
of
an
Inflamation
:
A
pricking
pain
shews
an
Erosion
,
or
gnawing
,
caused
by
a
sharp
Humor
,
or
a
Worm
which
is
rare
.
A
stretching
pain
,
argues
abundance
of
Humor
,
or
of
windy
Spirits
,
which
distend
the
Membranes
.
Now
the
Pain
is
either
in
the
whol
Head
,
or
in
the
half
,
or
in
some
one
particle
thereof
.
If
it
infest
the
whol
Head
,
it
is
called
Cephalalgia
:
if
half
the
Head
,
Hemicrania
,
because
the
brain
is
divided
into
two
parts
:
If
the
pain
possess
one
part
,
as
if
a
Nail
were
driven
in
there
,
the
Arabians
call
it
Clavus
,
and
Ovum
;
the
Nail
,
or
Egg.
If
the
pain
of
the
Head
,
be
of
long
Continuance
,
it
is
termed
Cephalaea
;
which
together
with
the
Hemicrania
,
is
periodical
;
but
the
Cephalalgia
is
a
continual
universal
Head-ach
.
A
continual
Pain
of
the
Head
joyned
with
a
continual
Feaver
,
and
signs
of
malignity
,
is
exceeding
dangerous
,
according
to
Hippocrates
in
the
Second
of
his
Prognosticks
.
Pains
of
the
Head
are
,
Primary
,
and
Proper
;
or
Secundary
,
and
by
Sympathy
from
other
parts
:
These
are
not
so
dangerous
as
the
former
.
The
Principal
Actions
of
the
Brain
,
Imagination
,
Ratiocination
,
and
Memory
,
Depravation
of
the
Fantasie
and
Reason
,
is
Raving
;
the
Imminution
thereof
is
Foolishness
.
There
is
a
three-fold
Hurt
of
the
Memory
;
but
the
Abolition
thereof
has
only
found
a
name
,
being
called
Oblivion
.
The
Cause
of
Foolishness
,
is
every
great
distemper
of
the
brain
,
which
is
known
Dotage
,
or
Raving
,
consists
in
absurd
Thoughts
,
Words
,
or
Deeds
.
The
Sayings
The
manner
of
Raving
,
ought
to
be
distinguished
to
know
the
differences
of
the
Again
,
Melancholly
is
either
Primary
,
or
Secondary
:
The
Primary
has
its
Original
in
the
brain
;
the
Secondary
springs
from
the
Hypochondriacal
parts
,
whence
it
is
termed
Hypochondriaca
Melancholia
,
which
is
either
Humoral
,
or
Flatulent
:
the
former
is
the
worse
of
the
two
,
and
brings
at
last
Madness
,
and
Out-ragiousness
.
The
Melancholy
Ecstasie
,
is
an
excess
of
Melancholy
,
which
is
three-fold
:
An
Foolishness
with
laughter
is
better
and
safer
,
than
with
seriousness
and
fierceness
.
Raving
without
a
Feaver
,
is
so
much
the
better
by
how
much
the
Parts
under
the
short
Ribs
,
or
the
Brain
,
are
less
heated
.
The
Resting
,
and
binding
up
of
the
Sences
,
is
Natural
Sleep
:
The
breaking
off
,
or
hindrance
of
sleep
,
is
Watching
:
Either
of
which
being
out
of
measure
,
is
hurtful
.
And
if
a
man
lie
stiff
with
his
Eyes
open
,
and
when
he
comes
to
himself
,
remembers
The
abolition
of
al
sence
and
motion
saving
Respiration
,
is
called
Catalepsis
or
Carus
is
a
deep
Sleep
,
which
comes
upon
Feavers
and
wounds
of
the
temporal
A
Lethargy
is
an
Imminution
of
sence
and
Motion
and
also
of
the
Memory
of
An
Apoplexy
does
oft
times
primarily
and
unexpectedly
invade
a
Man
,
and
somtimes
It
is
Caused
by
a
Repletion
of
the
Ventricles
of
the
brain
,
either
with
a
pituitous
or
Wheyish
Humor
,
or
with
blood
,
some
smal
Artery
of
the
Rete
Mirabile
being
broken
in
the
Basis
of
the
Brain
,
or
blood
being
carried
aloft
in
a
Plethorick
body
by
the
fourth
Channel
,
rushes
into
the
Ventricles
.
If
it
be
Simple
and
meer
Whey
,
by
strength
of
Nature
out
of
the
anterior
Ventricles
,
it
slips
into
the
fourth
Ventricle
,
and
from
thence
into
the
Spinal
Marrow
and
so
Causes
a
Palsie
.
If
it
be
a
Flegmatick
Humor
stopped
in
the
fourth
Ventricle
,
or
in
the
third
,
it
cannot
be
discussed
,
and
the
brain
is
overwhelmed
thereby
.
If
the
blood
be
shed
out
of
the
vessels
,
it
suddainly
suffocates
.
In
the
Carus
or
other
Sleepy
Disease
,
only
the
foremost
Ventricles
of
the
brain
,
are
overwhelmed
with
Serosities
,
so
that
there
is
yet
freedom
for
the
spirits
to
pass
into
all
Parts
of
the
body
.
But
in
an
Apoplexy
,
all
the
ventricles
of
the
brain
,
but
especially
the
fourth
,
are
obstructed
,
and
unless
the
matter
be
discussed
into
the
spinal
Marrow
Death
fallows
unavoidably
.
Fernelius
avouches
that
an
Apoplexy
is
bred
by
an
Obstructiou
of
that
Rete
Mirabile
,
the
afflux
of
Arterial
blood
out
of
the
Heart
into
the
brain
,
being
thereby
intercepted
.
Therefore
they
are
termed
Carotides
,
because
being
obstructed
they
cause
Carum
or
the
Sleepy-Evil
.
In
the
Apoplexy
and
Sleepy
Diseases
,
besides
general
Medicines
,
as
blood-letting
All
which
remedies
are
to
be
applied
with
all
possible
speed
one
upon
the
Neck
of
another
,
in
an
Apoplexy
,
because
there
is
danger
in
delay
.
In
Sleepy
Diseases
which
proceed
slowly
,
and
are
caused
by
matter
falling
down
from
the
Parts
above
,
they
are
more
slowly
administred
,
and
without
Precipitation
.
You
shal
observe
also
,
that
a
great
Part
of
these
Humors
is
gathered
together
in
the
turnings
&
windings
which
are
outmost
in
the
upper
substance
of
the
brain
,
which
do
either
putrifie
there
,
or
slip
into
the
ventricles
of
the
brain
:
and
yet
these
windings
of
the
brain
are
not
considered
.
The
Palsie
is
an
Abolition
of
sence
and
motion
,
not
in
the
whol
body
,
as
in
the
Apoplexy
,
but
only
in
the
greatest
Part
of
the
body
,
or
in
half
Fernelius
observes
,
that
sence
is
taken
away
,
the
motion
remaining
unhurt
:
and
somtimes
motion
is
taken
away
and
the
sence
remains
,
because
of
the
difference
of
the
Nerves
of
the
brain
and
the
Spinal
Marrow
.
In
the
Palsie
,
the
Nerves
of
the
Spinal
Marrow
are
obstructed
,
but
those
of
the
brain
,
not
:
and
therefore
many
Parts
remain
unhurt
,
especially
the
internal
.
Somtimes
the
Palsie
happens
without
obstruction
of
the
Nerves
,
because
the
sostning
and
Humectation
of
the
Nerves
,
brings
a
kind
of
Palsie
.
In
an
imperfect
Palsie
when
motion
and
sence
are
only
dulled
,
the
Disease
is
Vertigo
,
is
a
depravation
of
sence
and
motion
,
which
makes
the
Patient
think
Vertigo
Tenebricosa
or
Scotodinos
.
It
arises
from
the
Brain
or
from
vapours
ascending
from
the
inferior
Parts
.
That
is
worst
which
arises
primarily
from
the
brain
,
and
it
is
a
fore-runner
of
the
Falling
Sickness
.
The
convulsion
is
a
violent
pulling
back
of
the
Muscles
towards
their
Head
or
The
Cause
of
a
Convulsion
,
is
either
an
obstruction
of
the
Nerves
,
or
their
being
pricked
by
a
sharp
Humor
,
or
a
dry
distemper
,
which
dries
the
Nerves
,
and
so
makes
them
stif
as
a
dried
Lurstring
;
this
is
incurable
.
In
one
word
,
all
Convulsions
are
said
to
arise
either
from
too
much
emptyness
,
or
over
fulness
.
An
Epilepsie
or
Falling-sickness
,
is
a
Convulsion
of
the
whol
body
,
coming
by
Fernelius
,
besides
the
Humor
which
is
the
common
Cause
,
accounts
the
peculiar
Cause
to
be
a
venemous
Air
or
vapour
,
which
is
exceeding
hurtful
to
the
brain
;
and
therefore
he
conceives
,
it
must
be
cured
with
specificks
and
appropriate
Remedies
,
as
wel
as
those
vulgar
ones
.
Trembling
is
a
depravation
of
Motion
through
weakness
.
It
is
caused
by
the
Shivering
and
shaking
,
are
motions
of
the
body
,
which
happen
in
Feavers
,
and
Unquietness
,
Anxiety
,
tumbling
and
tossing
of
the
body
this
way
and
that
way
,
Night-walking
,
ought
to
be
reckoned
among
the
Symptomes
of
motion
depraved
:
I
proceed
to
the
Irregularity
of
the
Excrements
.
The
proper
excretion
of
the
The
disproportion
in
Excess
is
various
,
either
when
blood
does
immoderatly
The
disproportion
in
Excretion
of
a
serous
and
Phlegmatick
Humor
,
is
manyfold
.
A
Catarrh
falling
upon
the
outward
Parts
of
the
body
is
named
Rheumatismus
Boys
and
Eunuchs
are
not
troubled
with
the
Gout
.
Galen
makes
frequent
mention
of
the
Rheumatick
Disease
,
which
was
common
at
Rome
,
as
it
is
with
us
in
Paris
:
in
his
Second
Book
to
Glauco
:
in
his
Book
of
Blood-letting
,
against
Erasistratus
&c.
This
Disease
he
cured
by
liberal
Bloodletting
.
It
is
described
by
Hippocrates
,
in
his
Book
of
the
internal
Diseases
,
under
the
Name
of
a
Joynt-pain
,
which
is
wont
to
trouble
young
People
more
than
Aged
.
The
other
differences
of
Catarhs
with
Reference
to
the
diversity
of
Parts
on
which
they
fal
,
are
Vain
.
It
suffices
to
know
,
that
al
Fluxions
upon
internal
Parts
,
are
called
likewise
Rheums
.
The
Cause
of
a
Catarrh
or
Flux
of
Rheum
,
is
a
cold
and
moist
distemper
,
or
an
hot
distemper
with
an
abundance
of
Humors
working
in
the
Vessels
,
or
without
.
Galen
acknowledges
both
these
Causes
,
in
his
Comment
upon
the
24.
Aphor.
Of
the
third
Book
.
The
latter
Physitians
,
following
the
Doctrin
of
the
Arabians
wil
have
the
Humor
which
Causes
the
Catarrh
,
to
be
bred
in
the
Head
,
only
without
the
Vessels
,
by
reason
of
Vapours
ascending
.
Fernelius
contends
that
the
Conjunct
Cause
of
a
Catarrh
,
is
a
serous
matter
,
collected
under
the
Skin
of
the
Head
,
without
the
Vessels
:
and
that
the
Antecedent
Cause
,
is
an
Humor
shut
up
in
the
Veins
.
If
you
desire
to
know
more
of
this
subject
,
Read
Fernelius
,
who
wil
give
you
abundant
satisfaction
.
Chap.
3.
Of
the
Eyes
.
BEcause
the
Eye
and
the
Ear
may
be
demonstrated
without
meddling
to
The
Eye
,
the
Instrument
of
the
Sight
,
is
the
principal
Part
of
the
face
,
placed
in
the
Fore-Part
of
the
Head
,
to
direct
the
Actions
of
the
body
,
because
al
actions
are
directed
forwards
,
by
reason
of
the
Scituation
of
the
Hands
.
Seeing
it
is
an
[
a
](A57335-e84110-b)
a
T.
19.
f.
1.
□
Eye-lids
,
which
are
the
Coverings
of
the
The
Eye-lid
is
made
up
,
of
the
Skin
,
a
Membrane
and
muscles
.
The
Membrane
The
Extremities
of
al
the
Eye-lids
,
are
terminated
with
a
Cartilaginous
or
[
b
](A57335-e84190-b)
b
f.
1.
C
C.
□
Tarsus
,
whereupon
one
by
one
in
a
row
are
fastened
the
[
c
](A57335-e84210-b)
c
f.
1.
beneath
B.
□
Hairs
of
the
Eye-lids
;
which
are
born
with
us
,
and
look
how
long
they
are
at
our
Birth
,
the
same
length
they
keep
,
during
our
whol
life
.
They
seldom
falt
of
by
reason
of
Sickness
,
unless
in
a
Malignant
Whores-Pocks
,
The
angular
Extremities
of
the
Eye-lids
meeting
together
,
are
termed
Anguli
,
[
d
](A57335-e84280-b)
d
f.
1.
by
D.
□
greater
,
towards
the
Nose
;
the
other
is
[
e
](A57335-e84290-b)
e
f.
1.
E.
□
lesser
,
towards
the
Temples
.
In
the
Eye-lids
by
the
greater
Corners
are
observed
two
little
[
f
](A57335-e84310-b)
f
f.
1.
d
d.
holes
,
which
are
Glandula
Lachrymalis
or
[
a
](A57335-e84350-b)
a
T.
19.
f.
1.
D.
□
Tear-Kernel
is
ordained
,
being
thrust
into
the
little
perforated
bone
,
that
the
Humor
might
rather
distil
through
this
Hole
into
the
Nostrils
,
than
fal
out
upon
the
external
Parts
.
The
upper
Eye-lid
has
a
Muscle
that
lifts
it
up
termed
therefore
[
b
](A57335-e84370-b)
b
f.
1.
A
A.
□
Levator
or
[
c
](A57335-e84410-b)
c
f.
1.
B.
□
widened
into
an
Eye-lid
,
that
when
the
Eye
is
lift
up
the
Eyelid
may
therewith
be
raised
.
The
Musculus
latus
,
or
broad
Muscle
is
common
to
the
two
Eye-lids
;
which
being
Circularly
derived
from
the
bony
brim
of
the
Socket
,
is
spred
out
through
both
the
Eye-lids
,
that
it
may
serve
to
shut
them
both
:
and
because
it
reaches
in
the
upper
Part
as
far
as
the
Eye-brow
it
draws
that
likewise
down
,
in
a
strong
and
close
shutting
of
the
Eye-lids
.
Unles
any
man
wil
contend
,
that
there
is
a
distinct
Muscle
for
that
use
.
Now
the
Eye-brow
is
a
Fleshy
Hillock
,
adorned
with
Hairs
,
which
serves
for
a
These
things
being
observed
,
the
Eye-lids
are
cut
away
,
and
the
Circular
adhesion
[
d
](A57335-e84480-b)
d
f.
2.
A
A.
□
round
about
the
same
,
to
stop
up
the
chinks
and
to
make
it
more
movable
;
and
of
six
Muscles
for
motion
;
and
of
Coats
,
Humors
,
Veins
,
Arteries
and
Nerves
.
Before
the
Fat
be
removed
,
the
two
Glandules
or
Kernels
are
to
be
considered
in
[
e
](A57335-e84520-b)
e
f.
1.
D.
□
Tear-Kernel
;
whose
substance
you
shal
observe
to
be
Fleshy
,
soft
and
smal
;
and
its
Scituation
to
be
within
a
little
bone
,
beneath
the
same
.
Then
you
shal
look
out
the
other
Kernel
which
is
wholly
unlik
the
former
,
placed
in
the
other
[
f
](A57335-e84540-b)
f
f.
1.
E.
□
Corner
;
which
is
flat
,
White
,
and
like
other
Kernels
.
The
Fat
being
carefully
taken
away
,
the
[
a
](A57335-e84560-b)
a
T.
19.
f.
2.
B
B
B.
□
six
Muscles
present
themselves
;
in
the
investigation
whereof
,
we
must
begin
at
the
[
b
](A57335-e84570-b)
b
f.
3.
F.
f.
4.
F.
□
Trochleator
,
or
the
greater
Oblique
Muscle
,
Scituate
at
the
greater
[
c
](A57335-e84590-b)
c
f.
1.
by
D.
□
Corner
;
and
there
we
must
be
careful
to
preserve
the
[
d
](A57335-e84600-b)
d
f.
3.
G.
□
pulley
,
being
a
little
strong
Gristle
fastened
to
the
bone
,
beneath
and
close
by
the
Caruncula
Lachrymalis
or
[
e
](A57335-e84620-b)
e
f.
1.
D.
□
Tear-spout
;
through
which
Gristle
(
like
a
Rope
through
a
Pulley
)
the
round
Tendon
of
the
Trochleator
is
drawn
,
and
inserted
into
the
upper
Part
of
the
Eye
.
The
other
,
Obliquus
[
f
](A57335-e84640-b)
f
f.
3.
and
4.
E.
□
Minor
,
must
be
sought
for
in
the
inferior
Part
of
the
Socket
,
being
rould
back
under
the
Eye
,
it
is
terminated
by
the
lesser
[
g
](A57335-e84660-b)
g
f.
1.
E.
□
Corner
.
The
other
four
,
are
right
Muscles
,
whereof
one
[
h
](A57335-e84670-b)
h
f.
3.
4
,
5.
A.
□
lifts
up
,
and
its
opposite
[
i
](A57335-e84680-b)
i
f.
3.
4
,
5.
B.
□
draws
down
;
the
remaining
two
draw
towards
the
[
k
](A57335-e84690-b)
k
f.
3.
4
,
5.
C.
D.
□
Sides
.
They
al
take
their
original
from
the
Cavity
of
the
Socket
,
by
the
hole
of
the
Optick
Nerve
,
and
each
one
is
produced
right
forewards
to
the
Conjunctiva
.
These
things
being
observed
,
the
Eye
must
be
pulled
out
,
that
the
inward
structure
[
m
](A57335-e84730-b)
m
f.
5.
a
a
a
a.
□
Coat
,
which
is
absurd
.
You
shal
observe
that
the
Cornea
or
[
n
](A57335-e84760-b)
n
f.
6.
A
A.
B
B.
□
Horny
Coat
is
transparent
before
,
to
serve
It
s
thick
[
o
](A57335-e84790-b)
o
f.
8.
C
C
C.
□
Substance
,
is
divided
into
little
Skins
,
especially
on
the
fore-side
;
when
it
is
cut
,
presently
the
watery
[
p
](A57335-e84810-b)
p
f.
9.
D
D.
□
Humor
Runs
out
,
which
is
also
found
Circumfused
about
the
Wea
Tunica
,
or
Grape-Skin
q
Coat
,
if
the
Cornea
be
divided
in
the
hinder
Part
:
this
Humor
cannot
be
stopped
,
because
it
presently
Occurs
,
fllowing
out
like
Water
.
ˡ
f.
2.
C
C.
□
f.
7.
A
A.
C
C.
□
Afterwards
you
shal
see
the
[
a
](A57335-e84920-b)
a
T.
19.
f.
7.
A.
C
C.
f.
8.
B
B
B.
□
Wea
or
Grape-Skin
Coat
,
and
its
open
hole
,
[
b
](A57335-e84950-b)
b
f.
7.
a.
□
Pupilla
or
sight
of
the
Eye
;
the
external
Face
or
Circle
of
the
Pupilla
is
termed
[
c
](A57335-e84980-b)
c
f.
5.
b
b.
□
Iris
,
or
the
Rain-bow
.
The
Circumference
of
the
Pupilla
is
adorned
with
smal
threds
or
little
Fibres
extended
upon
the
Chrystalline
Humor
,
which
they
retain
in
its
Scituation
.
The
Pupilla
,
in
Catts
,
is
manifestly
moved
,
in
Men
it
is
unmovable
,
unless
it
be
somwhat
slackened
and
straitned
,
by
the
Access
and
Recess
of
some
extraordinary
light
.
These
things
being
observed
,
pour
out
the
Humors
,
and
you
shal
find
the
[
e
](A57335-e85040-b)
e
f.
9.
A.
□
Christallin
Humor
overwhelmed
in
the
Vitreous
[
f
](A57335-e85050-b)
f
f.
9.
C
C.
□
Humor
,
and
then
the
interior
[
g
](A57335-e85060-b)
g
f.
7.
C
C.
□
Superficies
of
the
Wea
Tunica
wil
appear
black
,
and
cleane
;
in
Brute
Beasts
it
is
varigated
,
beingtainted
with
Green
Black
and
Sky-Color
.
Wherefore
,
when
you
are
to
demonstrate
the
Eye
,
you
shal
have
an
Ox
and
a
Sheeps-Eye
in
readyness
,
that
you
may
compare
them
with
the
Eyes
of
Man-kind
.
In
the
hinder
Part
of
the
Wea
you
shal
see
the
Optick
[
h
](A57335-e85100-b)
h
f.
3.
I
I.
f.
4.
K.
f.
6.
C.
f.
8.
D.
□
Nerve
fastened
,
and
the
Marrow
thereof
piercing
within
that
Coate
.
There
are
three
Humors
conteined
in
the
Eye
;
the
first
is
the
[
i
](A57335-e85120-b)
i
f.
9.
D
D.
□
watry
Humor
,
[
k
](A57335-e85140-b)
k
f.
9.
A.
□
Vetch
,
transparent
,
and
being
placed
upon
letters
in
a
Book
,
it
makes
them
shew
larger
,
as
a
spectacle
is
wont
to
do
.
There
is
a
Membrane
attributed
thereunto
,
termed
[
l
](A57335-e85150-b)
l
f.
9.
within
A.
B.
a
Circle
□
Chrystalloides
.
Hippocrates
saies
that
in
living
Creatures
it
Runs
like
Water
,
or
is
more
liquid
at
least
.
The
Christallin
Humor
being
pulled
out
,
there
remaines
the
ᵐ
Vitreous
Humor
,
Reticularis
Tunica
,
or
[
n
](A57335-e85210-b)
n
f.
8.
A
A.
□
Net-like
Coat
Interwoven
:
which
being
[
o
](A57335-e85220-b)
o
T.
19.
f.
8.
a
a.
□
cut
asunder
,
by
frequent
chopping
of
the
Pen-Knife
thereupon
,
it
becomes
Liquid
and
runs
about
,
the
threddy
Fibres
being
cut
in
sunder
.
The
Veins
and
Arteries
which
accompany
the
Optick
Nerve
unto
the
Eye
,
are
Neither
is
the
motive
Nerve
so
easily
detected
being
dispersed
among
the
Muscles
,
as
it
is
within
the
Brain
,
while
you
observe
its
progress
,
even
to
the
very
Eye-hole
.
ᵈ
f.
7.
B
B.
f.
9.
B
B.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
Although
the
Eye
be
but
a
smal
Part
of
the
body
,
yet
is
there
no
Part
aflicted
Leonardus
Fuchsius
in
his
Medicinal
Institutions
,
I
wil
retain
and
use
them
as
Latin
Names
.
An
Arabian
Physition
,
Haly
by
Name
,
has
writ
a
Book
by
it self
of
Diseases
of
the
Eyes
:
and
there
is
a
considerable
French
Book
of
the
same
Argument
written
by
Jacobus
Guillemeau
the
Kings
Chyrurgeon
:
unto
which
you
may
add
if
you
please
the
Author
of
Medicinal
Definitions
:
the
Book
of
Galen
touching
the
differences
and
Causes
of
Symptomes
;
and
a
bastard
Book
de
Oculis
attributed
to
him
.
The
Eye
therefore
is
afflicted
either
by
being
encreased
,
or
diminished
in
its
The
Eye
is
diminished
,
when
it
consumes
for
want
of
nourishment
:
its
Magnitude
is
augmented
when
it
swels
without
the
Eye-hole
or
Socket
.
It
s
Scituation
is
changed
,
when
it
fals
without
the
Eye-hole
,
which
Disease
is
There
ought
to
be
two
Eyes
:
and
therefore
he
that
wants
one
,
is
diseased
in
Furthermore
the
Eye
is
troubled
by
an
hot
and
a
cold
Distemper
and
by
inflamation
And
in
case
an
Inflamation
of
the
whol
Eye
turn
to
Suppuration
,
which
is
called
Hypopyon
,
and
transparent
matter
be
collected
under
the
Cornea
Tunica
,
shewing
that
the
other
Humors
are
not
putrified
,
there
is
hopes
the
Patient
may
recover
sight
,
the
quittor
being
let
out
,
by
pricking
the
Cornea
:
which
is
happily
practised
at
Paris
;
and
so
with
the
Quittor
a
watery
Humor
is
let
out
,
as
in
the
couching
of
a
Cataract
.
Besides
these
general
Diseases
,
al
the
Parts
whereof
the
Eye
is
made
up
,
have
Eye-Lids
Diseases
.
A
moist
distemper
of
the
Eye-Lids
with
wind
,
or
a
flatulent
Spirit
,
is
called
Emphysema
.
With
much
Wheyish
Humors
,
it
s
termed
Hydatis
,
and
by
Celsus
Vesica
,
and
Aquula
,
which
does
so
load
and
depress
the
upper
Eye-Lid
,
that
it
cannot
be
lifted
up
.
An
hot
distemper
of
the
Eye-Lid
,
Joyned
with
a
thick
Humor
,
is
cald
Sclerophthalmia
,
A
dry
distemper
without
Humors
,
is
Xerophthalmia
:
if
it
cause
Itching
,
Psorophthalmia
.
Unto
which
may
be
referred
the
Phthiriasis
,
or
Lowsie-Evil
of
the
Eye
lid
.
If
the
said
said
hot
and
dry
distemper
Joyned
with
a
sharp
Humor
,
do
cause
Redness
,
pain
,
and
falling
of
the
Hairs
,
it
is
called
Ptilosis
,
Milphosis
,
or
Madarrhosis
.
If
it
make
the
Inside
of
the
Eye-Lid
rough
its
called
,
Tracoma
:
which
if
it
be
A
little
Tumor
upon
the
upper
Eye-Lid
springing
from
a
thick
Homor
,
is
called
Crithe
,
the
Barly-Corn
.
If
it
be
greater
and
movable
,
because
of
its
likeness
to
hail
,
it
called
Chalasion
,
the
Hail-Stone
.
A
Disease
of
the
Eye-Lids
in
Contiguity
is
,
when
the
Eye-Lids
stick
unto
the
Lagophthalmia
is
a
Convulsion
of
the
upper
Eye-Lid
,
or
a
drawing
back
thereof
Ectropion
,
Inversion
,
is
a
Disease
of
the
lower
Eye-lid
in
Scituation
of
Figure
:
Chalasis
,
or
the
loolness
of
the
Eye-Lid
,
is
caused
either
by
a
Palsie
,
through
The
generation
of
the
Hairs
of
the
Eye-Lids
being
depraved
,
is
called
Trichiasis
,
&
Tear-Kernels
Diseases
.
The
Caruncle
or
little
bit
of
Flesh
in
the
greater
corner
of
the
Eye
,
makes
a
Tumor
Near
the
said
Caruncle
and
the
Nose
,
there
breeds
an
Impostum
through
Inflamation
,
which
is
called
Anchylops
:
which
being
broken
and
turned
into
a
Fistula
is
Diseases
of
the
Tunica
Conjunctiva
.
The
hot
distemper
of
the
Conjunctive
Coat
with
Humor
as
blood
or
Choler
,
if
it
be
light
and
proceeding
from
an
external
cause
,
as
the
wind
or
dust
,
or
a
blow
,
is
But
if
it
spring
from
an
internal
cause
as
a
Plethora
or
Cacochymia
,
it
is
termed
Opththalmia
.
When
it
is
but
beginning
,
it
is
called
Epiphora
;
which
is
a
Name
And
if
the
Inflamation
be
very
great
,
so
that
it
hinders
the
coming
together
of
the
Eye-Lids
,
and
spoiles
their
Evenness
,
so
that
the
white
of
the
Eye
becomes
higher
than
the
Iris
and
Pupilla
,
it
is
called
Chemosis
,
as
much
as
to
say
Hyposphagma
is
a
collection
of
Blood
under
the
Adnata
Tunica
,
or
an
effusion
of
blood
out
of
the
Capillary
Veins
into
the
Adnata
,
proceeding
from
a
blow
or
bruise
.
There
is
a
Disease
of
Number
,
in
the
Tunica
Adnata
,
called
Pterygium
:
Phlyctena
,
is
a
pustle
or
smal
Tumor
of
the
Adnata
or
the
neighboring
Cornea
,
proceeding
from
a
thick
and
sharp
Tumor
,
so
that
it
terminates
in
an
Ulcer
.
And
if
it
be
hollow
,
it
is
called
Botrion
,
or
Fossula
;
if
it
be
become
crusty
t
is
named
Epicauma
.
After
the
Ulcer
follows
a
Scar
,
which
is
the
Hardness
and
thickness
of
a
Spermatick
Part
springing
from
a
wound
or
Ulcer
.
Diseases
of
the
Cornea
Tunica
.
The
Ulcers
and
Scars
of
the
Cornea
Tunica
,
have
a
great
resemblance
with
the
Argemon
,
is
a
round
Whitish
Ulcer
of
the
Cornea
towards
the
Circle
of
the
Scars
in
the
Black
of
the
Eye
,
or
in
the
Transparent
Part
of
the
Cornea
,
do
differ
Achlys
,
Caligo
,
a
Mist
or
Darkness
.
Diseases
of
the
Uvea
Tunica
.
The
rupture
and
Exulceration
of
the
Cornea
,
is
attended
by
a
Disease
of
the
Proptosis
,
Procidentia
,
when
the
Wea
sticks
out
above
the
Cornea
.
If
the
Extuberance
of
the
Wea
be
smal
,
it
s
called
Myocephalon
or
the
Flie-Head
,
The
Ulcers
of
the
Cornea
and
Adnata
,
if
they
be
Malignant
are
termed
Carcinomata
.
Diseases
of
the
Pupilla
.
The
hole
of
the
Wea
is
termed
Pupilla
the
Apple
of
the
Eye
.
Between
the
Pupilla
and
Cornea
there
is
a
space
,
ful
of
Spirit
and
Watry
Humor
.
There
is
a
double
Disease
of
that
space
:
Zinifisis
,
springing
from
a
dry
distemper
,
The
other
Disease
of
the
space
,
is
an
Obstruction
from
a
corrupted
Flegmatick
or
purulent
Humor
.
If
it
proceed
of
a
purulent
Humor
or
Quittor
,
it
is
called
Hypochyma
Suffusio
.
But
Hypopium
followes
an
Inflamation
,
and
Hypochyma
is
caused
for
the
most
Part
by
a
Congestion
or
Concretion
of
a
thick
Humor
:
if
the
Disease
be
proper
or
primary
,
and
do
not
arise
by
consent
from
the
Stomath
,
sending
Vapors
up
into
the
Eye
.
Fernelius
saw
a
thick
and
perfect
Suffusion
bred
in
one
daies
time
;
for
if
a
thick
Humor
suddenly
falling
into
the
Optick
Nerve
do
blind
a
man
in
a
moment
:
why
may
not
the
same
Humor
falling
lower
into
the
Pupilla
,
breed
a
sudden
and
perfect
Suffusion
?
The
narrowness
of
the
Pupilla
,
springs
either
from
the
first
formation
in
the
Galen
writes
that
a
smal
Pupilla
from
from
ones
Birth
is
occasion
of
a
very
sharp
sight
but
when
it
happnes
a
whil
after
,
t
is
bad
.
In
his
first
Book
of
the
Causes
of
Symptomes
.
Chap.
2.
The
Dilatation
of
the
Pupilla
is
called
Mydriasis
or
Platu-Corie
.
It
springs
Diseases
of
the
Chrystallin
and
Glassie
Humor
.
Diseases
of
the
Vitreous
and
Chrystallin
Humors
,
are
either
a
distemper
simple
Thickness
of
the
Spirits
is
caused
by
a
cold
and
moist
distemperature
,
either
proper
Paucity
of
Spirits
comes
from
a
dry
distemper
,
either
of
the
Eye
or
the
brain
:
the
Cause
and
fomenter
of
which
distemper
may
be
a
Cholerick
Humor
not
purged
out
of
the
body
,
being
the
cause
and
Effect
of
a
distempered
Liver
.
The
thickness
and
hardness
of
the
Chrystallip
Humor
is
properly
termed
Glaucosis
The
Disease
of
the
Chrystalline
Humor
in
respect
of
its
Scituation
,
has
no
name
,
but
if
it
be
somwhat
higher
and
flatter
than
ordinary
,
it
produces
a
Symptome
,
whereby
all
things
appear
double
.
The
watry
Humor
may
run
out
,
by
a
prick
in
the
Eye
,
but
it
is
bred
again
in
The
Visive
or
seeing
Spirit
implanted
in
the
Eye
,
may
become
thick
,
and
surround
the
Chrystalline
Humor
with
darkness
and
obscurity
:
as
the
implanted
Hearing-Spirit
of
the
Ear
,
being
rendred
thick
,
does
cause
deafness
or
thickness
of
Hearing
.
Diseases
of
the
Optick
Nerve
.
The
Optick
Nerve
may
be
troubled
with
any
kind
of
distemper
,
and
with
solution
Gutta
Serena
,
and
somtimes
Amaurosis
.
Diseases
and
Symptomes
of
the
Sight
.
Sight
abolished
is
called
Caecitas
Blindness
:
when
it
is
diminished
only
,
t
is
Sight
depraved
,
is
a
fals
perception
of
things
before
the
Eyes
:
its
termed
Parorasis
The
Causes
of
these
Symptomes
,
are
no
other
than
those
Diseases
of
the
Eyes
,
Glaucoma
,
Leucoma
,
Hypopion
,
Hypochyma
,
Proptosis
,
the
larger
Mydriasis
,
a
Pterygium
or
Film
covering
the
whol
sight
of
the
Eye
,
Anchylo-Blepharon
or
Gluing
together
of
the
Eye-Lids
.
Imminution
or
Impairing
of
the
sight
,
is
caused
by
the
other
Diseases
of
the
Eye-Lids
.
As
by
a
thin
Scar
of
the
Cornea
,
called
Nephelion
and
Achlys
;
and
by
a
Leucoma
and
a
smal
Mydriasis
,
which
touches
but
Part
of
the
Sight
.
Dry
distemper
of
the
Humors
of
the
Eyes
cause
Myopsis
:
the
over
Humidity
and
thickness
of
the
said
Humors
,
makes
a
Man
that
he
cannot
see
in
the
Night
.
The
Causes
of
sight
depraved
is
an
Hypopion
beginning
;
or
an
Hypochyma
,
Namely
,
when
the
Humor
is
not
yet
united
and
grown
together
,
so
that
the
visive
Spirit
can
pass
too
and
fro
between
the
Parts
of
the
Humor
through
the
empty
spaces
:
whence
it
is
that
some
see
flies
as
it
were
,
and
certain
dark
bodies
,
move
before
their
Eyes
.
When
true
objects
presented
to
the
Eyes
,
have
a
fals
Appearance
,
the
sight
is
But
that
kind
of
Symptome
happens
,
when
the
Cornea
which
is
spred
out
before
the
sight
of
the
Eye
,
is
infected
with
Blood
or
Choler
.
The
Animal
action
of
the
Eye
is
hurt
somtimes
,
as
Feeling
and
Motion
:
the
The
hurting
of
the
Eyes
Motion
,
is
either
a
Palsie
,
Convulsion
,
or
Trembling
.
The
Natural
Action
of
the
Eyes
,
is
likewise
hurt
,
as
Nutrition
.
To
the
Jrregularity
of
the
Excrements
of
the
Eyes
,
does
belong
the
Involuntary
shedding
of
Tears
.
It
s
caused
by
a
moist
or
cold
distemper
of
the
Eyes
,
or
from
Hereunto
likewise
belongs
the
filth
of
the
Eyes
,
which
is
by
the
Greeks
called
The
simple
insirmities
of
the
Eyes
,
are
the
spotts
and
Scars
of
the
Conjunctive
The
Duskynes
and
obscurity
of
the
Eyes
,
is
when
the
Bal
of
the
Eye
,
does
not
Chap.
4.
Of
the
Ear.
THe
Ear
,
being
the
Instrument
of
hearing
,
is
divided
,
into
the
[
a
](A57335-e88320-b)
a
T.
20.
f.
1.
and
2.
□
External
[
b
](A57335-e88340-b)
b
f.
3
4.
&c.
□
Internal
,
which
lies
hid
in
the
Os
petrosum
.
The
external
Part
is
termed
[
c
](A57335-e88370-b)
c
f.
1.
and
2.
□
Auricula
,
made
up
of
a
[
d
](A57335-e88390-b)
d
f.
2.
B
B.
□
Gristle
,
which
is
covered
with
a
Skin
ful
of
[
e
](A57335-e88410-b)
e
f.
2.
A
A.
□
Folds
,
and
made
hollow
,
with
divers
[
f
](A57335-e88430-b)
f
f.
1.
A
A.
B
B.
□
windings
;
with
an
hole
[
g
](A57335-e88450-b)
g
f.
1.
G
G.
□
through
the
same
placed
upon
the
side
of
the
Head
,
just
against
the
hole
of
[
h
](A57335-e88480-b)
h
f.
3.
A.
□
Os
Petrosum
.
It
is
more
beautyful
,
when
smal
:
for
a
great
pair
of
Asses
Ears
are
uncomly
.
The
Ear
was
placed
as
it
is
,
for
the
Conveniency
of
hearing
:
and
if
the
Scituation
of
the
Ear
inverted
would
not
have
been
deformed
,
it
had
been
more
commodious
for
hearing
,
then
placed
as
it
is
upright
and
Joyned
to
the
Temporal
Bone
.
For
we
see
such
as
are
thick
of
hearing
,
put
the
hollow
of
their
hand
behind
their
Ear
,
that
they
may
hear
the
better
.
In
the
Ear
you
shal
observe
two
Parts
;
one
is
called
[
i
](A57335-e88540-b)
i
f.
1.
G.
□
Tragus
,
and
[
k
](A57335-e88580-b)
k
f.
1.
D.
□
Antitragus
the
Names
of
the
other
Particles
of
the
Ear
,
are
useless
.
In
the
Auricula
is
conteined
the
first
passage
,
or
Hole
of
the
Ear
,
and
reaches
[
m
](A57335-e88640-b)
m
f.
4.
B
B.
□
Tympanum
or
Drum
:
its
entrance
is
fenced
with
Hairs
,
to
keep
out
dust
and
crawling
Bugs
,
that
might
otherwise
enter
in
.
There
is
[
a
](A57335-e88680-b)
a
T.
20.
f.
3.
C.
□
collected
,
the
The
internal
Ear
Concluded
in
the
Os
Petrosum
,
is
altogether
boney
,
and
divided
[
b
](A57335-e88750-b)
b
f.
6.
B.
C.
f.
7.
within
A.
B.
□
Concha
:
In
the
extremity
of
the
first
[
c
](A57335-e88770-b)
c
f.
4.
B
B.
f.
5.
B.
□
hole
is
the
Membrane
streched
out
,
which
terminates
upon
the
[
d
](A57335-e88780-b)
d
f.
3
B.
f.
4.
A
A.
&c.
Drum
:
it
has
a
string
that
runs
cross
it
,
as
we
see
the
Military
Drums
have
.
ˡ
f.
3.
B.
f.
4.
A.
&c.
□
Furthermore
,
we
observe
three
littel
Bones
,
the
[
e
](A57335-e88850-b)
e
f.
4.
G.
f.
5.
E.
f.
7.
A.
□
Maller
,
the
[
f
](A57335-e88870-b)
f
f.
7.
B.
□
Anvil
,
and
the
[
g
](A57335-e88880-b)
g
f.
7.
C.
□
Stirrup
:
[
h
](A57335-e88900-b)
h
f.
7.
D.
□
fourth
,
which
is
a
little
Scal
of
a
bone
,
such
as
is
found
in
the
Carotick
Artery
near
the
Os
Sphenoides
.
But
this
is
vain
and
unuseful
.
Fortunatus
Plempius
places
another
Membrane
at
the
other
extremity
of
the
Concha
,
but
how
or
where
it
is
extended
,
he
does
not
explain
:
whether
at
the
two
petty
windores
,
whereof
the
one
is
the
entrance
of
the
labyrinth
and
the
other
of
the
Cochlea
,
or
elsewhere
?
It
is
a
most
hard
peice
of
Service
to
find
out
and
demonstrate
the
internal
structure
of
the
Ear.
In
the
Skuls
of
[
i
](A57335-e88980-b)
i
T.
8.
f.
5.
6
,
7
,
8.
□
Infants
,
and
in
a
Calves-Head
,
it
is
more
easily
observed
,
by
lifting
up
with
a
Pen-Knifes
Edge
that
same
portion
of
[
k
](A57335-e89000-b)
k
T.
20.
f.
10.
B
B.
□
Os
Petrosum
,
which
within
the
Scul
reaches
unto
the
Basis
of
the
Brain
.
In
the
Concha
you
shal
observe
on
the
left
side
an
Hole
,
which
passes
into
the
winding
Cavity
of
the
Apophysis
Mastoides
,
or
Teat-like
Production
.
The
Auditory
[
l
](A57335-e89070-b)
l
T.
8.
f.
1.
F
F.
f.
3.
R
▪
R.
T.
20.
f.
12.
A
A.
B
B.
□
Nerve
,
being
[
m
](A57335-e89080-b)
m
f.
10.
A
A.
□
drawn
through
the
[
n
](A57335-e89090-b)
n
f.
7.
D
D.
f.
9.
A.
f.
11.
B
D.
□
Cochlea
,
when
it
is
come
to
[
o
](A57335-e89130-b)
o
f.
8.
A.
B
B.
□
Channel
,
which
opens
on
the
right
side
of
the
Concha
,
into
the
Pallate
,
by
the
Process
which
is
termed
Apophysis
Pterygoidea
.
And
this
is
the
natural
structure
of
the
internal
Ear
;
for
the
finding
out
whereof
we
are
obliged
to
Fallopius
,
after
Carpus
,
who
discovered
those
little
bones
the
the
Hammer
and
the
Anvil
.
The
third
,
namely
,
the
Stirrup
,
Philippus
Ingrassias
brags
to
have
himself
first
observed
.
In
living-Creatures
,
there
is
an
inbred
and
implanted
Air
in
the
Cavities
of
the
Cornea
Tunica
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Gristle
of
the
external
Ear
if
troubled
with
Pustles
or
Pushes
,
is
confused
,
The
greatness
of
the
external
Eare
,
though
it
be
ill
favourd
,
cannot
be
helped
.
In
the
hollow
behind
the
Ear
;
according
to
the
advice
of
Fernelius
,
a
Caustick
must
be
applied
,
in
Diseases
of
the
Ears
and
of
the
Eyes
.
The
first
Auditory
passage
of
the
Ear
,
because
t
is
fleshy
is
obstructed
by
a
Tumor
,
This
passage
is
terminated
inwardly
by
the
Drum
,
which
either
of
it self
and
primarily
,
or
secondarily
and
by
accident
through
consent
of
the
Bowels
,
but
especially
through
fault
of
the
Head
,
is
troubled
with
a
very
painful
and
dangerous
Inflamation
,
which
draws
the
brain
into
Sympathy
.
The
internal
Cavities
,
because
they
have
no
Periostium
,
are
not
pained
,
unless
It
is
broken
,
not
only
by
an
Ulcer
,
but
also
by
a
blow
and
a
vehement
sound
;
whence
it
is
that
those
who
dwel
by
the
Fals
of
the
River
Nilus
,
are
al
deafe
,
by
reason
of
Lovd
roaring
and
Headlong
fal
of
the
flowing
Water
.
Also
the
loosness
and
over
great
moisture
of
the
Drum
is
to
be
considered
,
because
it
may
Cause
Deafness
.
The
proper
Symptomes
of
the
Ear
,
are
those
which
belong
to
the
hurts
of
hearing
,
The
hea●ing
is
hurt
in
a
threefold
Manner
.
When
it
is
abolished
,
it
is
called
Surdita●
,
Deafness
:
which
if
it
come
from
the
Womb
and
is
born
with
the
Patient
,
it
is
incurable
:
if
it
come
by
accident
,
it
may
be
curable
.
Hearing
diminished
is
called
Barucoia
,
thickness
of
hearing
.
Hearing
depraved
consists
in
a
noise
and
ringings
or
buzzings
in
the
Ear
;
t
is
called
Paracousis
.
The
Causes
of
Deafness
and
Thickness
of
Hearing
are
the
same
,
save
that
they
differ
in
Intension
and
Remission
:
and
therefore
the
foresaid
Diseases
of
the
Auditory
passage
and
of
the
Drum
may
cause
these
Symptomes
.
Paracousis
or
Noise
in
the
Ears
springs
from
a
distemper
of
the
drum
,
being
more
moist
or
more
dry
than
is
fitting
:
which
,
as
it
causes
a
more
exquisite
sence
than
ordinary
,
so
also
does
it
cause
a
ringing
in
the
Ear
,
as
being
affected
with
the
very
lightest
motion
of
the
internal
implanted
,
or
external
Air
,
of
while
the
spirits
do
continually
flow
into
the
Ears
;
which
cannot
be
conteined
in
so
close
a
Room
▪
of
some
Spirit
may
stir
it self
within
the
Dug-like
Cavity
.
Several
sounds
are
imagined
in
the
Ears
according
to
the
various
motion
and
mode
of
the
flatulent
Spirit
which
causes
the
same
.
So
that
if
it
be
thick
,
whisperings
are
heard
and
Hummings
▪
if
thin
,
Hissings
:
and
when
it
moves
by
fits
and
starts
,
it
presents
a
tinkling
,
as
it
were
of
bells
.
Somtimes
noises
are
imagined
without
any
fault
of
the
internal
Eare
,
by
consent
of
the
Head
,
whiles
the
internal
and
external
Arteries
being
hotter
than
ordinary
,
do
beat
more
violently
than
they
are
wont
to
do
,
and
do
make
a
great
sound
in
the
Ears
,
if
the
Patient
do
lie
upon
one
of
them
.
The
differences
and
Causes
of
this
seeming
Noise
in
the
Ears
,
are
neatly
expressed
by
Fernelius
in
his
Pathologia
.
In
natural
Deafness
,
springing
from
mis-formation
in
the
Womb
,
and
not
from
Whether
in
a
ringing
of
the
Ear
may
the
teat
like
Process
be
perforated
,
to
let
out
the
Spirits
which
make
a
tumult
in
that
Cavity
?
Whether
does
the
thickness
of
the
Tympanum
hinder
Transpiration
?
so
that
the
flatulent
Spirits
cannot
break
out
?
whether
or
no
wil
it
avail
to
rub
the
extremity
of
the
Auditory
Channel
,
behind
the
Grinding-Teeth
,
with
Mustard
of
some
other
opening
Liquor
?
The
Irregulary
of
Excrements
in
the
Ear
,
is
not
only
of
Cholerick
and
Wheyish
If
an
intollerable
inflamatory
and
pulsatory
pain
does
occupy
the
hinder
parts
of
the
head
,
and
the
matter
flows
thither
and
there
stops
,
the
pain
abiding
:
it
wil
be
safe
to
boar
an
hole
in
the
hinder
part
of
the
Head
,
that
Egress
may
be
given
to
the
quittor
;
when
no
great
danger
is
like
to
follow
from
the
said
operation
.
The
Ear-Worms
termed
Eblai
,
which
are
voided
from
the
Ears
,
belong
to
the
It
is
good
in
Children
for
the
internal
and
external
Parts
of
their
Ears
to
run
and
void
much
Humor
,
because
it
purges
their
Brain
and
prevents
great
Diseases
.
There
is
in
Diseases
observed
a
great
Sympathy
between
the
Eares
,
Mouth
,
Lungs
and
Wesand
:
and
therefore
when
the
Ears
are
hurt
,
the
voyce
is
changed
,
by
reason
of
the
Auditory
Nerve
,
which
being
spread
into
the
Throat
,
reaches
as
far
as
the
Wesand
or
Wind-Pipes
Head
.
And
when
Nature
has
been
accustomed
to
Purge
out
the
Excrements
of
the
Brain
,
by
the
Ears
:
the
stoppage
of
that
Purgation
,
has
made
many
to
die
suddenly
.
Chap.
5.
Of
the
Face
and
outside
of
the
Mouth
.
THe
Face
is
the
broad
and
fore
part
of
the
head
,
comprehending
the
Fore-Head
[
a
](A57335-e89840-b)
a
T.
15
f.
3.
A.
□
Fore-Head
,
[
b
](A57335-e89850-b)
b
f.
1.
between
F
F.
T.
19.
al.
□
Eyes
,
[
c
](A57335-e89860-b)
c
T.
15.
f.
1.
G
I.
□
Nose
,
and
Mouth
with
its
[
d
](A57335-e89870-b)
d
f.
1.
N
N.
□
Lips
,
as
far
as
the
Chin
,
do
belong
unto
the
Face
:
which
,
as
it
is
the
subject
of
Anatomical
dissection
,
is
divided
into
the
Parts
internal
and
external
.
The
External
Parts
are
the
Scarf-Skin
and
the
Skin
,
which
are
thin
and
very
[
e
](A57335-e89920-b)
e
f.
1.
G
H
I.
&c.
□
Nose
,
[
f
](A57335-e89930-b)
f
f.
1.
K
L
M
N.
□
Lips
,
and
inferior
jaw
,
whose
empty
Spaces
are
filled
up
with
fat
.
Moreover
the
Musculus
Latissimus
,
does
cover
the
side
of
the
Face
,
as
far
as
the
Fore-Head
;
yea
and
it
compasses
the
whol
Neck
,
excepting
the
hinder
Part
thereof
.
The
Muscles
of
the
Lips
,
are
the
Extremities
of
the
Mouth
:
the
other
Muscles
which
belong
to
the
lower
Jaw
,
as
the
[
a
](A57335-e89970-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
1.
P
P.
Temperal
Muscle
,
the
Muscle
called
[
b
](A57335-e89980-b)
b
f.
1.
S.
□
Masseter
,
possessing
the
sides
of
the
Face
,
shal
be
explained
in
our
History
of
the
Muscles
.
The
Mouth
therefore
is
a
Slit
in
the
Skin
of
the
Face
,
necessary
for
breathing
,
The
extremities
of
this
Slit
art
termed
[
c
](A57335-e90050-b)
c
f.
1.
N
N.
□
Lips
which
are
moved
by
Muscles
in
their
The
utmost
bound
of
the
Face
is
called
the
[
d
](A57335-e90090-b)
d
f.
1.
n.
□
Chin
,
as
the
upper
extremity
[
e
](A57335-e90120-b)
e
f.
3.
A.
□
Fore-Head
.
The
sides
of
the
Face
are
the
[
f
](A57335-e90140-b)
f
f.
1.
O.
□
Cheeks
.
The
internal
Parts
of
the
Mouth
,
as
the
[
g
](A57335-e90170-b)
g
f.
1.
R
S
T.
&c.
f.
2.
A
B
C.
&c.
□
Teeth
,
Gums
,
[
h
](A57335-e90180-b)
h
T.
10.
f.
1.
g
g.
Palate
,
[
i
](A57335-e90200-b)
i
T.
13.
f.
15.
A.
□
Throat
,
[
k
](A57335-e90210-b)
k
f
14.
A
&c.
□
Tongue
,
shal
be
described
in
order
.
The
[
l
](A57335-e90220-b)
l
f.
9.
10.
&c.
□
Larynx
[
m
](A57335-e90240-b)
m
f.
11
,
12
,
23.
□
Os
Hyoides
,
[
n
](A57335-e90260-b)
n
T.
3.
f.
2.
3.
□
Pharynx
,
and
the
[
o
](A57335-e90290-b)
o
f.
16
,
17.
&c.
□
Glandules
,
appertain
unto
the
Neck
.
The
Face
,
besides
Veins
and
Arteries
has
a
notable
[
p
](A57335-e90310-b)
p
T.
18.
f.
2.
A.
□
Nerve
from
the
third
pair
,
[
q
](A57335-e90330-b)
q
f.
2.
c
c.
&c.
boney
plates
,
under
the
pavement
of
the
Orbita
or
Socket
of
the
Eye
,
and
is
branched
up
and
down
like
a
Gooses
Foot
,
through
the
whol
Face
,
by
the
Nose
,
as
far
as
the
Lips
.
gf
.
6.
m
n
o.
□
ʰ
f.
6.
L
L.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Skin
of
the
Face
,
is
the
Looking-Glass
wherein
are
seen
the
Diseases
of
the
Gutta
Rosacea
,
and
those
who
are
spotted
on
that
manner
are
termed
Antirhoei
.
Palenes
is
commonly
seen
in
Virgins
and
such
as
are
recovered
out
of
some
Sickness
.
The
Green-Sickness
,
is
a
slow
Feaver
in
Virgins
and
other
young
Women
that
want
their
Courses
.
In
such
as
are
sickly
and
crasie
,
the
Color
of
the
Face
is
without
blood
because
the
whol
Mass
of
blood
is
Wheyish
,
and
therefore
the
blood
of
the
Face
being
such
,
must
needs
be
of
an
Wheyish
Color
.
Those
that
are
so
affected
,
are
called
Liphaemoi
,
blood-les
.
A
bad
Color
of
the
Face
,
both
in
Sick
and
sound
persons
,
is
termed
Cacochroia
Furthermore
,
the
Face
is
made
rough
and
deformed
by
burning
Pustles
,
Ionthi
,
Vari
,
Fici
,
Naevi
,
and
Spilloi
.
An
hard
Push
is
called
Ionthos
,
because
it
represents
a
branch
of
the
flowring
Varus
is
an
harder
knob
,
and
not
so
red
and
fiery
as
the
Ionthos
,
Ficus
is
a
certain
Lichen
,
Impetigo
or
Darta
,
is
a
roughness
or
Scaly
Eminence
of
the
Skin
,
if
it
Naevi
,
Warts
,
are
smooth
knobs
white
or
blewish
:
which
if
they
be
of
a
It
is
a
wonderful
thing
how
these
Warts
of
the
Face
do
produce
others
in
divers
Parts
of
the
body
,
which
answer
the
measure
of
the
Face
as
far
as
the
Neck
.
Of
which
subject
Ludovicus
Septalius
has
composed
a
most
Elegant
Book
.
Black
and
blew
Color
in
the
Skin
of
the
Face
,
proceeding
from
a
bruise
,
is
called
Spilloi
are
Sooty
Excrements
of
the
Skin
,
intruded
into
the
pores
thereof
,
which
Pani
,
are
scarrs
in
the
Face
.
Mentagra
,
an
Impetigo
or
Dry-Scab
of
the
Chin
,
which
troubled
the
Gentlemen
of
Rome
in
Plinnies
time
,
where
it
was
a
Popular
Disease
:
is
a
Malignant
Scab
,
which
remaines
many
years
and
is
hardly
curable
,
and
to
alters
the
Skin
of
the
Chin
and
Lips
,
that
a
Man
continues
Beard-les
al
his
Life
long
.
The
Action
of
the
Skin
of
the
Face
being
hurt
is
termed
Cynicus
Spasmus
,
The
It
is
be
Paralytick
the
Retraction
is
made
in
the
sound
Part
,
because
of
the
dissolution
of
the
opposite
Parts
:
If
it
be
convulsive
,
the
Part
affected
is
drawn
back
:
Those
Nerves
which
are
affected
in
this
Symptome
,
do
arise
from
the
spinal
Marrow
between
the
second
and
third
Vertebra
of
the
Neck
.
Galen
attributed
this
depraved
motion
of
the
Mouth
to
the
Muscle
termed
Latissimus
.
Besides
the
Cynicus
Spasmus
,
there
is
another
Convulsion
very
ordinary
,
of
the
upper
Lip
towards
the
Eye
,
by
the
disorder
of
that
same
Nerve
of
the
third
pair
described
above
,
which
being
cut
a
sunder
,
below
the
Socket
of
the
Eye
,
the
said
Convulsion
is
healed
.
The
particular
medicining
of
the
Face
besides
the
universal
,
is
twofold
,
the
one
called
Commotice
painting
and
plastering
with
Fucuses
&c.
The
other
Cosmetice
The
Use
of
those
Fucuses
,
unless
skilfully
mannaged
does
quickly
wrinkle
the
Skin
,
such
as
are
the
Spanish
-
White
,
and
Purpurissus
or
Lovly-Red
.
The
Diseases
of
the
Lips
are
very
many
,
distempers
,
Inflamation
,
Swelling
,
Ulcers
,
Such
as
have
great
Lips
and
sticking
out
,
are
called
Labeones
:
such
as
are
born
Hares
Lip
:
this
defect
is
amended
by
Surgery
.
If
the
Lips
be
loose
and
hanging
,
it
proceeds
from
a
Palsie
.
He
that
has
the
insides
of
his
Lips
turned
outwards
is
termed
Brochus
:
and
he
that
has
swelling
Lips
is
called
Cheilo
.
Those
are
by
Arnobius
termed
Mentones
,
whose
Chins
stick
out
.
The
Chops
of
the
Lips
are
called
Rhagades
.
Somtimes
Tumors
and
little
bladders
Bad
Color
of
the
Lips
in
Diseases
is
no
good
sign
:
in
such
as
are
wel
,
it
argues
a
`
Moles
and
Warts
black
and
blew
and
Scirrhous
sticking
upon
the
Lips
,
are
Somtimes
the
Lips
do
naturally
Swel
,
especially
the
lower
Lip
,
when
the
Jaw
is
drawn
out
,
and
then
the
lower
Teeth
before
are
higher
than
the
upper
,
and
include
them
.
The
principal
hurt
of
the
action
of
the
Lips
,
is
depraved
Speech
.
But
this
Symptome
wants
a
Name
.
The
depraved
trembling
motion
of
the
Lips
,
happens
by
consent
of
the
Stomach
The
opening
of
the
Mouth
is
hurt
,
when
the
Jaw
is
become
stif
and
immovable
:
Much
spawling
,
and
want
of
Spittle
,
do
belong
to
the
Diseases
of
the
Mouth
,
Chap.
6.
Of
the
Nose
.
THe
Nose
,
the
Instrument
of
Smelling
and
of
clensing
the
brain
,
is
placed
in
the
The
length
and
breadth
thereof
is
uncomly
,
if
it
exceed
a
Mans
Thumb
in
length
and
thickness
.
The
Figure
of
a
Mans
Nose
contributes
much
to
his
healthy
living
:
for
an
high
It
is
divided
into
two
[
a
](A57335-e91540-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
2.
□
Cavities
,
which
are
called
Nostrils
severed
by
a
partition
,
The
Depth
and
Widness
of
the
Nose
,
are
greater
within
than
they
appear
outwardly
:
for
that
same
space
which
lies
between
the
two
tables
or
boards
of
the
Palate
and
Os
Sphenoides
,
divided
into
two
Cavities
by
the
Os
Vomeris
,
reaching
to
the
Partition
of
the
Nostrils
,
belongs
unto
the
Nose
.
That
space
is
filled
up
with
Spungy
Bones
,
which
are
portions
of
the
Colander-bone
.
Spungy
bits
of
Flesh
,
which
drink
up
the
Flegm
which
flows
from
the
Head
,
that
Snevil
might
not
be
alwaies
dropping
out
of
the
Nose
.
These
bones
and
Caruncles
or
Spungy
bits
of
flesh
do
likewise
serve
to
Filtrate
and
strain
the
Air
,
which
,
the
Mouth
being
shut
,
is
drawn
in
at
the
Nostrils
,
that
it
may
be
imparted
pure
unto
the
Lungs
and
brain
.
The
Nose
therefore
is
compounded
of
bones
,
Gristles
,
Membranes
and
Muscles
.
It
consists
of
[
b
](A57335-e91680-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
3.
K.
□
Two
Bones
,
which
stick
outwards
and
fashion
the
same
.
Five
Alae
Nasi
the
Wings
and
Pinnacles
of
the
Nose
.
There
is
a
Gristle
placed
between
them
,
which
is
called
Septum
,
the
partition
,
and
it
depends
upon
that
same
boney
[
a
](A57335-e91760-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
6.
●
.
□
partition
,
placed
between
the
bones
of
the
Nose
,
being
a
continuation
of
Os
Vomeris
.
The
Nose
is
cloathed
externally
with
the
Cuticula
and
Cutis
under
which
lie
the
[
b
](A57335-e91820-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
1.
G
H.
&c.
□
Muscles
.
The
inner
Parts
of
the
Nose
are
invested
with
a
Membrane
sprinkled
with
fleshy
Fibres
,
by
the
help
of
which
,
the
Pinnacles
of
the
Nose
are
contracted
,
when
the
breath
is
strongly
drawn
in
;
as
the
said
Pinnacles
are
widened
by
other
external
Muscles
,
the
description
whereof
you
shal
find
in
my
History
of
the
Muscles
.
Book
the
5.
To
the
Nose
do
belong
,
the
Seive
like
plate
of
the
Colander
bone
,
and
the
Mamillary
or
Teat-like
Productions
ending
at
these
bones
,
and
given
out
to
be
the
Organs
or
Instruments
of
Smelling
.
Some
would
doubt
whither
those
Caruncles
or
little
bits
of
Flesh
which
are
thrust
into
the
Spungy
bones
,
are
the
proper
Instruments
of
smelling
,
or
only
some
way
subservient
thereunto
;
because
when
they
are
overmoistened
,
or
by
any
Diseases
impaired
,
the
smelling
is
depraved
,
or
wholly
lost
.
ᶜ
T.
15.
f.
5.
C
C.
□
ᵈ
T.
18.
f.
3.
a
a.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Gristly
Parts
of
the
Nose
,
are
Inflamed
,
Bruised
,
and
Vlcerated
;
the
a
bad
Conformation
,
as
when
the
Nose
is
crooked
inwards
like
a
saddle
;
which
is
oftimes
caused
by
external
Causes
:
but
if
a
Child
be
born
with
a
Saddle-Nose
,
it
may
be
then
raised
and
rectified
.
For
as
Plato
reports
in
his
Alcibiades
,
if
the
King
of
Persia
had
a
Daughter
so
born
;
they
did
thrust
Pipes
into
the
Childs
Nose
,
and
reduce
it
by
little
and
little
to
its
right
shape
,
by
widening
the
bones
and
Gristles
,
whiles
they
were
yet
Waxy
and
pliable
.
An
over
great
and
high
Nose
,
cannot
be
cut
shorter
without
making
the
party
more
deformed
.
If
in
persons
grown
up
the
Nose
be
Swelled
with
Tuberous
Excrescencies
of
Flesh
;
that
fault
may
be
mended
by
cutting
of
the
said
luxuriating
Flesh
.
The
inside
of
the
Nose
is
apt
to
Swel
,
and
is
infested
with
Inflamatory
bunches
,
The
Polipus
is
neatly
discribed
by
Celsus
in
his
sixt
Book
,
Chapter
the
eight
.
Unless
it
be
of
a
Malignant
Color
and
painful
,
it
may
safely
be
cut
away
by
the
Roots
,
if
possible
,
which
is
the
true
▪
Cure
,
for
otherwise
it
wil
grow
again
,
if
any
Part
be
left
remaining
after
section
.
A
Malignant
Cancerous
Polypus
must
not
be
medled
withaleither
by
cutting
,
burning
,
or
caustick
Medicaments
,
for
if
it
be
exasperated
it
eates
and
devours
the
whol
Face
.
Symptomes
of
the
Nose
are
either
its
action
hurt
,
or
simple
affections
thereof
,
The
Smelling
is
depraved
,
when
al
things
seem
to
stink
,
and
when
the
Patient
Simple
affections
of
the
external
Nose
,
are
spors
which
are
black
and
blew
or
red
,
The
Irregularity
of
Excretions
,
consists
in
Bleeding
at
the
Nose
,
and
in
a
Flux
of
Serosities
therefrom
,
which
causes
the
Coryza
or
Grauedo
,
or
a
continual
Nose-dropping
.
Hippocrates
in
his
sixt
Book
of
Aphorismes
saies
,
Such
as
have
running
Noses
,
are
unhealthy
.
In
bleeding
at
the
Nose
,
the
blood
either
comes
from
the
Nostrils
opened
by
Dura
Mater
,
which
reaches
unto
the
Nostrils
:
if
the
Veins
be
opened
by
the
sharpness
of
the
blood
or
the
abudance
thereof
,
after
it
has
flowed
a
while
,
it
must
be
stopped
by
opening
a
Vein
in
the
Arm
,
unless
the
blood
flow
critically
.
Fernelius
would
have
al
bleedings
at
the
Nose
to
be
stopped
,
be
they
what
they
wil
,
and
would
have
a
Vein
opened
to
that
end
,
contrary
to
the
Doctrine
of
Hippocrates
.
Blood
coming
from
the
inner
Parts
of
the
Nose
may
be
stopped
:
but
it
is
very
hard
to
stop
the
same
when
it
comes
from
the
Menings
or
Coates
of
the
Brain
.
Dropping
of
blood
from
the
Nose
in
burning
and
Malignant
Feavers
,
is
bad
,
both
If
bleeding
at
the
Nose
be
stopped
in
young
people
accustomed
thereunto
,
and
their
brains
Ake
through
fullness
,
they
must
be
let
blood
.
The
Ancients
did
open
the
inward
Veins
of
the
Nose
,
which
Practice
is
left
off
,
because
the
way
they
did
it
,
is
to
us
unknown
.
Fernelius
writes
that
Wormes
as
long
as
ones
Finger
have
been
found
in
Saddle-Noses
,
being
there
bred
▪
which
at
last
made
the
Patients
mad
and
killed
them
:
those
Wormes
were
thought
to
have
been
cast
out
of
the
brain
,
where
as
indeed
they
were
born
and
bred
in
the
Cavities
of
the
Nose
.
For
Wormes
bred
in
the
Ventricles
of
the
brain
,
cannot
come
out
,
unless
they
should
eat
a
sunder
or
break
the
Sieve-like
table
of
the
Colander-bone
.
That
which
Fernelius
has
written
,
is
worthy
of
consideration
in
reference
to
Diseases
of
the
Head
.
That
in
Nose-bleedings
,
the
blood
comes
out
not
from
the
brain
,
but
out
of
the
Veins
of
the
Nostrils
.
The
Veins
(
saith
he
)
do
run
into
the
Nose
not
from
the
inner
Parts
of
the
brain
,
but
out
of
the
Cavities
of
the
Mouth
and
Palate
,
which
are
wide
and
open
enough
,
so
as
they
seem
to
be
the
Emissaries
of
superfluovs
blood
;
Even
as
the
Haernorrhoid
Veins
,
and
those
which
belong
to
the
Neck
of
the
Womb.
Wherefore
the
brain
being
burthened
with
blood
is
not
eased
,
if
the
blood
flow
not
from
the
Cavities
of
Dura
Mater
.
But
I
beleive
it
flowes
out
of
the
brain
.
And
Galen
and
Areteus
do
write
,
that
the
Veins
within
the
Nostrils
,
beneath
the
Colander-bone
,
may
be
opened
by
Art
.
Sneezing
may
be
said
to
belong
unto
the
Nostrils
,
because
they
being
vexed
do
Chap.
7.
Of
the
Neck
.
THat
Part
which
is
interposed
between
the
Head
and
the
Chest
,
is
termed
It
ought
to
be
of
an
indifferent
length
,
that
it
may
be
healthy
and
useful
for
the
The
Neck
is
made
up
of
divers
Parts
,
which
are
divided
into
Conteining
and
There
are
reckoned
two
common
containing
Parts
,
the
Scarf-Skin
and
the
Skin
.
The
containing
proper
Membrane
is
its
Coat
viz.
The
Musculus
Latus
,
which
seems
to
be
a
Propagation
of
the
Membrana
Carnosa
.
The
Parts
contained
are
manyfold
viz.
The
Muscles
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e92780-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
18.
T.
14.
f.
4.
&c.
□
Head
,
of
the
[
b
](A57335-e92790-b)
b
T.
13.
f.
18.
T.
14.
f.
2.
3
,
4.
□
Neck
of
the
[
c
](A57335-e92800-b)
c
T.
13.
f.
13.
&c.
□
Os
Hyoides
,
of
the
[
d
](A57335-e92820-b)
d
T.
13.
f.
14.
□
Tongue
,
of
the
[
e
](A57335-e92830-b)
e
f.
8
9
,
10.
&c.
□
Larynx
and
he
[
f
](A57335-e92850-b)
f
T.
3.
f.
2.
3.
□
Pharynx
;
which
being
orderly
dissected
and
taken
away
there
comes
in
view
the
[
g
](A57335-e92870-b)
g
f.
8.
9.
&c.
□
Larynx
,
the
[
h
](A57335-e92890-b)
h
f.
11.
12.
A
B
C.
□
Os
Hyoides
,
the
Pharynx
,
the
[
i
](A57335-e92920-b)
i
f.
15.
A.
□
Tongue
,
the
[
k
](A57335-e92930-b)
k
f.
16.
17.
&c.
□
Kernels
,
The
[
l
](A57335-e92940-b)
l
T.
12.
f.
1.
e
e.
●
f.
□
●our
jugulars
,
the
two
[
m
](A57335-e92950-b)
m
f.
2.
a
a.
□
Carotick
Arteries
,
A
Nerve
of
the
[
n
](A57335-e92960-b)
n
T.
3.
f.
8.
□
●ixt
Conjugation
both
descending
and
Recurrent
,
the
Cervical
[
o
](A57335-e92970-b)
o
T.
12.
f.
1.
g
g.
□
Veins
and
[
p
](A57335-e92980-b)
p
f.
2.
δ
δ.
□
Arteries
;
and
the
greater
number
of
the●e
Parts
,
is
placed
in
the
foreside
of
the
Neck
:
in
the
hinder
Part
thereof
are
the
[
q
](A57335-e92990-b)
q
T.
13.
f.
19.
□
Vertebraes
,
and
the
hinder
[
r
](A57335-e93010-b)
r
T.
14.
f.
2.
3
,
4.
&c.
□
Muscles
ordained
to
move
the
Head
and
Neck
.
I
wil
reserve
the
Explication
of
the
Muscles
to
my
Myöl●gia
or
History
of
Muscles
,
where
the
Reader
may
look
,
if
he
denre
to
know
the
Muscles
of
every
Part.
But
you
must
diligently
observe
the
Kernels
placed
upon
the
[
a
](A57335-e93050-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
1
,
2.
8.
□
Cartilago
Thuroides
or
Door
fashiond
Gristle
,
which
are
larger
in
Women
than
in
Men.
In
this
order
therefore
you
shal
search
for
the
Parts
of
the
Neck
,
and
separate
them
if
you
can
one
from
another
,
or
take
them
out
.
And
first
of
al
,
the
Musculus
Latissimus
being
taken
away
,
you
shal
search
diligentfor
[
b
](A57335-e93100-b)
b
T.
3.
f.
8.
A
B.
&c.
□
Sixt
pair
,
placed
between
the
internal
jugular
Vein
and
the
Carotick
Arteries
.
The
[
c
](A57335-e93110-b)
c
T.
12.
f.
1.
e
e.
□
Internal
Jugular
has
little
values
or
shutters
near
the
Claves
,
but
the
[
d
](A57335-e93130-b)
d
f.
1.
f
f.
□
external
Jugular
has
none
.
The
Carotick
Artery
at
its
entrance
into
the
Skul
,
has
two
very
smal
thin
bones
,
which
hinder
and
keep
back
the
Arterial
blood
,
when
it
would
flow
in
too
violently
.
The
Nerves
of
the
sixt
Pair
being
both
of
them
tied
in
a
living
Dog
,
he
cannot
bark
having
lost
his
voyce
,
if
one
only
be
tied
,
he
barks
but
faintly
and
by
halves
:
which
is
diligently
to
be
observed
.
Then
you
shal
consider
the
Os
[
f
](A57335-e93200-b)
f
T.
13.
f.
11.
12.
A
B
C.
□
Hyoides
,
how
it
is
suspended
with
strong
bands
[
g
](A57335-e93240-b)
g
T.
15.
f.
6.
D
D.
□
Styloides
;
how
it
sustaines
the
Larynx
,
the
Epiglottis
and
the
Tongue
.
For
the
Cartilago
[
h
](A57335-e93290-b)
h
f.
1
,
2
,
8.
A.
□
Thyroides
,
is
by
its
Hornes
annexeded
to
the
Os
Hyoides
.
And
therefore
the
Os
Hyoides
is
the
Foundation
of
those
Parts
,
and
yet
is
it
moveable
in
swallowing
:
and
Rondeletius
saw
one
taken
Speechles
as
in
a
Palsie
,
by
reason
of
the
dissolution
of
the
Reluctancy
of
the
Muscles
of
Os
Hyoides
.
Which
is
a
thing
to
be
observed
in
that
bone
.
Besides
those
Kernels
resting
upon
the
Cartilago
Thuroides
,
there
are
other
little
Under
the
lower
Jaw
,
in
the
upper
and
foremer
Part
of
the
Neck
,
are
seen
two
other
Kernels
,
which
do
often
swel
,
and
in
them
the
Kings-Evil
is
bred
.
At
the
Root
of
the
Tongue
are
the
[
a
](A57335-e93410-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
16.
and
11.
□
Tonsillae
,
termed
Antiades
;
certain
Kernels
so
called
.
Whose
pain
and
swelling
are
by
Vlpian
termed
Antiagri
.
Al
these
Kernels
are
diligently
to
be
considered
in
Fl●●ions
which
happen
in
the
Neck
,
whether
they
be
the
Scrophulae
Kings
Evil
or
Bronchacele
.
ᵉ
f.
●●
a
a.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Neck
is
subiect
to
Similar
Diseases
arising
from
distemper
,
and
to
Diseases
Bronchocele
is
a
Swelling
in
the
Neck
,
near
the
Larynx
,
arising
from
an
humor
collected
in
that
place
,
or
from
the
Kernel
of
the
Cartilago
Thuroides
being
longer
than
ordinary
and
producing
superfluous
flesh
;
or
it
is
an
Impostum
proceeding
from
the
Tumor
Atheroma
or
Steatoma
,
or
it
is
a
Dropsie
.
Bronchocele
does
not
proceed
,
as
many
have
imagined
,
from
immoderate
Clamors
and
Cryings
out
,
or
by
drinking
of
melted
Snow
,
as
the
fashion
is
among
the
Inhabitants
of
the
Alpes
or
other
high
Mountaines
;
but
from
thick
and
clammmy
Flegm
,
which
slides
thither
by
bittle
and
little
out
of
the
Head
and
the
external
Parts
thereof
,
down
behind
the
Eares
.
Which
is
the
Judgment
of
Fernelius
.
It
may
be
questioned
,
whether
the
matter
be
contained
between
the
Musculus
latus
and
the
Skin
,
or
whether
it
lie
al
concealed
under
the
Musculus
Latus
.
For
if
the
matter
be
collected
there
,
it
cannot
be
drawn
out
,
because
it
is
crept
in
between
the
spaces
of
the
Muscles
.
If
it
lie
outward
to
the
sight
,
it
may
be
rooted
out
and
cured
.
It
is
wont
to
begin
with
a
wind
,
which
distends
and
separates
the
Skin
from
the
Membrana
Carnosa
:
or
the
Musculus
Latus
it self
,
is
separated
from
the
Parts
which
lie
beneath
the
same
.
Into
the
which
space
the
matter
flows
by
degrees
,
which
differs
according
to
the
various
temperament
and
Constitution
of
the
Patients
.
It
grows
by
little
and
little
,
and
receives
nourishment
,
not
by
the
Veins
,
but
by
certain
little
Pipes
which
Nature
creates
.
Bronchocele
differs
very
much
from
the
Kings-Evil-Swellings
,
which
rise
under
Scirrhous
Tumors
have
in
them
somwhat
of
the
Nature
of
the
Kings-Evil-Swellings
,
which
makes
them
suspected
.
They
happen
under
the
Jaws
,
in
the
Groins
,
behind
the
Ears
,
and
in
al
Parts
of
the
Body
where
there
are
Glandules
or
Kernels
.
And
somtimes
in
certain
places
of
the
Body
,
a
portion
of
Fat
grows
hard
and
makes
a
Scirrhous
Tumor
and
somtime
the
Kings-Evil
.
The
Tumor
Gongroni
is
mustered
among
the
external
swellings
of
Angina
the
squinsie
,
is
a
Tumor
of
the
Neck
either
internal
or
external
:
or
an
The
external
is
properly
called
Synanche
,
the
Internal
is
termed
Cynanche
.
Galen
conceives
that
this
distinction
of
Names
is
vain
and
of
no
use
in
Practice
.
But
I
account
the
same
necessary
.
For
although
general
Medicines
do
serve
for
both
,
yet
in
Cynanche
where
the
Patient
can
neither
fetch
breath
nor
speak
,
the
danger
is
greater
:
and
therefore
Medicines
are
to
be
speeded
with
al
hast
possible
:
yea
and
the
Wind-Pipe
must
be
opened
ere
twenty
four
hours
are
past
,
that
the
Patient
may
by
that
means
receive
breath
,
til
such
time
as
the
upper
Part
of
the
Larynx
be
unstopped
.
For
in
that
kind
o●
Squinsie
,
where
no
outward
swelling
appears
,
the
Larynx
alone
is
inflamed
and
obstructed
.
In
other
Squinsies
the
Circumjacent
Muscles
of
other
Parts
are
affected
:
In
the
Cynanche
,
the
Fluxion
is
in
the
Arytaenois
and
the
Glottis
,
and
in
other
Musculous
Carnosities
of
the
Larynx
,
by
which
means
the
passage
of
the
Larynx
is
stopped
,
and
death
follows
unvoidably
,
for
though
there
is
some
little
passage
left
for
Liquors
,
yet
no
man
can
live
without
fetching
his
breath
.
A
Leek
thrust
into
the
Throat
,
with
some
sharp
biting
Powder
sprinkled
upon
it
may
do
good
,
as
also
some
strong
drawing
Medicine
or
a
Vesicatory
applied
to
the
Larynx
,
and
Scarifications
made
here
and
there
about
the
Larynx
.
Touching
the
Squinsie
,
read
Hippocrates
in
the
27.
and
34.
Aphorismes
of
his
sixt
Book
.
In
the
third
Book
of
his
Prognosticks
,
And
in
the
49.
Aphorisme
of
his
seventh
Book
.
Chap.
8.
Of
the
Teeth
and
Gums
.
I
Return
now
unto
the
inner
Parts
of
the
Mouth
which
are
there
conteined
,
and
may
be
seen
with
the
Eyes
,
such
as
are
the
Teeth
,
Gums
,
Palate
,
Wula
and
Tongue
,
of
which
in
order
.
I
wil
begin
with
the
Teeth
,
the
Instruments
of
Chewing
and
of
speaking
;
for
There
is
a
twofold
consideration
of
the
Teeth
;
as
they
are
in
Infants
,
til
they
are
two
or
three
years
Old
,
and
as
they
are
in
persons
of
riper
years
.
In
Infants
they
break
out
by
Course
,
first
the
Cutters
,
then
the
Dog-Teeth
,
after
These
first
Teeth
are
called
Dentes
Lactei
,
the
milk
Teeth
,
which
have
under
them
another
branch
,
which
wil
shoot
forth
another
Tooth
,
if
the
first
be
pluckt
out
,
or
come
out
of
it self
.
There
are
two
seasons
observed
in
which
Children
are
most
tormented
with
Tooth-breeding
:
the
one
is
when
they
first
sprout
within
the
Gum
,
the
other
is
when
they
break
out
of
the
Gum.
And
under
the
Term
of
Tooth-breeding
Hippocrates
does
in
a
manner
comprehend
al
Childrens
Diseases
,
because
Children
are
troubled
with
many
Diseases
upon
that
account
,
springing
from
the
pain
of
Teeth-breeding
,
and
bringing
them
to
their
Graves
.
In
Persons
grown
up
the
Teeth
are
distributed
into
two
ranks
or
[
a
](A57335-e94190-b)
a
T.
14.
f.
3.
□
rows
,
according
[
b
](A57335-e94210-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
6.
m.
□
Cutters
:
next
them
on
either
side
,
are
the
two
[
c
](A57335-e94240-b)
c
T.
15.
f.
6.
n
n.
□
Dog-Teeth
,
and
after
them
on
each
side
five
Grinders
.
They
are
immovably
fastened
in
their
Holes
called
Alveoli
,
by
that
kind
of
Articulation
which
is
termed
Gomphosis
.
They
are
bound
and
fastened
both
by
their
proper
Ligaments
and
by
the
Gums
.
They
recive
Nerves
,
Veins
and
Arteries
within
their
Roots
,
which
are
hollow
,
ᵈ
T.
15.
f.
6.
o
o
o
o.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
Tooth-Sicknesses
of
Infants
,
have
two
times
in
which
they
are
wont
to
torment
The
teeth
of
grown
Persons
are
troubled
with
divers
Diseases
,
as
Distempers
,
Dryness
Number
Deficient
,
when
they
fal
out
;
or
in
Number
exceeding
,
when
there
are
two
or
three
rows
of
Teeth
:
or
when
there
is
but
one
Bone
,
in
the
place
of
so
many
Teeth
.
In
Magnitude
exceeding
or
deficient
,
as
when
there
be
long
gag
Teeth
,
that
go
out
of
their
Rank
,
or
when
the
Teeth
are
too
little
and
worn
away
.
In
Scituation
,
when
they
stand
not
close
together
,
or
when
the
lower
Teeth
are
not
just
against
the
upper
,
or
when
the
upper
Teeth
fal
within
the
lower
,
or
when
Teeth
grow
in
the
Palate
of
the
Mouth
.
Diseases
common
are
,
when
the
Teeth
Scale
and
moulder
away
with
rotteness
,
Symptomes
of
the
Teeth
,
are
the
hurting
of
the
proper
and
peculiar
feeling
of
the
Teeth
,
which
is
called
Haemodia
,
Setting
of
the
Teeth
on
Edge
;
or
the
hurting
of
the
common
feeling
of
the
Teeth
,
which
causes
the
Tooth
Ach
,
which
is
termed
Odontalgia
or
Odontagra
for
the
likness
it
has
to
pains
of
the
Gout
.
Pain
of
the
Teeth
is
reckoned
among
the
greatest
torments
which
are
in
the
world
,
although
a
Tooth
be
so
smal
a
Part.
Celsus
Book
the
sixt
Chap.
9.
Simple
Affections
of
the
Teeth
are
Blackness
,
Rustyness
and
a
clammy
gluishness
(
which
Hippocrates
counts
the
sign
of
a
strong
Feaver
)
also
a
stony
Crust
which
grows
upon
them
.
Symptomes
in
the
Irregularity
of
things
voided
,
are
,
A
Stinking
of
the
Teeth
,
Dryness
of
the
Teeth
in
Sick
people
,
foretels
a
Convulsion
or
Madness
.
It
is
worth
the
enquiry
.
Whether
into
the
plaee
of
a
Tooth
drawn
out
,
another
He
that
shal
consider
that
the
Teeth
have
Life
,
do
receive
Veins
,
Arteries
and
Nerves
;
do
feel
,
are
pained
;
and
firmly
tied
and
fastened
with
certain
bands
into
the
Gums
:
wil
never
say
that
a
strang
Tooth
,
thrust
into
the
place
of
one
pluckt
out
,
can
be
made
so
like
to
the
other
Teeth
,
as
to
perform
the
same
Office
with
them
and
stick
there
as
long
as
they
shal
do
.
Yet
some
Physitians
in
favour
of
a
Norman
Tooth-drawer
,
would
perswade
Men
that
it
is
possible
to
substitute
such
a
Tooth
,
and
they
have
upbraided
me
with
Incredulity
and
Ignorance
,
because
I
am
not
of
their
mind
.
You
are
to
consider
the
holes
in
the
upper
and
lower
Jaw-bone
,
through
which
are
drawn
the
Nerves
Veins
and
Arteries
,
which
are
inserted
into
the
Roots
of
the
Teeth
.
In
the
upper
Jaw
there
creeps
an
Artery
which
running
towards
the
Eare
,
is
there
burnt
,
or
seared
up
,
and
to
that
place
and
upon
the
Temples
,
an
astringent
plaster
is
laid
to
stop
the
Veins
by
which
the
Flux
of
Rheum
does
come
.
There
creeps
an
Artery
in
the
Lower
Jaw
near
the
Corner
,
which
is
to
be
seared
where
it
beates
,
or
topicks
are
to
be
laid
thereupon
,
to
ease
the
Tooth-Ach
of
the
lower
Jaw
.
Somtimes
a
bony
Fungus
or
Spungy
substance
grows
out
of
the
hole
of
a
Tooth
,
You
shal
observe
that
the
brain
hurts
the
Teeth
by
Distillation
of
Rheum
,
the
Stomach
hurts
them
by
Fumigation
or
raising
fumes
and
steems
which
annoy
them
:
and
that
the
Lungs
likewise
do
in
some
Measure
dammage
the
Teeth
.
That
there
is
a
Regeneration
of
the
Teeth
,
and
that
Teeth
grow
out
in
every
Age
To
Clense
the
Teeth
you
shal
find
an
Admirable
Water
,
in
the
96.
Counsel
of
Chap.
9.
Of
the
Gums
.
THe
Gums
are
certain
parcels
of
Flesh
folded
about
the
Teeth
,
which
cover
the
Inflamation
of
the
Gums
is
called
Parulis
:
if
the
Flesh
grow
from
an
Ulcer
,
it
s
The
Gums
are
Eaten
up
by
Ulcers
called
Aphthae
:
in
the
Scurvy
(
which
the
Old
Physitians
called
Stomachache
and
Oscedo
)
the
Ulcers
of
the
Gums
are
Malignant
.
Somtimes
these
Aphthae
or
Ulcers
of
the
Gums
are
so
Malignant
,
that
they
eate
Chap.
10.
Of
the
Palate
.
THe
Palate
is
the
[
a
](A57335-e95180-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
5.
L
L.
&c.
□
Vaulted
Roofe
of
the
Mouth
,
which
is
a
very
thin
bone
,
[
b
](A57335-e95200-b)
b
T.
13.
f.
15.
D.
□
Nervous
Skin
,
which
is
wrinkled
,
by
reason
of
the
Crevesses
which
are
ingraven
in
the
bone
:
and
therefore
it
sticks
very
hard
to
the
bone
,
which
has
no
Periostium
▪
This
most
tender
bone
does
many
times
become
rotten
in
the
Whores-Pocks
,
Chap.
11.
Of
the
Uvula
and
Isthmus
.
AT
the
inner
part
or
further
part
of
the
[
c
](A57335-e95280-b)
c
T.
13.
f.
15.
D.
□
Palate
hangs
the
[
d
](A57335-e95290-b)
d
T.
13.
f.
15.
A.
□
Gargareon
or
Paulus
Aegineta
in
the
51.
Chapter
of
his
sixt
Book
.
It
hinders
liquid
things
from
running
back
into
the
Nostrils
,
and
it
purifies
the
Air
which
enters
into
the
Wind-Pipe
.
Therefore
such
as
have
no
Wula
,
are
hoarse
in
speaking
,
part
of
what
they
drink
runs
into
their
Nose
,
and
because
of
the
impurity
of
the
Air
which
they
draw
into
their
Lungs
,
they
fal
into
a
Consumption
.
It
has
[
a
](A57335-e95370-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
15.
B
B.
C
C.
&c.
□
Muscles
for
motion
,
though
it
be
moved
very
obscurly
or
rather
suspended
To
this
Particle
are
adjoyned
certain
Lateral
Ligaments
,
which
being
widened
[
b
](A57335-e95440-b)
b
T.
13.
f.
17.
and
18.
□
Kernels
termed
Tonsillae
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
This
Part
,
viz.
The
Wula
o●
Gargareon
is
Inflamed
Swelled
,
Lengthened
If
it
hang
down
too
much
,
part
of
it
is
cut
away
;
if
the
lateral
Membranes
are
relaxed
it
is
called
Imantis
by
Aretaeus
;
who
elegantly
describes
the
Relaxation
of
first
Book
de
Causis
Acutorum
,
Chap.
8.
Of
the
Gargareon
read
Hippocrates
,
in
his
third
Progn
,
sent.
31.
Of
the
Isthmus
.
Isthmus
is
a
place
or
space
between
the
Larynx
and
Pharynx
,
seated
in
the
The
Kernels
there
placed
are
called
ᵃ
Antiades
and
Paristhmia
.
The
swelling
of
those
Kernels
is
called
by
the
same
names
by
which
the
Tonsillae
are
called
when
they
are
inflamed
.
Somtimes
they
swel
and
grow
to
such
a
greatness
,
that
they
descend
into
the
Throat
like
two
Apples
and
hinder
the
Patient
from
swallowing
and
fetching
breath
.
They
are
often
inflamed
and
Impostumated
,
and
then
they
must
be
pricked
deep
in
with
a
lancet
,
to
let
out
the
blood
or
quittor
,
otherwise
they
choak
the
Patient
.
Somtimes
they
are
inflected
with
Cancerous
Tumors
,
which
are
incurable
.
Chap.
12.
Of
the
Tongue
.
THe
Tongue
,
which
is
the
Instrument
of
tasting
speaking
and
swallowing
;
is
[
b
](A57335-e95840-b)
b
T.
13.
f.
14.
A.
&c.
□
Fleshy
and
Spungy
substance
,
compassed
about
with
a
thin
Membrane
.
Although
it
seem
one
,
yet
is
it
divided
into
two
Parts
,
which
are
so
separated
,
although
closly
connexed
;
that
one
side
may
have
the
Palsie
and
the
other
be
free
,
and
the
one
side
may
be
discoloured
and
the
other
not
.
It
is
placed
in
the
Mouth
and
throat
,
born
up
by
the
Basis
of
the
[
c
](A57335-e95860-b)
c
T.
13.
f.
11.
and
12.
A.
□
Os
Hyoides
,
And
therefore
because
it
is
the
Instrument
of
Tast
,
of
speech
and
of
the
Mind
,
it
was
requisite
that
it
should
correspond
and
communicate
with
those
principal
Bowels
:
and
therefore
as
the
Urin
is
in
al
Diseases
lookt
upon
and
examined
,
so
ought
the
Tongue
to
be
diligently
considered
.
Hippocrates
Lib.
6.
Epidem
:
Sect.
3.
Text
14.
The
Tongue
shews
what
the
Urin
is
:
which
Galen
has
confirmed
in
his
Commentary
upon
that
place
.
The
Magnitude
of
the
Tongue
is
to
be
considered
:
for
naturally
it
ought
to
be
The
[
a
](A57335-e95980-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
16.
and
17.
□
pointed
end
of
the
Tongue
,
which
smites
against
the
Teeth
,
is
termed
Proglossis
:
It
has
Veins
from
the
Jugular
,
Arteries
from
the
Carotick
.
The
Veins
under
[
c
](A57335-e96120-b)
c
T.
13.
f.
14.
a
a.
b
b.
□
Nerves
for
tasting
and
motion
.
For
though
it
be
of
it self
Voluble
in
speaking
,
yet
for
the
more
strong
motions
of
chewing
,
swallowing
and
spitting
,
it
stands
in
need
of
[
d
](A57335-e96130-b)
d
T.
13.
f.
14.
B.
C.
D.
E.
□
Muscles
,
of
which
you
may
read
in
my
History
of
Muscles
Lib.
5.
T.
13.
f.
14.
A.
□
T.
13.
f.
14.
B
B.
□
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Tongue
is
subject
to
divers
Diseases
,
Similar
,
Organick
,
and
common
.
It
is
Organically
Diseased
,
when
it
is
swollen
in
al
its
dismensions
and
cannot
be
conteined
within
the
Hedg
of
the
Teeth
.
It
is
inflamed
,
when
the
Tumor
called
Batrachium
rises
under
the
Tongue
,
and
turnes
to
an
Impostum
:
out
of
which
being
opened
,
there
flowes
a
substance
like
the
white
of
an
Egg
and
somtimes
true
quittor
.
If
it
be
removed
never
so
little
from
its
place
,
the
Cause
is
in
the
Os
Hyoides
,
or
in
its
Muscles
,
being
either
Palsied
or
Convulsed
.
It
is
also
Ulcerated
by
those
simple
Ulcers
termed
Aphthae
,
and
somtimes
with
Malignant
Ulcers
,
which
putrifie
,
Eat
and
consume
the
same
.
That
the
substance
of
the
Tongue
may
grow
again
is
confirmed
by
many
Histories
,
and
that
the
same
being
lost
,
a
man
is
not
wholly
deprived
of
speech
.
There
have
been
some
seen
who
could
speak
distinctly
enough
,
so
as
to
be
understood
,
without
a
Tongue
.
But
peradventure
they
had
some
Part
of
their
Tongue
remaining
far
within
,
which
with
the
Glottis
and
Wula
did
frame
the
Speech
.
Symptomes
of
the
Tongue
,
of
the
first
kind
,
are
two
,
the
Marring
of
Speech
and
Tasting
.
Speech
is
marred
three
waies
,
by
Abolition
,
Imminution
and
Depravation
.
Traulotis
,
Psallotis
or
Balbuties
.
Traulotis
is
when
the
Patient
cannot
pronounce
some
one
letter
,
and
Psallotis
or
Psellismos
is
,
when
he
cannot
pronounce
divers
letters
.
Ischnophonia
,
Stammering
,
is
a
stoppage
of
the
Tongue
,
so
that
the
Patient
cannot
proceed
in
his
discourse
,
but
repeats
one
and
the
same
There
is
a
threefold
marring
of
the
Tast
,
not
distinguished
by
names
:
for
it
is
abolished
,
depraved
and
diminished
.
The
depravation
of
tast
happens
when
the
Tongue
is
filled
with
some
evil
The
motion
of
the
whole
Tongue
is
abolished
in
the
Palsie
,
diminished
when
the
In
a
total
Palsie
of
the
Tongue
,
there
is
great
fear
that
the
Patient
wil
fal
into
an
Apoplexy
,
though
Fernelius
saw
none
to
follow
:
but
we
must
not
be
too
confident
,
but
meet
the
Disease
when
it
is
coming
.
In
a
total
Palsie
of
the
Tongue
the
Patients
are
dumb
:
in
a
Palsie
of
half
the
Tongue
,
they
speak
untowardly
.
A
simple
affection
of
the
Tongue
,
is
its
Color
changed
,
which
comes
not
only
There
is
a
certain
trembling
or
wavering
of
the
Tongue
observed
in
Diseases
of
the
Brain
,
which
is
a
forerunner
of
the
Phrensie
,
according
to
Hippocrates
in
his
Coicks
.
Chap.
13.
Of
the
Larynx
,
or
Head
of
the
Wind-pipe
.
THe
Larynx
is
the
Head
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e96700-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
9.
and
10.
E
E.
□
Aspera
Arteria
or
Wind-pipe
,
the
instrument
T
is
seated
in
the
Forepart
of
the
Neck
which
is
termed
the
Throat
.
In
Men
it
bunches
out
more
than
in
Women
,
for
the
Women
have
two
Kernels
placed
thereby
,
which
swel
more
than
they
do
in
men
,
and
so
make
the
Neck
even
,
taking
away
that
same
deformed
Protuberancy
,
which
is
seen
in
Men.
It
consists
of
five
Cartilages
or
Gristles
,
whereof
the
two
greatest
do
make
up
[
b
](A57335-e96800-b)
b
T.
13.
f.
1.
and
2.
f.
8.
A.
□
Thuroides
,
the
second
[
a
](A57335-e96820-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
3.
and
4.
f.
9.
and
10.
D
D.
□
Cricoides
,
and
those
are
the
two
largest
and
hardest
.
The
third
is
the
[
b
](A57335-e96840-b)
b
f.
5.
and
6.
f.
10.
a
a.
□
Arytaenoides
,
which
is
placed
upon
the
Cricoides
and
shuts
up
the
Larynx
.
Within
there
is
observed
a
fourth
,
which
is
called
[
c
](A57335-e96880-b)
c
f.
10.
beneath
A.
□
Glottis
,
being
the
principal
Instrument
of
framing
the
Voyce
,
which
is
contracted
and
dilated
with
the
Arytaenoides
:
but
the
Arytaenois
with
the
Glottis
,
is
so
firmly
shut
,
when
we
draw
our
Breath
in
,
that
it
strives
against
the
Muscles
of
the
Throat
and
Chest
which
resist
the
same
,
to
hinder
Exspiration
or
the
going
out
of
the
breath
,
by
which
al
the
Muscles
are
loosned
,
and
Expulsion
ceases
from
the
inferior
Parts
.
Only
the
Glottis
Acts
,
in
the
Modulation
of
our
Speech
.
And
that
nothing
either
solid
or
Liquid
might
fal
into
the
Larynx
,
it
has
a
cover
,
which
is
called
[
d
](A57335-e96960-b)
d
T.
13.
f.
7.
9.
and
10.
A
A.
□
Epiglottis
.
It
stands
alwaies
open
for
Respiration
sake
,
nor
is
it
The
whol
Larynx
is
Moveable
by
way
of
Ascent
and
Descent
,
through
help
of
Muscles
,
for
to
Facilitate
our
swallowing
.
Again
,
two
Cartilages
or
Gristles
are
moved
by
themselves
viz.
The
Thyrois
and
the
Arytaenois
.
The
former
is
widened
and
contracted
,
the
latter
is
shut
and
opened
.
For
those
are
contrary
motions
,
which
are
performed
by
[
e
](A57335-e97090-b)
e
f.
8.
9.
10.
&c.
□
separated
Muscles
,
which
spring
from
the
Cricois
an
immovable
Gristle
,
which
is
placed
to
The
Larynx
though
it
be
Gristly
,
yet
in
Old
Men
it
becomes
boney
,
and
it
has
been
found
to
be
so
in
some
that
were
to
be
hanged
,
whom
the
Halter
could
not
choak
:
and
not
only
the
Larynx
,
but
also
the
gristly
Channel
of
the
[
g
](A57335-e97160-b)
g
f.
9.
and
10.
E
E.
□
Aspera
Arteria
.
Either
those
parts
were
boney
or
the
Halter
way
too
thick
,
so
that
it
could
not
sufficiently
force
and
rend
the
same
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Larynx
is
subject
to
a
distemper
,
a
Tumor
and
Inflamation
,
which
when
Within
fifteen
or
twenty
hours
it
kils
a
Man
,
his
mind
and
sences
remaining
And
this
Disease
is
that
most
Pernicious
Angina
which
Hippocrates
make●
mention
of
:
Liquid
things
penetrate
into
the
Stomach
,
but
al
breathing
is
stopped
,
and
consequently
sudden
death
must
needs
follow
.
The
Action
of
the
Larynx
is
breathing
,
and
the
forming
of
speech
and
singing
.
The
Interception
of
Respiration
is
termed
Apnoia
,
the
Imminution
thereof
Dyspnoia
.
Both
these
Actions
are
hurt
,
either
by
a
proper
Disease
of
the
Larynx
,
or
of
the
neighbouring
Parts
,
or
of
the
Parts
remote
,
especially
of
the
Lungs
,
from
whence
the
matter
of
speech
is
supplied
and
respiration
proceeds
.
For
the
Larynx
affected
,
does
only
stop
the
waies
of
breathing
.
The
Epiglottis
has
its
Diseases
;
either
it
is
relaxed
,
or
it
is
too
much
contracted
Some
there
are
who
can
more
easily
Swallow
meat
than
drink
,
and
in
such
the
Epiglottis
is
become
hard
and
sti●
,
so
that
it
wil
not
be
born
down
save
by
the
weight
of
solid
meat
,
with
which
that
which
is
liquid
slips
along
.
When
it
is
become
loose
and
Flaggy
by
reason
of
a
Catarrh
,
it
cannot
be
conveniently
raised
up
;
and
when
it
is
become
straiter
and
narrower
than
it
ought
,
it
does
not
exactly
shut
the
Arytenoides
:
which
causes
that
crumms
of
bread
and
some
portion
of
what
is
drunk
,
do
slip
into
the
Wind-pipe
.
Nature
has
provided
against
this
inconvenience
,
having
by
the
sides
of
the
Glottis
,
which
is
almost
alwaies
shutting
,
framed
and
set
certain
Cavities
,
which
receive
,
such
portions
of
meat
or
drink
as
slip
beside
,
so
that
they
are
cast
out
again
by
coughing
.
f.
9.
and
10.
between
A.
and
E.
□
Chap.
14.
Of
the
Aspera
Arteria
or
Wind-Pide
.
IN
the
Fore-part
of
the
Neck
is
placed
the
[
a
](A57335-e97570-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
9.
and
10.
E
E
▪
□
Channel
of
the
Aspera
Arteria
,
the
It
consists
of
many
Semi-circular
Gristles
,
which
are
severed
one
from
another
,
The
Aspera
Arteria
or
Wind-pipe
is
lined
within
by
a
Membrane
,
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Pipe
of
the
Aspera
Arteria
is
troubled
with
an
hot
or
cold
distemper
,
with
an
Humor
flowing
from
the
Brain
,
whence
comes
Branchos
,
Raucedo
or
Hoarsness
.
The
Wind-pipe
being
wounded
is
curable
and
may
securely
be
cut
,
under
the
May
we
not
experiment
this
operation
in
a
choaking
s●oppage
and
whe●zing
with
rattling
in
the
Wind-pipe
,
seeing
that
it
may
be
as
safely
practised
in
this
case
as
in
the
other
?
that
sweet
attenuating
and
cutting
Liquors
may
be
taken
or
forced
in
,
to
cut
the
Flegm
and
bring
it
up
,
if
it
be
possible
,
and
pain
,
caused
by
Choughing
,
hinder
no●
?
Chap.
15.
Of
the
Oesophagus
,
or
Gullet
.
THe
Oesophagus
is
the
[
a
](A57335-e97820-b)
a
T.
3.
f.
2.
E
E.
f.
3.
E
F.
&c.
□
way
for
the
meat
to
pass
into
the
Stomach
.
The
beginning
[
b
](A57335-e97850-b)
b
T.
3.
f.
2.
and
3.
A
B
C.
&c.
□
to
thrust
or
swallow
the
meat
.
It
is
made
up
of
a
proper
Fleshy
Membrane
.
Woven
together
with
straight
and
[
c
](A57335-e97890-b)
c
T.
3.
f.
3.
D.
□
Mouth
.
Within
the
Chest
,
that
it
may
give
way
to
ths
Aorta
Artery
,
leaving
the
Back-bone
,
it
inclines
and
is
wreathed
a
little
towards
the
right
hand
.
Two
Kernels
support
that
part
which
is
so
turned
aside
,
and
stay
it
on
either
Oftentimes
the
end
of
the
Oesophagus
which
is
joyned
to
the
Stomach
,
and
is
in
[
d
](A57335-e97980-b)
d
T.
3.
f.
3.
H.
f.
4.
A.
□
Stomachus
,
is
obstructed
by
a
Tumor
either
proceeding
from
Flegm
or
Melancholy
,
which
turnes
at
last
unto
an
Ulcer
and
brings
Death
▪
Which
Disease
is
known
by
the
hard
descent
of
soild
meat
into
the
Stomach
,
which
somtimes
staies
,
and
many
times
is
vomited
up
again
.
The
End
of
the
Fourth
Book
.
THE
FIFTH
BOOK
OF
THE
ANATOMY
AND
PATHOLOGY
OF
John
Riolanus
,
THE
KINGS
PROFESSOR
OF
PHYSICK
.
Chap.
1.
Of
the
Limbs
.
HAving
gone
over
and
finished
the
Trunk
of
the
Body
,
I
proceed
But
before
I
proceed
to
that
work
:
it
wil
do
very
wel
to
contemplate
the
lex●eral
Conformation
of
the
Limbs
,
and
and
withal
to
shew
you
what
Veins
are
wont
to
be
opened
,
and
in
what
places
Issues
may
be
made
.
The
Limbs
are
made
up
of
the
Scarf-Skin
,
the
Skin
,
the
fatty
Membrane
,
the
The
Parts
containing
are
the
Scarf-Skin
,
the
Skin
,
the
fatty
Membrane
,
and
the
common
Membrane
of
the
Muscles
.
Al
the
other
Parts
are
conteined
,
being
comprehended
by
these
.
Touching
the
Scarf-Skin
and
the
Skin
,
I
shall
repeat
nothing
,
because
they
are
the
same
and
al
a
like
in
al
Parts
.
The
Membrana
Adiposa
or
fatty
Membrane
,
is
spred
out
in
the
Arm
as
far
as
the
Wrist
:
and
in
the
Leg
,
from
the
Groin
unto
the
Ankles
.
After
that
,
follows
the
common
Membrane
of
the
Muscles
,
which
comprehends
the
Muscles
in
their
natural
Scituation
.
In
the
Thigh
the
Fascia
Lata
supplies
its
place
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
Universal
Diseases
of
the
Skin
are
divers
distempers
,
simple
,
The
Flesh
is
infested
with
al
kinds
of
Tumors
,
Inflamations
,
Carbuncles
,
Cholerick
Tumors
,
Phlegmatick
Tumors
,
Melancholick
Tumors
,
Cancers
,
Watry
Tumors
,
Windy
Tumors
,
Impostums
of
al
sorts
,
Steatoma
the
Fat
impostum
,
Atheroma
the
Pap
impostum
,
Meliceris
the
Hony
impostume
,
an
Ulcer
,
a
wound
and
a
Gangrene
.
An
Athletick
or
Champion-like
constitution
of
body
,
high
fed
,
and
as
we
say
,
lusty
and
ful
of
Beefe
,
is
dangerous
.
Hippocrates
shews
the
Reason
in
his
1.
Book
,
Aphorisme
the
3.
and
Celsus
saies
,
that
when
a
Man
becomes
Corpulent
,
he
ought
to
suspect
least
he
be
fatted
to
the
slaughter
.
And
in
Hippocrates
his
Aphorismes
we
are
told
,
that
fat
Men
are
not
so
Long-lived
as
lean
Men
are
,
and
there
are
some
of
cold
Constitutions
.
who
have
hot
Stomachs
.
Veins
and
Arteries
have
Diseases
proper
to
themselves
,
the
Nervs
have
their
peculiar
Diseases
,
and
the
Joints
have
theirs
.
And
the
bones
are
subject
to
fractures
,
Dryness
,
Disjoynting
,
Rottenness
,
&c.
Which
shal
be
explained
when
we
come
to
treat
of
the
bones
.
Chap.
2
:
Of
the
Superior
Limbs
.
The
Limbs
both
Superior
and
inferior
are
divided
into
three
principal
Parts
:
the
[
a
](A57335-e98400-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
1.
C.
□
Brachium
from
the
Shoulder
to
the
Elbow
,
[
b
](A57335-e98420-b)
b
f.
1.
D
E.
□
Cubitus
from
the
Elbow
to
the
Hand
,
and
the
[
c
](A57335-e98440-b)
c
f.
1.
F
G
H
I.
□
Hand
:
The
Leg
into
the
[
d
](A57335-e98450-b)
d
f.
1.
K.
□
Thigh
the
[
e
](A57335-e98460-b)
e
f.
1.
M
N.
□
Shank
,
and
the
ᶠ
Foot
.
And
forasmuch
as
the
whol
Arm
hangs
upon
the
[
f
](A57335-e98480-b)
f
f.
1.
O
P
Q.
□
Shoulder
bone
,
as
the
whol
Leg
upon
the
[
h
](A57335-e98490-b)
h
f.
4.
A.
□
Huckle
bone
,
and
those
bones
are
not
reckoned
to
appertain
unto
the
Back-bone
,
the
best
way
is
to
begin
our
description
of
the
Limbs
from
them
,
viz.
Of
the
Arm
from
the
Shoulder-blad
,
and
of
the
Leg
from
the
Huckle-bone
.
Of
the
Shoulder-blade
and
the
Arm
from
the
Shoulder
to
the
Elbow
.
The
Shoulder-blade
[
i
](A57335-e98550-b)
i
f.
1.
A.
□
Joyned
to
the
[
k
](A57335-e98560-b)
k
f.
1.
C.
□
Arm
,
makes
a
Joynt
:
in
the
bending
of
which
Joynt
beneath
,
Kernels
are
placed
,
which
are
counted
to
be
the
Close
stooles
of
the
Chest
or
Heart
,
as
the
Parotides
or
Kernels
behind
the
Ears
,
are
of
the
brain
,
into
which
those
Parts
do
empty
their
Excrements
.
The
place
of
these
Kernels
is
called
the
Arm-Pit
.
These
Kernels
do
frequently
Swel
,
Impostumate
,
are
infected
with
the
Kings-Evil
,
and
subject
to
Buboes
,
yea
such
as
accompany
the
Whores-Pox
,
as
in
the
Groin
.
This
Joynt
is
liable
to
be
disjointed
,
but
it
is
more
often
vexed
with
the
Gout
,
Rheumatisme
,
and
other
Fluxions
.
The
strong
smel
of
the
Arm-Holes
proceeeds
from
these
Kernels
.
Upon
which
Martial
has
wittily
and
neatly
played
in
one
of
his
Epigrams
.
Laedit
te
quaedam
mala
fabula
,
qua
tibi
fertur
Valle
sub
alarum
trux
habitare
caper
:
Hunc
metuunt
omnes
,
neque
mirum
,
nam
mala
valde
est
Bestia
.
That
is
,
An
ill
Report
your
Credit
(
Sir
.
)
does
wound
,
How
that
a
stinking
Goat
has
dwelling
found
Within
your
hollow
Arm-Pits
shady
Grove
,
A
beast
which
al
Men
fear
,
and
none
do
love
;
And
good
Cause
why
&c.
Of
the
Cubit
or
part
of
the
Arm
from
the
Elbow
to
the
Hand
.
The
Articulation
of
the
Brachium
with
the
Cubit
,
is
more
hardly
disjoynted
;
admits
Fluxions
which
do
there
breed
divers
Tumors
hard
to
cure
.
In
which
case
,
If
such
a
croockedness
be
caused
by
a
retraction
of
the
Muscles
,
it
is
more
easily
cured
,
than
if
it
come
from
a
repletion
of
the
Cavities
by
a
thick
,
clammy
,
condensed
and
dryed
Humor
.
The
Articulation
of
the
Cubit
to
the
Wrist
is
subject
to
many
Diseases
,
the
Gout
,
the
Rheumatisme
,
the
Tumor
Ganglium
which
possesses
the
tendons
of
the
Muscles
;
Flegmatick
Knobs
and
other
Tumors
.
Of
the
Hand
.
The
Hand
is
divided
into
the
[
c
](A57335-e98880-b)
c
f.
1.
F.
□
Wrist
the
[
d
](A57335-e98890-b)
d
f.
1.
G
H.
□
After-Wrist
and
the
[
e
](A57335-e98900-b)
e
f.
1.
l.
Fingers
.
To
Of
the
Nailes
The
Fingers
are
cerminated
and
closed
up
by
the
Nailes
,
which
are
liable
to
A
Whey
i●h
very
sharp
Humor
is
bred
under
the
Naile
near
the
bone
,
which
causes
most
bitter
and
intollerable
pains
,
and
brings
an
Inflamation
first
of
the
Hand
,
and
after
of
the
Arm
also
,
unless
the
Humor
be
let
out
,
by
cutting
the
pappy
flesh
of
the
Finger
to
the
very
bone
.
The
Pappy
Ends
of
the
F●●gers
are
aften
corrupted
,
and
pu●rifie
,
and
somtimes
Paronyc●ia
Gr●corum
,
viz.
Opening
of
the
Skin
at
the
corners
of
the
Nailes
and
Issuing
of
blood
therea●
,
is
a
●leight
Disease
,
which
does
not
affect
the
tendons
and
Nerves
of
the
Fingers
Ends
,
as
that
Panaritium
Arabum
,
a
Disease
of
this
Part
described
by
the
Arabia●
Physitians
.
The
Ancient
Phylosophers
,
and
Physitians
,
were
wont
to
Divine
,
and
tel
Fortunes
,
by
the
Nails
of
Mens
Fingers
:
touching
which
kind
of
Divination
,
Camillus
Baldus
has
lately
written
.
T.
21.
f.
1.
C.
□
f.
1.
D
E
□
Chap.
3.
Of
the
Inferior
Limbs
.
The
Inferior
Limbs
are
commonly
divided
into
three
Parts
;
The
Thighs
,
the
Os
Ilium
is
joyned
to
the
Thigh
,
and
from
thence
we
are
to
●ake
measure
of
the
length
of
the
Leg.
In
the
bending
of
the
Os
Ilii
,
and
the
Thigh
,
are
placed
many
Kernels
,
above
and
beneath
;
in
which
divers
Buboes
arise
,
both
Pestilential
,
Venereal
,
and
springing
from
common
Causes
:
of
which
we
have
spoken
in
our
Chapter
of
the
Per●●o●eum
.
These
inferior
Limbs
are
liable
to
the
same
Diseases
with
the
superior
,
which
I
wil
not
repeat
.
Proud
Flesh
is
often
bred
in
the
hinder
parts
by
contusion
of
the
Thighs
,
occasioned
by
long
and
hard
sitting
,
or
riding
.
Fernelius
does
elegantly
explain
the
material
Cause
hereof
.
It
is
not
caused
by
afflux
of
Humors
,
but
only
by
the
nourishment
of
the
Part
,
which
being
ulcerated
within
or
without
,
if
it
be
not
stopped
,
it
is
by
continual
access
of
Nutriment
spread
abroad
,
and
swelled
,
and
produces
oftentimes
as
it
were
certain
Pipes
of
Veins
and
Arteries
,
by
which
it
is
nourished
.
So
,
when
the
Skin
remaining
whol
,
the
Flesh
underneath
is
bruised
and
●orn
,
a
mighty
Swelling
does
arise
by
little
and
little
,
without
any
pain
,
but
furnished
with
exquisite
sence
,
and
Natural
Heat
.
In
the
Joynt
of
the
Thigh
,
about
the
Cavity
of
the
Huckle
bone
,
is
bred
the
Gout
If
a
very
sharp
pu●rid
Humor
does
corrode
,
and
bring
corruption
into
the
Joynt
,
Phthisi●
Coxaria
,
the
Hip-Consumption
,
which
makes
an
end
of
the
Patient
by
degrees
.
If
an
Humor
flow
into
that
part
where
the
great
Nerve
arises
,
which
creeps
up
and
down
the
hind
parts
of
the
Leg
,
Notha
Ischias
,
Bastard
Sciatica
is
produced
.
Swellings
of
the
Knee
,
either
springing
from
a
Flegmatick
Humor
,
or
from
Inflamation
,
The
Foot
is
divided
into
the
[
a
](A57335-e99400-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
1.
O.
□
Ta●sus
,
[
b
](A57335-e99430-b)
b
f.
1.
P.
□
Metatarsus
,
and
the
[
c
](A57335-e99450-b)
c
f.
1.
Q.
□
Toes
.
The
first
Bone
of
the
Tarsus
called
[
d
](A57335-e99470-b)
d
f.
5.
B.
□
Pte●na
,
is
subject
to
a
Disease
springing
from
Cold
or
Fluxion
,
which
i●
called
Pernio
,
a
Kibe
:
And
because
this
Bone
receives
a
very
The
Toes
of
the
Feet
,
by
comp●●ssion
,
and
straitness
of
Shoo●
or
Boots
,
have
painful
Corns
breeding
upon
them
,
the
unw●●y
ex●●●pation
whereof
has
somtimes
The
whol
Leg
from
the
bending
of
the
G●oyn
unto
the
T●●s
,
is
somtimes
exceedingly
Elephantiasis
,
Arabum
:
The
Arabian
Physitions
,
Elephants
Leg
,
because
it
makes
the
Leg
of
the
Patient
resemble
that
of
an
Elephant
.
But
the
Shank
and
Foo●
are
chiefly
●iable
to
defluxions
which
are
caused
either
in
The
principal
matter
of
these
Tumors
,
is
Wind
or
Water
,
or
a
clammy
Flegmatick
Humor
,
which
produces
the
swelling
called
Oedema
.
Somtimes
the
Toes
of
the
Feet
,
as
wel
as
the
Fingers
of
the
Hand
,
are
deficient
or
superfluous
in
their
Number
.
There
is
a
little
knob
grows
somtimes
under
the
little
Toe
called
Gemursa
,
because
it
makes
the
Patient
groan
.
Di●eases
consisting
in
the
Evil-shaping
of
the
Shank
and
Foot
are
frequent
.
Some
are
borne
with
their
Legs
contracted
,
others
become
so
by
ill
Swadling
in
the
time
of
their
Infancy
,
and
by
untoward
Carriage
in
their
Nurses
Arms.
Somtimes
one
foot
is
longer
than
the
other
which
Causes
halting
.
Somtimes
the
Feet
do
Stink
intollerably
,
by
reason
of
their
much
heat
and
Os
Sacrum
.
Pains
of
the
Knees
are
extream
bitter
and
make
stout
Men
cry
out
.
that
a
Mans
life
lies
in
his
very
Knees
.
Fluxions
of
Rheum
into
this
Joynt
are
long
lasting
,
dangerous
and
hard
to
Chap.
4.
In
what
places
Issues
are
commonly
made
.
NOw
I
wil
shew
you
in
what
places
Issues
are
to
be
made
to
purge
out
Wheyish
And
first
of
al
an
Issue
may
be
made
where
the
sagittary
and
coronal
Sutures
meet
.
You
may
find
the
place
by
applying
your
Wrist
to
the
Nose
of
the
Patient
,
and
observing
how
far
you
can
reach
upon
his
head
with
your
middle
Finger
,
for
there
the
Issue
must
be
made
.
Also
in
the
hollow
part
of
the
Occiput
or
hind
part
of
the
Head
.
But
if
you
Sutura
Lambidoides
.
Likewise
in
the
hollow
behind
the
Ears
,
when
the
Eyes
or
Ears
are
Somtimes
on
either
side
of
the
Neck
,
as
far
as
the
third
or
fourth
Vertebra
.
In
the
middle
of
the
Arm
between
the
Muscles
Deltois
and
Biceps
.
In
the
Brest
,
two
or
three
may
be
made
according
to
the
Longitude
thereof
,
in
Diseases
of
the
Chest
and
Lungs
.
At
the
bending
of
the
Buttocks
,
at
the
Ends
of
the
Muscles
cald
Gloutii
,
where
Issues
are
made
within
side
the
Thigh
,
two
Fingers
above
the
Knee
;
also
on
the
Somtimes
to
turn
away
Fluxions
into
the
Thigh
,
Issues
are
made
upon
the
Chap.
5.
Of
Veins
usually
opened
.
I
Proceed
unto
such
Veins
of
the
whol
body
as
are
usually
opened
.
Veins
The
Forehead
Vein
is
termed
[
a
](A57335-e100170-b)
a
T.
1.
f.
1.
L.
T.
24.
f.
1.
B
B.
□
Praeparata
or
the
ready
Vein
,
because
it
is
evident
,
and
there
is
no
need
to
Shave
the
Hair
to
come
at
it
,
as
must
be
done
in
the
Vein
behind
the
Head
,
which
is
termed
Vena
Puppis
,
the
Aftenship-Vein
.
The
ancients
did
open
the
Veins
behind
the
Ears
,
but
that
operation
is
now
out
of
use
:
Hippocrates
saies
the
cutting
of
those
Veins
made
the
Scythians
barren
;
perhaps
he
meant
the
Arteries
in
those
Parts
.
The
manner
of
opening
these
Veins
Albucasis
does
●each
us
in
his
2.
Book
Chap.
97.
Neither
is
it
unprofitable
to
open
the
Veines
of
the
Head
,
by
reason
of
the
external
Veins
,
which
through
the
holes
of
the
Scul
have
communion
with
the
Menings
.
I
know
Hieronimus
Fabricius
ab
Aqua
Pendente
disallowes
the
opening
of
those
Veins
,
because
oftentimes
they
do
not
appear
.
But
if
the
Head
be
rubbed
,
and
the
Hair
shaved
off
and
then
again
rubbed
,
they
wil
be
more
evident
,
provided
you
throa●le
the
Neck
a
little
with
a
Towel
or
Napkin
.
The
ᵇ
temporal
Vein
is
also
cut
as
is
the
Artery
,
in
great
and
continual
pains
of
The
Antients
did
open
the
inner
Veins
of
the
Nose
,
as
appears
out
of
Hippocrates
in
divers
places
,
and
from
Galen
his
6.
●o●k
of
Epidemicks
.
The
later
Greek
writers
,
Paulus
Aegineta
and
Aretaeus
,
men●●on
●●e
opening
of
inner
Veins
of
the
Nose
:
and
Areteus
himself
,
declares
the
Inst●u●ents
which
the
Ancients
used
,
to
provoke
those
Veins
to
bleed
.
●ut
if
●he
blood
,
according
to
the
Opinion
of
Fernelius
,
do
flow
from
the
Veins
o●
the
Face
,
which
creep
into
the
inner
Parts
of
the
No●t●ils
;
the
Head
being
opp●essed
with
plenty
of
blood
,
cannot
be
eased
,
because
that
same
Irritation
and
opening
of
the
Veins
,
ought
to
be
per●ormed
nea●
the
Colander
bone
,
h●t
●he
Longitudinal
passage
creepi●g
unto
the
Nost●●ls
may
be
opened
.
therefore
●
conceive
those
Parts
are
frequen●ly
to
be
fomen●ed
with
Luke-warm
Water
,
before
we
use
tho●e
Instruments
p●opounded
by
Aretaeus
.
The
manner
of
opening
those
Veins
propounded
by
Albucasis
,
may
be
admitted
,
but
it
does
not
pene●rate
to
the
inmost
Part
of
the
Nos●●●ls
,
as
far
as
the
Colander
bone
.
The
Veins
under
the
Tongue
termed
Ra●ulares
are
more
frequently
opened
Lib.
1.
Acut.
c.
12.
True
it
is
that
in
some
the
blood
has
Issued
so
plentifully
,
that
it
could
very
hardly
be
stopped
,
as
was
observed
in
a
Capuchin
Friar
,
Father
Joseph
.
le
Clerc
,
the
great
Polititian
and
●amiliar
friend
of
the
Cardinal
Richelieu
;
as
Simon
Pimpernel
a
most
expart
Surgeon
of
Paris
,
hi●self
told
me
,
he
having
opened
the
said
Veins
,
in
the
Fria●
aforesaid
.
In
the
Neck
the
[
a
](A57335-e100500-b)
a
T.
1.
f.
1.
H.
□
external
Jugular
is
opened
.
T●alli●nus
in
Cure
of
the
Squinsie
Lib
4.
Cha●
.
1.
And
Soranus
Ephesius
,
in
his
Introduction
Chap.
12.
Commends
the
opening
of
this
Vein
.
In
like
manner
Actuarius
commends
this
Practice
in
dangerous
Disea●es
of
the
Head
.
Caesalpinus
Lib.
2.
Quaest:
Medic.
Chap.
12.
Commands
the
opening
of
this
Vein
in
a
Squinzy
,
because
the
Jugular
Veins
are
more
filled
,
than
the
shut
cover
and
Mouth
of
the
Larynx
.
Prosper
Alpinus
in
his
2.
Book
of
the
Aegyptian
manner
of
healing
Diseases
Chap.
9.
Writes
that
this
is
a
common
Remedy
in
that
Contrey
.
T.
1.
f.
1.
I.
□
T.
1.
K.
□
Jacobus
Corpus
in
his
Anatomical
Introductions
,
shews
the
way
to
open
those
Veins
.
Read
Paulus
Magnus
Lib.
de
Phlebotomia
printed
in
the
Italian
Tongue
.
And
Rondeletius
in
his
Me●hod●●s
Medendi
;
Lud●v●cus
Mercatus
Chap.
13.
Method
;
Medend
.
And
Albucasis
Lib.
2.
Chap.
97.
Rondeletius
●els
us
of
a
Vein
in
the
Back
Lib.
1.
Methodi
Melendi
.
Chap.
37.
Os
Sacrum
.
It
seems
to
flow
from
the
brain
according
to
the
Longitude
of
the
spinal
Marrow
.
He
lets
us
know
that
this
Vein
is
profitably
opened
,
in
the
Tetanus
and
Falling-Sickness
,
and
if
it
be
not
so
visible
as
to
be
opened
,
in
that
place
must
Cupping-Glasses
be
fastened
with
Scarification
.
Ludovicus
Mercatus
in
Lib.
1.
Practicae
Cap.
19.
Commends
this
Remedy
against
the
Convulsion
.
Hippocrates
in
his
Book
de
Visu
,
burnes
and
pricks
the
Veins
of
the
back
:
which
Remedy
is
propounded
by
Alexander
Benedictus
Lib.
1.
de
Morbis
Curandis
,
c.
5.
And
Gattiuaria
advises
to
open
the
same
in
in
his
Comment
upo●
the
9.
Book
of
Rhasis
.
In
the
Arm
three
Veins
are
opened
,
the
Cephalick
or
Head
Vein
accompanyed
[
a
](A57335-e100890-b)
a
T.
1.
f.
1.
Q.
R.
T.
24.
f.
4.
a
a
a.
&c.
□
Artery
without
any
Nerve
,
and
therefore
it
is
opened
without
danger
.
The
Basilica
and
Mediana
are
opened
,
but
the
[
b
](A57335-e100920-b)
b
T.
1.
f.
1.
M.
T.
24.
f.
1.
C
C.
□
Basilica
must
be
opened
with
prudent
waryness
,
by
reason
of
an
Artery
near
the
same
and
the
Tendon
of
Musculus
Biceps
,
which
lies
beneath
it
:
neither
is
the
[
c
](A57335-e100950-b)
c
T.
1.
f.
1.
N.
T.
24.
f.
1.
f
f.
&c.
□
Mediana
void
of
the
like
danger
.
In
the
Hand
between
the
Ring
Finger
and
the
little
Finger
the
[
d
](A57335-e100980-b)
d
T.
1.
f.
1.
P.
□
Salvatella
is
It
is
not
our
Custom
to
open
the
Veins
in
the
lower
part
of
the
Thigh
above
the
Knee
:
yet
Lazarus
Sotus
saies
that
they
are
opened
in
Portugal
in
his
1
Book
of
Animadversions
,
Chap.
4.
Sect.
61.
To
stop
gouty
Defluxions
into
the
Legs
,
and
to
diminish
the
deformity
of
the
Varices
or
black
swoln
Veins
of
those
Parts
,
the
Ancients
were
wont
to
open
them
.
And
Platerus
commends
this
Remedy
to
to
diminish
the
Varices
.
Which
may
be
confirmed
out
of
Galen
Lib.
2.
Method●
ad
Glauconem
.
In
the
●oot
is
opened
the
ᵃ
Saphena
,
which
is
above
the
Malleolus
internus
o●
Somtimes
the
[
b
](A57335-e101150-b)
b
T.
1.
f.
1.
SS.
T.
24.
f.
4.
m.
□
Ischiadica
Vena
or
Sciatica
Vein
,
is
opened
,
which
is
Scituate
in
the
external
Ankle
.
But
this
Vein
ought
not
to
be
opened
without
very
great
heed
to
the
place
where
the
Orifice
is
made
,
because
of
an
Artery
near
,
and
Tendons
very
near
the
same
.
'T
was
usual
with
the
Ancients
to
open
the
[
c
](A57335-e101190-b)
c
T.
24.
f.
4.
f
f.
□
Ham
Vein
,
which
is
now
a
daies
seldom
performed
,
and
quite
out
of
use
:
never●heless
the
opening
thereof
would
be
as
beneficial
as
is
the
opening
of
the
Arm
Veins
.
It
might
be
conveniently
opened
if
the
Leg
be
put
into
a
Vessel
of
hot
Water
above
Though
the
Sciatica
Vein
and
the
Saphena
are
branches
of
the
Crural
Vein
yet
,
because
the
Sciatica
Vein
does
answer
the
Basilica
,
as
the
Saphena
does
t●
Cephalica
of
the
Arm
;
certain
it
is
,
blood
is
drawn
by
a
more
direct
way
fro●
the
Sciatica
Vein
,
then
from
the
Saphena
.
Howbeit
Galen
in
his
second
Book
Secundum
Locos
Chap.
2.
The
Sciatica
Vein
not
appearing
admits
the
Saphena
to
be
opened
in
stead
thereof
.
And
if
it
appear
not
in
the
outward
Ankle
,
its
branch
must
be
opened
,
on
the
Tarsus
or
pulp
of
the
Foot
beneath
the
Ankle
,
or
above
the
Ankle
,
if
it
be
visible
.
It
s
also
possible
to
make
it
the
more
apparent
by
such
a
kind
of
Ligature
as
the
Author
of
the
Book
de
Anatomia
Vivorum
has
described
,
made
with
a
long
and
broad
Swath-band
brought
from
the
top
of
the
Hip
as
low
as
the
Ankle
.
Chap.
6.
Of
the
Arteries
which
are
opened
.
THe
Ancient
Physi●ians
were
wont
to
open
Arteries
as
wel
as
Veins
.
Howbeit
Horatius
Augenius
in
his
Book
of
Blood-letting
,
disswades
the
opening
of
Arteries
,
because
he
never
saw
any
Artery
opened
,
that
could
be
stopped
again
,
Aurelianus
,
Favours
his
Opinion
,
in
his
1.
Book
of
Chronick
Diseases
Chap.
5.
Howbeit
Galen
in
his
Book
de
Venae
Sectione
,
commends
the
opening
of
the
Smaller
Arteries
in
very
bitter
and
old
paines
of
the
Head
.
Heurnius
did
wish
,
that
in
some
part
or
other
it
might
be
safe
to
open
an
Artery
in
burning
Feavers
,
because
one
Porringer
of
the
Arterial
blood
drawn
out
,
would
cool
the
Patient
more
,
than
to
loose
ten
Porringers
of
the
venal
blood
.
And
in
his
Commentary
upon
the
23.
Aphorisme
of
the
1.
Book
,
he
saies
that
in
the
Hungarian
I
say
therefore
,
and
aver
,
That
in
Paris
,
the
Arteries
of
the
Forehead
and
As
for
the
opening
of
the
temporal
Artery
Thadaeus
Dunus
,
in
the
12.
Chap.
Of
his
Miscellanies
,
shews
how
profitable
a
Remedy
,
it
is
.
Lazarus
Sotus
aforementioned
,
in
the
same
place
,
observes
that
the
Arteries
behind
the
Ears
are
profitably
opened
in
Portugal
.
Ludovicus
Mercatus
a
Spanish
Physician
suspects
this
opening
of
these
Arteries
,
for
fear
it
should
make
Men
Barren
.
But
daily
experience
has
delivered
us
from
that
fear
.
An
Artery
seated
in
the
hinder
Part
of
the
Head
is
opened
,
the
Hair
being
first
Paulus
Aegineta
,
Aetius
and
Albucasis
,
is
to
be
rejected
,
who
did
first
cut
the
Skin
before
they
opened
the
Artery
.
Galen
in
his
Book
of
Blood-letting
near
the
end
,
in
an
Inflamation
of
the
Liver
Which
,
Prosper
Alpinus
observes
to
be
very
usual
in
Egypt
,
in
his
third
Book
and
12.
Chap.
De
Medicina
Egypt
.
And
Septalius
in
his
6.
Book
of
Animadversions
▪
Article
122.
Judges
that
in
a
Palpitation
of
the
Heart
,
the
Galen
in
his
3.
Book
of
Anatomical
Administrations
,
and
the
last
Chapter
.
In
other
Parts
Arteries
may
not
in
any
wise
be
opened
,
unless
they
have
a
bone
under
them
,
that
they
may
be
pressed
close
down
to
make
the
Orifice
grow
together
again
:
and
therefore
in
a
lean
Body
,
an
Artery
being
unawars
opened
in
the
Arm
,
may
be
closed
again
,
if
it
be
timly
and
closely
tied
as
is
sitting
,
to
avoid
Aneurisma
.
Before
we
think
of
opening
the
Arteries
of
the
Head
to
turne
away
Fluxions
,
Alexander
Benedictus
wil
not
be
unprofitable
,
to
apply
unto
the
Shorn
Head
,
Medicines
that
are
to
stop
Rheums
falling
into
the
Eyes
,
must
be
applied
from
the
Eye-brows
unto
the
Crown
of
the
Head
:
if
the
Eyes
begin
to
appear
dry
,
it
is
manifest
that
the
Rheum
falls
into
them
by
those
Veins
which
are
under
the
Skin
:
but
if
they
continue
moist
,
it
is
evident
the
Humor
flows
into
them
from
under
the
bone
.
Now
the
foresaid
Mixture
of
Alexander
Benedictus
which
stops
Rheums
is
this
.
Make
a
Cataplasme
of
Course
bran
,
●ine
Frankincense
,
the
white
of
an
Egg
,
a
little
Vitriol
and
Stone
Alum●
and
apply
it
as
a
foresaid
.
Chap.
7.
Of
the
Muscles
and
first
of
the
Forehead
Muscles
.
INtending
to
explain
al
the
Muscles
of
the
Body
,
I
wil
begin
at
the
Frontal
or
[
a
](A57335-e101880-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
1.
E
E.
□
Forehead
Muscles
,
which
I
conceive
are
ordained
rather
to
move
the
Eye-brows
,
than
the
Forehead
it self
.
They
have
their
original
from
the
upper
Parts
of
the
Forehead
,
and
being
spread
ou●
upon
the
bone
thereof
,
they
end
at
the
Eye-brows
,
that
they
might
lift
them
up
.
They
are
severed
in
the
midst
of
the
Forehead
,
right
above
the
Nose
.
And
because
we
do
at
our
pleasure
depress
and
draw
together
our
Eye-Lids
into
wrinkles
,
we
must
assigne
to
each
of
them
its
Muscle
,
and
I
can
find
no
other
save
the
Orbicular
[
b
](A57335-e101900-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
1.
F
F.
□
Muscle
of
each
Eye-Lid
;
for
the
Eye-brows
cannot
be
drawn
down
without
the
Eye-Lids
be
closly
〈◊〉
.
Chap.
8.
Muscles
of
the
hinder
Part
of
the
Head
.
IN
the
after
Head
are
found
Muscles
,
or
rather
fleshy
Membranes
,
which
draw
backwards
the
Skin
of
the
Head
in
such
persons
as
have
the
said
Skin
movable
.
These
Muscles
,
as
also
those
of
the
Forehead
,
are
portions
of
the
Musculus
Latus
or
Broad
〈◊〉
;
which
Sylvius
does
neatly
compare
to
a
riding
Hood
,
taking
away
only
as
much
as
is
covered
with
a
little
cap
on
the
top
of
a
Mans
Head
:
and
therefore
the
broad
Muscle
does
cover
the
Neck
,
Face
,
Fore
and
side
Parts
of
the
Head
.
T.
15.
f.
1.
E
E.
□
T.
15.
f.
1.
F
F.
□
Chap.
9.
Muscles
of
the
Eye-Lids
.
THe
two
Eye-Lids
are
moved
by
four
Muscles
,
of
which
three
are
orbicular
,
and
one
is
straight
belonging
to
the
upper
Eye-Lid
,
which
arises
at
the
internal
The
first
of
the
〈◊〉
or
round
Muscles
,
is
the
Musculus
Ciliaris
,
which
The
●
third
round
Muscle
being
of
a
Fingers
breadth
,
compasses
the
Surface
of
the
Chap.
10.
Muscles
of
the
Eyes
.
THere
are
reckoned
six
Muscles
of
the
Eye
,
four
Straight
and
two
Oblique
,
[
c
](A57335-e102230-b)
c
T.
19.
f.
3.
A.
4.
5.
A.
□
Supernus
and
Attollens
Oculum
,
the
upper
,
and
the
Eyes
up
lifter
;
another
is
called
[
d
](A57335-e102250-b)
d
f.
●
.
4.
5.
□
Infernus
Eye
Depresser
;
of
the
two
Lateral
or
side
Muscles
,
one
at
the
greater
corner
of
the
Eye
is
termed
[
e
](A57335-e102300-b)
e
f.
3
,
4
,
5.
C.
□
Lectorius
,
the
Students
Muscle
;
the
other
placed
at
the
smaller
corner
is
called
[
f
](A57335-e102340-b)
f
f.
3
,
4
,
5.
D.
□
Indignatorius
,
the
Disdeigners
Muscle
.
They
al
arise
from
the
Cavity
of
the
Socket
of
the
Eye
and
the
broad
Nervous
Cornea
Tunica
under
the
Conjunctiva
.
The
Contranitency
of
these
Muscles
pulling
one
against
another
is
necessary
,
that
the
Eye
might
be
movable
to
and
fro
,
which
being
depraved
,
the
Eye
is
drawn
to
some
one
side
,
and
so
abides
in
that
posture
.
And
that
the
Eye
might
be
drawn
back
towards
the
greater
Corner
,
and
might
be
fixed
in
continual
reading
or
looking
upon
somwhat
,
Nature
has
framed
two
other
Muscles
,
which
are
termed
Oblique
,
because
they
direct
the
Oblique
motion
of
the
Eye
,
which
is
none
at
al
,
neither
can
the
Muscles
themselves
perform
such
a
Motion
in
regard
of
their
Original
and
Insertion
,
which
ought
to
be
contrary
and
opposite
.
The
Musculus
Obliquus
[
a
](A57335-e102460-b)
a
T.
19.
f.
1.
A
B.
□
Major
,
greater
Oblique
Muscle
,
or
Trochleator
,
conteins
[
b
](A57335-e102510-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
1.
F
F.
□
Gristle
affixed
unto
the
bone
,
by
and
beneath
the
Glandula
Lachrymalis
or
weeping
Kernel
,
is
after
widened
and
spread
out
upon
the
Eye
.
The
Obliquus
[
c
](A57335-e102550-b)
c
f.
3.
and
4.
E.
□
Minor
drawn
out
externally
by
the
greater
Corner
,
and
rowled
T.
19.
f.
3.
and
4.
F.
□
f.
3.
and
4.
G.
□
Chap.
11.
Muscles
of
the
external
Ear.
THey
are
common
and
proper
,
which
are
Seldom
moved
,
because
the
Ear
it
And
therefore
a
portion
of
the
frontal
Muscle
reaching
unto
the
Ear
,
a
portion
of
There
is
only
one
proper
Muscle
,
which
lurks
under
the
Ligament
The
later
Anatomists
do
make
reckoning
of
two
Muscles
appertaining
to
the
internal
[
a
](A57335-e102770-b)
a
T.
19.
f.
3.
and
4.
F.
□
external
in
the
auditory
passage
or
hole
of
the
Ear
,
[
b
](A57335-e102790-b)
b
f.
3.
and
4.
G.
□
Concha
,
fastened
to
the
Mallet
or
Hammer
.
In
Bruts
the
Muscles
of
the
internal
Ea●
are
more
evident
than
in
Men
f.
3.
and
4.
E.
□
T.
20.
f.
5.
A.
□
T.
20.
f.
5.
C
C.
□
Chap.
12.
Muscles
of
the
Nose
.
THey
are
common
and
proper
.
The
common
is
only
one
,
being
the
upper
portion
of
that
Orbicular
Muscle
which
compasses
the
[
c
](A57335-e102970-b)
c
T.
15.
f.
1.
N
N
□
Lips
,
which
draws
the
No●e
downwards
,
when
the
upper
Lip
is
drawn
down
.
Two
[
d
](A57335-e102990-b)
d
T.
15.
f.
1.
G.
□
Muscles
do
lift
up
the
Nose
,
on
each
side
one
,
drawn
from
the
space
between
In
Persons
that
are
largly
Nosed
,
two
Within
the
Nostrils
under
the
Succingent
Coat
,
there
lies
lurking
a
little
Muscle
of
a
Membranous
Na●ure
,
which
does
stick
to
the
internal
Parts
as
far
as
the
Laps
of
the
Nose
,
it
is
said
to
contract
the
Nostrils
.
Chap.
13.
Muscles
of
the
Lips
▪
SEeing
there
are
two
Lips
,
each
has
its
Muscles
,
and
there
are
two
common
to
both
.
The
upper
Lip
is
drawn
upwards
by
a
[
a
](A57335-e103090-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
1.
K.
□
Muscle
which
taking
its
rise
from
the
hollow
It
is
moved
downwards
by
a
[
b
](A57335-e103120-b)
b
f.
1.
M.
□
Muscle
brought
from
the
middest
of
the
lower
Jaw
,
The
nether
Lip
is
drawn
upwards
by
a
Muscle
,
which
being
drawn
out
of
the
I●
is
moved
downwards
by
a
[
c
](A57335-e103170-b)
c
f.
1.
N.
□
Muscle
,
which
Springing
out
of
the
Chin
,
is
inserted
The
common
Muscles
are
the
lateral
on●●
▪
which
do
draw
the
Lips
to
the
right
or
The
first
is
called
[
d
](A57335-e103220-b)
d
f.
1.
L.
□
Zygomaticus
,
being
somwhat
long
and
thin
,
and
arising
from
the
bone
Zygoma
,
it
is
●erminated
in
the
meeting
of
each
Lip
.
The
ot●er
common
one
,
is
vulgarly
termed
f.
1.
O.
□
Buccinator
or
the
Trumpeter
,
it
were
more
rightly
called
Bucco
the
Cheek
driver
,
because
it
stirs
the
Cheeks
,
wh●●●●
drives
the
meat
this
way
and
that
way
,
in
the
action
of
chewing
.
It
arises
●rom
the
top
of
the
Gums
or
the
bones
in
that
place
near
the
farthest
grinders
,
and
ends
in
each
Lip
.
It
is
loose
and
s●ack
,
that
it
may
give
way
inwards
,
and
perform
its
Office
of
forcing
,
as
the
Muscles
of
the
belly
do
;
and
that
it
may
give
way
,
when
the
Mouth
●apes
wide
.
There
is
added
a
round
[
f
](A57335-e103320-b)
f
f.
1.
NN
▪
□
Muscle
,
which
makes
the
proper
substance
of
the
Lips
,
Chap.
14.
Muscles
of
the
lower
Jaw
.
THey
are
on
either
side
six
.
The
[
g
](A57335-e103400-b)
g
T.
15.
f.
1.
P
P.
f.
2.
A
A.
□
Temporal
Muscle
,
being
a
very
strong
one
Os
Zygoma
,
it
is
by
a
very
strong
nervous
Tendon
inserted
into
the
sharp
ᵃ
process
of
the
Jaw-bone
.
This
Muscle
is
assisted
by
the
Pterygoideus
[
b
](A57335-e103470-b)
b
f.
2.
D
D.
□
Internus
,
arising
from
the
Cavity
of
Apophysis
Pterygoides
,
and
terminated
at
the
corner
of
the
inferior
Jaw
.
It
is
called
by
Galen
Masseter
Internus
.
The
Jaw
is
drawn
down
wards
by
the
Digastricus
or
Twi-Belly'd
Muscle
,
and
The
Digastricus
or
Twi-Belly
,
being
in
the
[
c
](A57335-e103600-b)
c
f.
1.
T
T.
f.
2.
C
C
□
middle
Nervous
and
fleshy
at
the
Ends
,
springs
from
the
Apophys●●
Styloides
,
and
being
in
the
Middle
reflexed
about
the
Stylo-Ceratoides
,
it
is
inserted
into
the
Chin
,
under
the
bending
of
the
Jaw
.
The
Musculus
T.
10.
f.
1.
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
〈◊〉
.
T.
15.
f.
2.
F.
□
Latus
or
Broad-Belly
,
arises
from
the
upper
Part
of
the
Brest-bone
,
Pterygoideus
T.
15.
f.
2.
E
E
E
E.
□
Externus
,
the
external
wing
fashiond
Muscle
forces
the
Jaw
The
Jaw
is
plucked
about
this
way
and
that
way
by
the
Masseter
or
Chaw
Muscles
being
in
its
Original
Twi-Headed
,
one
of
whose
heads
arises
from
the
Os
Zygoma
,
Chap.
15.
Of
the
Muscles
of
the
Os
Hyoides
.
BEcause
the
bone
termed
[
g
](A57335-e103880-b)
g
T.
13.
f.
11.
and
12.
A
B
C.
&c.
□
Hyoides
,
is
placed
in
the
Neck
to
a
prop
and
foundation
for
the
Tongue
and
Larynx
,
it
has
obtained
Muscles
as
wel
as
Ligaments
,
by
which
it
is
held
suspended
,
that
it
might
be
moved
with
the
Tongue
and
Larynx
.
And
therefore
its
Muscles
are
common
to
the
Tongue
and
the
Larynx
.
The
bone
Hyoides
has
ten
Muscles
,
on
each
side
five
,
for
I
add
the
Muscle
termed
Myloglossus
(
which
is
commonly
attributed
unto
the
Tongue
)
and
I
cal
it
Mylohyoideus
,
because
,
it
does
not
any
waies
touch
the
Tongue
.
T.
15.
f.
2.
a
a.
□
f.
1.
S.
f.
2.
B
B.
□
The
Os
Hyoides
is
l●●●●d
up
by
the
Muscle
[
a
](A57335-e104050-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
13.
B
B.
□
Geniohyoideus
,
it
arises
from
within
Assistant
hereunto
is
the
Muscle
[
b
](A57335-e104100-b)
b
f.
4.
E
E.
□
Mylohyoideus
,
i●
arises
from
within
the
Jaw
in
the
Quarters
of
the
Grinding
Teeth
,
and
reaches
to
the
Basi●
of
the
Bone
Hyoides
.
The
bone
Hyoides
is
drawn
downwards
by
the
Muscle
ᶜ
S●ernohyideus
which
The
Muscle
[
c
](A57335-e104200-b)
c
f.
13.
D
D.
□
Stylocerathyoideus
,
from
the
Apophysis
Styloides
is
carried
Os
Hyoides
.
Chap
▪
16
▪
Muscles
of
the
Tongue
.
THe
Tongue
is
forced
forward
by
the
Muscle
[
e
](A57335-e104290-b)
e
f.
13.
C
C.
□
Genyoglossus
,
which
growing
out
It
is
drawn
back
by
the
Muscle
[
f
](A57335-e104330-b)
f
f.
14.
B
B.
□
Basiglossus
which
takes
its
rise
at
the
Basis
of
Os
Hyoides
,
and
is
carryed
unto
the
Root
of
the
Tongue
.
It
is
forced
sidewaies
to
the
right
and
left
,
by
the
Muscle
[
g
](A57335-e104380-b)
g
●
.
14.
D
D.
Stylogossus
,
which
Apophysis
Styloides
,
is
extended
into
the
middle
,
very
near
of
the
Tongue
.
f.
1.
E
E.
□
Chap
▪
17
▪
Muscles
of
the
Larynx
.
THe
whol
body
of
the
Larynx
consisting
of
five
Gristles
,
is
moved
upwards
and
downwards
.
It
is
drawn
upwards
by
the
Muscle
[
a
](A57335-e104520-b)
a
T.
13
▪
f.
8.
B
B.
□
Hyothyroideus
,
which
arising
from
the
The
Muscle
[
b
](A57335-e104580-b)
b
f.
8.
C
C.
□
Bronchius
draws
it
downwards
,
which
taking
its
rise
,
from
the
Two
only
of
the
Gristles
of
the
Larynx
are
movable
,
viz.
The
f.
1
,
2.
8.
A.
□
Thyroides
and
the
[
d
](A57335-e104690-b)
d
f.
●
.
and
6.
□
A●yt●noides
,
and
to
procure
their
motion
they
have
little
Muscles
,
which
spring
out
of
the
immovable
Gristle
Cricoides
.
The
Thyroides
is
dilated
by
the
Muscle
Cricothyroideus
Anticus
,
which
begins
The
said
Thyroides
is
contracted
by
the
Muscle
f.
9.
C
C.
□
Cricothyroideus
Lateralis
,
The
A●ytaenoides
is
opened
by
the
Mu●cle
f.
9.
B
B.
□
Thyroaryt●noideus
,
which
springing
The
Arytaenoides
is
shut
by
one
only
Muscle
called
Arytaenoideus
,
which
[
h
](A57335-e104990-b)
h
f.
10.
B
B.
□
compasses
about
and
shuts
the
Arytaenoides
,
like
the
Sphincter
Muscle
,
and
also
The
Epiglotti●
has
[
i
](A57335-e105050-b)
i
f.
9.
and
10.
A.
□
no
Muscles
to
lift
it
up
and
shut
it
down
in
Mankind
,
as
it
has
in
Brute
●●asts
.
[
e
](A57335-e105060-b)
e
f.
3.
and
4.
f.
9.
and
10.
D
D.
□
Chap
▪
18
▪
Muscles
o●
the
Pharynx
.
THe
Pharynx
which
is
the
beginning
of
Oesophagu●
or
the
Gullet
,
has
obtained
from
〈◊〉
seven
Mu●cles
,
of
which
three
have
●ellows
and
the
fourth
is
without
companion
namely
that
which
is
termed
Oesophag●us
.
The
●●●st
is
[
a
](A57335-e105150-b)
a
T.
3.
f.
2.
and
3.
B
B.
□
Spheno-Pharing●us
,
which
arises
from
a
certain
sharp
The
second
is
[
b
](A57335-e105220-b)
b
f.
2.
and
3.
A
A.
□
Cephalo-Pharyngaeus
,
which
arises
from
that
part
where
the
The
third
is
[
c
](A57335-e105270-b)
c
f.
2.
and
3.
C
C.
□
Stylo
▪
Pharyngaeus
,
which
arises
from
the
Apophysis
Styloides
,
The
Muscle
Oesophageus
,
does
draw
together
and
close
the
[
d
](A57335-e105340-b)
d
f.
2.
and
3.
D
D.
□
Pharynx
,
which
growing
out
of
one
side
of
Thyroides
,
and
compassing
round
the
hinder
part
of
Oesophagus
,
is
implanted
into
the
other
side
of
Thyroides
;
or
being
outwardly
fastened
to
both
sides
of
Thyroides
,
it
draws
together
the
beginning
of
the
Oesophagus
and
purles
the
same
like
the
Sphincter
Muscle
of
Anus
.
Chap.
19.
Muscles
of
the
Gargareon
,
Uvula
,
or
Mouth
Palat.
THe
Wula
has
two
Muscles
T.
13.
f.
15.
A.
□
on
either
side
.
The
Muscle
Ptery-Staphylinus
[
f
](A57335-e105530-b)
f
f.
15.
B
B.
□
externus
,
taking
its
Rise
from
the
upper
[
g
](A57335-e105560-b)
g
f.
15.
b
b.
□
which
passes
through
a
chink
ingraven
on
the
upper
side
of
the
Pterygoides
:
and
there
being
turned
back
,
as
it
were
through
a
pulley
,
it
is
inserted
into
the
sides
of
the
Wula
.
The
Ptery-Staphylinus
[
h
](A57335-e105610-b)
h
f.
15.
C
C.
□
internus
,
cast
out
of
the
nether
part
of
the
inner
Skirt
Chap.
20.
Muscles
of
the
Head
.
THe
Muscles
of
the
Head
are
proper
or
Common
.
The
Common
are
those
which
move
the
Neck
and
Head
both
;
such
as
are
the
Muscles
of
the
Neck
:
the
proper
are
such
as
move
the
Head
,
the
Neck
remaining
unmoved
.
Now
the
proper
are
fourteen
,
on
each
lide
seven
,
six
of
which
are
placed
in
the
hinder
part
.
There
is
one
only
in
the
Fore
part
,
which
is
called
[
a
](A57335-e105740-b)
a
T.
14.
f.
2.
K
K.
f.
3.
H.
f.
4.
F
F.
□
Mastoideus
,
and
Apophysis
Mastoides
.
Somtimes
in
the
forepart
of
the
Neck
,
there
is
another
Muscle
next
the
Long
Muscle
,
which
helps
the
Mostoideus
to
bend
the
Head
:
and
I
have
many
times
shewed
this
Muscle
,
and
somtimes
I
have
seen
it
wanting
.
Six
Muscles
do
extend
the
Head
:
of
which
two
are
large
,
the
other
The
first
of
the
larg
ones
is
called
[
b
](A57335-e105840-b)
b
f.
2.
H
H.
□
Splenius
;
which
arising
from
the
sharp
points
There
comes
the
other
large
Muscle
to
assist
the
former
,
and
is
called
[
c
](A57335-e105890-b)
c
f.
2.
I
I.
f.
3.
E
F.
□
Complexus
.
The
lesser
Muscles
are
some
straight
,
others
crooked
,
and
of
both
these
,
some
The
greater
[
d
](A57335-e105960-b)
d
f.
3.
and
4.
I
I.
□
straight
Muscles
,
arising
from
the
Spine
or
point
of
the
second
spondile
,
Vertebra
or
Knuckle
,
are
inserted
into
the
after
side
of
the
Head
.
Under
them
the
[
e
](A57335-e105990-b)
e
f.
3.
i.
f.
4.
K
K.
□
two
lesser
arising
from
the
hinder
part
of
the
first
Vertebra
,
are
The
greater
[
a
](A57335-e106030-b)
a
T.
14.
f.
3.
L.
f.
4.
G
G.
□
Oblique
ones
do
arise
from
the
spine
or
point
of
the
second
Vertebra
[
b
](A57335-e106080-b)
b
T.
14.
f.
3.
K.
f.
4.
H
H.
□
Oblique
or
crooked
ones
do
arise
and
are
terminated
in
the
Occiput
,
or
after
Part
of
the
Head
.
Chap.
21.
Muscles
of
the
Neck
.
THe
Neck
has
eight
,
on
each
side
four
,
being
placed
before
and
behind
,
to
bend
It
is
bent
by
the
Musculus
Longus
and
the
Muscle
Scalenus
or
the
unevensided
Muscle
.
The
[
c
](A57335-e106200-b)
c
T.
13.
f.
18.
A
A.
□
Long
Muscle
being
situate
under
the
Oesophagus
,
springs
out
of
the
body
of
the
third
Vertebra
or
Knuckle
bone
of
the
back
,
and
ascends
laterally
connexed
or
knit
unto
al
the
bodies
of
the
Vertebra's
,
ending
into
the
former
part
of
the
first
Vertebra
.
The
Scalenus
arising
from
the
[
d
](A57335-e106280-b)
d
T.
13.
f.
18.
B
B.
□
first
Rib
of
the
Chest
,
it
is
inwardly
ingrafted
The
Neck
is
extended
or
stretched
out
by
two
Muscles
.
The
Spinatus
Muscle
[
e
](A57335-e106340-b)
e
T.
14.
f.
4.
D
D.
□
arises
from
the
Roots
of
the
seven
uppermost
Vertebra's
of
the
Chest
and
five
of
the
Neck
;
and
is
inserted
into
the
Spina
or
point
of
the
second
Vertebra
of
the
Neck
.
The
Muscle
Transversarius
,
arising
from
the
[
f
](A57335-e106390-b)
f
T.
14.
f.
4.
E
E.
□
transverse
Apophyses
or
Eminencies
Chap
▪
22
,
Muscles
of
the
Shoulder-blades
.
THey
are
four
in
Number
.
The
Muscle
Levator
ᵍ
Proprius
,
does
lift
up
the
The
Muscle
Trapezius
ᵃ
arises
from
the
hinder
part
of
the
Head
,
at
the
Points
The
Shoulder-blad
is
drawn
forwards
by
one
only
Muscle
termed
Serratus
It
is
drawn
backwards
by
the
ᶜ
Rhomboides
o●
lozing
fashioned
,
or
diamand
Although
by
its
own
weight
it
return
to
the
natural
Scituation
:
yet
a
ᵈ
portion
of
Musculus
Latissimus
,
running
out
unto
the
Arm
,
cleaves
by
a
loop
to
the
lower
Corner
of
the
Shoulder-Blade
,
and
is
said
to
draw
the
Shoulder-Blade
downwards
.
Chap.
23.
Muscles
of
the
Arm.
THey
are
nine
.
The
Muscle
Deltoides
and
Supra
Spinatus
do
move
it
upwards
.
The
Deltoides
ᵉ
does
arise
from
the
middest
of
the
Clavicula
,
the
Shoulder
tip
,
The
Supraspinatus
being
thrust
into
the
Cavity
above
the
Spina
or
sharp
point
The
Latissimus
and
Rotundus
Major
,
do
move
the
Arm
downwards
:
the
Latissimus
Os
Sacrum
,
of
the
Vertebraes
of
the
Loins
,
and
of
nine
Vertebraes
of
the
Back
:
it
is
inserted
into
a
part
of
the
Arm
,
not
far
below
the
Head
.
It
is
assisted
by
Rotundus
ᵃ
Major
or
the
larger
round
Muscle
,
which
arises
from
The
Pectoralis
and
Coracoidaeus
draw
it
forward
.
The
Pectoralis
arises
out
The
Muscle
Coracoidaeus
ᶜ
springs
out
of
the
Apophysis
Coracoides
,
and
ends
The
Arm
is
moved
backwards
by
three
Muscles
,
Infraspinatus
,
Rotundus
The
Infraspinatus
arising
in
the
middle
between
ᵈ
the
lesser
round
Muscle
and
The
Rotundus
ᵉ
minor
begins
at
that
Cavity
which
appears
under
the
lower
Rib
Immersus
or
the
ᶠ
Subscapularis
does
possess
the
hollow
and
inward
Part
of
the
The
three
last
Muscles
which
act
al
at
once
,
do
carry
about
the
Arm
upwards
with
a
sudden
motion
flanting
outwards
,
so
that
the
motion
seems
to
be
doubled
.
Chap.
24.
Muscles
of
the
Cubit
.
THe
Cubit
consists
of
two
Bones
,
which
as
they
are
Knit
together
by
divers
Articulations
,
so
do
they
perform
divers
motions
.
The
Cubitus
guides
the
motions
of
the
Bending
and
extending
.
The
Radius
directs
the
motions
of
Pronation
and
Supination
,
and
therefore
they
have
proper
Muscles
for
these
motions
.
The
Cubit
is
bended
by
two
Muscles
Scituate
in
the
internal
Part
of
the
Arm
viz.
The
Biceps
arises
from
a
ᵃ
double
beginning
,
the
one
of
which
from
the
extremity
Apophysis
Coracoides
,
they
are
after
united
and
make
one
Tendon
,
which
is
inserted
into
the
inner
Part
of
the
Radius
,
there
where
is
bunches
out
.
The
Brachiaeus
ᵇ
Internus
,
being
placed
beneath
the
Biceps
,
takes
its
rise
from
the
middle
of
Os
Brachij
,
unto
which
it
firmly
adheres
,
a●d
is
terminated
between
The
Cubit
is
extended
by
●●ur
Muscles
,
Viz.
Longus
,
Brevis
Brachiaeus
Longus
,
the
long
Muscle
ᶜ
arises
from
the
lower
Rib
of
the
Shoulder-blade
near
the
Neck
,
where
it
has
a
peculiar
Cavity
,
and
it
is
terminated
into
the
Elbow
.
Brevis
,
the
short
Muscle
,
ᵈ
springs
from
the
hinder
Neck
of
the
Arm
and
ends
For
the
third
Muscle
Galen
in
the
first
Book
and
last
chapter
of
his
Anatomical
Administrations
,
reckons
a
lump
of
Flesh
which
is
confounded
with
the
two
foregoing
The
fourth
Muscle
called
ᵉ
Angoneus
,
is
Scituate
in
the
bending
of
the
Cubit
on
Chap.
25.
Muscles
of
the
Radius
.
THe
Radius
is
bowed
downwards
by
the
two
internal
Muscles
,
so
called
because
Inferior
Pronator
,
and
the
other
Superior
Pronator
.
The
Superior
being
a
[
a
](A57335-e108080-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
1.
and
3.
D.
□
round
Muscle
,
springs
form
the
inner
Part
of
the
inner
knob
of
the
Arm
,
and
ends
with
a
Membranous
Tendon
,
obliquely
carried
unto
The
Inferior
Pronator
[
b
](A57335-e108150-b)
b
T.
10.
f.
1.
A.
B.
T.
12.
f.
1.
E.
□
Quadratus
,
is
carried
overthwart
from
the
lower
Part
of
the
Cubit
unto
the
lower
Part
of
the
Radius
,
and
is
thereinto
inserted
,
being
altogether
Fleshy
.
Also
it
Knits
the
Vlna
to
the
Radius
,
as
if
●t
were
a
Ligament
.
The
Radius
is
drawn
down
backwards
by
two
external
Muscles
.
The
Longus
[
c
](A57335-e108260-b)
c
T.
22.
f.
1.
H.
□
Supinator
,
springs
out
of
the
top
of
the
Arm
,
above
the
external
Brevis
Supinator
,
arising
out
of
the
[
d
](A57335-e108330-b)
d
T.
22.
f.
3.
B.
□
outside
of
the
inner
Knob
,
is
carried
obliquely
very
near
to
the
middle
of
the
Radius
,
and
turning
back
does
straitly
comprehend
the
same
.
T.
22.
f.
1.
G.
□
ᵈ
T.
22.
f.
1.
I
I.
f.
2.
B.
□
ᶜ
T.
22.
f.
3.
E.
□
ᵈ
T.
22.
f.
3.
F.
□
ᵉ
T.
22.
f.
3.
●
.
f.
4.
G.
□
T.
22.
f.
2.
C.
□
ᵇ
T.
22.
f.
2.
D.
□
ᶜ
T.
22.
f.
4.
E.
□
ᵈ
T.
22.
f.
4.
F.
□
T.
22.
f.
2.
and
3.
C.
□
T.
22.
f.
1.
B.
□
Chap.
26.
Muscles
of
the
Wrist
.
THe
Wrist
is
bended
,
stretched
forth
and
laterally
moved
by
two
Muscles
,
the
bender
and
extender
of
each
side
,
acting
both
together
.
It
is
bended
by
two
inward
Muscles
,
of
which
the
one
may
be
termed
Cubiteus
,
The
Cubiteus
[
a
](A57335-e108720-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
1.
N.
□
internus
takes
its
rise
from
the
inner
part
of
the
inner
Knob
of
the
The
Radieus
[
b
](A57335-e108770-b)
b
T.
22.
f.
1.
M.
□
Internus
,
having
its
original
in
the
same
place
,
and
being
stretched
The
Wrist
is
extended
by
two
external
Muscles
,
which
hold
the
same
way
with
The
Radieus
[
c
](A57335-e108860-b)
c
T.
22.
f.
3.
H.
□
externus
or
Bicornis
,
takes
its
rise
from
that
bony
point
which
is
Some
wil
have
this
Muscle
to
be
a
double
one
,
because
it
appears
wholly
distinct
in
its
original
and
insertion
.
For
that
which
is
carryed
to
the
Wrist
grows
out
of
the
bony
point
of
the
Arm
:
the
other
arises
out
of
the
external
Knob
of
the
Arm
and
extends
the
Metacarpium
with
the
Wrist
.
It
has
its
Tendons
separated
and
inclosed
in
peculiar
cases
and
sheaths
,
which
are
of
a
sinewy
Gristly
substance
,
without
the
Ring
fa●…iond
Ligament
of
the
Wrist
.
The
Cubiteus
[
d
](A57335-e108980-b)
d
T.
22.
f.
3.
G.
□
externus
,
arising
from
the
outward
Apophysis
of
the
Arm
,
and
Chap.
27.
Muscles
of
the
Palme
of
the
Hand
.
IN
the
Palm
or
Hollow
of
the
Hand
are
found
two
notable
Muscles
,
which
are
termed
the
Palmar
Muscles
,
the
one
of
which
is
short
,
the
other
long
.
The
long
Palmar
Muscle
growing
out
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e109090-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
1.
K.
□
inner
side
of
the
knob
of
the
In
its
original
it
is
Fleshy
and
presently
after
lessens
it self
into
a
smal
Tendon
,
which
passing
above
the
Ring-shap'd
Ligament
of
the
Wrist
,
and
not
included
with
the
rest
of
the
Tendons
,
it
is
widened
into
a
sinewy
Membrane
,
which
is
so
firmly
fastened
unto
the
Skin
(
to
make
the
sence
of
feeling
the
more
quick
,
and
that
the
Hand
may
hold
things
the
faster
)
that
it
is
a
very
hard
thing
to
sever
it
from
the
Skin
.
Besides
the
Palmar
Muscle
in
the
hollow
of
the
Hand
,
a
Certain
peice
of
Flesh
four
Square
of
a
Thumbs
breadth
is
found
upon
the
Ring-shaped
Ligament
,
which
is
redder
then
the
Flesh
,
between
the
Thumb
and
the
middle
Finger
,
and
is
somtimes
single
and
somtimes
double
,
looking
like
two
Muscles
:
and
being
carryed
under
and
implicated
with
the
Palmar
Muscle
,
it
seems
to
take
its
rise
from
the
Root
of
the
Fleshy
part
of
the
Hand
called
Thenar
,
and
to
be
inserted
into
that
same
eigth
bone
of
the
Wrist
,
which
is
placed
out
of
order
.
It
s
Office
is
to
hollow
the
Hand
and
so
to
make
Diogeness
his
Dish
to
drink
on
of
,
together
with
the
Muscles
of
the
Thumb
and
the
Hypothenar
.
This
Muscle
shal
be
named
Palmaris
brevis
;
the
short
Palm
Muscle
.
Chap.
28.
Muscles
of
the
Fingers
.
THe
Fingers
are
bended
,
stretched
out
,
and
moved
sidewaies
.
There
are
two
Muscles
which
bend
the
four
Fingers
,
viz.
The
Musculus
Sub●imis
,
and
the
Musculus
Profundus
.
The
Sublimis
arises
from
the
inner
,
[
b
](A57335-e109330-b)
b
T.
22.
f.
1.
O.
f.
5.
A.
□
part
of
the
inner
knob
of
the
Arm
,
and
produces
[
a
](A57335-e109350-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
5.
a
a
a
a.
□
Tendons
about
the
Wrist
,
which
are
terminated
at
the
second
Articulation
of
the
Fingers
,
and
have
holes
bored
in
them
,
to
give
passage
to
the
Tendons
of
the
Musculus
Profundus
.
The
Profundus
springs
out
of
the
[
b
](A57335-e109390-b)
b
T.
22.
f.
1.
P.
f.
5.
B.
□
upper
parts
of
the
Cubitus
and
Radius
and
[
c
](A57335-e109430-b)
c
T.
22.
f.
5.
b
b
b
b.
□
divided
into
four
,
it
is
carryed
through
the
holes
of
the
Tendons
of
the
Sublimis
,
unto
the
third
Articulation
of
the
Fingers
.
Do
but
observe
the
Industry
of
Nature
,
who
to
the
end
the
Fingers
might
be
rightly
bended
,
on
the
inside
according
to
their
length
,
she
has
framed
a
Channel
of
most
hard
Membranes
resembling
Ligaments
,
which
Channel
does
straitly
infold
the
Tendons
of
the
Musculus
Profundus
and
Sublimis
,
least
in
the
bending
of
the
Fingets
the
Tendons
being
bowed
should
be
drawn
out
of
their
place
,
and
like
ropes
rise
up
and
lift
up
the
Skin
.
And
although
the
Tendons
be
closely
comprehended
within
the
said
Channel
,
yet
have
they
their
fre●
course
and
passage
,
because
the
Channel
is
smeared
with
a
fat
a●d
Oyly
Humor
.
Out
of
the
very
Tendons
of
Musculus
profundus
by
the
Wrist
,
do
arise
the
[
d
](A57335-e109510-b)
d
T.
22
▪
f.
5.
C
C
C
C.
□
Lumbricales
,
being
firmly
fastened
thereunto
,
and
carried
to
the
first
Articulation
of
every
Finger
,
where
they
unite
themselves
to
the
Interosseans
.
The
Muscles
which
extend
the
Fingers
are
Common
and
proper
.
I
cal
them
common
,
which
serve
the
four
Fingers
,
such
as
the
Extensor
magnus
Digitorum
[
the
great
extender
of
the
Fingers
]
or
which
beside
extension
,
do
cause
other
motions
,
as
the
Lumbracales
and
Interossei
joyned
together
.
The
proper
are
they
which
belong
and
are
attributed
only
to
certain
Fingers
,
as
the
Extensor
Indicis
[
stretcher
out
of
the
fore
Finger
]
and
the
Extensor
Auricularis
[
stretcher
out
of
the
little
Finger
.
Magnus
Extensor
Digitorum
,
the
great
[
a
](A57335-e109660-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
3.
K.
□
Finger
stretcher
arises
out
of
the
outward
Knob
of
the
Arm
,
and
by
the
[
b
](A57335-e109670-b)
b
f.
3.
e.
□
Wrist
is
cloven
into
four
[
c
](A57335-e109680-b)
c
f.
3.
f
f
f
f.
□
Tendons
,
which
end
into
the
two
lower
Joynts
of
each
Finger
.
The
Fingers
are
moved
sidewaies
,
which
motion
is
commonly
termed
adduction
The
Adduction
or
drawing
to
,
is
when
they
are
drawn
towards
the
Thumb
;
Abduction
or
drawing
from
,
is
when
they
are
moved
sidewaies
from
the
Thumb
▪
And
this
motion
is
performed
by
the
Interossean
Muscles
:
of
which
there
are
[
d
](A57335-e109740-b)
d
f.
4.
I
I
I
I.
□
External
and
as
many
[
e
](A57335-e109750-b)
e
f.
2.
f
f
f
f.
□
Internal
,
spred
in
the
spaces
between
the
Bones
of
the
Metacarpium
.
They
arise
from
the
upper
Parts
of
the
said
bones
near
the
Wrist
,
and
in
the
first
Internodeum
or
space
between
the
Joynts
,
with
a
very
smal
Tendon
,
they
creep
side
longs
over
the
three
bones
of
the
Fingers
,
until
they
come
unto
the
Roots
of
the
Nailes
;
in
the
former
and
upper
Part
whereof
,
the
Tendons
,
being
first
united
are
terminated
.
And
therefore
the
Interossean
Muscles
acting
together
,
do
keep
the
Fingers
both
stretched
out
,
and
one
close
to
another
,
just
as
we
hold
out
hands
when
we
swim
.
Moreover
you
shal
observe
two
Muscles
,
which
are
as
it
were
external
interosseans
,
[
f
](A57335-e109820-b)
f
f.
2.
g.
h.
f.
1.
S.
□
Hypothenar
,
is
Peculiar
to
the
little
Finger
,
and
It
arises
from
the
third
and
fourth
Wrist
bone
of
the
second
Rank
,
and
is
sidewales
inserted
into
the
Joynts
of
the
same
Finger
,
to
draw
the
same
towards
the
outside
.
The
other
belongs
unto
the
fore
Fingers
,
and
lying
beneath
the
Antithenar
,
it
Besides
the
Tendon
of
the
common
extender
,
it
has
a
Peculiar
extensive
Muscle
,
[
g
](A57335-e109960-b)
g
●
.
3.
I.
□
Pointer
,
because
this
Muscle
serves
the
Finger
to
point
withal
.
It
arises
from
the
middle
and
external
Part
of
the
Cubit
,
and
is
inserted
by
a
forked
Tendon
into
the
second
Articulation
:
and
the
other
Tendon
grows
together
with
the
Tendon
of
the
greater
extender
.
There
is
a
Proper
extender
ascribed
to
the
little
Finger
.
It
arises
out
of
the
upper
Mean
while
you
shal
observe
the
Lumbrical
or
worm
Muscles
,
which
are
somtimes
three
,
other
whils
four
,
seldom
five
:
which
though
they
are
implicated
with
the
Tendons
of
Musculus
Profundus
,
and
are
constantly
thought
to
arise
there
from
;
yet
I
conceive
,
they
are
bred
out
of
the
sinewy
and
orbicular
[
a
](A57335-e110070-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
3.
●
.
□
Ligament
of
the
Wrist
,
that
it
might
have
a
firm
and
stable
Original
.
Chap.
29.
Muscles
of
the
Thumb
.
THe
Thumb
has
peculiar
Muscles
,
whereby
it
alone
is
bended
,
extended
and
moved
sidewaies
.
It
is
Extended
by
two
long
Muscles
.
One
of
which
arising
out
of
the
[
b
](A57335-e110150-b)
b
T.
22.
f.
3.
M.
□
upper
The
other
arises
from
the
[
c
](A57335-e110190-b)
c
T.
22.
f.
3.
L.
□
same
Part
of
the
Cubit
,
but
lower
,
near
the
Wrist
,
and
is
inserted
into
the
third
Joynt
of
the
Thumb
.
The
Thumb
is
bended
by
[
d
](A57335-e110220-b)
d
T.
22.
f.
2.
D.
□
one
Muscle
,
which
growing
out
of
the
Inside
of
the
It
is
moved
sidewais
by
two
Muscles
.
The
Thenar
[
a
](A57335-e110290-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
4.
K.
□
arises
from
the
inside
of
the
Wrist
,
beneath
the
Thumb
,
and
is
inserted
into
the
second
Joynt
of
the
Thumb
,
to
draw
it
from
the
Fingers
.
The
other
Muscle
termed
[
b
](A57335-e110310-b)
b
T.
22.
f.
1.
Q.
f.
2.
F.
□
Antithenar
,
draw●
the
Thumb
towards
the
●ore
Finger
.
It
grows
out
of
the
external
side
of
the
first
bone
of
the
Metacarpium
which
sustains
the
Thumb
,
and
is
inserted
into
the
first
Joynt
of
the
said
Thumb
.
It
is
drawn
to
the
four
other
Fingers
by
a
[
c
](A57335-e110360-b)
c
T.
22.
f.
1.
R.
f.
2.
G.
□
Muscle
,
which
being
Joyned
unto
,
and
seated
beneath
the
Thenar
,
grows
out
of
the
three
lower
bones
of
the
Metacarp●um
,
and
is
inserted
into
the
second
Joynt
of
the
Thumb
.
It
may
be
called
Hypothenar
Pollicis
,
because
it
is
spread
out
under
the
Thenar
.
Chap.
30.
Muscles
of
the
Chest
.
THe
Muscles
of
the
Chest
are
Proper
or
Common
.
Those
are
said
to
be
Proper
,
which
particularly
and
properly
belong
unto
the
Chest
;
the
Common
are
such
as
being
destinated
to
some
certain
Part
,
yet
do
assist
the
Breast
with
their
help
,
as
Auxliaries
,
such
as
are
the
upper
Muscles
of
the
Shoulder
blade
.
The
Chest
is
widened
or
lifted
up
by
five
Muscles
.
Three
of
which
are
before
viz.
Subclavius
,
Serratus
major
,
and
the
Triangularis
or
Pectoralis
internus
.
One
is
hinderly
Scituate
viz.
Posticus
Serratus
superior
:
and
the
fift
is
the
External
Intercostal
.
The
Subclavius
arises
from
the
[
d
](A57335-e110580-b)
d
T.
10.
f.
1.
F.
□
inner
part
of
the
Clavicula
,
near
the
Shoulder
The
Serratus
[
a
](A57335-e110630-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
1.
C
D.
□
Major
,
reaches
from
the
inner
Basis
of
the
Shoulder
blade
,
unto
The
Serratus
[
b
](A57335-e110680-b)
b
T.
14.
f.
2.
E.
□
Posticus
Superior
,
being
Scituate
beneath
the
Romboides
,
The
eleven
[
c
](A57335-e110740-b)
c
T.
10.
f.
1.
G
G.
□
External
Intercostals
,
hold
the
place
of
one
Muscle
,
which
is
carried
The
Triangular
Muscle
,
growing
out
of
the
middle
and
inner
Part
of
the
Brest-bone
,
Three
Muscles
there
are
which
Contract
the
Brest
,
the
Sacro-Lumbus
,
Intercostalis
The
Sacro-Lumbus
,
takes
its
original
from
the
Os
[
d
](A57335-e110900-b)
d
T.
14.
f.
1.
L
L.
f.
3.
B
B.
□
Sacrum
and
the
Spiny
productions
The
Eleven
internal
Intercostals
,
which
fil
up
the
spaces
between
the
Ribs
,
are
The
Serratus
Posticus
[
f
](A57335-e110980-b)
f
T.
14.
f.
2.
F
G.
□
inferior
,
growing
out
of
the
spines
of
the
three
lowest
This
same
Serraticus
Posticus
inferior
,
is
just
opposite
to
the
Serraticus
Posticus
superior
,
and
both
of
them
by
a
broad
and
Membranous
Aponeurosis
,
do
so
grow
together
,
that
they
serve
instead
of
a
band
to
bind
and
keep
together
the
hinder
Muscles
of
the
Back-bone
.
Others
do
ad
eight
Muscles
of
the
Belly
,
because
more
Muscles
are
requisite
to
cause
violent
Exspiration
.
T.
10.
f.
1.
H
H.
□
Chap.
31.
Of
the
Midrif
.
THe
Diaphragme
or
Midrif
is
an
[
a
](A57335-e111160-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
1.
I
I.
f.
6.
and
7.
the
whol
.
admirable
kind
of
Muscle
,
both
in
regard
of
It
arises
from
the
Circumference
of
the
bastard
Ribs
,
through
which
it
is
obliquely
When
we
draw
in
the
Air
,
it
is
contracted
and
bent
,
and
when
it
draws
the
lower
Chap.
32.
Muscles
of
the
Back
and
Loyns
,
wherewith
the
Back-bone
is
moved
.
THe
Back
is
not
moved
,
because
of
the
Ribs
interposed
,
and
the
Penury
of
Muscles
Now
the
motion
is
made
in
the
last
Vertebra
of
the
Back
which
is
received
on
all
hands
by
its
neighbouring
Vertebraes
,
and
receives
none
;
and
because
it
is
Contiguous
with
the
Loins
,
The
Motion
is
attributed
to
the
Loyns
rather
than
to
the
Back
:
although
it
belong
to
the
whol
Back-bon
.
The
Back-bone
therefore
,
as
the
Loyns
,
are
bowed
and
extended
and
drawn
to
the
sides
.
They
are
bowed
by
two
Muscles
,
on
each
side
one
.
The
Musculus
[
a
](A57335-e111370-b)
a
T.
14.
f.
2.
O
O.
f.
4.
C
C
▪
f.
1.
N
N.
□
Quadratus
Os
Sacrum
,
being
inserted
into
the
transverse
Apophyses
of
the
Loins
as
far
as
the
last
Rib
,
and
of
a
Fleshy
substance
.
I
for
my
Part
would
rather
say
it
arises
from
the
transverse
Productions
or
Apophyses
of
the
two
lower
Vertebraes
of
the
Back
and
the
last
Rib
,
that
it
might
together
with
the
oblique
descending
Muscles
and
the
straight
ones
,
stir
and
move
forwards
the
whol
frame
of
the
Ossa
Ilium
.
The
Muscles
of
the
Abdomen
which
serve
for
Inspiration
or
drawing
in
of
the
Air
,
do
also
further
the
bending
of
the
Loyns
and
of
the
whol
Back-bone
;
for
whiles
they
bear
down
the
Chest
,
they
do
withal
bow
the
Back-bone
▪
if
lying
along
upon
your
Breech
,
you
would
lift
up
the
Trunk
of
your
Body
;
or
would
leap
up
upon
your
Fee●
,
without
the
Assistance
of
your
Hands
.
The
Loins
are
distended
by
four
Muscles
,
on
either
side
two
,
which
are
so
infolded
The
Semi-Spinatus
Muscle
,
takes
a
[
b
](A57335-e111550-b)
b
T.
14.
f.
3.
D
D.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
sinewy
beginning
,
from
al
the
Spines
of
O●
Sacrum
,
and
ends
into
the
transverse
Apophyses
of
the
Loyns
and
whol
back
.
The
Musculus
Sacer
▪
with
a
[
c
](A57335-e111600-b)
c
T.
14.
f.
4.
B
B.
□
pointed
Fleshy
beginning
grows
out
of
the
hinder
Part
of
Os
Sacrum
and
terminates
into
the
Roots
of
the
Spiny
points
of
the
Vertebraes
of
the
Back
,
The
Spina
or
Loins
are
laterally
moved
,
when
the
Muscles
on
the
contrary
side
do
act
by
themselves
,
both
the
benders
and
extenders
.
It
the
Muscles
which
extend
the
Spina
or
Back-bone
,
are
opposite
to
the
oblique
Muscles
of
the
Belly
descendent
and
the
stiaight
ones
,
which
move
the
frame
of
Ossa
Ilii
,
they
must
needs
grow
out
of
the
upper
Parts
of
the
Spine
,
that
they
may
be
inserted
into
the
Ossa
Ilium
and
Os.
Sacrum
.
And
although
they
arise
from
the
upper
Parts
of
the
Spina
,
they
wil
nevertheless
serve
to
erect
the
Spina
;
and
they
wil
be
ever
more
Antagonists
against
the
Muscles
which
bend
the
Spina
,
viz.
The
Quadratus
▪
and
the
▪
Musculus
Obliquus
ascendens
.
For
they
receive
Nerves
,
as
wel
in
their
upper
as
middle
Parts
.
Chap
33
▪
Muscles
of
the
Belly
:
BEcause
those
ᵃ
ten
Muscles
,
which
are
found
displayed
upon
the
Belly
,
were
accuratly
discribed
,
At
the
beginning
of
the
first
Book
,
I
wil
not
here
repeat
them
,
because
they
are
excepted
from
this
Discourse
.
Chap.
34.
Of
the
Motion
of
the
Ilium
Bones
and
Os
Sacrum
Joyned
together
.
THe
frame
of
the
Ilian
Bones
and
Os
Sacrum
Joyned
together
,
is
moved
backward
The
said
Conjunction
of
bones
is
moved
forwards
by
the
ᵇ
Right
and
Oblique
●
descending
Muscles
of
the
Belly
,
the
Chest
resting
and
the
Thighs
remaining
unmoved
,
unless
they
follow
the
Motion
of
the
Ilium
Bones
.
It
is
moved
backwards
by
the
Musculus
[
a
](A57335-e111980-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
8.
A
B.
f.
9.
A
B
D.
□
Sacer
and
the
[
b
](A57335-e112000-b)
b
T.
2.
f.
9.
B
C.
□
Semispinatus
,
which
Chap
,
35.
Muscles
of
the
Testicles
.
THey
are
Proper
or
Common
.
The
Proper
is
that
which
is
peculiar
to
each
Testicle
called
[
c
](A57335-e112120-b)
c
T.
2.
f.
8.
A.
&c.
□
Cremaster
.
It
[
a
](A57335-e112150-b)
a
T.
14.
f.
4.
B
B.
□
fore
Part
of
the
spine
of
Os
Ilium
:
or
rather
it
is
the
fag-end
of
the
Oblique
ascending
Muscle
,
bordering
upon
the
Os
Pubis
,
whose
Flesh
is
redder
,
thinner
and
as
it
were
severed
from
the
Flesh
of
the
said
oblique
ascendent
Muscle
.
●●●●●olds
ext●●nsecally
the
production
of
the
Peritonaeum
,
and
is
carried
together
with
the
Seminary
Vessels
unto
the
Testicle
.
It
draws
the
Testicle
upwards
and
retains
it
suspended
in
that
Posture
.
The
Common
Muscle
is
the
Membrane
of
the
Scrotum
or
Cod
termed
[
d
](A57335-e112230-b)
d
T.
6.
f.
2.
B
B.
□
Dartos
,
Women
have
likewise
their
Cremaster
,
shorter
than
that
of
Men
,
Scituate
upon
the
production
of
the
Peritonaeum
.
Chap
,
36
,
The
Bladders
Muscle
.
LEst
the
Urin
collected
in
the
Bladder
should
run
out
of
it self
against
ones
wil
;
[
e
](A57335-e112350-b)
e
T.
6.
f.
5.
F
F.
□
round
fleshy
Muscle
which
being
rould
back
over
the
Prostatae
,
does
shut
the
bladders
Neck
;
and
being
made
broad
it
expels
the
Urin
;
and
by
wringing
or
squeezing
the
Prostatas
or
Auxiliary
Testicles
,
it
squirts
out
the
Seed
in
Venereal
Conflicts
.
Now
the
Neck
of
the
Bladder
being
Fleshy
,
performes
the
office
of
an
internal
Sphincter
Muscle
,
and
exactly
closes
the
Bladder
.
T.
14.
f.
3.
D
D.
f.
4.
A
A.
□
T.
6.
f.
2.
D
D.
□
Chap.
37.
Muscles
of
the
Yard
.
THe
Yard
has
four
Muscles
,
two
on
each
side
.
Musculus
[
a
](A57335-e112490-b)
a
T.
6.
f.
1.
a
a.
f.
5
▪
H
H.
□
Erector
is
bred
out
of
the
innermore
bunching
out
of
the
Ischium
,
It
hastens
the
squirting
out
of
the
Seed
,
and
forces
out
the
drops
of
Urin
,
in
the
conclusion
of
Pissing
.
And
because
it
is
in
its
Original
twofold
,
it
may
therefore
be
accounted
a
double
Muscle
;
but
because
I
attribute
that
portion
which
arises
from
the
Tuberosity
of
the
Huckle-bone
,
unto
the
Fundament
▪
and
cal
it
Levator
externus
▪
Ani
[
the
external
Arse-heaver
]
therefore
the
true
Accelerator
,
according
to
mine
,
and
other
Anatomists
Opinion
,
must
arise
only
from
the
external
Sphincter
of
the
Fundament
.
Chap.
38.
Muscles
of
the
Clitoris
.
THe
Clitoris
in
Women
represents
the
Mans
Yard
,
and
therefore
is
furnished
with
Muscles
alike
,
though
not
serving
for
the
same
of
Office
.
Of
which
I
have
treated
in
my
first
▪
Book
,
in
the
Chapter
which
describes
the
Womb
▪
T.
6.
f.
1.
b
b.
f.
●
.
I
I.
□
Chap.
39.
Muscles
of
the
Fundament
.
I
Have
descrided
the
Muscles
of
the
Fundament
very
sufficiently
in
the
33.
Chap.
of
my
second
Book
.
Chap.
40.
Muscles
of
the
Thigh
.
THe
Thigh
is
extended
,
bended
,
drawn
to
a
man
,
and
from
a
Man
and
oblickly
It
is
extended
when
we
stand
,
our
Thigh
being
Perpendicular
to
our
Huckle-bone
,
which
posture
is
caused
by
three
Muscles
which
constitute
the
Buttocks
,
and
are
therefore
by
Authors
termed
Musculi
Gloutii
;
that
is
the
Buttock
Muscles
.
Maximus
and
ex●imu●
[
a
](A57335-e112840-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
2.
B.
f.
3.
A.
□
Gloutius
,
the
greatest
and
outmost
buttock
Muscle
▪
is
Os
Sacrum
and
more
than
half
of
the
Ilium
Rib
;
and
is
inserted
▪
four
Fingers
●●neath
the
great
Trochanter
,
where
a
certain
Eminence
of
the
●one
is
●iscer●ed
.
Secundus
and
medius
▪
Gloutius
,
the
second
and
middle
buttock
▪
Muscle
,
springs
Os
Ilium
,
and
is
inserted
into
the
great
and
external
Trochanter
.
Tertius
and
intimus
[
c
](A57335-e113000-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
4.
B.
□
Gloutius
,
the
third
and
innermost
buttock
Muscle
,
arising
Os
Ilium
,
is
implanted
into
the
Top
of
the
great
Trochanter
.
The
Thigh
is
bended
by
three
Muscles
.
Primus
Lumbaris
,
The
first
Loyn
Muscle
called
[
d
](A57335-e113090-b)
d
T.
10.
f.
1.
O
O.
T.
23.
f.
1.
A.
□
Psoas
,
spred
over
the
bodies
of
the
Lumbal
Vertebraes
,
in
the
Cavity
of
the
belly
;
is
bred
out
of
the
transverse
Apophyses
of
the
lower
Vertebraes
of
the
back
,
and
being
carryed
along
upon
the
inner
surface
of
Os
Ilium
,
it
is
inserted
into
the
smal
Trochanter
.
I
have
in
Men
,
oftimes
found
a
little
Muscle
spred
over
this
,
which
in
its
original
,
being
of
the
length
and
thickness
of
a
Mans
little
Finger
and
fleshy
,
with
a
smal
and
flat
Tendon
is
carried
above
the
Psoas
,
and
when
it
is
come
to
the
Illiac
,
it
looses
it self
into
a
broad
and
very
strong
Aponeurosis
,
which
firmly
combiness
the
Iliac
and
Psoas
Muscles
.
And
therefore
I
conceive
it
is
added
,
in
strong
Men
,
that
it
might
straitly
embrace
the
Psoas
and
hold
it
firmly
in
its
seat
.
It
is
called
Pa●vu●
Psoas
,
and
is
more
rarely
found
in
Women
than
in
Men
:
Howbeit
in
the
year
1631.
In
a
very
stout
Virago
or
kind
of
Mol
Cut-Purse
,
it
was
my
hap
to
see
one
of
these
Muscles
,
she
having
been
hangd
for
Robberies
and
Murthers
by
her
committed
.
T.
23.
f.
3.
B.
f.
4.
C.
□
Iliacus
Musculus
,
the
Iliac
Muscle
,
takes
its
rise
out
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e113330-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
●
.
B.
□
internal
Cavity
of
Os
Ilium
,
and
being
by
its
Tendon
Joyned
with
the
lumbal
Muscle
,
it
is
terminated
between
the
great
and
little
Trochanter
,
[
b
](A57335-e113380-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
1.
C.
below
b.
□
Pectineus
Musculus
,
The
Combe
Muscle
shootes
out
of
the
upper
Part
of
Os
The
Thigh
is
drawn
to
the
inside
by
the
Musculus
Triceps
or
[
c
](A57335-e113450-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
1.
and
2.
C
C.
□
three
headed
One
of
its
Heads
arises
from
the
upper
▪
Part
of
the
share
bones
or
Ossa
Pubis
;
the
The
Action
of
this
Muscle
is
strong
and
Praevalent
,
drawing
the
Thighs
inward
,
when
we
Climbe
Trees
,
ascend
to
the
Main
mast
and
Ride
on
Hors-back
.
This
trebble
headed
Muscle
is
the
first
that
receives
the
Excrementitious
Humors
of
the
body
which
fal
into
Legs
,
because
of
the
Vessels
which
pass
that
way
.
The
Thigh
is
drawn
to
the
outside
by
very
smal
Muscles
,
because
the
drawing
of
The
Musculi
Quadrigemimi
,
are
four
little
Muscles
,
interchangably
placed
upon
The
first
and
[
a
](A57335-e113590-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
3.
C.
f.
4.
D.
□
uppermost
of
the
Quadrigemini
being
longer
than
the
rest
and
as
Os
Sacrum
.
The
[
b
](A57335-e113650-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
3.
b.
f.
4.
G.
□
second
of
the
Quadrigemini
,
arises
from
the
Tuberosity
or
bunchy
▪
Part
The
third
which
is
contiguous
unto
the
former
,
arises
from
the
same
Part
,
and
These
three
of
the
Quadrigeminal
Muscles
,
being
included
in
the
Cavity
of
the
great
Trochanter
,
do
serve
likewise
to
thrust
downwards
or
lengthen
out
the
Thigh
When
it
is
stretched
a
little
beyond
its
natural
length
,
which
▪
you
may
observe
in
a
Man
that
l●●s
upon
his
Back
,
with
his
body
and
Leg
streched
out
.
They
perform
this
Action
in
the
same
manner
as
the
Pterygoideus
internus
,
interposed
between
the
two
Jaws
,
does
drive
the
lower
Jaw
forwards
.
The
Quartus
Quadrigeminorum
[
c
](A57335-e113770-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
3.
D.
f.
4.
E.
□
Quadratus
,
is
broader
and
more
fleshy
than
The
Thigh
is
obliquely
wheeled
about
by
the
two
Obturators
,
the
external
and
The
Internal
[
d
](A57335-e113870-b)
d
T.
23.
f.
3.
E.
and
4.
F.
□
grows
out
of
the
inner
Circumference
of
that
hole
which
is
in
the
Os
Pubis
or
share
bone
;
and
being
carryed
along
thorough
that
hollowness
which
is
between
the
Knob
of
the
Huckle-bone
and
its
Acetabulum
or
Socket
,
it
is
by
a
tripartite
Tendon
inserted
into
the
Cavity
of
the
great
Trochanter
.
It
s
Tendon
is
folded
up
and
inclosed
by
the
second
and
third
Quadrigeminal
Muscles
,
which
resemble
a
purse
.
It
s
action
is
to
direct
the
external
wheeling
motion
of
the
Thights
.
The
Externus
ᵃ
Obturator
,
taking
its
revolution
from
the
external
Circumference
It
governs
the
internal
wheeling
motion
of
the
Thigh
.
When
the
Quadrigeminal
Muscles
and
the
Obturatores
,
are
soaked
in
Wheyish
Humors
,
they
cause
most
bitter
pains
,
which
counterfeit
the
true
Sciatica
,
and
lengthen
the
Thigh
,
as
if
it
were
half
out
of
Joynt
,
which
is
diligently
to
be
noted
and
distinguished
.
Chap.
41.
Muscles
of
the
Leg.
THe
Leg
is
Joyned
with
the
Thigh
,
by
that
kind
of
Articulation
which
is
called
It
is
drawn
inwards
or
towards
the
other
Leg
,
by
the
Sutorius
,
a
very
long
Muscle
.
It
is
drawn
outwards
or
from
the
other
Leg
,
by
a
Membranous
Muscle
,
or
broad
sw●th
.
I
leave
it
free
for
any
Man
thus
to
divided
the
Muscles
,
which
I
distinguish
into
benders
and
extenders
.
The
Leg
is
bent
by
four
hinder
Muscles
.
The
first
of
those
four
,
is
called
[
b
](A57335-e114140-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
3.
G
G.
□
Semi-Nervosus
,
the
Half
sinnew
Muscle
.
It
arises
from
the
Tuberosity
or
bunching
Part
of
the
Huckle
,
and
ends
in
the
hinder
and
inner
Part
of
the
Leg.
The
other
is
termed
[
c
](A57335-e114170-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
3.
H
H.
□
Semi-Membranosus
Musculus
,
the
Half
Membranary
Muscle
,
which
proceeds
from
the
same
bunching
▪
Part
of
the
Hip
or
Huckle-bone
,
with
a
beginning
which
is
Nervous
and
Membranous
;
and
with
a
larger
Tendon
,
is
inserted
into
the
inner
and
hinder
Part
of
the
Leg.
T.
23.
f.
4.
e.
□
The
Muscle
[
a
](A57335-e114240-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
3.
III.
□
Biceps
springs
from
the
foresaid
Tuberosity
of
the
Hip
or
Huckle-bone
,
The
fourth
being
commonly
termed
Posticus
[
b
](A57335-e114300-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
3.
F
F.
□
Gracilis
,
arises
from
that
●…ne
The
Muscle
called
[
c
](A57335-e114340-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
4.
H.
□
Poplitaeus
,
is
to
be
reckoned
among
the
●●●ders
,
it
lies
lurking
The
Leg
is
extended
by
six
Muscles
.
The
first
we
meet
with
〈◊〉
the
[
d
](A57335-e114390-b)
d
T.
23.
f.
2.
F
F.
□
Membranosus
,
which
is
drawn
out
of
the
upper
spine
or
sharp
point
of
the
I●ian
bone
and
This
Muscle
taking
its
rise
from
the
upper
ᶠ
Spine
and
fore
Rib
of
the
Ilium
,
and
sliding
down
Obliquely
by
the
inner
Parts
of
the
Thigh
,
ends
into
the
inside
of
the
Leg
,
which
it
is
said
to
bring
to
and
place
over
the
other
,
as
Tailors
are
wont
to
do
when
they
would
sit
Cross-Leg'd
.
The
Rectus
ᵍ
Gracilis
,
Springing
out
of
the
lower
Spine
of
Os
Ilium
,
and
being
The
two
Muscles
called
Vasti
do
on
either
side
border
upon
the
Rectus
Gracilis
;
[
h
](A57335-e114600-b)
h
T.
23.
f.
1.
G
G.
□
External
,
arises
out
of
the
Root
of
the
great
Trochanter
,
and
is
inserted
into
the
Leg
,
a
little
below
the
Patella
,
on
the
out-side
.
The
other
which
is
[
a
](A57335-e114640-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
●
.
H
H.
□
internal
,
arises
from
the
Root
of
the
smal
Trochanter
,
and
The
Muscle
termed
[
b
](A57335-e114670-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
1.
&c.
□
Crureus
placed
under
the
two
Musculi
Vasti
,
springs
out
of
These
five
Muscles
,
the
Re●tus
,
the
Gracilis
,
Duo
Vasti
and
the
Crural
Muscle
,
being
united
al
together
about
the
Knee
,
the
produce
one
only
Tendon
,
very
broad
and
strong
,
wherewith
the
Patella
is
infolded
.
Chap.
42.
Muscles
of
the
Feet
.
AS
the
Hand
is
divided
into
three
Parts
,
so
is
the
Foot
into
the
Tarsus
,
Metatarsus
In
the
meane
while
you
shal
observe
that
the
bowings
of
the
Members
in
the
whole
Leg
and
Foot
are
contrary
;
in
the
hand
they
are
like
one
another
,
for
the
conveniency
of
taking
up
of
any
thing
;
in
the
Leg
and
Foot
they
are
contrary
,
to
make
us
stand
firme
,
and
for
the
performance
of
different
actions
.
For
the
flexion
or
bowing
of
the
Thigh
is
performed
forwards
,
the
bowing
of
the
Leg
is
performed
backwards
▪
the
bowing
of
the
Foot
is
done
●orwards
,
the
bowing
of
the
Toes
of
the
Foot
,
backwards
.
The
Foot
is
bowed
by
two
Muscles
seated
before
,
which
are
called
Tibiaeus
and
The
Tibiaeus
[
c
](A57335-e114910-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
1.
K.
□
anticus
,
taking
its
rise
from
the
upper
Epiphysis
of
the
Leg
neare
[
d
](A57335-e114960-b)
d
T.
23.
f.
1.
ζ.
□
Ring-fashion'd
Ligament
of
the
Foot
,
is
●●it
into
two
Tendons
,
the
one
of
which
is
inserted
into
the
O●
primum
innominatum
or
first
nameless
bone
,
and
the
other
is
lengthened
out
as
far
as
to
the
Bone
of
the
Me●ata●sus
which
is
placed
unde●
the
Great
Toe
.
The
Peronae●●
[
a
](A57335-e114990-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
1.
L
L.
□
Ant●●●●
is
in
it●
Original
●oyned
to
the
Peronaeus
Posticus
,
although
Malleolus
externus
,
it
is
inserted
on
the
foreside
into
the
bone
of
the
Metatarsus
,
which
susteines
the
little
Toe
.
The
Foot
is
extended
by
the
after
Muscles
.
The
first
and
outmost
are
the
[
b
](A57335-e115080-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
1.
d
d.
f.
2.
D
D.
f.
3.
K
K.
□
Gemell●
or
twins
,
so
called
because
they
are
equal
●n
Bulke
,
Strength
and
Action
.
They
are
al●o
termed
Gastrocnemij
,
because
they
make
the
Belly
or
swelling
of
the
Calf
o●
the
Leg
:
and
the
one
of
them
is
internal
,
placed
in
the
inner
side
of
the
Ti●i●
or
shank
,
the
other
is
external
,
and
possesses
the
outside
thereof
.
The
internal
Twin-Muscle
,
arises
from
the
inner
knob
of
the
Thigh
;
the
external
f.
3.
o
o.
□
Bones
placed
like
unto
Se●amine
Seeds
or
like
Tares
or
Ve●ches
,
to
the
end
that
with
their
smooth
and
slippery
surface
,
being
placed
between
the
Muscles
and
the
Bones
,
they
may
hinder
the
Muscles
from
being
hurt
,
when
the
leg
is
turned
this
way
or
that
way
.
Plantaris
[
d
](A57335-e115250-b)
d
T.
23.
f.
3.
M.
□
Musculus
,
which
lu●ks
between
the
Twins
and
the
Soleus
,
arises
from
the
external
knob
of
the
thigh
,
being
fleshie
on
the
upper
part
,
and
quickly
ending
into
a
very
●mal
and
longish
tendon
,
it
is
drawn
under
the
Heel
,
by
the
inner
Ankle-bone
,
and
diffused
into
the
sole
of
the
Foot
.
It
performes
the
same
office
in
the
Foot
as
in
the
hand
;
that
the
Foot
might
answer
to
the
hand
,
and
that
whilest
the
Foot
is
hollowed
,
the
Skin
,
by
the
Tendons
lieing
under
,
might
be
firmly
fastened
.
The
[
a
](A57335-e115320-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
3.
f.
3.
L
L.
□
Soleus
,
a
broad
and
thick
Muscle
,
takes
its
original
from
the
upper
part
of
Under
the
Muscle
Soleus
remarkeable
vessels
have
their
passage
,
both
Veins
,
and
Ar●eries
and
Nerves
:
whence
it
comes
to
pass
that
the
pains
of
the
Calfe
of
the
Leg
are
deep
and
lasting
.
Of
the
T●ins
and
the
Soleus
mingled
together
in
their
inferior
parts
,
is
made
that
same
common
Tendon
,
which
is
so
exceeding
thick
and
strong
,
which
Hippocrates
terms
the
Cho●da
m●gna
,
the
Hurts
,
Brui●es
and
wounds
whereof
,
do
cause
death
.
The
foot
is
extended
by
two
hinder
Muscles
,
the
Tibiaeus
posticus
and
the
Peronaeus
The
Tibiaeus
posticus
does
arise
from
the
upper
part
of
the
Tibia
,
and
being
a●●●xed
to
the
whole
bodie
thereof
,
through
the
cleft
of
the
inner
Anckle
bone
,
it
produces
two
Tendons
,
the
one
of
which
ends
at
the
Scaphoidean
Bone
,
and
the
other
is
carried
as
far
as
to
the
primum
Os
innominatum
.
The
Peronaeus
[
c
](A57335-e115550-b)
c
f.
23.
f.
2.
F
F.
□
Posticus
,
does
arise
from
the
upper
and
hinder
part
of
the
The
Mu●cles
Peronaeus
anticus
and
Posticus
,
as
they
are
distinct
in
their
original
,
so
are
they
also
distinct
in
their
insertion
,
although
they
are
drawen
through
the
pulley
of
the
external
ankle
:
but
the
Tendon
of
the
other
Peronaeus
Flexor
,
is
i●serted
into
the
outside
of
the
Os
metatarsi
which
susteines
the
little
Finger
.
The
Tendon
of
the
other
Peronaean
Muscle
,
whose
office
is
to
extend
the
part
,
being
scituate
behind
,
is
carryed
further
and
more
inwardly
under
the
M●scle
called
Pediaeus
.
These
two
tendons
are
separated
one
from
another
,
b●●ng
inclosed
in
two
distinct
sheaths
or
scabberds
,
of
a
nerve-gristly
substance
.
f.
2.
E
E.
□
Chap.
43.
Muscles
of
the
toes
.
THe
Toes
have
their
proper
Muscles
,
fitted
to
procure
their
bending
,
extending
,
circular
and
transverse
[
a
](A57335-e115730-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
1.
g.
□
ligament
,
which
does
incompass
them
beneath
the
Ankles
,
just
as
we
see
in
the
Wrist
.
They
are
extended
by
the
Musculu●
longus
and
Brevis
.
The
longus
,
or
[
b
](A57335-e115810-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
1.
M
M.
□
long-Toe-stretcher
called
in
Greek
Cnimodactylius
,
takes
its
rise
from
the
fore
and
inner
side
of
the
Tibia
,
there
where
it
is
joined
to
the
Fibula
,
lurking
close
under
the
Tibieus
anticus
,
and
goes
down-right
all
along
the
Fibula
,
till
haveing
passed
the
Ring-fashioned
ligament
,
it
ends
into
the
three
Articulations
of
the
[
c
](A57335-e115880-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
1.
f
f.
□
foure
Toes
that
it
might
at
once
and
by
one
motion
,
move
the
three
●oyntings
of
the
foure
Toes
aforesaid
.
Brevis
Digitum
tensor
,
or
the
[
d
](A57335-e115910-b)
d
T.
23.
f.
2.
G.
□
short
Toe-stretcher
,
or
Pediaean
Muscle
,
springs
The
Tendons
of
these
Muscles
,
as
well
the
long
as
short
,
do
pass
cross-wise
one
over
another
,
above
the
Metatarsus
.
The
Toes
are
bowed
by
two
Muscles
the
Brevis
and
Longus
,
which
answer
to
Longus
[
e
](A57335-e116060-b)
e
T.
23.
f.
4.
II.
f.
6.
C.
□
Digitum
flexor
the
Long
Toe-stretcher
called
also
Pero-dactyleus
,
arises
out
of
the
hinder
and
upper
part
of
the
Perone
or
Fibula
,
and
being
carryed
along
under
the
inner
anckle
,
through
a
peculiar
cavety
of
the
Heel
,
it
is
divided
into
foure
tendons
,
which
are
drawne
through
the
slits
of
the
short
Toe-bending
Te●don
(
as
we
see
likewise
in
the
Hand
)
and
then
inserted
into
the
third
Joynt
of
foure
Toes
.
Brevis
[
a
](A57335-e116140-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
4.
●
.
f.
6.
A.
□
Digitum
flexor
,
or
the
Pediaeus
internus
,
or
short
Toe-Bender
,
springs
The
Tendons
of
this
Muscle
have
holes
bored
in
them
for
the
Long
Toe-benders
Tendon
to
pass
through
.
Moreover
,
the
Toes
are
drawn
sidewaies
by
the
Interossean
Muscles
.
They
are
The
[
b
](A57335-e116240-b)
b
T.
23
f
2.
a
a
a
a.
□
external
arise
from
the
spaces
of
the
Bones
of
Metatars●s
:
the
internal
,
[
c
](A57335-e116290-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
5.
d
d
d
d.
f.
6.
f
f
f
f.
□
Hollow
of
the
foote
,
and
knit
unto
the
bones
,
and
seeme
to
take
their
original
from
that
lump
of
[
d
](A57335-e116310-b)
d
T.
23.
f.
6.
D
D.
□
Flesh
,
which
possesses
and
fils
up
that
same
Cavity
of
the
Bones
of
the
Metatarsus
:
but
the
membrane
being
taken
away
,
they
are
seene
to
arise
from
one
nervous
pointed
or
acuminated
Original
,
fixed
on
the
inside
neare
the
Heele
,
and
divided
into
four
tendons
,
and
to
end
into
the
second
Articulation
,
whereunto
the
worme-fashiond
or
lumbrical
Muscles
do
cleave
.
And
therefore
the
external
inter-ossean
Muscles
,
doe
fill
up
the
empty
spaces
of
the
Bones
of
Metatarsus
.
The
Lumb●ical
or
wo●●-fashion'd
[
e
](A57335-e116370-b)
e
T.
23.
f.
6.
e
e
e
e.
□
Muscles
,
do
not
arise
from
the
tendons
of
the
long
Toe-bender
,
as
in
the
Hand
,
but
from
a
fle●●y
lumpe
,
which
lies
hid
underneath
the
short
Toe-bender
;
and
that
has
its
original
from
the
Heel
.
Chap.
44.
Muscles
of
the
Great
Toe
.
THe
great
Toe
[
f
](A57335-e116450-b)
f
T.
23.
f.
4.
K.
f.
6.
B.
□
Bender
,
being
scituate
neare
the
long
Toe
stretcher
,
and
of
a
Ankle
bone
and
the
Sole
of
the
Foote
,
it
is
inser●ed
into
the
first
bone
of
the
Great
Toe
:
and
before
it
comes
unto
the
second
bone
a
little
Sesamoidean
Bone
is
preposed
;
and
the
Tendon
for
securities
sake
is
intercepted
,
with
two
greater
Sesamoidean
Bones
.
Somtimes
under
the
sole
of
the
Foot
it
is
divided
into
two
Tendons
,
the
one
of
which
is
transmitted
to
the
great
Toe
,
the
other
to
the
second
of
the
little
Toes
;
and
then
the
great
Toe-bender
is
divided
only
into
three
.
Extensor
[
a
](A57335-e116560-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
●
.
N.
□
Pollicis
the
great
Toe-stretcher
,
arises
from
the
external
side
of
the
The
great
Toe
and
the
little
Toe
,
have
two
notable
Muscles
,
externally
scituate
,
[
b
](A57335-e116690-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
3.
O.
f.
5.
b
b
□
Policis
,
the
Drawer
aside
of
the
great
Toe
.
The
other
being
externally
spread
upon
the
first
●one
of
Metatarsus
,
may
be
[
c
](A57335-e116760-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
3.
P.
f.
5
c.
□
minimi
digiti
,
the
drawer
aside
of
the
little
Finger
.
It
answers
to
the
T●enar
and
Hypo●henar
of
the
Hand
.
Furthermore
the
Great
Toe
has
in
the
sole
of
the
Foot
another
Transverse
[
d
](A57335-e116850-b)
d
T.
23.
f.
5.
a.
□
Muscle
,
like
the
Anti-thenar
,
which
arising
out
of
the
Ligament
of
that
Bone
of
the
Metatarsus
which
is
placed
under
the
least
or
next
Toe
,
and
going
obliquely
upon
the
other
Bones
,
it
ends
with
a
strong
Tendon
into
the
first
Joynt
of
the
great
Toe
,
beneath
the
same
.
This
Muscle
is
opposed
to
to
the
Abductor
,
that
it
might
draw
the
great
Toe
back
againe
.
The
flesh
being
taken
away
,
we
find
a
threefold
or
fourfold
Membrane
,
I
suppose
it
is
that
M●ss
of
flesh
which
fils
the
Cavitie
of
the
sole
of
the
foot
.
In
the
lowest
p●●t
of
the
Foote
which
is
termed
Vestigium
,
there
is
contained
a
[
a
](A57335-e116970-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
6.
D
D.
□
Lump
of
flesh
which
●ils
up
the
Cavity
and
empty
space
of
the
first
Joynts
:
from
whence
writers
say
Tendons
are
drawn
to
the
several
Toes
.
I
coneive
the
use
of
this
flesh
is
rather
to
strengthen
the
Toes
and
to
combine
their
Chap.
45.
An
Introduction
to
the
Art
of
Muscular-Dissection
,
shewing
an
Accurate
Method
to
cut
up
the
Muscles
of
the
whol
Body
.
Whosoever
has
perfectly
learned
the
History
of
the
Muscles
,
will
easily
understand
The
Frontal
Muscle
.
The
Skin
of
the
forehead
,
being
circulary
cut
off
above
the
Eye-brows
and
drawn
The
Orbicular
Muscle
of
the
Eye-Lids
.
The
Skin
of
the
Eye-Browes
and
of
the
whole
face
being
industriously
dissected
,
[
a
](A57335-e117230-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
1.
F
F.
□
orbicular
Muscle
,
which
does
circularly
cover
the
socket
of
the
Eye
a
Fingers-breadth
on
al
sides
,
and
is
spred
under
each
Eye
▪
lid
.
Also
,
you
shal
●ind
the
Musculus
Ciliaris
,
s●ierched
out
orbicularly
under
the
Tarsus
.
Muscles
of
the
Lips
.
After
wards
,
the
whol
Face
being
made
bare
and
the
Skin
flead
off
,
a
little
below
[
c
](A57335-e117310-b)
c
T.
15.
f.
1.
L.
□
Zygomaticus
.
For
it
is
produced
from
the
Zygoma
unto
the
opening
of
the
Lips
.
This
Muscle
must
be
separated
from
the
Fat
;
for
much
Fat
(
which
is
also
crowded
into
the
Muscles
)
does
cover
the
whole
face
,
which
you
shal
pluck
away
with
your
nailes
or
with
a
paire
of
pinsers
,
or
with
a
very
sharp
pen-knife
,
that
the
Musculous
flesh
may
more
evidently
be
distinguished
.
From
the
Zygoma
towards
the
Lips
,
you
shal
search
for
five
Muscles
besides
[
e
](A57335-e117390-b)
e
T.
15.
f.
1.
H.
□
Nost●ils
,
is
reckoned
to
belong
to
the
upper
Lip
.
The
lateral
[
f
](A57335-e117430-b)
f
T.
15.
f.
1.
O.
□
Muscle
broad
and
Fleshy
which
opens
and
forms
the
Cheeks
,
and
therefore
is
called
Bucco
,
must
not
be
stirred
out
of
its
place
.
In
the
neather
jaw
,
as
far
as
to
the
middle
of
the
lower
Lip
,
you
shal
search
for
C
C.
□
That
[
a
](A57335-e117590-b)
a
T.
15.
f
▪
1.
n.
□
which
is
nearest
the
Chin
,
does
depress
the
lower
Lip
.
That
which
lies
[
b
](A57335-e117620-b)
b
T.
15.
f
1.
M.
□
beyond
next
the
Masseter
or
fastend
to
the
Corner
of
the
mouth
,
drawes
the
up●er
Lip
downwards
.
These
two
Muscles
,
though
most
●●actly
united
,
are
yet
distinguished
one
from
another
by
the
various
posture
of
their
fibres
;
namely
,
in
asmuch
as
the
Fibres
of
the
former
Muscle
,
do
●eeme
to
go
upwards
from
the
Chin
to
the
〈◊〉
▪
〈◊〉
do
it
were
constitute
a
pyramidal
Muscle
,
whose
Basis
rests
beneath
and
its
top
reaches
to
the
Lip
:
the
Fibres
of
the
other
Muscles
do
ascend
unto
the
Meeting
of
the
Lips
.
Muscles
of
the
Nose
.
The
Skin
of
the
Nose
being
curiously
taken
away
,
two
Muscles
discover
themselves
[
c
](A57335-e117700-b)
c
T.
15.
f
1.
G.
□
the
〈◊〉
between
the
Eye-Browes
,
are
carried
into
the
laps
of
the
Nostrills
.
Other
Anatomists
ad
(
but
only
in
such
as
have
great
Noses
)
two
little
▪
[
d
](A57335-e117760-b)
d
T.
15.
f
1.
I.
□
Muscles
spred
athwart
upon
the
ends
of
the
Nose
laps
,
which
widen
the
Nostrils
,
as
the
former
do
lift
them
up
.
Other
Anatomists
ad
(
but
only
in
such
as
have
great
Noses
)
two
little
[
d
](A57335-e117850-b)
d
f.
3.
and
4.
F.
□
Muscles
spred
ath●art
up
in
the
Ends
of
the
Nose-Laps
,
which
widen
the
Nostrils
,
as
the
former
do
lift
them
up
.
In
the
Inter●m
you
shal
observe
,
that
all
these
Muscles
are
so
strictly
conjoined
,
that
one
of
the
Lips
,
or
the
Nose
cannot
be
moved
without
the
motion
of
the
Neighboring
parts
.
The
internal
Muscles
of
the
Nostrils
are
seldome
found
,
and
only
in
such
as
have
●olly
●oating
Noses
.
The
Temporal
Muscle
.
That
same
thick
and
fibrous
Flesh
which
is
situat
between
the
smaller
Corner
[
e
](A57335-e118000-b)
e
T.
15.
f.
1.
P
P.
f.
2.
A
A.
□
Temporal
Muscle
;
whose
tendon
being
drawn
along
under
the
Zygoma
,
is
[
f
](A57335-e118050-b)
f
T.
15.
f.
2.
a
a.
□
terminated
into
the
Top
of
the
lower
Jaw
.
The
Masseter
Muscle
.
From
the
lower
part
of
the
Zygoma
,
arises
the
Muscle
[
a
](A57335-e118120-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
1.
S.
f.
2.
B
B.
□
Masseter
,
which
makes
The
Parotick
Kernels
.
Above
the
Joynt
of
the
lower
Jaw
,
behind
the
Ears
,
there
are
scattered
certain
The
Muscles
of
the
Eares
.
Although
the
Eares
in
Man-kind
remaine
firme
and
immoveable
,
yet
have
they
their
[
b
](A57335-e118260-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
1.
Q.
R.
T.
20.
f.
1.
H
I.
&c.
□
proper
muscle
placed
behind
them
.
The
first
is
a
very
litle
one
,
divided
into
two
or
three
fleshy
fibres
,
very
friendly
imbraceing
the
ligament
of
the
Earth
.
you
must
search
for
it
at
the
root
of
the
Ear.
The
other
Muscles
of
the
Eare
,
are
only
portions
of
the
frontal
muscle
,
the
br●ad
Muscle
,
and
the
Hinder-Head
Muscle
;
all
which
are
bred
out
of
the
fleshy
pannicle
.
The
Muscles
of
the
Eye
.
Within
the
Eye-hole
are
contained
seven
Muscles
,
such
as
are
the
Attollens
Palpebram
You
shall
find
two
above
the
globe
of
the
Eye
,
of
which
the
one
being
first
in
situation
,
[
a
](A57335-e118420-b)
a
T.
19.
f.
1.
A
A.
□
Lifter-up
of
the
upper
Eye-lid
;
and
the
other
is
called
Attollen●
[
b
](A57335-e118460-b)
b
f
,
3.
4.
5.
A.
□
Oculi
the
Eye-Lifter
.
You
shal
search
for
three
other
[
c
](A57335-e118490-b)
c
f.
3.
4.
5.
B.
C.
D.
□
streight
Muscles
,
every
one
●●
its
sitvation
suitable
to
the
action
which
it
is
to
perform
.
●●●
you
shall
diligently
observe
the
six●
ᵈ
large
oblique
Muscle
,
which
at
the
foramen
lachrymale
,
runs
back
about
the
Cartilage
or
Gristle
,
as
about
a
pulley
,
or
as
a
bridle
about
the
Annulary
or
ring-fashioned
ligament
.
Be
very
careful
that
you
do
not
break
this
Conjunction
.
For
which
cause
you
shall
begin
your
Anatomical
administration
of
the
Eye
▪
in
that
place
,
that
is
to
say
from
the
greater
corner
of
the
Eye
,
that
you
may
pre●erve
entire
the
[
e
](A57335-e118580-b)
e
f.
3.
and
4.
G.
□
Pul●y
and
the
Insertion
of
the
Te●don
,
which
is
inclosed
within
a
small
nervous
Ligament
which
receives
the
Te●don
it self
,
and
accompanies
the
same
unto
the
Eye
.
The
flesh
of
that
muscle
is
fixed
to
the
boney
sides
of
the
Eye-Hole
at
the
greate●
corner
.
The
septimus
Musculus
Obliquus
[
f
](A57335-e118660-b)
f
f.
3.
and
4.
E.
□
minor
,
seventh
Muscle
,
being
the
lesser
of
the
[
g
](A57335-e118720-b)
g
f.
1.
D.
□
Kernel
,
and
taking
its
revolution
above
the
Muscle
Humilis
,
but
below
the
[
i
](A57335-e118760-b)
i
f.
E.
4.
and
D.
□
Indigna●ori●s
:
it
is
terminated
aloft
upon
the
Globe
of
the
Eye
,
by
the
Muscle
called
[
k
](A57335-e118800-b)
k
f.
3.
4.
&c.
A.
□
supe●bus
.
In
he
Ana●omical
Dissection
of
the
Eye
,
this
Muscle
is
to
be
lookt
a●ter
in
the
second
Place
,
and
to
be
warily
preserved
,
least
we
teare
it
in
peices
,
while
we
seek
for
the
rest
.
If
with
the
point
of
your
Pen-knife
you
pluck
back
the
Coat
of
the
E●e
called
Conjun●●va
,
you
shall
see
that
all
the
Muscles
of
the
Eye
,
do
Terminate
by
a
fine
Membranous
Aponeurosis
(
conjunction
or
Contexture
of
many
Nerves
)
into
the
Tunica
Cornea
.
But
they
do
not
make
a
peculiar
Membrane
,
as
Columbus
imagined
,
because
the
Aponeurosis
(
nerv●
contexture
)
of
every
Muscle
,
is
distinct
by
it self
.
and
B.
□
But
you
cannot
see
or
demonstrate
the
Muscles
of
the
Eye
,
unless
with
a
pair
of
Scissers
you
take
away
the
fat
placed
about
them
;
and
a●ter
that
you
have
shewn
the
Muscle
which
is
the
Up-lifter
of
the
upper
Eye-lid
,
with
the
four
streight
Muscles
and
the
little
crooked
one
.
That
you
may
plainly
discover
the
Obliquus
Major
or
greater
Crooked
Muscle
,
with
its
revolution
to
the
pully
,
you
shall
take
out
the
Eye
,
leaving
that
greater
oblick
Muscle
,
but
cutting
the
rest
away
with
your
scissers
.
Muscles
seated
in
the
Neck
.
The
Neck
,
which
we
make
account
reaches
from
the
Basis
of
the
Head
unto
the
shoulder-blades
,
comprehending
seven
●●ondyl●
or
Vertebra's
,
has
divers
Muscles
in
its
fore
side
;
of
which
some
appertain
unto
the
Head
,
to
the
Os
byoides
,
some
to
the
Larynx
,
others
to
the
tongue
,
and
others
to
the
Pharynx
.
And
first
we
met
with
the
Musculus
[
a
](A57335-e119050-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
2.
●
.
T.
15.
f.
f.
1.
g
g.
□
●atus
,
the
broad
Muscle
,
which
infolds
the
The
Musculus
Latus
being
revelled
or
drawn
back
,
in
the
fore
part
of
the
Neck
under
the
Chin
you
shal
find
nine
as
●ar
as
to
the
Larynx
,
and
beneath
the
Larynx
six
.
T●wards
the
outward
part
of
the
Neck
,
there
appeares
the
thick
and
round
Muscle
Mastoid●us
,
which
asce●ds
slan●●●g
from
the
Cl●vicula
to
the
Mastoides
.
this
Muscle
〈◊〉
to
be
separated
at
its
original
,
that
the
others
may
be
seene
.
But
observe
,
by
the
way
,
that
this
Muscle
is
very
often
broken
asunder
by
the
Halter
in
such
as
have
bin
hang●d
.
V●der
the
Ma●●●ideus
there
lies
l●●keing
the
Coraco-●yo-ideus
,
a
●ean
and
longish
Os
Hyoides
,
for
the
re●●action
whereof
,
it
is
ordained
.
f.
K
K.
f.
3.
G.
□
F
F.
□
Then
you
shall
see
afterwardes
the
Carotick
Arterie
,
and
the
internal
Jugular
Veine
,
and
the
Nerve
of
the
sixt
Conjugation
,
interposed
betweene
the
said
two
Vessells
.
And
then
you
shal
pass
unto
the
Muscles
se●●●
beneath
the
Laxy●x
.
The
first
which
presents
it
●●●●
is
the
[
a
](A57335-e119390-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
13.
D
D.
□
Sterno●yo-ideu●
,
which
is
bred
out
of
the
top
of
the
s●er●●m
or
●●est
▪
bone
.
Under
this
lies
the
[
c
](A57335-e119440-b)
c
T.
15.
f.
1.
T
T.
f.
2.
C
C.
□
Bronchius
which
belongs
to
the
Larynx
.
Then
you
shal
di●●ect
and
shew
the
Muscles
placed
above
the
Larynx
and
under
the
Chin.
The
first
is
Digastricus
maxillae
internae
,
or
the
Twi-bellyed
Muscle
of
the
lower
There
are
two
Glandules
or
kernells
under
the
Chin
neare
neighbors
to
this
Muscle
,
which
in
r●eumatick
defluxions
do
often
swel
.
They
are
termed
by
Vesalius
,
I
know
not
why
,
Animellae
.
You
must
remove
these
Glandules
that
the
rest
of
the
Muscles
may
be
discovered
,
also
you
must
separate
the
Digastric
or
Twi-belly
from
the
Chin.
Vnder
it
lies
the
Muscle
[
d
](A57335-e119660-b)
d
T.
13.
f.
14.
E
E
□
Mylohyo-ideus
with
his
Mate
most
straightly
tyed
and
Os
Hyoides
within
,
will
shew
you
how
to
dissect
.
Under
this
Mylo-hyo-ideus
are
found
two
remarkable
Nerves
,
Branches
of
the
Seventh
Pair
,
and
the
Muscle
[
e
](A57335-e119750-b)
e
T.
13
f.
13.
B
B.
□
Genio-Hyo-ideus
,
rising
from
the
inside
of
the
Os
Hyodes
,
but
so
closely
linkt
with
his
Ma●e
,
that
it
is
distinguished
no
otherwise
,
than
by
a
white
line
which
is
manifest
within
.
Under
these
lurks
the
[
f
](A57335-e119820-b)
f
T.
23.
f.
13.
C
C.
□
Genio-Glossus
,
by
the
outer
side
whereof
lies
the
Meloglossus
:
[
g
](A57335-e119880-b)
g
T.
13.
f.
14.
C
C.
□
Cerato-glossus
,
or
rather
Basiglossus
.
C
C.
□
Afterward
you
shall
come
unto
the
hollow
of
the
Neck
under
the
lower
corner
[
a
](A57335-e120000-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
14.
D
D.
□
Stylo-glossus
,
which
is
inserted
into
the
Ceratoglossus
.
Beneath
there
appear
two
Muscles
,
the
one
of
which
being
lean
and
altogether
●●eshy
,
Styloides
Process
,
and
small
as
a
st●ing
in
its
middle
,
is
called
[
b
](A57335-e120100-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
1.
T
T.
□
Digastricus
or
Twi-belly
.
The
first
was
observed
in
the
Neck
under
the
Chin.
Under
the
Stylo-glossus
,
lies
sculking
the
Stylo-Pharingaeus
.
Under
the
corner
[
d
](A57335-e120200-b)
d
T.
15.
f.
2.
D
D.
□
internus
;
which
takeing
its
rise
from
the
Cavity
of
the
P●erygoides
,
ends
into
the
Corner
of
the
lower
jaw
,
on
the
inside
.
You
must
not
remove
it
from
its
posture
.
From
the
Basis
of
Os
Hyo-ides
on
the
outside
,
presents
it self
the
short
Muscle
[
e
](A57335-e120260-b)
e
T.
13.
f.
8.
B
B.
□
Hyo-thyro-ideus
,
which
is
inserted
into
the
middle
of
the
Thyroides
.
This
whol
Muscle
,
is
commonly
found
broken
by
the
Haltar
,
in
such
as
have
been
hanged
.
Al
these
Muscles
having
been
shewed
and
taken
away
,
there
appears
the
[
f
](A57335-e120310-b)
f
T.
3.
f.
2.
and
3.
D
D.
Oesophagaeus
,
Car●ilago
Tyroides
,
or
Gristle
so
called
.
Muscles
of
the
Larynx
,
Pharynx
and
Gargareon
.
The
Oesophageus
being
shewed
and
separated
,
take
away
the
whol
Larynx
that
you
may
see
those
little
Muscles
which
are
proper
to
it
.
You
shal
observe
eight
or
ten
of
them
,
of
which
●ome
are
ordained
to
move
the
Thyroides
,
and
others
pertaine
to
the
Arytaenoides
.
In
the
formost
and
lowest
part
of
the
T●●roides
,
are
placed
the
two
Muscles
Crico-arytaeno-idei
antici
.
C
C.
□
D
D.
□
By
the
sides
and
lower
Corners
of
Thyroides
are
situate
the
Muscles
called
[
a
](A57335-e120590-b)
a
T.
13.
f.
9.
CC
□
Crico-arytaeno-idei
●aterales
.
In
the
hindermore
and
outward
side
of
the
Cricoides
,
you
shal
find
the
two
Muscles
called
Cricoarytaenoidei
.
Haveing
separated
[
d
](A57335-e120650-b)
d
f.
10.
BB.
□
circular
Muscle
insolding
the
whol
Arytaenoides
.
But
al
these
Muscles
cannot
be
seen
unless
the
Osephageus
be
taken
away
,
and
the
[
e
](A57335-e120680-b)
e
f.
16.
&
17.
□
Paristhmian
Kernels
pluckt
of
,
with
which
the
Cartilage
Thyroides
or
Gristle
so
called
,
is
covered
.
The
Epiglott●●
[
f
](A57335-e120720-b)
f
f.
7.
9.
&
10.
A.
□
in
Mankind
,
has
no
Muscle
;
in
Brutes
,
two
pretty
ones
are
found
,
which
you
may
see
in
the
Larynx
of
an
Ox.
But
in
Mankind
,
we
find
only
a
sinewy
Ligament
,
which
keeps
the
Epiglottis
continually
erected
,
unless
it
be
depressed
with
the
weight
of
the
Nutriment
passing
by
.
Afterwards
you
shal
search
for
two
other
Muscles
of
the
Pharynx
,
viz.
the
[
g
](A57335-e120740-b)
g
T.
3.
f.
2.
&
3.
BB.
□
Sphenopharyngeus
[
h
](A57335-e120770-b)
h
f.
2.
&
3.
AA
.
□
Cephalopharyngeus
.
And
then
you
may
easily
find
the
other
two
[
l
](A57335-e120800-b)
l
T.
13.
f.
15.
BB.
CC.
□
Muscles
of
the
Gargarreon
,
if
you
have
learned
their
Originals
and
Insertions
out
of
the
History
of
the
Muscles
.
The
Muscles
of
the
hinder-part
of
the
Head
and
Neck
.
The
Skin
being
removed
,
and
the
Fat
of
the
hinder
part
of
the
Neck
and
of
the
whole
back
as
far
as
Os
sacrum
being
pluck
away
,
you
shal
observe
many
Muscles
;
the
first
of
which
is
called
Trapezius
or
Scapularis
,
which
with
the
Latissimus
does
Now
the
scapular
[
k
](A57335-e120890-b)
k
T.
14
▪
f.
●
.
&
2.
AA
.
f.
2.
AA
.
▪
I.
f.
1.
CC.
□
Muscle
,
which
belongs
unto
the
shoulder
,
its
broad
end
reaching
out
as
far
as
the
Occiput
or
Hind-part
of
the
Head
,
does
compass
al
the
Muscles
of
of
the
Neck
,
and
must
in
the
lower
part
thereof
be
separated
from
the
ⁱ
Latissimus
Musculus
,
and
wholly
plucked
up
from
the
roots
of
the
Spines
or
pointed
Bones
of
the
whole
Back-bone
as
far
as
to
the
hinder
part
of
the
Head
,
from
which
it
must
be
separated
,
and
only
left
sticking
to
the
shoulder-blade
.
f.
10.
CC.
□
f.
9.
BB.
□
This
Muscle
being
taken
away
,
the
[
a
](A57335-e120990-b)
a
T.
14.
f.
1.
B
B.
f.
2.
●
.
C.
□
Rhomboides
a
Muscle
of
the
Shoulder-blade
,
[
b
](A57335-e121020-b)
b
f.
2.
E.
□
Seratus
Supernus
minor
posticus
,
the
upper
and
smaller
Saw-Muscle
situate
behind
.
These
Muscles
being
plucked
away
as
far
as
to
their
Insertion
,
the
Muscles
of
the
[
c
](A57335-e121060-b)
c
f.
2.
H
H
□
Splenius
.
Neare
unto
which
is
placed
on
the
side
of
the
Neck
,
Levator
[
d
](A57335-e121100-b)
d
f.
2.
D
D
□
proprius
Scapulae
The
Splenius
Musculus
,
towards
the
Roots
of
the
spines
of
the
Neck
,
being
taken
away
,
there
lies
under
it
the
[
e
](A57335-e121150-b)
e
f.
2.
I
I.
f.
3.
E
E.
□
Complexus
,
neare
unto
which
at
the
side
of
the
Musculus
Spinatus
,
and
the
Sacrolumbus
ariseing
as
high
as
the
second
Vertebra
of
the
Neck
.
The
Complexus
being
taken
away
,
below
the
second
Vertebra
of
the
Neck
,
are
[
f
](A57335-e121230-b)
f
f
4.
E
E.
□
Transversarius
,
inter-posed
between
the
transverse
and
Spinie
Apophyses
of
the
Neck
and
Back
.
Under
this
is
spread
the
[
g
](A57335-e121260-b)
g
f.
4.
D
D.
□
Semispinatus
immediately
covering
the
Bodies
of
the
Upon
the
first
and
second
Vertebras
of
the
Neck
,
are
seen
eight
smal
Muscles
,
[
h
](A57335-e121330-b)
h
f.
2.
L.
f.
4.
G
G.
□
Oblique
Muscles
,
are
carried
from
the
transverse
Apophysis
of
the
second
Vertebra
,
to
the
transverse
one
of
the
first
.
The
two
[
i
](A57335-e121350-b)
i
f.
3.
&
●
I
I.
□
Recti
Majores
,
do
begin
at
the
Spina
of
the
second
Vertebra
,
and
end
into
Under
their
upper
ends
are
situate
the
two
Musculi
minores
,
or
lesser
Muscles
,
[
k
](A57335-e121450-b)
k
f.
3.
1.
f.
4.
K
K.
□
Minor
Rectus
lies
hid
under
the
Major
Rectus
,
which
you
shal
unloose
at
the
Head
and
pluck
it
a
side
,
that
the
minor
Rectus
may
appeare
.
The
Muscle
called
Obliquus
[
a
](A57335-e121500-b)
a
T.
14.
f.
3.
K.
f.
4.
H
H.
□
minor
,
is
carryed
from
the
Hinderpart
of
the
Head
pointed
Eminencies
of
the
Back-bone
.
When
you
have
viewed
the
Muscles
aforesaid
you
shal
then
make
diligent
search
after
one
that
lies
closely
sci●lking
,
above
the
Articulation
of
the
inferior
jaw
and
under
the
Zygoma
;
it
is
sit●●ate
upon
the
external
wing
o●
Lap
of
the
Pterygoides
,
and
being
altogether
fleshy
and
round
in
a
manner
,
it
is
●…erted
into
that
same
sli●
which
is
interposed
between
the
Coronis
and
the
knob
of
the
Lower
Jaw
bone
.
It
may
be
termed
the
Pterygoideus
Externus
to
difference
it
from
the
Internus
Muscles
of
the
Arme.
These
Muscles
being
administred
,
you
may
proceed
to
others
.
And
first
you
[
c
](A57335-e121670-b)
c
T.
10.
f.
1.
A.
B.
T.
22.
f.
1.
E.
□
Pectoral
Muscle
either
from
the
Brest-bone
,
or
from
its
lowest
part
,
by
which
it
is
joined
to
the
Serratus
Major
.
Meane
while
observe
that
the
Serratus
Minor
or
[
d
](A57335-e121710-b)
d
T.
10.
f.
1.
E.
□
Smaller
Saw-Muscle
,
lies
From
thence
you
shal
proceed
to
the
Muscles
which
are
spred
out
upon
the
shoulder-blade
.
[
e
](A57335-e121800-b)
e
T.
22.
f.
3.
B
B.
▪
f.
T.
22.
f.
1.
&
3.
C.
□
Infra-Spinatus
.
Next
thereunto
,
is
the
Rotundus
ᶠ
Minor
.
f.
2.
E
E
E
E.
□
Beneath
that
,
you
find
the
[
a
](A57335-e121890-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
1.
and
3
D.
□
Rotundus
major
,
stretched
out
beneath
the
lower
Under
the
scapula
you
shal
find
the
Muscle
called
Immersus
o●
[
b
](A57335-e121960-b)
b
T.
22.
f.
1
▪
B.
□
Subscapularis
:
it
fills
the
Hollow
of
the
Shoulder-Blade
.
You
shal
leave
the
Original
and
Insertions
of
those
Muscles
untouched
,
only
you
must
separate
the
sides
of
one
Muscle
from
another
,
that
they
may
be
dis●…guished
asunder
,
one
from
another
.
Muscles
situate
upon
the
Back
and
Loines
.
From
the
Omoplata
or
shoulder-blade
,
descend
unto
the
Back
&
loins
▪
which
pa●●s
[
c
](A57335-e122050-b)
c
T.
14.
f.
1.
C
C.
D
D.
T.
22.
f.
1.
F.
□
Large●●
and
broadest
Muscle
.
This
Muscle
must
be
separated
from
the
Os
Sacrum
and
the
external
Rib
of
Os
Ilium
,
as
far
as
to
the
lower
Angle
or
Coruer
of
the
shoulder-blade
,
and
its
insertion
at
the
Os
Brachij
a
little
beneath
the
Neck
.
You
must
while
you
cut
it
up
at
the
Spines
of
the
Vertebra's
,
take
heed
of
spoileing
f.
2.
F.
G.
□
posticus
infernus
,
the
Hinder
and
lower
Saw-Muscle
,
being
a
little
one
.
Which
after
you
have
pluckt
off
,
from
its
original
by
the
Os
sacrum
,
as
far
as
its
Insertion
,
you
shall
shew
three
other
Muscles
,
stretched
out
from
the
Os
sacrum
,
all
along
the
Spina
or
Back-bone
.
Of
which
the
first
being
lateral
and
seated
towards
the
Ribs
,
is
called
[
e
](A57335-e122210-b)
e
T.
14.
f.
1.
L
L.
f.
3.
B
B.
□
Sacro-Lumbus
.
[
f
](A57335-e122250-b)
f
T.
14.
f.
2.
O
O.
□
Musculus
quadratus
which
belongs
unto
the
Note
by
the
way
that
the
Sacro-lumbus
does
reach
as
far
as
the
Hinder
part
of
the
Head
,
and
that
it
does
bestow
a
double
Tendon
upon
every
Rib.
Now
you
shal
separate
the
[
a
](A57335-e122320-b)
a
T.
14.
f.
3.
D
D.
f.
4.
A.
□
Spinatus
from
Os
sacrum
,
by
easily
and
gingerly
taking
[
b
](A57335-e122370-b)
b
T.
14.
f.
4.
B
B.
□
Sacer.
Which
when
you
have
attained
,
thrusting
your
pen-knife
streight
in
,
as
far
as
to
the
transverse
Apophyses
,
you
will
easily
separate
those
Muscles
.
The
Spinatus
,
goes
as
high
as
the
second
Vertebra
of
the
Neck
,
being
in
the
middest
between
the
Transversarius
and
the
Complexus
.
The
Spinatus
being
fastened
to
the
transverse
Apophyses
,
does
also
arise
as
far
as
the
Neck
.
Muscles
of
the
Breast
.
The
Bodie
being
turned
and
laid
with
the
face
upwards
,
you
shall
sever
the
[
c
](A57335-e122450-b)
c
T.
10.
f.
1.
C
D.
□
Serratus
[
d
](A57335-e122490-b)
d
T.
10
f.
1.
F.
□
Muscle
subclavius
placed
between
the
Clavis
and
the
first
Rib.
You
shall
look
for
the
Pectoral
Muscle
internal
or
the
Triangular
Muscle
,
in
the
inner
part
of
the
Breast-bone
pluckt
off
.
Afterwards
you
shal
carefully
and
gingerly
separate
the
[
e
](A57335-e122550-b)
e
T.
10.
f.
1.
G
G.
□
external
intercostal
Muscle
form
the
[
f
](A57335-e122570-b)
f
T.
10.
f.
1.
H
H.
□
internal
.
The
fibres
Muscles
of
the
Cubit
.
When
this
is
done
,
you
shall
returne
unto
the
Arme
to
make
observation
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Cubit
,
which
are
seated
in
the
Arme.
Five
Muscles
do
infold
the
whole
Arm
,
two
in
the
fore
parts
,
and
three
behind
.
You
shall
separate
the
two
Benders
of
the
Cubit
,
on
the
former
and
inner
part
.
The
first
,
which
presents
it self
is
the
[
a
](A57335-e122680-b)
a
T.
22.
f
1.
G.
□
Biceps
or
Twi-headed
Muscle
,
which
one
Head
of
the
Biceps
,
which
growes
out
of
the
Coracoides
,
has
a
certain
flesh
adjoyned
to
it
,
which
creep
along
the
side
of
the
Pectoral
Muscle
,
as
far
as
to
the
midle
of
the
Arme
,
unto
which
it
is
fastend
most
firmly
;
and
this
Portion
of
Flesh
makes
a
Muscle
,
which
is
ordained
to
draw
the
Arm
forwards
,
which
from
its
original
I
call
[
b
](A57335-e122760-b)
b
T.
22.
f
1.
H.
□
Coraco-ideum
,
the
Coraco-idean
Muscle
.
I
have
observed
the
Biceps
or
Twi-Head
in
a
very
strong
and
brawnie
Man
to
be
a
Triceps
or
Tri-Head
,
being
exquisitely
separated
into
three
parts
,
both
in
the
Original
and
end
thereof
.
The
third
Head
sprang
out
of
the
tendon
of
the
pectoral
Muscle
.
Under
the
Biceps
is
placed
the
[
c
](A57335-e122860-b)
c
T.
22
f
1.
I
I.
f
2.
B.
□
Brachieus
internus
or
Inner
Arme-Muscle
,
[
d
](A57335-e122910-b)
d
T.
22.
f.
1.
A.
□
Deltoides
.
This
Muscle
must
be
separated
sidelongs
from
such
as
border
upon
it
.
In
the
outer
part
of
the
Arme
three
Muscles
are
placed
,
viz.
the
Longus
,
Brevis
and
Brachieus
externus
,
and
beneath
the
Elbow
,
the
Angoneus
is
seated
.
The
external
are
the
[
e
](A57335-e123000-b)
e
T.
22.
f.
3.
E.
□
Longus
and
[
f
](A57335-e123030-b)
f
T.
22.
f.
3.
F.
□
Brevis
which
embrace
that
Mass
of
flesh
[
g
](A57335-e123070-b)
g
T.
22.
f.
3.
above
E
□
are
distinguished
by
the
tendon
of
Musculus
●a●●ss●●nus
which
comes
between
them
:
but
at
their
●…on
they
grow
together
by
a
firme
and
sinewy
tendon
.
And
therefore
they
are
easily
,
in
their
upper-part
,
separated
from
the
Brachieus
externus
;
but
in
their
lower
parts
Now
thus
you
shal
proceed
:
you
shall
curiously
take
away
the
nervous
tendon
neare
the
Elbow
,
and
goeing
upwards
by
little
and
little
,
you
shal
gently
〈…〉
on
the
one
side
and
the
other
,
also
inwardly
;
diligently
observeing
the
line
which
separates
the
long
Muscle
from
the
short
,
until
you
have
separated
the
Brachieus
externus
;
from
the
Muscles
which
are
placed
above
it
.
Then
you
shall
see
it
〈…〉
from
the
Bone
of
the
Arme
,
a
little
beneath
the
Neck
thereof
,
with
a
fleshy
substance
.
The
Muscle
Angoneus
[
a
](A57335-e123150-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
3.
a.
f.
4.
G.
□
cannot
be
seen
til
you
have
pulled
away
the
●●newy
membrane
wherewith
it
is
covered
.
It
arises
at
the
lower
part
of
the
Arme
neare
the
Elbow
,
lying
hid
between
the
Radius
and
the
cubitus
,
and
it
is
inserted
into
the
Cubit
.
It
is
of
the
Length
and
thickness
of
a
Mans
fore-finger
.
Muscles
of
the
Radius
,
the
Wrists
,
the
Fingers
,
and
the
Thumb
.
In
the
Cubit
you
shal
find
the
Muscles
of
the
Radius
,
the
wrists
,
the
Fingers
,
and
the
Thumbe
.
And
in
the
Inside
of
the
Cubit
as
far
as
to
the
wrists
,
you
shal
find
Nine
Muscles
;
on
the
outside
you
shal
meet
with
seven
.
In
the
Inside
you
shal
find
them
disposed
in
this
Situation
and
order
following
.
[
b
](A57335-e123240-b)
b
T.
22.
f.
4.
E.
□
Supinator
Radij
,
which
arises
from
the
external
apophysis
of
the
Arme
,
and
is
stretched
out
upon
the
Radius
.
Next
to
that
,
is
the
Radieus
[
c
](A57335-e123290-b)
c
T.
22.
f.
1.
M.
□
Flexor
Carpi
,
after
which
follows
the
[
d
](A57335-e123320-b)
d
T.
22.
f.
1.
K.
□
Palmaris
Remarkable
by
a
very
small
and
very
long
Tendon
.
By
the
Palmaris
is
seated
the
[
e
](A57335-e123360-b)
e
T.
22.
f
1.
O.
f
5.
A.
□
sublimis
Digitorum
Flexor
,
and
next
to
it
,
so
as
to
touch
the
same
,
you
have
the
[
f
](A57335-e123390-b)
f
T.
22.
f
1.
M.
□
Cubiteus
▪
Flexor
Carpi
.
On
the
upper
part
of
the
Cubit
,
near
the
Joint
,
between
the
Longus
Supinator
and
the
Radieus
flexor
,
the
round
Head
of
the
Pronator
[
g
](A57335-e123450-b)
g
T.
22.
f
▪
2.
C.
□
Radij
shewes
it selfe
;
Vnder
the
Radieus
,
lies
the
Flexor
[
h
](A57335-e123510-b)
h
T.
22.
f.
2.
D.
□
Pollicis
.
Beneath
the
Sublimis
,
lies
the
Profundus
[
i
](A57335-e123560-b)
i
T.
22.
f.
1.
P.
f.
5.
B.
□
Flexor
Digitorum
,
and
in
the
lower
[
k
](A57335-e123600-b)
k
T.
22.
f.
2.
D.
□
Quadratus
spred
under
the
Tendons
of
the
Muscles
,
being
three
Fingers
broad
,
and
immediatedly
fastened
Cross-w●●es
,
into
the
Radius
and
Cubitus
.
On
the
outside
of
the
Cubitus
above
the
Radius
,
the
Extensor
[
a
](A57335-e123650-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
3.
H.
□
Carpi
is
stretched
Next
to
it
,
is
the
Alter
[
b
](A57335-e123700-b)
b
T.
22.
f.
3.
G.
□
Extensor
,
which
is
carried
obliquely
to
the
Cubit
,
and
being
fastened
thereunto
,
takes
its
course
downwards
.
Between
the
Radius
and
the
Middle-part
of
the
Cubitus
,
the
Extensor
[
c
](A57335-e123750-b)
c
T.
22.
f.
3.
K.
□
D●g●torum
is
placed
,
which
has
a
parcel
of
flesh
▪
annext
unto
it
,
spread
under
the
Muscle
of
Vnder
it
,
near
the
Cubit
,
lies
the
Extensor
parvi
Digiti
,
by
the
Wrist
.
Under
the
Tendons
of
the
Extensor
Digitorum
you
shal
find
two
other
fial
Muscles
,
the
one
of
which
is
the
Extensor
[
d
](A57335-e123840-b)
d
T.
22.
f
3.
M.
□
Policis
,
the
other
is
the
[
e
](A57335-e123860-b)
e
T.
22.
f.
3.
●
.
□
Indicator
ordained
to
wait
upon
the
Index
or
Forefinger
,
whose
Tendon
is
united
by
certaine
Fibres
with
the
Tendon
of
the
Extensor
Digitorum
.
The
dvision
of
all
these
Muscles
is
easie
on
the
upper
part
of
the
Cubit
,
both
on
the
multiply
Muscles
,
and
make
as
many
Muscles
as
you
find
Tendons
.
Thus
therefore
,
neare
the
Wrist
,
on
the
inner
side
of
the
Cubit
,
you
shal
distinguish
the
Tendons
of
the
sublimis
and
the
Prosundus
,
allotting
●ou●
Tendons
to
each
Muscle
,
and
then
take
your
course
upwards
.
Radieus
Externus
extensor
Carpi
,
is
termed
also
Bicoruis
twi-horned
,
by
reason
of
its
double
Tendon
.
You
may
divide
this
Muscle
into
two
,
Muscles
,
distinct
in
their
original
and
insertion
,
but
you
shall
do
better
to
make
but
one
of
it
.
In
the
Hand
,
you
shall
find
Seventeen
Muscles
.
In
the
Palm
or
Inside
of
the
Hand
there
are
Thirteen
;
viz.
the
four
[
f
](A57335-e124090-b)
f
T.
22.
f.
5.
C
C
C
C.
f.
2.
f
f
f
f.
□
Lumbricales
,
the
[
g
](A57335-e124120-b)
g
T.
22.
f.
1.
S.
f.
2.
h.
□
Hippothenar
,
the
[
h
](A57335-e124150-b)
h
T.
22.
f.
4.
K.
□
Thenar
,
the
[
i
](A57335-e124180-b)
i
T.
22.
f
▪
●
.
R.
f.
2.
G.
□
Anti-thenar
,
the
Abductor
Indicis
,
the
Massa
Carnea
,
and
the
four
Interossei
[
a
](A57335-e124230-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
2.
f
f
f
f.
□
interni
.
In
the
outside
of
the
Hand
you
shal
find
only
the
four
Interossei
[
b
](A57335-e124280-b)
b
f.
2.
I
I
I
I
□
externi
;
with
the
Tendons
of
the
Finger-stretchers
,
or
of
the
Thumb-stretcher
,
and
of
the
little
Finger-stretcher
.
Muscles
of
the
Abdomen
or
Belly
.
In
your
anatomical
Administration
of
the
Muscles
of
the
Belly
you
shal
thus
proceed
.
The
first
you
meet
with
,
which
must
be
plucked
out
,
is
the
Musculus
[
c
](A57335-e124350-b)
c
T.
●
.
f.
2.
H
H.
T.
2.
f.
8.
A.
□
Obliquus
descendens
,
which
you
shal
see
conjoyned
with
the
ᵉ
serratus
major
,
[
d
](A57335-e124400-b)
d
T.
2.
f.
8.
a
a.
□
tooth
serratus
major
,
with
help
of
a
very
smal
and
sharp
Pen-knife
.
The
first
tooth
is
interposed
between
the
Musculus
rectus
and
a
portion
of
the
Serratus
:
the
second
and
the
[
e
](A57335-e124480-b)
e
T.
1.
f.
2.
F
F.
T.
10.
f.
1.
C.
D.
□
third
are
very
hardly
separated
.
The
other
four
lie
lurking
under
a
portion
of
the
Latissinus
,
not
receiving
the
fleshy
Productions
of
the
Serratus
.
To
bring
them
therfore
into
sight
,
it
wil
be
convenient
to
pluck
up
a
portion
of
the
Latissimus
,
as
far
as
to
the
hinder
spine
of
the
Os
Illium
;
and
th●n
you
shal
take
those
four
Teeth
off
from
the
Ribs
,
and
in
conclusion
you
shal
cut
off
the
Muscle
,
from
the
whol
Rib
which
appertains
to
the
Os
Ilium
.
If
you
be
industrious
and
can
endure
to
take
pains
,
you
shal
observe
that
the
second
,
third
,
and
fourth
Tooth
[
or
Finger
]
of
this
Muscle
,
doe
creep
higher
up
under
the
Serratus
,
than
vulgar
Anatomists
imagine
,
and
that
this
Muscle
does
there
attain
a
sinewy
tendinous
Head
,
which
cleaves
fast
to
the
lower
side
of
the
Rib.
A
tendinous
Head
receives
a
portion
of
the
intercostal
nerve
.
For
the
nerve
,
when
it
is
come
thither
,
it
is
divided
into
two
parts
,
the
one
of
which
does
insinuate
it self
into
the
sinewy
Head
of
the
Tooth
of
the
Muscle
:
the
other
sticking
fast
unto
the
Rib
,
does
make
the
[
a
](A57335-e124600-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
9.
d
d
d.
□
nervous
intersections
of
the
Musculus
Rectus
.
The
Muscle
being
thus
cut
up
,
must
be
turned
back
upon
one
side
of
the
Belly
.
You
shal
in
the
meane
while
observe
,
that
the
[
b
](A57335-e124630-b)
b
T.
2.
f.
8.
b
b.
□
Aponeurosis
of
this
Muscle
,
is
bored
through
near
the
Os
pubis
;
as
the
[
c
](A57335-e124660-b)
c
T.
2.
f.
8.
B.
□
Aponeurosis
of
the
Obliquus
●
ascendens
,
and
of
the
Transversus
are
perforated
,
near
the
foremost
and
lowest
Spine
of
the
Os
Illium
;
and
therfore
the
Holes
of
the
two
oblique
Muscles
are
not
set
just
one
against
another
,
but
at
a
distance
one
after
another
,
that
the
Gut
might
not
be
so
apt
to
fall
down
into
the
Groine
or
Cod.
These
Holes
are
broken
in
Ruptures
into
the
Cod
▪
or
else
dilated
,
which
are
diligently
to
be
observed
,
in
reduceing
of
the
Gut
when
it
is
strangled
in
the
Groine
.
And
if
at
any
time
an
Incision
be
made
in
the
Groine
,
to
reduce
the
Gut
,
that
hole
ought
to
be
made
wider
by
Incision
,
that
the
Gut
may
more
easily
returne
into
the
Bellie
.
Above
the
Obliquus
ascendens
towards
the
Hypogastrium
,
you
shal
find
a
little
Nerve
which
insinuates
and
winds
it selfe
into
the
Apophysis
of
the
Peritonaeum
that
it
may
be
carried
to
the
Testicle
,
because
it
penetrates
the
transverse
Muscle
.
It
arises
from
the
Nerves
of
the
Loines
,
and
is
a
portion
of
those
nerves
which
are
disseminated
into
the
Oblique
Ascendent
and
the
Transverse
Muscles
.
When
you
have
cut
the
[
f
](A57335-e124770-b)
f
T.
2.
f.
8
B.
c
c.
□
Oblique
Ascendent
from
the
Rib
of
Os
Ilium
to
which
it
cleaves
very
fast
,
you
shal
bring
it
to
the
Loines
,
where
it
may
be
separated
from
the
Transverse
.
Then
you
shal
separate
it
from
the
Ribs
themselves
as
it
returnes
upwards
.
And
it
wil
be
convenient
to
turne
back
this
Muscle
to
the
contrary
side
,
after
the
manner
of
the
primus
Obliquus
;
and
when
you
shal
come
unto
the
Musculus
Rectus
,
you
shal
observe
that
this
same
Oblique
Muscle
does
embrace
the
Musculus
Rectus
or
streight
Muscle
above
the
Navel
,
and
below
the
Navel
it
transmies
a
single
Tendon
under
the
Rectus
▪
which
notwithstanding
by
the
Edge
of
the
Rectus
does
cleave
so
obstinately
to
the
Aponeurosis
of
the
Oblique
Descendent
,
that
it
is
not
possible
by
any
Art
to
separate
or
pul
them
asunder
,
without
rending
them
.
T.
2.
f.
9.
A.
□
T.
2.
f.
8.
d
d.
f.
9.
bb.
□
While
you
cut
the
Tendons
of
the
oblique
Muscles
from
the
share
Bones
,
be
very
careful
least
you
mangle
the
Apophysis
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e124860-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
9.
E
E.
□
Peritonaeum
which
is
carryed
through
those
Tendons
,
and
teare
the
[
b
](A57335-e124870-b)
b
T.
6.
f.
2.
D
D.
□
Muscle
Cremaster
placed
upon
the
said
Apophysis
,
and
also
least
you
teare
the
Tendon
of
the
Transverse
Muscle
lieing
beneath
.
You
shal
know
the
Muscle
Cremaster
by
its
colour
and
Consistence
.
For
it
is
Between
the
Oblique
ascendent
and
the
transverse
Muscle
towards
the
Loins
,
many
veins
are
seen
,
which
are
the
ofspring
of
the
Lumbal
and
the
Hypo-gastrick
Veins
.
But
you
shal
take
precise
notice
of
two
remarkable
nerves
or
sinnewes
,
which
besides
the
little
intercostal
twigs
inserted
into
the
Teeth
of
the
Oblique
Descendent
Muscle
,
do
arise
out
of
the
two
inner
Vertebra's
of
the
Back
,
and
creeping
obliquely
upon
the
bastard
Ribs
,
are
by
the
last
Rib
dispersed
into
the
flesh
of
this
Oblique
and
the
Transverse
Muscles
.
You
may
conveniently
separate
the
[
c
](A57335-e124930-b)
c
T.
2.
f.
8.
●
e.
f.
9.
C.
□
Musculus
Rectus
following
the
white
[
a
](A57335-e124960-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
9.
dd
.
□
intersections
of
the
Muscle
,
which
now
and
then
are
wanting
,
as
I
have
observed
in
some
Bodies
.
I
have
often
found
two
imperfect
ones
above
the
Navel
;
if
a
third
be
found
,
it
is
alwaies
directly
opposite
unto
the
Navel
;
you
shal
very
rarely
find
a
fourth
Intersection
.
Towards
the
end
of
Rectus
Musculus
,
on
the
inside
you
shal
observe
the
Epigastrica
[
b
](A57335-e124990-b)
b
T.
2.
f.
8.
e
□
ascendens
and
the
Mammaria
[
c
](A57335-e125000-b)
c
T.
2.
f.
8.
d.
□
descendens
to
[
d
](A57335-e125010-b)
d
T.
f.
8.
f.
□
meet
together
about
the
middle
of
the
Muscle
,
where
they
grow
into
one
by
a
close
Anastomosis
.
That
which
separates
the
right
Muscles
is
a
real
[
e
](A57335-e125040-b)
e
T.
1.
f.
2.
K
K.
□
white
Line
streched
out
from
the
xiphoides
as
far
as
to
the
Conjunction
of
the
Share-Bone
;
and
it
is
simply
done
of
them
,
who
cal
the
growing
together
of
the
nervous
conjunctions
or
Aponeuroses
of
the
Obliquus
descendens
,
the
White-Line
,
seeing
the
Aponeuroses
themselves
are
united
continually
and
not
disjoyned
by
any
apparent
Line
.
In
big-belly'd
women
when
their
Bellies
are
very
much
distended
,
in
the
last
months
of
their
going
with
Child
,
by
reason
of
the
Drawing
of
the
Musculi
Re●…
asunder
,
a
certaine
black-blewish
Line
remaines
for
two
or
three
months
after
the
woman
is
delivered
,
which
begins
at
the
xiphoides
and
reaches
unto
the
place
where
the
share-bones
grow
together
,
which
vanishes
away
by
little
and
little
,
the
Right
Muscles
being
reunited
and
growing
together
againe
.
Over
the
lower
end
of
the
Right
Muscles
lies
a
smal
Muscle
called
[
f
](A57335-e125110-b)
f
T.
2.
f.
9.
D
D
□
Pyramidalis
The
Lef●
Pyramidal
Muscle
is
oft
times
shorter
and
narrower
than
the
right
.
The
transverse
[
g
](A57335-e125190-b)
g
T.
2.
f.
9.
A
f.
a
a
&c.
□
Muscle
which
cleaves
to
the
Peritonaeum
,
is
not
easily
drawne
off
Muscles
of
the
Yard
.
In
a
Mans
Yard
on
either
side
in
the
Groine
and
the
peritonaeum
you
shal
search
for
[
a
](A57335-e125270-b)
a
T.
6.
f.
1.
a
a.
f.
5.
H
H.
□
Erector
Penis
the
Raiser
of
the
Yard
,
which
a●●ses
from
the
Sphincter
Ani
or
Arse-muscle
so
called
,
and
is
inserted
into
the
hollow
and
spungy
Ligament
of
the
Yard
.
The
other
being
placed
upon
the
Urethra
or
Piss-pipe
is
called
[
b
](A57335-e125310-b)
b
T.
6.
f
1.
b
b.
f
5.
I
I.
□
Accelerator
or
[
c
](A57335-e125340-b)
c
T.
6.
f.
5.
K
K.
□
ligament
of
the
Yard
,
although
it
be
fastened
by
a
bit
of
flesh
to
the
foresaid
sphincter
or
Arse-Muscle
,
that
it
may
beare
up
the
fundament
▪
which
fleshy
portion
or
bit
of
flesh
forementioned
I
am
wont
to
shew
for
the
Levatores
externi
ani
,
or
external
Arse-Heavers
.
Muscles
of
the
Fundament
.
The
Fundament
has
sixe
external
Muscles
belonging
unto
it
.
The
Sphincters
,
and
foure
external
Lifters
,
for
the
Levatores
interni
or
inner-lifters
do
lie
●ut
of
sigh●…
women
there
is
a
fift
Muscle
which
belongs
to
the
Coccyx
or
Crupper-Bone
.
In
the
first
place
you
shal
anatomise
and
shew
the
Sphincter
[
d
](A57335-e125460-b)
d
T.
3.
f
4.
O.
□
Cutaneus
,
then
another
larger
red
Muscle
,
and
then
the
side-muscles
before
and
behind
,
the
[
e
](A57335-e125490-b)
e
T.
6.
f
3.
N
N.
□
Levatores
which
arise
out
of
the
tuberosity
of
the
Huckle-bone
,
you
shal
seek
for
them
behind
the
Crupper
bone
and
above
the
accleratores
on
the
foreside
,
putting
your
hand
in
beneath
,
or
putting
in
a
little
knife
made
of
boxe-wood
.
But
you
shal
more
evidently
discerne
the
largeness
of
the
Levator
Ani
,
if
you
shal
take
away
the
Bladder
,
the
Intestinum
Rectum
or
Arse-Gut
and
the
womb
of
a
woman
,
and
withal
shal
sever
the
Conjuction
of
the
share-Bones
.
For
then
you
shal
see
a
br●ad
but
thin
peice
of
flesh
,
drawn
out
from
the
Os
Sacrum
as
far
as
to
the
Spine
of
the
Os
Ischij
,
underproped
with
a
firme
ligament
,
which
is
in
that
space
,
and
produced
as
far
as
to
the
Os
Ischij
it self
:
which
fleshy
Membrane
ought
to
be
taken
for
the
Levator
:
for
under
it
the
Obturator
Internus
is
situate
.
Besides
those
Levatores
there
is
another
sound
to
arise
from
the
far●h●st
extremity
I
have
seldom
seen
such
a
Muscle
in
the
Bodies
of
men
,
and
the
use
of
it
when
it
is
extant
in
men
,
is
,
to
render
the
voidance
of
Dung
more
easie
,
by
drawing
back
the
Crupper-bone
when
men
are
at
stool
.
The
internal
Sphincter
(
if
we
must
needs
admit
,
and
allow
of
a
third
)
is
no
other
a
Membranous
parcel
of
flesh
,
somwhat
black
and
blue
,
which
comprehends
the
Rectum
Intestinum
,
or
Arse-Gut
,
like
a
Sheath
or
Scabberd
,
being
adorned
with
streight
Fibres
and
interwoven
with
a
few
circular
ones
;
which
if
the
Coat
of
the
Guts
is
fleshy
,
it
differs
from
that
common
Coat
of
the
Guts
,
which
covers
their
in-side
.
So
the
Rectum
Intestinum
is
distinguished
from
the
rest
,
neither
is
the
Scituation
of
the
Membranes
,
or
Coats
,
varied
.
The
Bladder-Muscle
.
The
Bladder-Muscle
[
b
](A57335-e125720-b)
b
T.
6.
f
5.
F
F.
□
Sphincter
,
is
placed
in
a
Man
above
the
Prostatae
,
You
shal
examine
if
you
can
find
two
Sphincters
of
the
Bladder
,
one
beneath
,
and
the
other
above
the
Prostatae
,
which
I
never
observed
.
T.
2.
f
5
Q.
□
Now
that
part
of
the
Neck
of
the
Bladder
,
which
respects
the
Bones
of
the
Share
,
is
manifestly
fleshy
,
between
the
two
Kernels
called
Prostatae
▪
and
there
a
twofold
The
Neck
of
the
Bladder
in
women
,
is
very
neer
as
long
as
ones
Thumb
,
being
Muscles
of
the
Clitoris
.
You
shall
seek
the
Muscles
of
the
Clitoris
,
after
this
manner
;
having
leasurely
Gracilis
Musculus
fastened
to
the
Ligement
of
the
Clitoris
.
Musclus
of
the
Thigh
.
In
the
Cavity
of
the
Belly
,
when
the
Entralls
are
removed
,
you
shall
observe
above
[
a
](A57335-e126050-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
1.
O.
O.
T.
23.
f.
1.
A.
□
Psoas
,
which
you
shal
seperate
from
its
original
to
its
insertion
which
is
in
the
small
Trochanter
I
have
oftentimes
in
Men
,
and
somtimes
in
Virago's
,
or
manly
Women
,
observed
another
●ank
Muscle
placed
over
the
Psoas
aforesaid
.
It
seems
for
this
Cause
added
,
that
as
a
Ligament
or
Band
it
might
strengthen
,
and
as
it
were
gird
in
the
●o●t
●nd
loose
flesh
of
the
Muscle
Ploas
.
The
Cavity
of
os
Illium
is
filled
by
the
Musculus
latus
[
a
](A57335-e126110-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
1.
B.
□
Iliacus
or
broad
i●●ak
Having
turned
the
Body
,
you
shal
proceed
to
the
Muscles
which
make
the
Buttocks
,
called
Gloutii
that
is
buttock
Muscles
.
There
are
three
of
them
resting
one
upon
another
.
The
first
and
greatest
[
b
](A57335-e126220-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
2.
B.
f.
3.
A.
□
Buttock
▪
Muscle
,
you
shal
seperate
towards
its
tendon
,
Then
you
shal
proceed
in
your
section
upwards
til
the
whole
is
on
all
sides
cut
of
,
til
you
come
to
its
insertion
,
which
is
in
the
great
Trochanter
,
and
there
you
shall
leave
it
,
or
having
first
taken
away
the
broad
band
,
you
shal
cut
off
the
said
Muscle
in
the
fore
part
.
Under
this
lies
the
Gloutius
[
c
](A57335-e126280-b)
c
T.
23
,
f.
3.
B
▪
f.
4.
C.
□
Medius
or
middlemast
Buttock
muscle
,
which
may
Gloutius
Secundus
the
T.
23.
f.
4
▪
B.
□
third
is
placed
,
immediately
fastened
Os
Ilium
:
this
Muscle
you
must
not
cut
of
.
Between
the
middle
and
the
lesser
Buttock
Muscles
there
are
two
remarkable
veins
,
which
from
the
Hypogastrica
doe
creep
over
the
Obturator
Internus
●
with
an
A●●e●●e
,
Hand
in
Hand
,
and
a
portion
of
the
Nervus
major
posticus
,
they
spread
themselves
into
numerous
branches
:
and
there
arise
most
cruel
pains
in
the
inmost
parts
of
the
Buttocks
,
which
counterfeit
the
sciatica
or
Hip-gout
.
Would
not
drawing
blood
from
the
Haemorrhoid
Veins
,
serve
well
to
disbu●●hen
these
parts
?
In
the
next
place
you
shal
proceed
to
the
Quadrigemini
and
the
Obturatores
,
the
first
and
longest
of
all
,
is
called
the
[
a
](A57335-e126510-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
3.
●
.
f.
4.
D.
□
Pyriformis
unto
which
the
two
[
b
](A57335-e126550-b)
b
T.
23.
f.
3.
ᵇ
f.
4.
G.
□
Purvi
or
little
ones
doe
follow
in
order
,
coupled
together
,
that
between
them
●…d
in
their
Bosome
as
it
were
,
they
might
contein
the
Tendon
of
the
Obturator
internus
.
To
these
two
there
is
orderly
adjoyned
the
[
c
](A57335-e126630-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
3.
D.
f.
4.
E.
□
Quratus
Quadrigeminus
being
broader
and
more
fleshy
than
the
rest
.
The
Obturatores
are
two
,
the
[
d
](A57335-e126680-b)
d
T.
23.
f.
3.
E.
f.
4.
F.
□
internall
and
the
T.
23.
f.
4.
●
.
□
external
,
the
Internal
has
its
Now
the
Ligaments
through
which
the
Tendon
of
the
Obturator
Internus
is
carried
,
are
two
;
the
one
being
external
is
carried
from
the
Os
sacrum
to
the
Tuberosity
of
the
Os
Ischij
:
the
other
being
internal
and
placed
beneath
the
external
,
is
carried
from
the
same
Os
sacrum
,
into
the
spina
of
the
Os
Ischij
.
The
Obturator
externus
cannot
be
discovered
unless
the
fourth
broad
Quadrige●…nal
Sometimes
I
have
observed
above
the
Primus
Quadrigeminus
,
the
Iliacus
exter●…
Graci●…
,
which
from
the
lower
and
transverse
spines
of
the
Os
sacrum
,
did
●nd
into
the
top
or
the
great
Trochanter
.
You
shal
therefore
anatomise
and
shew
eleven
Muscles
of
the
Thigh
,
placed
above
the
Os
Ilium
.
In
the
hinder
part
are
nine
,
Three
Gloutij
or
Buttock
Muscles
,
which
being
drawen
aside
,
there
appeare
four
Quadrigemini
and
two
Obturatores
.
In
the
fore
part
and
hollowness
of
the
Os
Ilium
are
found
two
Muscles
,
the
Psoas
which
indeed
has
its
original
higher
than
from
the
Os
Ilium
,
and
the
Iliacus
.
Muscles
of
the
Leg.
In
the
Thigh
from
the
Haunch
to
the
knee
and
Ham
you
shal
observe
and
shew
eleven
Muscles
.
In
the
fore
part
you
shal
find
seven
,
the
Longus
,
the
Fascia
lata
,
the
Rectus
Rectus
Gracilis
is
drawne
out
.
Neare
and
bordering
upon
this
are
the
Vasti
d●o
,
under
which
lies
the
Crureus
which
immediately
covers
the
Os
femo●i●
,
or
Thigh-Bone
,
Adjoyning
to
the
vastus
internus
is
the
Triceps
,
which
lie●
scu●keing
within
the
Thigh
.
In
the
hinder-part
of
the
thighs
you
shal
find
four
,
disposed
after
this
manner
.
Unto
the
Triceps
on
the
Inside
is
●●●●ened
the
Gracilis
Posticus
:
bordering
upon
it
,
is
the
seminervosus
,
with
the
Semimembranosus
,
and
between
this
and
the
vastus
externus
is
the
Musculus
Biceps
placed
.
In
the
forepart
of
the
thigh
,
you
must
begin
at
the
[
a
](A57335-e127210-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
1.
l
l.
□
Long
Muscle
;
which
being
cut
of
,
you
shal
cleverly
take
away
the
Fascia
[
b
](A57335-e127230-b)
b
f.
1.
E.
c
c
c.
□
●●●a
,
either
all
of
it
or
as
much
as
you
can
,
and
you
shal
bring
it
as
far
as
to
the
knee
.
Then
you
shal
cut
of
the
Gracilis
[
c
](A57335-e127260-b)
c
f.
1.
F
F.
□
Rectus
.
Afterwards
you
shal
proced
unto
the
two
vasti
,
which
that
you
may
more
easily
separate
from
the
Crureus
,
they
are
distinguished
one
from
another
by
a
line
running
between
them
,
which
you
shal
cut
up
.
Then
you
shal
dissect
the
Vastus
[
d
](A57335-e127320-b)
d
f.
1.
G
G.
□
Externus
by
the
latus
externum
;
but
it
is
harder
to
seperate
the
Vastus
[
e
](A57335-e127350-b)
e
f.
1.
H
H.
□
internus
.
And
you
shal
begin
to
separate
the
same
at
the
lower
part
neare
the
Patella
,
and
thrusting
in
your
hand
,
and
neatly
mannageing
your
penknife
,
you
shal
cut
it
towards
the
upper
parts
:
and
so
the
two
Vasti
shal
be
severed
from
the
[
a
](A57335-e127380-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
1.
&c.
□
Crureus
.
From
these
,
you
shal
come
unto
the
Triceps
,
which
may
more
truly
be
termed
It
is
placed
in
the
inner
part
of
the
Thigh
,
and
its
first
and
upmost
portion
growing
Distinct
Muscle
,
which
in
regard
of
its
situation
may
be
termed
Pectineus
.
I
have
sometimes
found
four
other
portions
perfectly
distinct
one
from
another
,
besides
the
Pectineus
,
and
the
last
portion
was
ve●●e
long
,
like
a
semi-nervous
Muscle
,
and
was
carried
on
with
a
sinewy
tendon
as
far
as
to
the
Leg.
I
conceive
this
is
the
Muscle
,
which
has
been
in
women
observed
distinct
from
the
rest
,
in
the
hinder
part
of
the
thigh
,
and
is
wont
to
be
joyned
as
a
fift
,
unto
the
four
P●stici
.
For
it
arose
from
the
Tuberosity
of
the
●●chium
and
was
inserted
into
the
H●●der
Part
of
the
Tibia
.
It
is
found
in
Women
,
because
they
were
to
have
broader
Buttocks
and
larger
Thighs
than
Men.
It
is
an
ea●●e
matter
to
separate
those
four
Muscles
placed
in
the
hinder
part
of
[
c
](A57335-e127600-b)
c
T.
23.
f.
3.
G
G.
□
Seminervosus
,
the
[
d
](A57335-e127620-b)
d
T.
23.
f.
3.
H
H.
□
Semimembranosus
,
the
[
e
](A57335-e127640-b)
e
T.
23.
f.
3.
●●●
.
□
Biceps
,
&
the
Gracilis
[
f
](A57335-e127670-b)
f
T.
23.
f.
3.
F
F.
□
internus
.
I
have
often
sound
the
Biceps
distinct
both
in
its
Original
and
Insertion
.
T.
23.
f.
1.
&c.
C
C.
□
Muscles
of
the
Tansus
.
In
the
Leg
from
the
knee
unto
the
Tarsus
are
found
13.
Muscles
;
in
the
hinder
part
you
shal
find
five
placed
after
this
manner
.
The
first
are
the
[
a
](A57335-e127800-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
1
,
d
d
,
f.
3.
K
K.
□
Gemelli
;
under
their
Heads
lies
the
[
b
](A57335-e127820-b)
b
f
,
4
H.
□
Popliteus
hidden
;
between
the
Gemelli
and
the
Soleus
,
the
[
c
](A57335-e127840-b)
c
f.
3.
M.
□
Plantaris
hides
it selfe
.
The
Soleus
lieing
beneath
the
Gemelli
,
does
immediately
cover
the
shin-bone
.
In
the
lateral
and
external
Part
of
the
Tibia
,
by
the
Spine
,
there
appeares
the
[
e
](A57335-e127910-b)
e
f.
1.
L
L.
□
Flexor
pedis
,
Neighbour
to
which
is
the
Longus
[
f
](A57335-e127940-b)
f
f.
1.
M
M.
□
Extensor
Digitorum
.
After
which
followes
the
Extensor
Pedis
,
tibieus
[
g
](A57335-e127980-b)
g
f.
2.
E
E
□
posticus
.
Under
the
Extensor
[
h
](A57335-e128030-b)
h
f.
1.
N
▪
□
pollicis
;
and
beneath
the
Flexor
pedis
Peroneus
,
lies
the
Extensor
[
i
](A57335-e128070-b)
i
f.
2.
F
F.
□
Peroneus
.
The
Flexor
[
k
](A57335-e128110-b)
k
f.
4
▪
K.
f.
6.
B.
□
pollicis
does
take
up
the
internal
and
lateral
part
of
the
Tibia
.
In
the
lower
part
of
the
Tibia
,
between
the
flexor
pollicis
and
the
Tibieus
posticus
,
the
Flexor
[
l
](A57335-e128140-b)
l
f.
4.
l
l
f.
5.
C.
□
digitorum
medius
holds
its
place
.
It
is
easie
to
separate
the
Muscles
which
infold
the
Tibia
on
all
sides
,
provided
[
m
](A57335-e128180-b)
m
f.
●
E.
c
c
c.
□
lata
,
which
is
carried
out
as
far
as
to
the
foot
.
Having
divided
the
Heads
of
the
Gemelli
,
you
shal
diligently
search
for
the
Popliteus
or
Ham-Muscle
,
situate
obliquely
over
the
Head
of
the
Soleus
.
Then
you
shal
observe
the
fleshy
Head
of
the
Musculus
Plantaris
,
which
lies
lurkeing
between
the
Gemelli
and
the
Soleus
.
The
Plantaris
is
like
the
Palmaris
.
In
the
fore
part
of
the
Tibia
the
Peroneus
externus
and
Peroneus
internus
seem
to
make
one
Muscle
,
because
they
arise
from
one
and
the
same
part
,
and
are
carried
through
the
Cleft
of
the
external
Ankle-bone
.
But
the
one
is
internally
inserted
into
the
Os
meta-tarsi
,
which
sustaines
the
little
Toe
:
The
other
being
drawen
under
the
sole
of
the
●ee●
,
is
carried
into
the
Os
metatarsie
which
susta●es
the
Great
Toe
.
f.
3.
L
L.
□
In
the
Foote
you
shall
take
notice
of
seventeene
Muscles
.
In
the
out
side
of
the
Foote
the●e
are
five
,
viz
the
[
a
](A57335-e128340-b)
a
T.
23.
f.
2.
G.
□
Pedieus
and
the
foure
interossei
[
b
](A57335-e128370-b)
b
f.
2.
a
a
a
a.
□
externi
.
In
the
sole
of
the
Foote
you
shall
observe
twelve
,
viz.
the
Brevis
Digiti
[
c
](A57335-e128420-b)
c
f.
4.
L.
f.
6.
A.
□
Flexor
or
little-Toe
bende●
,
the
three
[
d
](A57335-e128440-b)
d
f.
6.
e
e
e.
□
Lumbricales
,
those
which
are
made
out
of
the
Massa
[
e
](A57335-e128460-b)
e
f.
6.
D
D.
□
Carnea
,
the
foure
external
Interosseans
and
as
many
[
f
](A57335-e128510-b)
f
f.
5.
d
d
d
d.
□
internal
.
Upon
each
side
of
the
Foote
is
placed
one
Muscl
,
viz.
the
Abductor
[
g
](A57335-e128560-b)
g
●
.
f.
3.
O.
f.
5.
b
b.
□
Pollicis
;
and
Minimi
Digiti
abductor
.
In
the
hollow
of
the
foote
,
there
is
placed
another
Massa
carnea
,
spread
under
the
first
,
and
cleaving
immediately
to
the
Bones
.
it
may
be
perfectly
divided
into
foure
or
five
portions
,
although
in
the
middle
spaces
of
the
Bones
of
Metatar●us
the
Musculi
Interossei
are
conteined
.
Furthermore
in
the
Sole
of
the
Foote
you
shal
find
that
same
Internal
Muscle
which
is
opposed
to
the
Abductor
Pollicis
or
Great-Toe
withdrawer
,
like
unto
the
Antethenar
in
the
Hand
.
It
may
be
called
[
i
](A57335-e128670-b)
i
f.
5.
b
b.
e
□
Musculus
Transversalis
.
Chap.
46.
Of
the
Veines
,
Arteries
and
Nerves
belonging
to
the
Limbes
.
The
Veines
of
the
Limbes
begin
in
the
Arme
at
the
Arm-pit
,
and
in
the
Feet
they
the
Veines
of
the
upper
▪
Limbes
▪
Axillaru
.
take
their
Original
from
the
Groines
.
The
Vena
[
k
](A57335-e128770-b)
k
T.
24.
f.
1
A.
□
Axillaris
neare
the
Arme-pits
does
produce
the
Humeralis
,
which
is
called
the
[
l
](A57335-e128790-b)
l
f.
1.
B
B
B.
□
Cephalica
or
Head-Veine
.
It
has
no
Arterie
to
accompanie
the
same
,
and
it
holds
its
Course
through
the
whole
Radius
.
A
little
after
it
sendes
forth
the
[
m
](A57335-e128830-b)
m
f.
1.
●
.
m
m.
□
Thoracica
which
is
expanded
into
external
parts
[
n
](A57335-e128870-b)
n
T.
12.
f.
1.
a
a
a
a.
□
azygos
.
It
is
afterward
termed
[
o
](A57335-e128900-b)
o
T
24.
f.
1.
C
C.
□
Basilica
and
by
the
Bending
of
the
Arme
,
it
is
divided
[
p
](A57335-e128940-b)
p
f.
1.
e
e.
&c.
□
one
of
which
creeps
all
along
the
inside
of
the
Cubitus
;
the
other
being
f.
1.
x.
y.
&c.
external
descends
beneath
the
Skin
unto
the
Hand
.
f.
3.
P.
f.
5.
c.
□
The
Ramus
internus
or
inner
branch
is
called
Mediana
[
b
](A57335-e129040-b)
b
1.
t
t.
&c.
□
Vena
,
and
it
receives
[
c
](A57335-e129080-b)
c
f.
1.
f
f.
□
Cephalica
below
the
bending
of
the
Arme
,
where
it
is
called
the
Cephalica
or
Basilica
.
These
three
Veines
are
opened
beneath
the
Bending
of
the
Arme.
But
the
Basilica
has
an
[
d
](A57335-e129120-b)
d
f.
2.
A.
by
L.
□
Artery
under
it
or
very
neare
it
,
and
a
[
e
](A57335-e129130-b)
e
f.
3.
●
.
1.
&c.
□
Nerve
and
the
Tendon
of
Musculus
[
f
](A57335-e129150-b)
f
T.
22.
f.
1.
G.
□
Biceps
,
which
bends
the
Arme
:
which
parts
must
(
in
the
opening
of
a
veine
)
be
avoided
,
for
if
they
happen
to
be
cut
,
they
bring
great
Inconveniencies
to
the
Arme.
The
Cephalica
being
streched
out
upon
the
[
g
](A57335-e129170-b)
g
T.
24.
f.
1.
i
i.
&c.
□
Radius
neare
the
wrist
,
diverts
to
that
part
of
the
hand
termed
Metacarpium
,
that
it
might
with
its
twigs
water
the
Hollow
of
the
Hand
.
Between
the
Ring-finger
and
the
little
finger
,
they
place
the
[
h
](A57335-e129200-b)
h
f.
1
●
□
Salvatella
veine
,
f.
h
□
pollicis
or
the
thumbe
veine
.
The
Mediana
[
k
](A57335-e129290-b)
k
f.
1.
g
□
vena
is
to
tally
external
and
runs
under
the
Skin
,
into
the
palme
of
the
Hand
.
The
Basilica
creepes
through
the
[
l
](A57335-e129320-b)
l
f.
1.
o
o.
x.
y.
&c.
□
internal
and
external
parts
of
the
Cubit
,
with
a
two-headed
branch
.
Now
the
Veines
have
one
thing
peculiar
to
them
in
the
Limbes
viz
▪
that
they
Book
of
Natural
faculties
,
the
last
Chapter
,
And
up
and
down
in
other
parts
of
his
works
.
Which
thing
is
so
ma●●test
that
it
ought
not
to
be
called
into
question
.
Moreover
the
veines
in
the
f.
7.
the
whol
□
Limbes
and
internal
Jugulars
have
Valves
.
In
the
[
n
](A57335-e129430-b)
n
f.
8.
the
whole
□
two
on
each
side
one
opposed
to
the
other
and
placed
interchangeably
.
Now
we
may
doubt
of
their
use
since
the
circulation
of
the
blood
has
been
found
Let
us
pa●son
from
the
Veines
to
the
Arteries
of
the
Arme.
The
Ramus
supe●●●av●us
[
a
](A57335-e129500-b)
a
T.
24.
f.
2.
A.
□
Axillaris
.
It
accompanies
the
Vena
Basilica
,
whereas
there
is
no
Arteria
Cephalica
.
Neare
the
Arme-pits
it
produces
the
[
b
](A57335-e129530-b)
b
f.
2.
c.
d.
□
Thoracica
and
in
its
progress
bestowes
[
c
](A57335-e129560-b)
c
f.
2
C.
B.
□
branches
,
which
are
carryed
o●
,
to
the
Inside
of
the
Hands
.
For
the
outside
of
the
Hand
above
the
Metarcarpium
,
is
void
both
of
Muscles
and
Arteries
.
The
other
[
d
](A57335-e129590-b)
d
f.
2.
B.
□
Branch
being
drawn
out
upon
the
Inside
of
the
Radius
,
is
felt
to
beat
The
other
running
streight
along
the
Ulna
is
with
its
Cosin
spread
out
into
the
hand
according
to
the
length
of
the
Thumbe
and
of
the
little
Finger
,
so
as
to
bestow
of
their
twigs
upon
every
Finger
.
I
shall
in
the
same
Method
dispatch
the
Nerves
of
the
whole
Hand
.
Out
of
the
Holes
of
the
foure
lower
Vertebra's
of
the
[
f
](A57335-e129660-b)
f
f.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
□
Neck
,
and
the
two
first
Vertebras
,
of
the
[
g
](A57335-e129680-b)
g
f.
3.
1.
□
Back
,
[
h
](A57335-e129700-b)
h
f.
3.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
□
five
or
sixe
Nerves
take
their
Original
,
which
being
ouerwhelmed
under
the
Muscle
scalenus
,
they
are
brought
under
the
Clavicula
,
as
far
as
to
the
Arm-hole
,
where
they
are
[
i
](A57335-e129720-b)
i
f.
3
X
X.
□
twisted
one
within
another
,
like
the
strings
of
a
Cardinals
Hat
.
f.
2.
C.
□
Afterwards
the
foure
superior
ones
are
under
the
Deltoides
scattered
over
the
internal
part
,
accompanying
the
Vena
basilica
and
the
Artery
of
the
Arm
,
and
creeping
betweene
the
Muscles
Biceps
and
the
Brachieus
externus
.
The
[
a
](A57335-e129790-b)
a
T.
24.
f.
3.
f
f.
□
fift
and
sixt
[
b
](A57335-e129810-b)
b
T.
24.
f.
3.
I
I.
□
Nerve
,
being
bowed
back
under
the
scapulary
Muscle
Rotundus
major
,
they
are
disseminated
into
the
hinder
Muscles
of
the
Head
.
There
remaine
then
the
Quatuor
Primi
alreadie
described
,
which
being
carryed
through
the
Arme
and
Cubit
;
they
are
dispersed
into
the
said
Cubit
and
the
Hand
The
Primus
[
c
](A57335-e129870-b)
c
T.
24.
f.
3.
g
g.
□
Nervus
beneath
the
head
of
the
shoulder
is
over-whelmed
in
the
The
Second
[
d
](A57335-e129930-b)
d
T.
24.
f.
3.
K
K.
□
Nerve
being
undivided
and
thicker
,
does
descend
to
the
bending
of
Howbeit
the
Vena
Basilica
a
little
below
the
Cubit
does
,
towardes
the
interior
part
,
recede
a
little
from
that
Nerve
,
that
it
may
be
united
to
the
Vena
Cephalica
.
But
foure
fingers
beneath
the
bending
of
the
Arme
,
being
alwaies
superintendent
to
the
Basilica
,
it
passes
undivided
along
,
unto
the
wrist
,
the
veine
appeares
above
.
At
the
Wrist
t
is
cleft
into
ten
small
branches
affording
two
little
twigs
to
every
singer
,
which
crepe
along
the
sides
of
the
said
singers
.
You
shall
observe
by
the
way
,
that
three
fingers
breadth
beneath
the
bending
of
the
Cubit
,
it
is
covered
by
the
Muscles
which
bend
the
wrist
and
Cubit
,
which
arise
cut
of
the
internal
Tuberositie
of
the
Arme.
The
third
[
e
](A57335-e130040-b)
e
T.
24.
f.
3.
h
h.
□
Nerve
is
carryed
along
undivided
unto
the
Angona
,
where
being
The
fourth
Nerve
is
the
thickest
of
all
interwoven
with
Veines
and
Arteries
,
and
Brachiaus
externus
;
it
is
carryed
from
the
forepart
of
the
Arme
into
the
Hinderpart
,
and
descending
there
through
unto
the
Radius
,
and
being
carried
all
along
the
same
,
it
is
joyned
to
the
vena
Cephalica
,
and
looses
it selfe
at
last
into
the
wrist
.
I
proceed
unto
the
vessels
of
the
Inferiour
Limbes
.
The
Crural
[
b
](A57335-e130120-b)
b
T.
24.
f.
4.
A.
□
veine
,
does
in
[
c
](A57335-e130140-b)
c
T.
24.
f.
4.
a
a
a.
□
saphena
,
which
according
to
the
longitude
of
the
sutorius
Musculus
descends
unto
the
Ham.
Beneath
which
,
in
the
Anckle
it
constitutes
the
vena
poplitea
,
which
was
opened
in
Times
past
.
There
it
transmics
the
branch
which
is
in
the
upper
part
returrent
,
above
the
Ham
,
unto
the
crural
veines
,
or
the
sarhena
receives
that
same
branch
,
from
those
cruralls
.
Afterward
being
divided
into
two
parts
it
slips
down
unto
the
two
external
Ankles
,
but
the
greater
portion
takes
its
course
unto
the
internal
Ankle
,
where
it
formes
the
true
[
e
](A57335-e130170-b)
e
T.
24.
f.
4.
a.
beneath
□
Saphena
which
is
usually
opened
.
It
is
termed
corruptly
Saphena
,
as
if
one
would
say
Saphaia
because
of
the
Apparencie
,
When
the
crural
veine
has
produced
the
Saphena
,
it
is
soon
after
divided
into
four
branches
,
of
which
,
the
two
[
f
](A57335-e130260-b)
f
T.
24.
f.
4.
b
b.
&c.
□
external
and
lateral
ones
which
are
the
shortest
are
disseminated
into
the
superior
Muscles
of
the
Thigh
,
both
the
internal
,
namely
the
Biceps
,
and
the
external
viz.
the
vasti
and
the
Musculus
Cruraeus
.
f.
3.
i
i.
□
T.
24.
f.
4.
f
f
f.
□
The
Ramus
●er●ius
which
penetrates
into
the
inner
parts
,
is
termed
Ischiadicus
.
The
fourth
is
called
[
b
](A57335-e130380-b)
b
T.
24.
f.
4
d
d.
□
[
b
](A57335-e130390-b)
b
T.
24.
f.
4.
g
g.
□
Muscularis
.
These
branches
being
propagated
,
the
Trunke
of
the
Vena
cruralis
being
split
into
two
,
descends
unto
the
knee
,
being
attended
with
the
crural
Artery
branshched
[
c
](A57335-e130450-b)
c
T.
24.
f.
4.
h
h.
□
branches
is
aloft
and
waters
the
external
parts
,
the
other
is
more
[
d
](A57335-e130460-b)
d
T.
24.
f.
4.
g
g.
□
deep
:
both
of
them
do
afford
twigs
to
the
neighbouring
parts
,
and
when
they
have
reached
unto
the
Ham
,
being
spread
along
between
the
Soleus
and
the
Gemelli
,
they
descend
to
the
two
Ankles
.
But
the
external
Ankle
is
princspally
watered
from
the
low-laid
crural
veine
,
yet
so
that
in
the
compass
of
the
Ankle
two
notable
veines
are
observed
.
That
which
quarters
upon
the
Malleolus
internus
or
inner
Ankle-bone
,
is
the
branch
of
the
Saphena
.
That
which
takes
its
course
beneath
the
malleolus
,
being
spread
out
above
the
Tarsus
,
is
a
branch
of
the
crurall
Veine
.
Neither
of
these
Veines
can
be
safely
opened
unless
they
swel
,
by
reason
of
the
neighbouring
arteries
,
which
the
Vena
Saphena
placed
in
the
inner
Ankle
is
free
from
.
And
this
Veine
is
opened
in
all
diseases
aswel
of
Men
as
of
Women
.
Yet
nevertheless
in
the
Sciatic
,
the
Veine
beneath
the
Malleolus
externus
,
is
more
advantageously
opened
,
because
it
has
greater
Communion
with
the
Part
affected
,
namely
the
Coxendix
or
Hip.
The
Distribution
of
[
e
](A57335-e130540-b)
e
T.
24.
f.
5.
A
A.
□
Arteria
Cruralis
,
is
not
equal
to
the
Vena
Cruralis
,
because
[
f
](A57335-e130590-b)
f
T
24.
f.
5.
&c.
□
within
the
Musculus
triceps
,
which
are
lengthened
out
as
far
as
to
the
Gloutij
.
Afterwards
it
sends
forth
[
g
](A57335-e130620-b)
g
T.
24.
f.
5.
d
d.
&c.
□
two
,
into
the
former
parts
of
the
Thigh
.
f.
4.
c
c.
&c.
□
And
then
the
Cruralis
descends
undivided
as
far
as
to
the
Ham
,
Where
it
is
divided
[
a
](A57335-e130700-b)
a
T.
24.
f.
5.
i
i
□
one
of
which
does
laterarlly
creepe
all
along
the
outside
of
the
Leg
upon
the
Musculus
Peroneus
.
The
other
being
thrust
into
the
Muscle
soleus
,
and
sliding
downe
unto
the
Heele
,
is
disseminated
into
the
sole
of
the
Foot
;
and
the
other
is
branched
forth
into
the
outside
of
the
Foot
.
The
Vena
Saphena
has
no
Artery
to
attend
it
,
and
there
is
not
any
nerve
near
it
,
and
therefore
it
may
safely
be
opened
.
The
Nerves
of
the
foreside
of
the
Thigh
are
two
,
distinguished
in
their
original
,
[
c
](A57335-e130760-b)
c
T.
24.
f.
6.
B
C
D.
&c.
□
branches
,
commonly
wrapped
up
in
a
Membrane
,
which
being
dispersed
on
every
hand
into
the
Muscles
of
the
fore
part
of
the
Thigh
,
they
are
branched
out
as
far
as
to
the
whirl-bone
of
the
Knee
.
Now
the
Rise
of
these
Nerves
is
in
the
[
d
](A57335-e130790-b)
d
T.
24.
f.
6.
3.
4.
5.
□
three
lowest
Vertebra's
of
the
Loyns
,
neither
is
it
visible
,
unlesse
the
Muscle
Psoa
be
torn
asunder
,
within
which
they
lie
hid
.
Then
besides
those
fore-mentioned
,
you
shal
see
another
smal
Nerve
,
drawn
A
great
and
very
thick
Nerve
does
glide
along
the
hinder
part
of
the
Thigh
,
which
Os
Ilium
through
the
internal
and
hindermost
Muscles
of
the
Thigh
,
undivided
,
sometimes
doubled
and
solitary
without
the
society
of
a
vein
and
Artery
,
as
is
ordinary
in
other
Nerves
of
the
Body
,
it
is
carried
into
the
Ham
;
where
being
divided
into
two
,
somtimes
into
[
g
](A57335-e130910-b)
g
T.
24.
f.
6.
i.
k
l.
&c.
□
four
,
it
bestows
little
smal
twigs
(
considering
its
bulk
)
upon
the
Neighbouring
Parts
.
f.
5.
I
I.
□
T.
24.
f.
6.
E
E.
□
T.
24.
f.
6.
6.
□
The
other
ᵃ
Branch
descends
through
the
Calf
of
the
Leg
to
the
Heel
,
dealing
out
Another
is
carryed
into
the
ᵇ
fore
part
of
the
Foot
,
fastened
unto
the
Perone
,
and
so
slipping
downe
along
unto
the
external
ankle
,
and
when
it
is
come
thither
,
it
is
spread
abroad
into
the
upper
side
of
the
Foot
,
as
was
said
of
the
former
.
This
exceeding
great
and
thick
Nerve
being
ill
disposed
or
diseased
,
a
Bastard
Fernelius
in
the
18.
Chap.
of
the
6.
Book
of
his
Pathology
.
and
therefore
in
this
bastard
sciatica
Causticks
are
to
be
applied
,
and
Issues
made
at
the
bending
of
the
Buttocs
,
also
those
parts
must
be
anoynetd
and
smeared
with
an
Epispastick
or
drawing
Plaster
.
You
shal
observe
by
the
way
in
a
bastard
sciatica
,
that
those
nerves
are
watered
by
the
Hypogastrick
veines
and
the
Arteries
above
the
same
,
and
therefore
the
nerves
cannot
be
dried
unless
the
Hypogastrick
veines
are
emptied
,
by
many
times
letting
blood
in
the
Armes
and
Feet
,
and
by
Hors-leeches
often
applied
to
the
Veines
of
the
Fundament
.
Now
Galen
in
the
8
Chap.
of
his
16.
Book
of
the
use
of
the
parts
of
our
Body
,
shewes
the
reason
why
this
same
Nerve
is
not
mixed
with
other
fore
nerves
as
it
is
in
the
Nerves
of
the
Arme
,
but
is
carried
behind
the
thigh
;
viz.
Because
the
joynt
of
the
Arme
stands
farther
from
the
Vertebra's
of
the
Neck
,
than
the
joynt
of
the
Thigh
does
from
the
Vertebra's
of
the
Loines
and
Os
sacrum
.
About
the
Beginning
of
this
great
Nerve
,
there
is
another
adjoined
,
which
riseing
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
Diseases
of
the
Veines
belonging
to
the
Limbes
,
especially
to
the
Leg
and
Thigh
,
Many
thinke
that
the
veines
which
are
cut
,
being
tied
together
with
a
string
do
grow
againe
,
which
I
do
not
beleive
.
Hippocrates
cals
the
veines
Spiracula
Corporis
,
the
vents
of
the
body
or
the
breathing
holes
thereof
,
which
being
opened
,
the
Body
is
aired
:
and
he
saies
that
when
the
Veines
are
dried
,
they
draw
sharp
and
cholerick
humors
in
burning
fevers
.
Also
the
same
Author
saies
,
that
the
veines
do
draw
more
than
the
flesh
Lib.
1.
de
Morbis
.
Especially
if
they
be
more
hot
and
dry
than
ordinary
.
When
the
Veines
being
debilitated
through
Sickness
of
the
Liver
,
become
nauseant
and
enclined
as
it
were
to
vomit
,
they
suffer
the
Blood
to
run
out
,
not
only
through
the
mouthes
of
the
upper
and
lower
veines
,
but
also
through
the
Skin
of
the
whole
Body
,
in
manner
of
a
bloody
sweat
,
which
I
have
observed
two
or
three
times
.
A
stoppage
of
the
Veines
and
Arteries
,
does
often
happen
in
Pleth●…ck
bodies
,
Somtimes
the
Pulle
of
all
the
Arteries
is
intercepted
,
not
excepting
the
Groine
or
crurall
Arteries
,
the
Motion
of
the
Heart
stil
remaining
,
which
disposition
if
it
continue
long
it
kills
the
Patient
.
But
if
the
motion
of
the
Heart
be
perished
likewise
,
the
Patient
dies
suddenly
.
I
have
seen
two
that
had
no
pulse
at
all
,
only
their
Heart
continued
beating
,
who
lived
sixteen
yeares
,
but
in
extreme
weakness
.
Balduinus
Ronsaeus
saw
one
in
the
same
condition
,
as
he
affirms
in
his
medicinal
Epistles
.
Hereupon
,
a
question
may
be
raised
,
how
the
pulsation
of
the
Arteries
can
be
Caeliac
Arterie
,
which
did
beat
vehemently
,
although
the
pulse
appeared
equal
and
wel
ordered
in
the
rest
of
the
body
.
This
,
I
conceive
happened
by
reason
of
a
little
bit
of
flesh
or
fat
,
which
ascending
to
the
Gates
of
the
Heart
did
cause
such
a
pulse
so
inordinate
,
and
being
repelled
or
drawen
back
unto
the
Caeliac
Arterie
which
is
a
branch
of
the
Aorta
,
it
did
produce
such
an
irregularity
as
aforesaid
.
The
Crural
Arterie
,
seeing
that
it
is
evident
in
the
Groine
,
and
subject
to
our
feeling
,
The
Dilation
or
Section
of
an
Arterie
happens
chiefly
in
the
external
parts
,
The
End
of
the
Fift
Book
.
THE
SIXTH
BOOK
OF
THE
ANATOMY
AND
PATHOLOGY
OF
John
Riolanus
,
THE
KINGS
PROFESSOR
OF
PHYSICK
.
A
new
Osteologia
or
History
of
the
Bones
.
Wherein
he
treates
of
the
Bones
,
Ligaments
and
Gristles
of
the
whole
Body
,
by
which
the
frame
of
the
Body
is
compacted
together
,
the
Muscles
being
removed
,
handling
al
the
Diseases
and
symptomes
which
happen
unto
the
Bones
.
CHAP.
1.
THe
Scope
of
Nature
and
of
the
Physitian
about
the
Body
of
Man
its
Fabrick
,
are
contrary
,
the
one
unto
the
others
Nature
intending
to
make
up
the
Body
of
Man
,
begins
at
the
most
simple
parts
,
and
so
proceeds
by
little
and
little
to
the
more
compounded
ones
,
until
she
Having
therefore
explained
and
demonstrated
the
softerparts
of
the
Body
by
way
of
Analysis
,
I
proceed
to
the
last
and
more
solid
parts
thereof
,
which
according
to
the
Synthetick
method
,
or
order
of
composition
,
are
the
first
,
such
as
are
the
Bones
,
which
are
now
otherwise
considered
than
when
they
are
boiled
and
dried
and
so
demonstrated
.
Chap.
2
Of
the
great
Profit
of
this
new
Osteologie
,
or
Doctrine
of
the
Bones
.
THere
is
a
two-fold
Doctrine
of
the
Bones
;
one
is
demonstrated
in
dried
Bones
,
For
in
the
dried
Bones
,
in
which
commonly
this
Doctrine
is
taught
,
nothing
is
learned
,
saving
the
external
shape
,
posture
,
and
composition
or
frame
of
one
with
Moreover
,
The
external
Conformation
and
Quality
of
the
Bones
,
is
more
evidently
discerned
in
the
Bones
of
a
Carkass
,
which
loses
much
in
Bones
that
are
prepared
by
boyling
:
as
for
example
,
the
Gristly
incrustations
of
the
extremities
,
the
Membrane
which
is
about
the
Bones
,
and
the
Mucous
,
or
slimy
substance
lodged
between
the
Bones
;
also
the
internal
substance
,
or
Marrow
,
or
Marrowish
Juyce
,
are
manifestly
discovered
in
the
Bones
of
a
fresh
Body
,
which
are
not
at
all
in
dry
and
withered
Bones
.
And
therefore
in
respect
to
the
Practice
of
Physick
,
and
the
Cure
of
vitiated
For
by
this
Repetition
,
and
Representation
of
the
bones
,
we
shal
imitate
the
Order
Chap.
3.
What
is
to
be
observed
in
the
Bones
of
a
dead
Body
not
boyled
.
IN
the
first
place
,
you
shal
observe
the
Natural
Constitution
of
the
Bone
,
that
you
may
discern
the
fault
of
a
bone
which
is
out
of
Order
.
A
bone
in
a
living
Body
naturally
disposed
,
ought
to
be
,
1.
Hard
,
to
procure
the
bodies
stability
.
2.
It
ought
to
be
Oyly
without
,
because
it
is
nourished
.
3.
It
must
be
covered
with
the
Periostean
Membrane
,
that
it
may
have
sence
;
for
if
it
lose
the
Periostium
,
it
becomes
senceless
.
4.
It
must
be
white
tinctured
with
a
moderate
redness
,
because
it
is
a
Spermatick
part
,
and
is
nourished
with
the
dewy
vapor
of
the
blood
.
5.
It
must
be
hollow
,
or
spongy
,
that
it
may
continue
the
substance
of
Marrow
,
or
a
Marrowy
Liquor
to
nourish
it self
withal
.
6.
It
must
be
at
the
ends
crusted
with
Gristles
7.
It
must
be
anointed
as
it
were
with
an
oyly
moisture
,
to
facilitate
its
motion
.
8.
It
must
have
a
continued
and
even
substance
.
And
therefore
you
shal
know
that
a
Bone
is
misaffected
,
if
it
be
soft
,
as
Ruellius
,
Fernelius
and
Hollerius
have
observed
,
that
in
some
persons
the
Bones
of
their
Bodies
were
by
sickness
become
so
soft
and
flexible
,
that
you
might
bend
them
which
way
you
pleased
,
like
wax
.
Aristotle
in
the
third
book
of
his
History
of
Animals
,
saies
that
bones
are
not
flexible
,
neither
are
they
apt
to
split
,
but
only
subject
to
break
.
Scaliger
in
his
commentary
adds
:
I
have
seen
the
thigh
bone
by
reason
of
the
venerious
disease
,
or
by
use
of
I
know
not
what
medicaments
,
bowed
like
an
horne
.
Geographers
write
that
in
a
Country
of
Ethiopia
,
the
inhabitants
have
naturally
from
their
birth
bodies
so
flexible
,
that
they
can
turne
and
wind
them
into
any
posture
.
I
have
red
in
Hippocrates
of
a
boy
that
was
borne
without
bones
,
haveing
the
Principal
parts
of
his
body
otherwise
distinct
.
Forestus
saw
a
boy
made
after
the
same
manner
in
some
of
his
members
.
Wherefore
if
a
bone
shal
be
drie
without
,
it
declares
a
distemperature
of
the
part
:
if
it
be
white
it
argues
want
of
heat
,
if
red
,
inflammation
;
if
black
,
rottenness
and
blasting
.
If
a
bone
be
sensible
,
there
is
some
secret
fault
in
its
substance
,
or
in
its
periostean
membrane
.
If
it
be
solid
and
concrete
without
cavities
or
parts
▪
it
renders
the
body
heavie
and
sluggish
,
and
can
containe
no
marrow
.
Plinie
relates
that
there
are
some
that
lived
having
solid
bones
and
without
marrow
,
which
are
very
rare
and
are
termed
Cornei
.
The
signe
of
such
a
Constitution
is
never
to
thirst
and
never
to
sweat
.
They
are
called
Cornei
from
the
Cornel
or
Dog-tree
;
because
the
male
Cornel
has
no
pith
or
marrow
.
See
Rhodiginus
.
Such
a
one
the
Syracusian
Lygdamus
is
reported
to
have
been
,
who
in
the
three
and
thirteth
Olymp●ade
was
the
first
who
at
the
Olympick
Games
,
became
Victor
at
all
Exercises
and
won
the
Paneratian
Crowne
:
his
bones
were
found
to
have
no
marrow
in
them
,
as
Solinus
relates
in
his
4
Chapter
.
Antigonus
in
his
Book
of
wonders
Chap.
8
Writes
that
the
bones
of
a
Lion
are
so
solid
that
you
may
strike
fire
out
of
them
as
out
of
a
flint
;
Howbeit
Columbus
denies
that
such
bones
are
void
of
marrow
.
Which
Epicurus
,
contradicting
aristotle
maintaines
,
as
possible
in
the
8.
Booke
of
Athenaeus
his
Deipnosophists
.
Aldrovondus
has
observed
that
among
Fowles
the
Estrich
has
solid
bones
,
void
of
marrow
.
But
in
case
a
bone
should
be
deprived
of
its
Gristly
Crust
and
of
its
periostean
Membrane
,
it
is
moved
with
difficulty
,
and
has
no
feeling
at
all
.
If
a
bone
become
uneven
and
prominent
so
as
to
have
bunches
upon
it
,
it
is
termed
Exostosis
,
which
is
an
effect
and
concomitant
of
the
venereous
pocks
when
it
is
of
long
standing
and
confirmed
,
howbeit
it
may
spring
from
some
other
cause
.
Finally
being
depraued
and
mishapen
,
or
disjointed
,
it
hinders
and
mars
the
Action
of
the
whole
body
or
its
parts
;
and
being
divided
in
its
substance
,
it
argues
solution
of
Continuity
by
some
cleft
or
fracture
.
and
although
a
broken
bone
by
the
mediation
of
a
Callus
becomes
soddered
together
one
the
outside
:
Yet
does
it
still
remaine
divided
within
.
Chap.
4.
Of
the
Nourishment
,
Sence
,
and
Marrow
of
the
Bones
.
While
the
Bone
did
live
and
was
nourished
,
it
had
a
twofold
sustenance
,
the
one
de
Alimento
,
saies
that
the
marrow
is
the
Nutriment
of
the
bones
,
and
therefore
it
is
that
they
are
Joined
together
or
soddered
up
by
a
callus
.
How
can
it
be
de
Placitis
,
attributes
unto
every
bone
a
Veine
greater
or
Lesser
according
to
the
Proportion
of
the
Bones
:
and
in
his
Comment
upon
the
first
Booke
of
Humors
,
he
saies
that
there
is
a
Vessel
distributing
blood
allowed
to
every
bone
.
But
he
confesses
in
the
last
chapter
of
his
16.
Booke
de
Vsu
Partium
,
that
the
veines
of
the
Bones
are
so
small
and
fine
,
that
thay
are
not
so
much
as
visible
in
the
larger
sort
of
Animals
or
Live-wights
,
because
nature
according
to
the
Necessity
and
Indigence
of
the
Parts
,
bestowes
upon
some
greater
,
upon
other
lesser
Veines
,
moreover
the
little
holes
which
are
found
about
the
extremities
of
the
bones
,
Nicolas
Massa
call's
God
to
witnes
that
he
saw
a
Man
,
who
had
an
ulcer
in
his
thigh
,
so
that
the
bone
was
bare
,
in
which
bone
there
was
a
sence
of
paine
,
so
that
he
could
not
endure
to
have
it
touched
with
a
rough
instrument
in
regard
of
the
paines
it
caused
,
and
it
was
freed
from
the
periostean
Membrane
.
Yea
and
he
bored
the
bone
,
and
found
that
it
had
the
sense
of
feeling
within
the
same
,
which
he
therefore
thought
good
to
declare
,
that
Anatomists
might
be
moved
to
consider
,
whether
some
branches
of
nerves
do
not
Penetrate
into
the
substance
of
the
bones
.
We
canot
looke
into
the
Cavities
and
Marrowes
of
the
Bones
;
unles
they
be
first
broken
.
I
observe
a
threefold
Cavity
of
the
bones
and
a
threefold
marrow
.
In
the
greater
Cavites
of
the
larger
Bones
,
the
Marrow
is
reddish
;
in
the
lesser
Cavities
of
the
smaller
bones
the
marrow
is
white
;
In
the
spungy
bones
there
is
contained
a
marrowy
Liquor
.
In
the
meane
while
you
shall
observe
,
that
the
marrow
within
the
Cavity
of
the
de
Principlis
was
the
first
that
noted
this
.
The
Marrow
of
the
Back-bone
is
not
like
that
marrow
which
is
in
other
Bones
,
for
it
alone
has
membranes
,
which
no
other
marrow
has
besides
it
.
Chap.
5.
Of
Articulations
or
Jointings
of
the
Bones
.
LET
us
proceed
to
the
Joinings-together
of
the
Bones
.
There
does
concur
to
the
Articulations
of
the
Bones
,
the
Head
,
the
Cavitie
,
the
Gristle
,
the
Flegmatic
moisture
,
and
the
Ligament
.
Every
Head
is
in
its
owne
nature
and
original
an
Epiphysis
,
but
in
process
of
time
it
degenerates
into
an
apophysis
.
The
Head
is
within
of
a
Light
spungie
and
porous
substance
,
being
filled
with
blood
or
with
a
marrowy
Juyce
,
on
the
outside
it
is
covered
with
a
very
hard
shell
or
bark
,
very
thin
and
compact
,
which
is
crusted
over
with
a
smooth
and
polished
Gristle
.
Now
the
Head
of
a
Bone
is
[
a
](A57335-e132360-b)
a
T.
21.
f
1.
d
d.
f
4.
a.
□
great
and
long
,
or
short
and
flat
,
which
is
termed
[
b
](A57335-e132370-b)
b
T
21.
f
1.
&
2.
I
I.
□
Candylos
The
Cavity
of
the
Bone
which
receives
the
Head
,
is
also
crusted
over
with
a
Gristle
,
[
a
](A57335-e132430-b)
a
T
21.
f
4.
B.
□
Cotyle
,
if
shallow
,
't
is
called
[
b
](A57335-e132450-b)
b
T
21.
f
4
F.
□
Glene
.
It
is
somtimes
encreased
with
a
Gristlie
brim
,
lest
the
bones
should
too
easily
slip
And
in
the
Cavities
themselves
,
there
is
contained
a
clammy
,
thick
,
and
Oyly
Pituitous
Humor
,
to
procure
a
more
easie
,
and
expeditious
motion
of
the
Bones
,
so
we
grease
the
Axle-trees
of
Coaches
and
Carts
,
that
the
wheels
may
turn
more
easily
and
quickly
.
Through
want
of
the
foresaid
Humor
in
such
as
have
the
consumption
,
and
are
extreamly
dried
,
while
they
go
and
stir
their
Limbs
,
one
may
hear
as
it
were
their
bones
knock
one
against
another
,
and
rattle
in
their
Skins
:
As
is
proved
by
a
memorable
History
,
recorded
by
Symphorianus
Campegius
,
in
the
Medicinal
Histories
of
Galen
;
and
as
I
my self
have
often
times
seen
.
Now
that
the
bones
might
be
so
knit
together
,
as
to
make
a
Joynt
,
there
is
need
[
c
](A57335-e132570-b)
c
T
21.
f
7.
a
a.
□
Leg
,
and
the
[
d
](A57335-e132580-b)
d
T
21.
f
8.
a
□
Thigh
,
and
that
which
unites
the
[
e
](A57335-e132590-b)
e
T
21.
f
5.
A.
□
Astragalus
with
the
[
f
](A57335-e132610-b)
f
T
21.
f
5.
B.
□
Pterna
,
and
that
of
the
Astragalus
with
the
three
Bones
of
the
Tarsus
,
which
are
termed
[
g
](A57335-e132650-b)
g
T
21.
f
5.
E
E
E.
□
Aeneiformia
.
For
these
bloody
,
or
bloodyish
Ligaments
,
are
alwaies
interposed
between
the
bones
,
and
are
very
hard
;
but
those
which
are
drawn
about
the
Articulations
,
do
alwaies
appear
white
.
So
the
Nerve-Gristly
Ligaments
,
which
are
interposed
between
the
Os
Sacrum
,
and
Os
Ilium
,
are
observed
to
be
bloody
in
a
Woman
newly
delivered
of
her
Child
.
Now
every
Conjunction
of
the
Bones
is
made
by
Nature
,
either
for
Motions
Passage
of
some
certain
Substance
,
or
for
the
differencing
of
Parts
,
or
for
Security
,
and
to
preserve
from
violence
.
Conjunctions
of
the
bones
for
Motions
sake
,
are
seen
in
the
Fingers
,
Wrists
,
Elbows
,
Shoulders
,
Hips
,
Shanks
,
Ankles
,
Ribs
,
Spondyls
;
in
a
word
,
in
al
movable
Articulations
.
For
Perspirations
sake
,
we
see
bones
joyned
together
in
the
Sutures
of
the
Skul
.
For
to
give
passage
to
some
substance
or
other
;
we
see
the
like
conjunction
at
the
production
of
the
Pericranium
,
and
at
the
through-fare
of
some
certain
Vessels
,
which
go
partly
out
,
and
partly
in
;
to
which
intent
the
Sutures
of
the
Skull
were
contrived
.
For
Securities
sake
,
and
to
avoid
the
violence
of
breaking
,
&c.
we
see
the
said
Conjunction
▪
in
al
such
bones
as
are
compounded
of
divers
smaller
ones
.
For
the
differing
of
parts
,
certain
conjunctions
of
bones
seem
to
have
been
contrived
in
the
Bones
of
the
upper
Jaw
.
Having
laid
this
Foundation
out
of
Galens
11.
Book
,
de
Vsu
Partium
,
chap.
18.
it
is
an
easie
matter
to
prove
the
sorts
and
differences
of
Articulations
,
out
of
the
Doctrine
of
Galen
himself
.
The
Bones
are
joyned
one
with
another
,
some
by
Articulation
,
or
joynting
;
others
A
Joynt
termed
Articulus
,
is
a
Connexion
of
Bones
,
ordained
either
for
motion
,
or
for
some
other
Cause
.
In
respect
of
motion
,
there
are
two
sorts
of
Joynts
▪
The
one
is
contrived
for
manifest
and
strong
motion
,
which
is
called
Diarthrosis
:
The
other
is
ordained
for
an
obscure
and
difficult
motion
,
or
for
none
at
all
,
and
it
is
called
Synarthrosis
.
Of
the
former
kind
of
conjunction
of
bones
,
viz.
Diarthrosis
,
there
are
three
Enarthrosis
,
Arthrodia
,
and
Gynglymos
.
Of
the
second
kind
of
Articulation
,
viz.
Synarthrosis
,
there
are
in
like
manner
three
sorts
,
Enarthrosis
,
Arthrodia
,
and
Gynglymos
;
because
Synarthrosis
,
and
diarthrosis
,
do
differ
only
in
the
quantity
of
the
motion
;
as
Galen
does
teach
in
his
Book
de
Ossibus
,
which
also
he
manisestly
declares
in
his
Book
de
Dissect
▪
Muscul
.
Chap.
22.
neare
the
end
.
and
in
the
13.
Book
de
Ossibus
.
But
because
a
Synathrosis
is
ordained
not
only
for
motion
,
but
for
some
other
cause
,
as
namely
for
perspiration
,
the
transmission
of
some
substance
,
the
differencing
of
Parts
,
and
to
save
from
harm
by
stress
and
violence
;
it
comprehends
three
other
sorts
under
it
,
viz.
Sutura
,
Harmonia
,
and
Gomphosis
.
These
six
differences
of
Synarthrosis
or
joynting
may
be
proved
by
sense
and
by
[
a
](A57335-e133190-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
2.
1.
2.
3.
&c.
□
Ribs
are
joyned
to
the
[
b
](A57335-e133200-b)
b
f.
2.
A
A.
□
Brest-bone
by
an
Arthrodia
,
which
in
regard
of
motion
may
be
referred
to
a
synarthrosis
.
The
[
c
](A57335-e133230-b)
c
T.
21.
f.
1.
&
2.
F.
□
Bones
of
the
wrist
are
coarticulate
with
the
bones
of
the
[
d
](A57335-e133240-b)
d
f.
1.
H
H.
f.
2.
G.
□
Metacarpum
(
Galen
de
usu
partium
Lib
▪
2
▪
Chap.
8.
)
but
that
synarthrosis
is
made
by
the
way
of
Arthrodia
.
The
[
e
](A57335-e133290-b)
e
f.
5.
A.
□
Astragalus
is
joyned
to
the
[
f
](A57335-e133310-b)
f
f.
5.
C.
□
Scaphoides
with
an
obscure
motion
,
which
is
Enarthrosis
▪
Lib.
de
Ossibus
,
Chap.
24.
Gynglymos
is
found
in
the
Vertebras
of
the
[
g
](A57335-e133350-b)
g
T.
10.
f.
3.
□
Back
,
which
is
to
be
counted
as
a
kind
of
Synarthrosis
;
the
Gynglimos
of
the
other
Vertebras
,
is
a
kind
of
Diarthrosis
.
Galen
in
his
26.
Book
de
Compos
.
Med.
secundum
locos
,
and
in
his
12.
Book
de
usu
Partium
,
calls
the
sutures
[
h
](A57335-e133410-b)
h
T.
15.
f.
1.
a
a.
&c.
□
of
the
Head
synarthroses
.
Also
he
cals
the
harmonia
of
the
[
i
](A57335-e133430-b)
i
T.
8.
f.
4.
D.
□
inferior
Jaw-bone
,
synarthrosis
,
in
his
Comment
upon
the
Ninth
part
of
the
second
book
de
Fracturis
.
The
bones
of
the
Ste●●●n
or
Brest-blade
[
k
](A57335-e133460-b)
k
T.
10.
f.
2.
A
A.
□
being
immovable
,
are
joined
together
by
a
synarthrosis
.
From
Galen
in
his
book
de
Ossibus
and
other
places
of
his
Writings
,
I
could
prove
,
that
the
Jaw-bone
and
the
bones
of
the
Brest-blade
are
Joined
together
by
symphysis
,
because
they
grow
together
as
the
Person
comes
to
yeares
,
so
that
no
markes
are
remaining
of
their
former
distinction
.
So
Galen
in
his
Book
de
Ossibus
,
calls
the
Conjunction
of
the
inferior
Jaw-bone
with
the
Chin
,
Symphysis
.
Symphysis
is
an
immovable
union
of
the
Bones
,
which
is
performed
either
with
In
regard
of
the
threefold
Medium
,
some
Symphysis
is
called
Synchondrodis
,
from
the
Cartilage
Gristle
which
is
the
Medium
of
the
Union
▪
a
second
is
termed
syneurodis
,
from
the
nerve
which
is
the
medium
,
a
third
is
called
Syssarcodi●
from
the
fleshy
Medium
.
To
which
we
may
ad
a
fourth
termed
Neurochondrodis
,
because
the
Union
is
made
by
a
Medium
which
is
of
a
mixt
nature
,
being
partly
nervy
,
and
partly
gristly
.
But
more
may
be
seen
of
this
,
in
Galen
his
Doctrine
of
Bones
.
The
differences
of
symphysis
,
do
appeare
in
the
bones
of
the
ᵃ
lower
Jaw
,
in
the
Os
sacrum
,
in
the
growing
together
of
the
vertebras
of
Os
sacrum
one
to
another
,
and
of
the
epiphysis
;
and
in
the
conjunction
of
the
Os
●
Sphenoides
with
the
Occiputs
bones
,
and
in
the
conjunction
of
other
bones
,
which
in
children
were
divided
,
but
in
persons
come
to
years
,
they
are
found
growing
together
by
Symphysis
,
sine
Medio
;
such
as
are
described
by
Galen
in
his
Book
de
Ossibus
.
The
Ligaments
which
knit
the
bones
together
and
that
flegmatick
humor
wherewith
the
bones
are
smeared
,
and
the
Gristles
,
both
such
as
are
common
to
divers
bones
articulated
together
,
and
likewise
such
as
are
proper
to
the
particular
bones
to
crust
the
ends
of
each
of
them
:
al
these
shal
be
treated
of
in
our
particular
Muster
and
Surveigh
of
the
Bones
.
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
The
General
Diseases
of
the
Bones
are
,
Caries
or
Rottenness
,
and
putrefaction
,
which
proceeds
from
a
common
,
or
extraordinary
Cause
,
such
as
is
the
Venereal
Pox.
Exostosis
,
or
a
swelled
knot
upon
a
bone
,
which
arises
from
the
foresaid
Causes
.
Kedmata
,
mentioned
by
Hippocrates
,
which
are
Chronical
Diseases
,
proceeding
Medicinal
Definitions
of
Gorraeus
,
and
Foesius
in
his
Oeconomia
Hippocratis
.
Of
kin
to
this
,
is
Paracelsus
his
Synovia
,
or
Hydarthrosis
,
which
is
a
continual
Cornelius
Celsus
,
Lib.
5.
Cap.
26.
A
sure
thing
it
is
,
that
the
bones
being
diseased
,
do
drop
blood
,
and
Galen
observed
as
much
.
The
bones
are
likewise
subject
to
Fracture
,
or
breaking
,
and
Luxation
,
Dislocation
,
There
are
two
sorts
of
Fractures
,
a
straight
one
,
and
an
oblique
,
or
crooked
The
latter
,
or
oblique
is
(
if
we
beleeve
Galen
)
too
curiously
differenced
by
the
latter
Physicians
which
have
succeeded
Hippocrates
;
for
it
is
said
to
be
Nailfashioned
,
when
the
Fracture
is
partly
straight
,
and
partly
circular
;
another
sort
is
called
Alphi●●edon
,
when
the
bone
is
broken
all
to
shivers
.
Another
sort
there
is
,
which
is
called
Apotrausis
,
or
Detractio
,
whereby
a
Fragment
of
the
bone
is
so
taken
away
,
that
there
remains
a
mark
in
the
surface
of
the
Bone
.
Another
sort
of
Fracture
,
Hippocrates
mentions
,
which
he
cals
Apoclasma
,
and
Galen
terms
Hapagma
,
when
a
bone
is
broken
there
where
it
is
joyned
with
another
bone
.
Luxation
,
or
Disjoynting
,
is
a
Disease
of
the
bone
in
Scituation
,
when
it
is
removed
There
is
a
two
fold
Luxation
,
or
disjoynting
of
a
bone
;
the
one
compleat
,
when
the
Head
of
the
bone
is
slipt
out
of
its
socket
,
and
this
is
called
Exarthrema
,
a
being
out
of
Joynt
.
The
other
is
Incompleat
,
and
termed
Pararthrema
,
when
the
bone
is
in
some
The
Causes
of
Luxation
and
Subluxation
,
that
is
to
say
,
of
perfect
,
and
imperfect
Now
Anchylosis
,
is
a
fault
in
the
Articulation
of
bones
,
whereby
the
Cavity
of
Enarthrosis
,
Arthrodia
,
or
Gynglymos
.
Hereupon
the
bone
thus
diseased
,
either
is
held
bowed
in
,
or
remains
stretched
out
,
and
stiff
.
And
in
case
without
the
foresaid
Anchylosis
,
the
Tendons
of
the
one
side
shal
in
the
Limbs
be
cut
in
sunder
,
the
straight
or
crooked
bones
do
no
longer
serve
to
bend
or
stretch
out
the
said
Limbs
.
Chap.
6.
Of
the
Bones
of
the
Skull
.
HAving
diligently
considered
the
Articulations
,
or
joyntings
of
the
Bones
one
And
in
the
first
place
,
let
us
contemplate
the
two-fold
Table
of
the
Skull
,
or
The
uppermore
is
thicker
,
and
harder
,
and
more
smoothly
polished
than
the
neather
:
but
the
lower
is
rough
and
furrowed
as
it
were
,
that
it
might
afford
place
for
those
Vessels
which
creep
along
the
Dura
Mater
,
from
which
some
notable
Vessels
arise
,
which
by
the
Ears
do
insinuate
themselves
between
those
two
plates
,
or
boards
of
the
Skull
,
for
to
irrigate
the
intermediate
space
.
Now
that
same
intermediate
space
,
is
a
certain
spongy
Substance
,
which
receives
Out
of
the
foresaid
Caruncles
,
being
bruised
with
a
vehement
blow
,
the
blood
is
squeezed
,
which
putrifying
,
does
corrupt
the
bone
,
which
in
the
mean
while
appears
sound
on
the
out
side
:
but
the
Sanies
sweating
out
from
the
inner
plate
or
Skul-board
,
does
corrupt
and
putre●●e
the
very
●rain
it self
.
And
if
so
he
when
the
Skul
is
razed
,
you
see
blood
come
forth
,
do
not
therefore
conclude
that
the
Fracture
:
penetrates
the
inner
plate
;
because
that
blood
flows
out
of
the
space
which
is
between
the
two
plates
,
or
boards
of
the
Skul
.
That
same
spungy
Hypersarcosis
▪
or
breeding
of
proud
flesh
,
which
grows
up
in
Dura
Mater
,
see
Sennertus
in
the
first
Book
of
his
Practice
.
But
Hippocrates
his
Caruncles
▪
are
vainly
sought
for
in
this
intermediate
space
,
whatever
Fallopius
pleads
to
the
contrary
in
his
Book
of
the
Wounds
of
the
Head
,
unless
a
man
would
call
the
pungy
substance
of
the
bones
Sarcia
,
or
Caruncles
,
in
regard
of
their
Function
.
This
intermediate
space
interpoled
between
the
two
plates
of
the
Skul
,
is
called
Hippocrates
,
Diploe
.
Howbeit
,
Galen
contrary
to
the
Opinion
of
the
Antient
Physitians
,
cals
the
second
,
and
inmost
plate
of
the
Skul
,
Diploe
,
in
the
sixe
Book
of
his
Method
of
Healing
.
The
Use
of
this
Diploe
,
Duplicature
,
or
spungy
substance
,
is
three-fold
▪
First
Somtimes
an
Humor
is
collected
between
the
two
plates
by
way
of
transcolation
,
This
double
pla●e
or
board
,
of
the
Skul
has
been
made
by
a
wonderful
contrivance
of
Nature
,
lest
in
al
blows
upon
the
Head
,
the
wound
should
penetrate
the
whol
substance
of
the
bone
.
Hence
it
comes
to
pass
,
that
somtimes
one
plate
is
cleft
while
the
other
remains
unhurt
.
The
Whore-masters
Pox
does
often-times
eat
through
the
external
plate
,
and
somtimes
through
both
the
plates
,
without
killing
the
Patient
,
who
lives
a
long
time
after
;
as
Palmarius
avouches
in
Chap.
4.
of
his
Book
de
Lue
Venerea
.
The
like
Example
you
may
read
in
the
18.
Chapter
of
Benivenius
his
Book
de
Abditis
Morborum
Causis
.
And
I
my self
have
often
observed
the
same
.
The
Sutures
,
although
they
are
[
a
](A57335-e134880-b)
a
T
15.
f
3.
a
a.
b
b
▪
f
4
b
b.
&c.
very
closely
united
in
living
Persons
,
yet
are
But
they
seem
not
at
al
inclined
to
any
loosness
,
or
gaping
about
the
meeting
together
Coronal
Sutures
in
Persons
come
to
ripeness
of
Age
,
where
a
Fontanel
is
ᵃ
made
;
and
therefore
I
have
often
found
by
Experience
,
that
this
part
may
without
any
detriment
have
a
Caustick
applied
thereunto
.
Which
kind
of
Practice
,
Fabricius
commends
in
his
Chyrurgery
;
others
dislike
it
as
dangerous
,
viz.
Mathaeus
de
Gradis
,
Vesalius
,
Lib.
1.
Cap.
6.
of
his
Anatomy
.
Baptista
Montanus
in
his
36.
Counsel
.
Zechius
in
his
Counsels
.
And
Baptv●●a
Carcanus
in
hi●
Book
of
Head-wounds
.
See
Claudinus
his
Counsels
.
I
confess
,
that
somtimes
in
Children
,
this
part
being
soft
and
gristly
,
is
long
ere
it
grow
hand
over
that
it
is
in
grown
persons
;
and
Galen
has
seen
it
in
such
Yonglings
to
move
and
pant
,
Gal.
Lib.
13.
Method
.
Cap.
22.
And
in
such
a
case
to
apply
a
Cautery
,
were
dangerous
.
The
Africans
did
burn
an
Issue
in
the
Crown●
of
their
Childrens
Heads
;
as
Mercurialis
shews
from
Herodotus
.
They
did
burn
the
Veins
of
the
Crown
of
their
Heads
,
with
scalding
Oesypus
,
or
Sheeps
Grease
▪
and
in
case
any
Convulsion
happened
they
did
Remedy
the
same
by
the
sprinkling
of
Goats
piss
thereon
.
It
is
written
by
Herodotus
,
Aratus
,
and
Arrianus
in
the
Life
of
Alexander
the
when
I
dissected
a
very
swart●y
Black-moor
publickly
in
the
▪
Medicinal
Schools
▪
whose
Skul
was
in
al
things
like
one
of
ours
.
In
the
Head
there
are
many
remarkable
Cavities
,
which
the
Anatomists
call
Now
the
Cavities
are
,
on
each
side
four
.
The
Maxillary
Cavity
,
which
lies
concealed
within
the
upper
Jaws
.
The
Frontal
Cavity
,
seated
in
the
Forehead
,
by
the
Eye-brows
.
The
Sphenoidean
Cavity
,
which
lies
hidden
under
the
Seat
or
Saddle
of
the
Sphenoides
.
The
Mastoidean
,
which
is
contained
within
the
Mastoides
.
They
are
al
empty
,
and
covered
over
with
a
thin
Membrane
,
only
the
Mastoidean
,
is
hollow
indeed
▪
but
has
no
Membrane
,
but
is
distinguished
into
seven
,
eight
,
or
nine
little
Cels
,
as
we
see
in
a
Bee-hive
.
The
Entrance
of
the
Maxilary
Cavity
within
the
cavity
of
the
Nostrills
,
is
to
be
seen
on
the
side
of
Os
Spongiosum
.
The
Entrance
of
the
Frontal
Cavity
is
seen
in
the
highest
and
inmost
pa●●s
of
the
Nostrills
.
The
Entrance
of
the
Sphenoidean
Cavity
we
find
to
be
deep
.
Within
the
nostrils
the
spongy
bones
being
taken
away
.
The
Ingress
of
the
Maxillary
Cavity
,
is
evident
without
cutting
the
Bones
.
The
Ingress
of
the
Frontal
Cavity
is
evidently
perceived
,
the
Frontal
bone
being
cut
in
sunder
above
the
Eye-brows
:
The
Ingress
of
the
Sphenoidean
Cavity
,
is
discerned
,
as
soon
as
the
inner
plate
of
the
Sphenoides
is
taken
away
.
The
entrance
of
the
Mastoidean
Cavity
,
is
contained
in
the
left
side
of
the
Concha
,
neer
the
Apophysis
Mastoides
,
and
cannot
be
seen
unless
the
arched
Vault
of
the
Concha
be
broken
,
or
the
porus
auditorius
pulled
in
peices
.
Sylvius
conceives
and
demonstrates
from
Galen
that
flegm
being
transmitted
through
the
little
holes
of
the
upper
plate
,
is
collected
and
heaped
up
within
the
Vesalius
,
Columbus
,
Falopius
,
and
Valverda
rejected
:
who
contradict
Galen
in
this
point
,
and
maintain
that
this
excrement
is
voided
through
the
neighbouring
holes
which
rest
upon
the
Sella
Sphenoidea
.
The
reason
of
Gallen
and
Sylvius
is
,
that
it
is
better
the
excrements
should
be
strained
,
and
kept
up
for
a
season
in
those
Cavities
,
than
that
a
man
should
be
continually
spitting
,
and
holding
his
mouth
evermore
open
.
For
although
the
Sphenoidean
Cavities
,
are
in
the
dissections
of
dead
bodies
empty
,
and
appear
not
to
be
ful
either
of
flegm
or
serosities
:
probable
notwithstanding
it
is
,
that
the
serous
humor
which
flowes
and
distils
out
of
the
Choana
,
through
the
sive-like
plate
of
the
Sella
equina
,
is
transcolated
into
the
Cavities
which
are
beneath
,
and
from
them
powred
back
by
certaine
oval
and
sufficiently
wide
Holes
,
and
voided
forth
into
the
spungy
bones
of
the
Nostrils
:
neither
do
they
deny
,
that
a
part
of
the
serosities
,
does
sweat
through
the
porosities
of
the
inferior
table
or
plate
,
into
the
palate
.
But
the
serous
humor
received
in
the
spungy
bones
of
the
Nostrils
,
does
by
little
and
little
sweat
out
and
pass
away
,
when
by
its
quantity
or
quality
,
it
provokes
nature
to
an
exctetion
.
For
to
what
purpose
think
you
has
Nature
framed
Os
Ethmoides
or
Colander
Bone
;
or
fluctuating
unto
the
Basis
of
the
brain
,
it
ought
of
its
own
accord
to
flow
unto
that
place
,
because
the
foremost
Ventricles
of
the
Braine
,
are
seldom
perforated
before
,
so
as
to
have
a
through
▪
fare
into
the
Nostrils
.
Wherefore
I
conceive
that
al
the
snot
and
flegm
of
the
nostrils
is
not
straind
Os
Sphenoides
,
it
may
be
derived
into
the
Spungy
bones
of
the
Nostrills
.
The
said
spungy
bone
is
ful
of
holes
being
distinguished
,
with
bony
Cells
,
in
which
smal
Caruncles
or
bits
of
flesh
are
contained
,
which
being
swelled
,
the
disease
Polypus
is
bred
.
Afterward
you
shal
consider
the
Passage
of
the
Nostrils
into
the
Palate
,
by
these
[
a
](A57335-e135560-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
6.
1.
Vomer
.
At
the
roote
of
the
pterygoidean
Apophysis
,
there
appeares
an
hole
compassed
with
a
Gristle
,
which
is
the
extremity
of
that
passage
,
which
reaches
from
the
The
Medicinal
Consideration
.
In
the
Skul
,
by
reason
of
the
space
contained
between
the
two
plates
thereof
,
hard
There
is
another
tumor
which
is
termed
Natta
,
and
growes
sometimes
chiefly
in
the
Back
,
which
hangs
by
a
smal
root
.
This
threefold
tumor
,
if
timely
care
prevent
not
,
is
wont
to
grow
to
a
greater
Bulke
.
Hornes
are
wont
to
grow
out
in
the
Skul
,
the
forehead
,
and
else
where
;
yea
and
upon
other
bones
.
I
have
seen
an
horne
a
finger
long
,
which
grew
out
of
the
lower
part
of
the
Leg
,
like
a
spu●
.
Of
these
kind
of
Hornes
Sennertus
has
neatly
treated
,
in
the
fist
Book
of
his
Practice
.
Besides
these
Tumors
the
Fracture
of
the
scul
is
frequent
,
which
proceeds
from
There
is
a
threefold
fracture
without
Contusion
,
the
first
is
termed
diacope
,
when
an
Arrow
or
dart
falls
upon
the
Head
and
peirces
deep
,
the
second
is
called
Aposcheiparnismos
,
which
is
a
kind
of
planing
or
shaving
as
it
were
,
when
a
piece
of
the
bone
is
pared
away
:
the
third
is
termed
Hedra
which
is
a
gap
or
ra●e
made
by
the
cut
of
a
weapon
.
A
fracture
with
Contusion
,
if
it
be
strait
and
in
the
bone
smitten
,
and
immovable
,
In
the
Bones
of
the
scul
we
often
find
a
Caries
and
Exostoosis
proceeding
from
a
Chap.
7.
Of
the
Inferior
Jaw-Bone
.
The
inferior
[
a
](A57335-e135870-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
3.
L.
□
Jaw-bone
is
in
such
as
are
of
yeares
one
continued
bone
,
without
It
s
Articulation
is
very
loose
,
being
fastened
with
an
orbicular
Ligament
.
A
movable
Gristle
is
spread
over
the
knob
thereof
,
to
procure
the
freeer
motion
▪
Within
the
Jaw-bone
there
is
a
crease
or
Channel
cut
out
,
ordained
to
containe
the
Vessells
,
which
is
separated
from
the
cavity
which
containes
the
marrow
,
that
is
might
afford
a
smal
postion
of
the
vessels
to
every
tooth
.
This
Channell
of
the
Vessels
is
situate
in
the
middle
of
the
Jaw-bone
,
and
is
manifest
;
and
therefore
Hyppocaates
writ
in
his
book
of
the
Nature
of
the
Bones
,
that
of
all
bones
only
the
lower
jaw-bone
has
veines
.
Cahp
.
8.
Of
the
Teeth
.
Afterwards
you
shal
with
an
Instrument
made
for
that
purpose
,
draw
out
by
the
roots
one
tooth
of
every
sort
,
that
you
may
contemplate
the
Roots
and
Ligaments
of
the
Teeth
,
and
the
forme
of
their
holes
or
socke●s
.
When
the
Teeth
are
broke
,
you
shal
find
them
stuffed
with
a
slimy
substance
and
with
threds
,
which
are
the
vessels
.
The
Cavities
are
more
evident
in
teeth
which
are
withered
and
dried
;
it
is
the
best
way
to
compare
the
fresh
teeth
and
the
dried
ones
together
,
and
to
observe
the
difference
.
But
that
you
may
discerne
your selfe
and
demonstrate
unto
others
the
distribution
To
the
[
a
](A57335-e136100-b)
a
T.
15.
f.
6.
n
n.
□
Dog-teeth
and
the
[
b
](A57335-e136120-b)
b
T.
15.
f.
6.
m.
□
Cutters
a
nerve
is
carried
which
is
more
thick
than
ordinary
.
To
the
[
c
](A57335-e136140-b)
c
T.
15.
f.
6.
o
o.
□
Grinders
according
to
the
quality
of
their
Roots
,
there
is
a
triple
or
quadruple
very
smal
and
exceeding
fine
nerve
distributed
.
Then
drawing
a
Grinder
or
Cutter
leisurely
out
of
its
hole
,
you
shal
see
very
smal
sibres
inserted
into
the
roots
of
the
Teeth
,
which
you
shal
reckon
to
be
nerves
.
The
teeth
being
pulled
up
cleane
by
the
Roots
,
in
the
lowest
part
of
the
said
All
these
things
may
be
evidently
demonstrated
in
the
teeth
of
an
Oxes
,
Calves
,
or
Sheeps
Jaw
;
they
are
not
so
clearly
discernable
in
Man
;
nevertheless
you
may
perceive
the
roots
of
the
teeth
to
be
bloody
and
that
a
nerve
creeps
closely
into
the
Roots
.
But
in
dried
teeth
the
roots
are
hollow
.
Chap.
9.
Of
the
Bone
Hyoides
,
and
of
the
Ligaments
.
There
is
a
Ligament
placed
under
the
Beginning
of
the
Musculus
Digastricus
or
twibellie
;
which
is
produced
from
the
Apophysis
styloides
as
far
as
to
the
Angle
of
the
nether
jaw
.
The
situation
,
colligation
and
structure
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e136270-b)
a
T
15.
f
11
,
12
,
13.
□
Os
Hyoides
ought
diligently
to
It
is
placed
in
the
Throat
under
the
lower
jaw-bone
,
hanging
upon
the
Apophysis
of
the
Styloides
by
the
helpe
and
assistance
of
Ligaments
.
It
is
made
up
of
five
bones
,
the
middlemost
of
which
being
the
greatest
and
the
[
b
](A57335-e136340-b)
b
T
13.
f
11
,
&
12.
A
A.
□
linguae
,
from
which
on
either
side
there
shoo●es
forth
a
little
[
c
](A57335-e136360-b)
c
T
13.
f
11
,
&
12.
B
B.
□
horn
,
which
is
for
the
most
part
gristly
,
seldom
bony
,
being
fastened
to
the
upper
sides
of
the
Cartilago
▪
Thuroides
,
which
two
little
hornes
are
accounted
for
the
sixt
and
seventh
bones
.
It
is
worth
our
consideration
which
Galen
observes
in
his
seventh
book
of
the
use
Ligaments
and
membranes
unto
the
Apophyses
of
the
Styloides
,
and
to
the
upper
Hornes
of
the
Thyroides
;
least
one
Muscle
being
palsied
,
that
same
counterpoise
and
equability
in
the
motion
of
the
Muscles
should
be
dissolved
,
whereby
it
should
come
to
be
drawen
on
one
side
more
than
the
other
,
or
slip
downwards
,
which
would
bring
great
detriment
,
and
discommodity
not
only
to
the
voice
,
but
also
to
the
swallow
.
Nature
providing
against
this
Inconvenience
,
hath
tied
and
fastened
it
by
four
Ligaments
to
the
Stoyloidean
Apophyses
,
and
to
the
Cartilage
or
Gristle
which
is
called
Thyroides
.
Howbeit
,
the
Hyoidean
Bone
does
in
women
appear
smaller
and
thinner
,
and
consists
of
fewer
little
Bones
,
whose
use
is
supplied
by
the
suspensory
Ligaments
,
which
in
them
are
longer
than
in
Men.
You
shal
likewise
observe
that
only
the
Epiglo●●●●
is
received
in
the
Cavity
of
Hyoides
,
the
Tongue
resting
it self
upon
the
upper
side
of
the
basis
.
Chap.
10.
Of
the
Heads
Motion
,
and
Ligaments
▪
THe
Head
is
moved
by
a
straight
,
or
oblique
motion
upon
the
●
second
Vertebra
,
Also
the
Tooth-fashioned
ᶜ
Apophysis
is
so
fastly
united
to
the
●ody
of
the
second
Vertebra
,
that
in
the
bending
,
and
oblique
motion
of
your
Head
,
you
may
not
hurt
the
Spinal
Marrow
.
Hence
you
may
be
assured
of
the
verity
of
that
Opinion
of
Vesalius
,
and
other
Anatomists
,
touching
the
motion
of
the
Head
,
how
it
is
moved
upon
the
second
Vertebra
,
both
in
its
right
,
and
oblique
motions
.
For
seeing
the
Head
cannot
be
moved
with
a
circular
motion
upon
the
first
Vertebra
,
because
such
things
as
are
moved
with
a
circular
motion
,
ought
to
rest
upon
one
single
Bafis
.
Yet
the
Opinion
of
Galen
might
be
confirmed
,
by
that
Natural
growing
together
of
the
two
first
Vertebra's
of
the
Neck
,
which
were
joyned
and
fastened
together
in
a
certain
Soldier
,
who
having
in
the
year
1611.
killed
a
Man
in
a
Tavern
,
was
hanged
,
and
his
body
brought
into
the
Anatomical
Theatre
of
the
University
:
where
while
his
bones
were
boyling
to
make
a
Skeleton
,
it
was
observed
that
the
two
first
and
uppermost
Vertebra's
of
the
Neck
,
did
Naturally
grow
together
;
yet
did
he
in
his
life
time
freely
move
his
head
every
way
,
as
I
have
been
informed
by
others
.
Celsus
,
before
Vesalius
and
Columbus
,
described
the
motions
of
the
Head
,
in
these
words
:
The
upmost
Vertebra
does
altogether
sustain
the
Head
,
receiving
the
smal
processes
thereof
through
two
ᵃ
Cavities
:
whence
it
comes
to
pass
that
the
head
is
bunched
above
,
beneath
,
on
every
side
.
The
second
is
inserted
into
the
first
,
for
as
much
as
concerns
the
circuit
thereof
.
The
upmost
part
is
terminated
with
a
smaller
circle
,
and
therefore
the
upmost
incompassing
the
second
,
gives
way
to
the
Head
to
be
moved
side-longs
also
.
In
the
Articulation
of
the
Head
,
three
Ligaments
are
observed
;
the
one
is
circular
,
The
other
two
do
appertain
unto
the
Tooth-fashion'd
Apophysis
:
the
one
fastens
the
said
Apophysis
unto
the
body
of
the
first
Vertebra
;
the
other
arising
from
the
top
of
the
Apophysis
Odontoides
,
is
inserted
into
the
Hind-part
of
the
Head
.
Chap.
11.
Of
the
Inside
of
the
Ear.
LEt
us
now
approach
unto
the
internal
Cave
of
the
Ear
,
which
has
been
inaccessible
There
are
contained
three
Cavities
within
the
same
,
disposed
in
the
sciruation
and
order
following
.
The
first
is
the
[
a
](A57335-e136770-b)
a
T
20.
f
7.
B.
&c.
□
Concha
,
the
second
[
b
](A57335-e136790-b)
b
f
9.
B
B.
□
Labyrinthus
,
and
the
third
is
the
[
c
](A57335-e136810-b)
c
f
9.
A
A.
□
Cochlea
.
In
the
Porch
of
the
Concha
,
is
placed
the
[
d
](A57335-e136850-b)
d
f
4
,
5.
B.
□
Tympanum
,
which
is
not
green
as
Now
the
whol
structure
of
the
[
e
](A57335-e136900-b)
e
T
8.
f
6
,
7
,
8
,
&c.
□
Concha
wherein
three
little
Bones
,
the
Timpanum
;
Muscle
are
contained
,
are
to
be
seen
at
one
cast
of
the
Eye
in
yong
Children
and
Infants
:
The
Au●icular
Apophysis
,
which
is
then
an
Epiphysis
,
being
pluckt
away
with
the
point
of
a
Pen-knife
;
which
must
be
done
within
the
Skul
.
But
in
grown
Men
,
which
are
come
to
maturity
,
all
these
cannot
so
well
be
seen
Os
Lithoides
,
is
cut
up
towards
the
hind-part
of
the
head
,
it
is
impossible
but
that
somwhat
appertaining
to
the
internal
structure
of
the
Ear
,
should
be
pulled
in
pieces
.
And
thus
you
shal
break
the
Os
Petrosum
,
the
Marrow
of
the
Brain
being
taken
away
,
and
the
Ear
pluck't
up
by
the
Roots
,
and
the
circumjacent
flesh
being
removed
.
The
Os
Lithoides
,
comprehending
the
Aedisice
of
the
Ear
,
you
shal
cut
asunder
with
very
wel-steeled
,
and
extream
sharp
K●ives
,
beginning
at
the
external
passage
.
Then
having
pulled
back
the
vaul●ed
roof
of
the
Ear
,
that
is
to
say
,
having
taken
off
the
upper
part
of
the
Os
Lithoides
,
you
shal
see
the
three
little
Ear-bones
,
T
20.
f
7.
A.
□
f
7.
B.
□
f.
7.
C.
□
Then
you
shal
see
the
ᵃ
Drum
with
its
string
,
and
smal
Muscles
fastened
to
the
little
bones
,
both
within
and
without
the
Drum
;
which
are
indeed
more
plainly
to
be
seen
in
other
living
Creatures
,
than
in
Men.
For
in
Men
you
can
discern
only
one
Muscle
,
which
is
seated
on
the
left
side
of
the
But
there
are
found
two
Tendons
,
or
rather
Ligaments
;
one
which
staies
the
tail
〈◊〉
,
or
little
Nerve
,
is
stretched
out
upon
the
Mallet
,
that
it
may
hold
and
Moreover
,
in
a
Skul
newly
boyled
or
dried
,
you
may
discern
the
three
little
Ear-bones
within
the
Concha
.
If
you
shal
peep
in
fore-right
into
the
external
passage
,
and
hold
your
Eye
close
,
with
benefit
of
a
cleer
day-light
,
or
of
a
Candle
,
you
may
draw
the
said
little
bones
every
one
of
them
out
with
a
pin
.
Chap.
12.
Of
the
Clavicula
.
THe
Clavicula
in
its
ᵈ
Articulation
to
the
Sternum
,
has
a
soft
Cartilage
,
or
You
shal
observe
why
it
is
formed
after
the
manner
of
an
Italian
S.
The
Claviculae
Chap.
13.
Of
the
Breast-bone
.
THe
Sernum
,
or
Breast-bone
,
is
in
persons
come
to
yeers
,
of
a
bony
[
c
](A57335-e137500-b)
c
T
10.
f
1.
A
A.
T.
8.
f.
2.
A.
□
substance
,
but
different
in
Nature
from
the
rest
of
the
bones
,
because
it
is
of
a
reddish
color
.
T
20.
f
4
,
&
5.
B.
□
T
21.
f
1.
B
B.
f
2.
a.
□
Galen
wil
have
it
compounded
of
seven
Bones
,
so
as
that
the
several
bones
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e137610-b)
a
T.
10.
f.
2
A
A.
T.
8.
f.
2.
A.
□
growing
together
in
it selfe
,
has
oblique
discriminations
,
there
where
the
Ribs
are
fastened
unto
it
.
Howbe●t
in
persons
growne
up
,
there
are
three
,
seldom
four
divisions
remaining
in
the
Brest
bone
.
Valverda
saies
that
the
Brest-bone
is
compounded
for
the
most
part
of
six
or
seven
bones
,
which
in
elderly
persons
,
do
so
grow
together
,
that
it
seems
composed
,
only
of
two
or
three
Bones
.
Sometimes
also
,
though
very
seldom
,
it
consists
of
eleven
bones
,
as
I
saw
at
Rome
in
the
yeare
1554.
●n
a
girle
about
seven
years
old
,
this
bone
divided
into
sixe
bones
,
of
which
the
five
last
,
were
cut
from
the
bottome
to
the
top
,
through
the
length
of
the
Bone
.
Bartholomew
Eustachius
ads
,
how
that
it
many
times
fals
out
,
which
none
has
yet
observed
,
that
the
Bones
of
the
Brest-bone
,
the
first
and
last
excepted
,
viz.
al
the
middle
ones
,
or
at
least
some
of
them
,
are
divided
by
a
most
evident
line
,
somtimes
streight
and
somtimes
crooked
,
through
the
midle
longwayes
:
by
which
meanes
it
comes
to
pass
,
that
the
Brest
bone
is
reckoned
to
consist
frequently
of
ten
nine
,
seven
,
or
eight
bones
.
Somtimes
the
Brest-bone
is
peirced
through
the
middle
with
a
large
Hole
,
which
Sylvius
and
Eustachius
,
being
ordained
for
the
transmitting
of
Vessels
.
I
have
my selfe
often
observed
the
same
,
especially
in
women
.
In
one
woman
the
hole
was
so
large
,
on
the
inside
of
the
Brestbone
,
as
that
a
man
might
put
his
little
singer
into
it
,
and
her
Chest
did
consist
of
thirteen
ribbs
on
each
side
.
Nicolas
Massa
brags
that
he
was
the
first
observer
of
that
Hole
in
the
Brestbone
,
that
somwhat
might
thereby
breath
forth
of
the
Mediastinum
and
the
neighbouring
parts
of
the
Brest
,
or
rather
to
give
passage
to
the
Vena
Mammaria
which
is
spred
and
branched
forth
into
the
Duggs
.
In
large-dugd
and
corpulent
women
,
their
larg
dugs
being
removed
,
I
have
observed
the
Brest-bone
to
be
sharpe
and
the
Brest
narrow
,
which
was
the
Cause
of
shortness
of
Breath
in
such
women
,
the
which
narrowness
of
Brest
was
caused
,
〈◊〉
the
weight
of
their
Duggs
.
That
representation
of
the
Breastbone
as
branched
or
jagged
,
is
not
true
no●
natural
:
The
Gristly
[
a
](A57335-e137810-b)
a
T.
8.
f.
2.
C
C.
□
Branches
being
taken
away
from
either
side
,
which
are
parts
of
the
Ribs
,
the
Hast
of
the
Dagger
or
sword
Handle
,
wil
be
in
the
upper
part
,
and
its
point
in
the
Cartilago
[
b
](A57335-e137820-b)
b
T.
8.
f.
2.
B.
Xiphoides
.
The
figure
of
which
Swordlike
Gristle
or
Cartilago
Xiphoides
,
by
such
as
are
Nicolaus
Massa
saies
that
the
Barbarous
writers
call
it
malum
Granatum
,
the
Pomgranate
,
as
resembling
the
flower
of
that
Apple
.
Galen
conceives
that
it
is
placed
there
to
defend
the
stomach
and
the
Septum
Amatus
Lusitanus
,
in
the
95.
Cure
of
his
fift
Centure
,
observes
that
the
Cartilago
For
unless
the
Cartilage
is
biparti●e
,
it
is
perforated
to
give
passage
for
the
vena
mammaria
interna
,
and
in
wounds
if
there
be
no
hole
in
the
Brest-bone
,
it
is
found
in
the
Cartilago
Xyphoides
.
This
Cartilage
being
pre●sed
down
and
crooked
in
,
does
so
hurt
the
Liver
being
Chap.
15.
Of
the
Ribbs
.
Every
Rib
does
consist
of
a
twofold
substance
,
the
one
of
which
is
[
a
](A57335-e138070-b)
a
T.
8.
f.
2.
1.
2.
3.
&c.
□
bo●y
,
which
[
b
](A57335-e138090-b)
b
T.
8.
f.
2.
C
C.
□
gristl●e
,
of
unequal
length
,
which
is
joined
to
the
Brest-bone
,
by
that
sort
o●
Articulation
which
is
called
Arthrodia
,
that
in
the
●●seing
and
falling
of
the
Chest
,
it
may
yeild
more
easily
.
But
they
have
another
a●●●culation
with
the
vertebras
of
the
Back-bone
which
is
twofold
in
every
Rib.
Now
there
are
seven
,
which
are
called
true
and
perfect
Ribs
,
because
they
are
And
●his
is
the
Cause
why
Aristotle
,
whom
Plinie
thought
it
no
disparagement
to
imitate
,
has
reckoned
up
sixteen
true
Ribs
.
The
five
lower
are
called
[
d
](A57335-e138160-b)
d
T.
8.
f.
2.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Bastard
and
Imperfect
Ribs
,
because
they
do
not
T.
8.
f.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
□
Chap.
16.
Of
the
Back-Bone
.
The
Musculous
flesh
wherewith
the
Back-bone
is
covered
being
removed
,
its
admirable
Duretus
,
Hippocrates
his
Ghost
has
described
in
Coacis
.
Every
where
between
two
vertebras
,
a
thick
cartilage
is
placed
in
the
middle
Galen
●●
his
Booke
de
Ossibus
,
writes
that
it
is
an
hard
and
in
some
sort
Gristlie
Ligament
.
All
the
vertebrae
o●
turning
Joynts
of
the
Back
,
are
covered
on
the
outside
with
I
have
often
found
in
bodies
that
were
hanged
and
burnt
,
and
have
been
informed
Cornelius
Agrippa
and
Vesalius
wil
have
to
be
in
the
foote
.
Howbeit
Hieronymus
Magius
in
his
sift
Book
de
Exustione
Mundi
,
relates
that
Adrianus
learned
experimentally
of
Rabbi
Joshua
Ben
Anime
,
that
the
foresaid
Bone
is
one
of
the
Vertebra's
of
the
Back
.
For
he
found
in
the
Back
bone
,
one
bone
that
a
milstoneturning
upon
it
would
not
breake
,
the
fire
could
not
burne
it
,
the
water
would
not
dissolve
it
,
and
at
last
being
layed
upon
an
Anvil
and
smitten
with
a
sledge
or
smiths-hammer
,
it
was
so
far
from
being
broken
in
the
least
,
that
the
Anvil
was
crackt
and
the
sledge
broken
the
Bone
receiveing
in
the
meane
while
no
detriment
.
Which
is
as
false
as
false
can
be
.
For
all
the
Vertebrae
,
may
be
broken
in
peices
,
burnt
and
reduced
to
ashes
.
Whence
we
may
judge
what
credit
is
to
be
given
to
the
Cabalists
,
who
in
things
manifest
,
do
so
impudently
mock
and
abuse
us
.
If
Aristotle
had
observed
the
structure
of
the
eleventh
or
twelfth
vertebras
,
he
de
part
Anima
,
That
the
Back
is
fleshy
,
but
the
Loines
without
flesh
,
because
the
Bending-places
of
al
parts
are
voide
of
flesh
.
But
the
Loines
are
more
fleshy
than
the
Back
.
But
the
Articulation
of
the
twelfth
vertebra
is
different
from
al
the
rest
,
being
the
Cause
of
all
Motion
which
is
performed
thereupon
,
for
both
above
and
beneath
,
it
receives
,
and
is
not
received
,
as
is
observed
,
in
other
Articulations
of
the
Vertebrae
.
From
the
Loines
you
shal
descend
to
the
Coccyx
or
Crupper-Bone
,
and
you
shal
observe
its
structure
consisting
of
three
bones
,
its
spungy
reddish
substance
and
Which
Part
we
read
does
in
some
Nations
sprout
out
like
a
taile
.
Pliny
records
in
the
22.
the
Chapter
of
his
seventh
Book
,
that
in
India
there
is
a
race
of
Men
that
have
hairie
tailes
,
and
are
incredible
swift
.
And
Paulus
venetus
,
in
the
28
Chap.
of
the
fift
Book
of
his
Travells
,
does
avouch
that
in
the
Kingdom
of
Lambri
,
there
are
men
that
have
tailes
like
doggs
a
span
long
:
who
dwel
not
in
Cities
but
in
the
Mountaines
.
The
Nubiensian
Arabick
Geographie
mentions
a
tailed
Nation
,
in
an
Island
of
the
Eastern
seas
which
is
called
Namaneg
.
Page
70.
I
suppose
that
it
is
but
a
fable
which
Historians
relate
touching
the
Kentish-long-tailes
in
England
,
how
that
God
to
revenge
the
Injury
done
to
Tho.
Becket
the
Archbishop
of
Canterbury
,
caused
Tailes
to
sprout
out
of
the
Kentish
Crupperbones
.
When
the
Crupper-bone
suffers
a
Luxation
inwards
,
a
man
cannot
(
according
to
Avicen
)
draw
his
Ankles
,
towards
his
buttocks
,
neither
can
he
bend
his
Hams
,
which
is
confirmed
by
the
Experience
of
Ambrosius
Pareus
.
This
Impediment
is
caused
by
compression
of
a
very
thick
nerve
seated
on
the
hind-side
of
the
Leg
,
which
creeps
along
neare
the
Crupper-bone
.
The
said
bone
is
easily
reduced
,
by
a
mans
finger
put
into
the
fundament
.
In
the
next
place
you
shal
fal
to
dissect
the
Vertebras
of
the
back
,
that
you
may
contemplate
the
admirable
fabrick
of
the
spinal
Marrow
,
wiz
.
how
in
the
extreem
Now
you
shal
dissect
the
Vertebre
in
this
manner
;
Haveing
taken
away
all
the
ribs
at
their
joynts
,
you
shal
fasten
the
Back-bone
to
the
table
with
two
iron
hooks
above
and
beneath
your
section
,
as
●oiners
are
wont
to
fasten
their
boards
.
Then
with
your
incision
knives
you
shal
forcibly
cut
on
every
side
about
the
conjunction
of
each
Vertebra
,
in
order
cutting
off
every
vertebra
,
with
their
oblique
apophysis
which
helpe
their
articulation
,
til
you
come
unto
the
Os
sacrum
.
This
is
a
painful
work
;
but
he
that
would
eate
the
kernel
,
must
of
necessity
crack
the
shell
.
Before
the
fistula
ossea
be
cut
off
to
discover
the
spinal
marrow
:
a
few
things
are
to
be
premised
touching
the
natural
constitution
of
the
spinal
marrow
,
and
the
Origination
of
the
Nerves
.
The
Spinal
Marrow
springs
from
the
Braine
and
pettie
▪
braine
,
and
though
it
Certaine
it
is
,
that
the
spinal
[
a
](A57335-e138750-b)
a
T.
18.
f.
5.
A.
□
marrow
descending
by
the
[
b
](A57335-e138760-b)
b
T.
2.
f.
2.
a.
&c.
□
●istula
ossea
,
grows
continually
harder
,
and
smaller
,
til
it
come
unto
the
Loines
,
where
it
spends
it self
into
little
[
c
](A57335-e138770-b)
c
T.
18.
f.
2.
o.
□
cords
,
and
springs
resembling
an
horse-taile
;
that
in
that
part
where
it
suffers
violent
motions
,
it
might
be
out
of
danger
of
breaking
.
The
Nerves
of
the
spinal
Marrow
are
made
up
of
divers
little
threds
,
fastened
[
d
](A57335-e138800-b)
d
T.
24.
f.
9.
&c.
10
▪
&c.
□
one
to
another
,
and
contained
in
the
tenuis
Meninx
:
which
little
filaments
or
threddy
substances
,
do
rise
so
much
the
higher
,
by
how
much
more
the
spinal
marrow
descends
.
And
that
nature
might
by
all
meanes
possible
provide
for
the
security
of
the
Nerves
;
After
which
knot
and
egress
,
they
are
easily
separated
.
But
I
besech
you
observe
It
is
a
Question
amongest
Anatomists
how
the
Animal
faculty
can
with
the
spirit
Caesalpinus
in
his
5
Book
of
Peripatetick
Questions
,
supposes
that
those
little
threds
are
a
multitude
of
smal
veines
and
Arteries
,
which
make
up
one
body
as
it
were
a
fagot
,
being
continuations
of
the
Branches
of
the
Rete
mirable
,
which
may
be
imagined
,
but
cannot
be
demonstrated
:
or
at
least
that
between
the
little
membran●…
Co●…ry
nerve
,
a
very
thin
animal
spirit
is
diffused
which
runs
swiftly
to
the
utmost
〈◊〉
the
limbs
.
But
I
see
●ot
how
Caesalpinus
can
demonstrate
such
a
continuation
of
the
Rete
mirabile
with
the
Nerves
of
the
spinal
marrow
.
Out
of
the
spinal
marrow
[
a
](A57335-e138910-b)
a
T.
18.
f.
1.
D.
I.
K.
&c.
28
pare
of
nerves
do
take
their
Rise
,
seven
out
of
the
Neck
;
twelve
out
of
the
Back
;
five
out
of
the
loines
;
foure
from
the
Os
sacrum
,
the
branches
whereof
to
search
out
,
is
a
wearysome
peice
of
worke
,
and
must
be
done
in
a
dead
body
provided
for
that
intent
alone
,
and
with
diligent
Inspection
.
The
medicinal
Consideration
.
The
dignity
of
the
spinal
marrow
with
reference
to
the
necessity
of
Life
,
is
equal
Plato
in
his
Timeus
does
acknowledge
the
spinal
marrow
to
be
the
foundation
of
Life
Beneath
the
Head
.
and
Hippocrates
himselfe
teaches
that
men
have
most
grievous
sicknesses
and
hard
to
cure
a●iseing
from
the
marrow
of
their
Back
:
for
a
fluxion
thereinto
causes
a
consumption
,
and
its
drying
up
and
withering
is
a
greivous
disease
,
and
a
Man
dies
if
the
marrow
of
his
Back
be
wounded
.
In
a
word
,
Hippocrates
in
the
2d
of
his
Predictions
saies
that
if
the
spinall
marrow
be
diseased
,
either
by
reason
of
a
fall
or
upon
any
other
occasion
,
or
its
owne
accord
,
the
Patient
becomes
both
●ame
in
his
Thighs
,
so
that
he
feels
not
when
he
is
touched
;
and
also
in
his
Belly
and
bladder
impotent
,
so
that
at
first
he
voids
neither
Urine
nor
dung
,
save
upon
meer
necessity
▪
but
when
the
disease
growes
older
,
both
dung
and
Urine
come
away
of
themselves
,
without
any
forcing
of
the
Patient
,
and
a
short
while
after
he
dies
the
death
.
From
a
flux
into
the
Back-marrow
an
hidden
and
undiscernable
Consumption
arises
:
but
when
it
flows
back
into
the
Vertebra's
and
the
flesh
,
a
Dropsie
is
ingendred
;
so
saies
Hippocrates
in
his
Book
de
Locis
in
Homine
.
How
the
consumption
of
the
Back
proceeds
from
the
Marrow
,
the
same
Hippocrates
does
accurately
teach
us
in
his
●
Book
De
Morbis
.
Before
we
declare
the
Diseases
of
the
Ossea
●istula
,
I
must
shew
you
the
natural
figure
of
the
spina
or
Back
bone
;
which
is
Ithuscolios
streight
bow'd
through
the
whole
length
of
it
:
but
in
the
Neck
and
Loyns
it
is
Ithu-lordos
streight
bowed
inward
,
in
the
back
it
i
▪
Ithu-cuphis
streight
bowed
outward
,
and
therefore
it
is
easie
Lordosis
,
Cuphosis
,
Scoliosis
,
and
,
Seisis
.
Lordosis
,
is
a
disease
of
the
Backbone
,
when
the
vertebras
thereof
,
are
out
of
their
Cuphosis
,
is
a
disease
of
the
Backbone
,
when
its
Vertebra's
are
dispointed
and
Lordosis
happens
in
the
Back
,
as
Cuphosis
in
the
Neck
and
Loins
.
Scoliosis
is
a
crooking
or
wreathing
the
Backbone
to
one
side
.
Scisis
is
such
a
Commotion
of
the
Vertebra's
of
the
Backbone
,
as
that
they
remaine
indeed
in
their
places
,
but
so
as
their
frame
and
fashion
is
disordered
.
Scoliosis
is
the
Inclination
of
the
Back-bone
to
one
side
or
another
,
when
we
goe
,
depends
upon
some
fault
in
the
twelft
Vertebra
of
the
Back
,
where
the
motion
of
the
This
Vertebra
is
received
by
its
Neighbours
above
and
beneath
,
and
does
not
receive
,
as
all
other
Vertebra's
doe
beside
.
For
it
is
Joynted
not
by
way
of
Gynglimus
but
by
way
of
Arthrodia
;
and
therefore
if
its
Apophyses
either
upper
or
nether
shal
be
depressed
;
it
cannot
sustaine
the
●ru●ke
of
the
body
bolt
upright
in
motion
,
but
it
must
of
necessity
leane
to
one
side
or
another
:
and
this
fault
comes
to
People
when
they
are
Childr●…
being
brought
into
the
world
with
them
,
or
caused
by
ill
carrying
,
or
b●…
of
the
softnes
of
those
Vertebra's
while
the
Child
is
forced
to
use
its
Legs
,
●●oner
than
is
fitting
.
I
have
shewed
another
Cause
of
halting
according
to
Galens
doctrine
in
my
Chapter
of
the
Thighs
.
Those
two
Causes
of
halting
are
irreparable
and
incurable
.
The
Luxation
of
the
second
Vertebra
of
the
Neck
,
causes
a
squinzie
,
which
in
few
hours
does
choak
the
Patient
,
becaus
it
cannot
be
restored
into
its
place
.
The
diseases
of
Os
sacrum
are
of
great
Moment
,
whether
they
be
tumors
or
ulcers
,
by
reason
of
its
natural
constitution
,
the
whole
Bone
being
in
a
manner
spungie
,
●istulous
,
and
perforated
within
and
without
:
and
therefore
when
this
Bone
is
Diseased
,
●he
Patien
is
in
danger
of
his
Life
,
as
Hippocrates
observes
in
his
Book
de
Glandulis
.
In
his
third
book
De
Fracturis
he
gives
us
to
understand
,
that
the
Os
sacrum
being
exulcerated
,
is
not
cured
without
very
great
difficulty
,
which
Galen
also
con●…s
in
his
Comments
.
Langius
in
his
Epistles
,
relates
,
that
he
saw
two
gallant
Gentlemen
worne
away
with
incredible
raging
pain
,
their
Os
sacrum
being
putrified
:
so
that
in
conclusion
they
consumed
away
and
dyed
.
Chap.
16.
Of
the
Scapula
.
Having
diligently
Viewed
the
trunk
of
the
Body
,
you
shal
proceed
unto
the
T.
21.
f.
1.
A.
□
Scapula
or
Shoulder-blade
with
the
[
b
](A57335-e139670-b)
b
T.
21.
f.
1.
C.
□
Arme
,
which
is
made
by
the
way
of
Arthrodia
,
by
the
coming
between
a
most
thick
and
nervous
Ligament
,
which
does
round
about
embrace
the
whol
Joynt
.
Also
four
muscles
viz:
the
[
c
](A57335-e139700-b)
c
T.
22.
f.
3.
A.
□
Supraspinatus
,
[
d
](A57335-e139720-b)
d
T.
22.
f.
3.
B.
□
infraspinatus
the
[
e
](A57335-e139740-b)
e
T.
22.
f.
1.
&
3.
C.
□
Rotundus
minor
,
[
f
](A57335-e139770-b)
f
T.
22.
f.
1.
D.
□
Subscapularis
,
doe
with
their
broad
tendons
incompass
the
said
joynt
.
The
Cavity
of
the
[
g
](A57335-e139810-b)
g
T.
21.
f.
2.
c.
□
Head
Omucopole
,
being
not
sufficiently
proportioned
to
receive
Then
you
shal
discover
under
the
[
h
](A57335-e139850-b)
h
T.
22.
f.
1.
A.
□
Deltoides
a
broad
and
remarkable
Ligament
,
Coracoides
Apophysis
,
that
it
may
hold
in
the
Arme
aloft
,
to
prevent
Luxation
upwards
.
Afterwards
you
shal
observe
the
extremity
of
the
T.
21.
f.
2.
●
□
Clavicula
articulated
with
Book
of
the
dissection
of
Muscles
,
does
call
the
first
upper
Rib
by
that
name
,
because
it
s
placed
beneath
the
Clavis
.
Ruffus
Ephesius
cals
the
Acromium
,
the
coupling
▪
band
of
the
Clavis
and
Scapula
:
but
Eudemus
saies
that
it
is
a
very
little
Bone
,
which
in
children
is
a
most
exact
gristle
,
which
though
in
process
of
time
it
degenerate
into
a
Bone
,
yet
until
they
be
18.
years
old
,
it
retains
much
of
the
substance
of
a
gristle
contrary
to
the
nature
of
al
the
other
bones
.
Some
whiles
it
grows
so
highly
together
with
the
spine
of
the
Scapula
,
that
in
a
person
of
middle
age
wrastling
or
exerci●eing
▪
it
may
easily
be
seperated
,
which
happened
to
Galen
,
as
himself
tels
us
in
his
first
Book
de
Articulis
.
The
like
accident
he
observed
in
another
,
as
he
relates
in
Comment.
ad
Part.
1.
Sect.
1.
de
Officina
.
Hippocrtes
himself
takes
notice
of
the
Luxation
of
this
Bone
,
in
his
Articulis
:
where
he
saies
that
the
Acromium
or
shoulder-point
is
of
a
different
nature
in
mankind
,
from
that
which
it
is
in
other
Creatures
.
Upon
the
Neck
of
the
scapula
rests
an
ᵃ
Apophysis
which
in
children
is
an
Epiphysis
:
Galen
in
Com.
in
part
1.
Sect.
de
Art
;
and
therefore
it
was
framed
for
the
security
and
strength
of
the
Articulation
.
For
when
the
Actions
of
the
Hand
and
arme
are
forwards
,
the
shoulder
would
easily
be
unjointed
,
unless
it
were
retained
by
the
coracoides
:
and
therefore
the
laxation
of
the
shoulder
is
seldome
towards
the
fore
part
;
Hippocrates
did
observe
it
once
,
and
Galen
saw
it
five
times
at
Roome
,
as
himself
relates
in
his
comment
:
ad
Part.
4.
Lib.
7.
de
Articulis
.
Now
the
pars
of
the
Scapula
he
thus
distinguished
:
as
much
of
the
whol
Commissure
From
this
place
we
may
gather
&
fish
out
the
Interpretation
of
an
obscure
passage
in
Cornelius
Celsus
,
in
his
eighth
Book
Againe
from
the
Neck
two
broad
bones
on
either
hand
doe
goe
vnto
the
Scapulae
,
our
Countrymen
call
them
Scoptula
operta
,
the
Greeks
terme
them
omoplatas
,
Celsus
cals
them
Scopula
operta
,
because
they
stick
out
his
Book
de
Pallio
,
cals
Montium
Scapulas
.
Also
the
smal
branches
of
trees
were
called
Scopi
,
hence
the
phrase
Warum
scopi
vine
branches
used
by
Varro
in
his
first
Book
de
Re
Rustica
.
Cato
speaks
of
Scopulae
myrti
Myrtle
branches
.
It
is
worth
observation
which
Women
by
long
experience
have
learned
viz.
that
The
Cause
of
this
is
as
hard
to
assigne
as
of
another
inconvenience
,
with
which
Whether
it
is
caused
by
the
more
frequent
and
stronger
motion
of
the
right
arme
,
whereby
the
shoulder
blade
in
widened
,
and
raised
up
,
by
meanes
of
the
interjacent
muscles
lifting
themselves
up
.
Ad
thereunto
that
in
persons
that
are
growen
up
;
their
right
shoulder
is
more
heavy
than
there
left
,
if
we
beleeve
Amatus
Lusitanus
in
the
last
Cure
of
his
4
Centure
.
Why
is
the
right
Hand
stronger
than
the
left
?
and
why
are
there
so
few
Ambodexters
Is
it
because
Mothers
would
maketheire
daughters
low
shoulderd
while
they
study
to
make
them
smal
and
waspe-wasted
?
For
as
Terence
long
since
said
,
if
a
Girle
have
a
good
habit
of
Body
and
burnish
a
little
,
they
say
she
is
a
champion
or
wrastler
,
and
therefore
they
pinch
their
bellies
and
withdraw
their
food
,
and
though
naturally
of
good
constitutions
,
they
never
leave
tampering
til
they
make
them
like
Bull-rushes
;
mere
waspe-wasted
Rush-Candles
.
Which
is
done
,
not
without
manifest
detriment
to
their
Health
;
whiles
by
the
overgreat
pinching
in
of
the
lower
part
of
their
Chest
,
the
upper
parts
thereof
are
inlarged
,
whence
proceedes
that
same
sticking
out
of
their
shoulders
,
or
from
contorsion
of
the
Back-Bone
,
its
natural
shape
is
vitiated
and
depraved
.
Chap.
17.
Of
the
Humerus
,
Cubitus
and
Radius
.
In
all
shoulders
about
the
middle
and
inward
part
towards
the
Ribs
,
there
is
a
The
Articulation
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e140670-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
1.
C.
□
Brachium
with
the
[
b
](A57335-e140690-b)
b
T.
21.
f.
1.
D.
□
Cubit
,
is
fastned
and
incompassed
The
[
c
](A57335-e140740-b)
c
T.
21.
f.
1.
E.
□
Radius
is
adjoined
to
the
Cubit
,
that
it
might
direct
the
oblique
motions
of
The
[
d
](A57335-e140770-b)
d
T.
21.
f.
2.
c.
□
Cubitus
and
the
[
e
](A57335-e140790-b)
e
T.
21
f.
2.
d.
□
Radius
,
do
in
the
middle
way
part
one
from
another
,
Between
this
space
there
is
interposed
a
membranous
[
a
](A57335-e140830-b)
a
T.
22.
f.
2.
e
e.
□
Ligament
,
by
helpe
of
These
two
Bones
,
are
in
their
extremities
fastened
together
,
by
a
very
different
Lastly
you
shal
observe
,
whether
or
no
the
styloides
[
b
](A57335-e140890-b)
b
T.
21.
f.
1.
□
apophysis
of
the
Cubit
do
touch
the
wrist
,
being
fastened
thereunto
by
way
of
a
joint
.
Hippocrates
observed
the
external
part
of
the
Cubit
to
be
dislocated
,
in
Lib
de
Artick
.
Which
kind
of
Luxation
Dalechampius
observed
,
as
himself
avers
in
his
Comments
upon
the
Surgery
of
Paulus
Aegineta
.
They
who
deny
that
the
Cubit
in
a
Man
does
touch
the
wrist
,
do
alleage
that
there
comes
between
them
a
thick
and
moveable
Gristle
,
which
fills
that
space
;
and
in
very
deed
that
same
Cartilage
or
Gristle
,
seemes
to
be
adjoyned
by
way
of
a
supplement
.
Chap
18.
Of
the
Wrist
.
The
[
c
](A57335-e141020-b)
c
T
21.
f.
1.
F
F.
□
wrist
and
[
d
](A57335-e141040-b)
d
T.
21.
f.
1
D.
E.
□
Radius
,
are
joyned
one
to
another
by
a
nervous
▪
Ligament
,
which
infolds
the
Articulation
.
Moreover
another
ᵉ
Nervous
ligament
,
is
observed
,
being
shap'd
like
a
Ring
,
which
compasses
the
wrist
round
about
,
which
conteines
within
it
the
tendons
which
are
carried
through
the
cavity
of
the
wrist
,
and
which
lie
upon
the
back
of
the
wrist
,
saveing
some
particular
ones
:
howbeit
on
the
outside
it
seems
smal
.
The
Wrist
[
a
](A57335-e141100-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
3.
□
bones
are
eight
,
disposed
into
two
orders
or
rankes
.
The
first
order
consists
of
three
bones
.
The
second
is
made
up
of
foure
bones
.
The
fourth
bone
is
over
and
above
,
out
of
ranke
and
order
;
but
we
may
with
Sylvius
refer
it
to
the
first
order
,
Seeing
it
rests
upon
the
third
bone
of
the
first
order
.
Howbeit
Vesalius
accounts
it
a
sesamoidean
bone
,
because
in
this
place
it
fills
an
empty
space
.
But
how
can
it
have
the
use
of
sesamoidean
,
seeing
it
is
not
interposed
between
Bone
and
Bone
?
It
hangs
over
another
,
that
it
might
forme
that
cavity
,
which
is
in
the
inner
part
of
the
wrist
,
and
to
this
bone
the
Muscle
Cubiteus
flex
or
carpi
does
adhere
.
The
three
wristbones
of
the
first
order
,
being
joyned
together
,
do
make
a
cavity
,
The
rest
of
the
wrist
bones
,
being
articulated
with
the
Metacarpium
,
do
cause
no
motion
at
al
,
or
a
very
obscure
one
.
It
is
very
rare
to
find
nine
bones
,
in
the
wrist
;
howbeit
some
have
found
so
many
.
Chap.
19.
Of
the
Metacarpium
,
Fingers
and
Sesamoidean
Bones
.
After
the
wrist
followes
the
[
b
](A57335-e141240-b)
b
T.
21.
f.
1.
H
H.
f.
2.
G.
Metacarpium
which
is
framed
of
five
bones
,
if
we
beleive
●elsus
and
Rufftus
,
whom
Plinie
does
favour
,
when
he
attributes
only
two
joints
unto
the
thumb
;
Lib.
11.
Cap.
43.
Galen
does
better
,
who
separates
the
first
bone
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e141330-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
1.
G
G.
f.
2.
H.
□
Thumbe
.
from
the
Metacarpium
,
For
the
Thumb
is
termed
pollex
a
pollendo
,
because
it
alone
is
equivalent
to
the
The
Metacarpium
therefore
is
compounded
,
only
of
four
bones
,
two
of
which
are
immoveable
,
the
other
two
which
are
under
the
ring
finger
,
are
manifestly
moved
.
In
that
same
space
where
the
Thumb
is
joyned
to
the
Brachialis
,
there
is
a
certaine
cavity
,
in
which
the
Arabian
Cautery
was
usually
celebrated
,
which
is
largely
and
elegantly
described
by
Gesnerus
in
his
Appendix
to
the
Art
of
Chirurgery
.
And
it
is
no
wonder
if
some
at
this
day
undertake
to
cure
the
venereal
pox
,
by
applying
mercurial
water
to
this
part
,
which
ea●es
,
through
the
skin
,
and
pe●ces
so
deep
as
to
flux
the
patient
.
In
the
hollw
of
the
hand
,
a
transverse
ligament
is
observed
,
which
connects
the
Within
the
palme
of
the
Hand
you
shal
find
divers
Sinewy-Ligaments
.
There
are
a
few
sesamoidean
bones
found
in
the
Inside
of
the
Hand
▪
There
are
none
in
the
outside
.
They
are
found
hidden
among
the
first
jointings
of
the
fingers
.
The
Thumb
in
its
second
and
third
joint
has
some
sesamoidean
bones
;
in
the
first
joint
it
has
none
.
Now
to
find
the
sesamoidean
Bones
either
in
the
hand
or
foot
,
you
shal
this
do
.
Under
these
tendons
,
most
frequently
in
the
hand
,
especially
in
hard
bodies
,
you
shal
perceive
a
certaine
hardness
sometimes
gristlie
,
sometimes
bony
.
Then
you
shal
cut
crosswise
the
Ligaments
of
al
the
joints
,
until
you
make
them
appeare
,
their
inside
in
the
hand
,
their
outside
in
the
foote
;
in
which
side
,
you
shal
find
the
sesamoidean
bones
;
haveing
first
cut
asunder
the
ligaments
wherewith
they
are
infolded
,
or
drawing
them
a
little
back
,
upwards
towards
the
roots
of
the
fingers
.
Chap.
20.
Of
the
Os
[
a
](A57335-e141660-b)
a
T.
2.
f.
3.
&
4.
A.
&c.
T.
21.
f.
2.
A.
□
Ilium
and
[
b
](A57335-e141690-b)
b
T.
21.
f.
1.
K.
f.
2.
C.
□
.
Thigh-bone
.
From
the
Armes
you
shal
proceed
unto
the
Inferior
Limbs
.
Between
the
Os
sacrum
and
the
Tuberous
bunching
out
of
the
Ischium
,
there
intercedes
a
Great
and
strong
Ligament
.
Beneath
the
seame
or
growing
together
of
the
share-bone
there
is
another
Ligament
stretched
out
.
And
a
[
c
](A57335-e141790-b)
c
T.
21.
f.
7.
a
a.
□
T.
21.
f.
7.
b.
□
circular
Ligament
comprehends
the
Articulation
of
the
Thigh
with
the
socket
of
Os
Ischij
,
which
being
cut
away
,
another
ᵈ
Ligament
somwhat
long
and
bloody
appeares
.
The
said
bloodyness
is
caused
by
reason
of
Certaine
little
veines
which
creepe
through
the
Acetabulum
of
the
Huckle-bone
.
That
same
Ligament
which
is
brought
out
of
the
top
of
the
thigh-bone
,
is
fastened
and
strongly
driven
into
a
cleft
which
is
in
the
foreside
of
the
Acetabulum
:
which
being
relaxed
,
and
drawn
from
its
place
,
there
fals
out
such
an
halting
as
is
incurable
:
in
which
the
Thigh
,
though
perfectly
put
in
Joint
,
will
still
stip
out
again
.
That
same
tabes
Coxaria
,
P●●isis
ischiadica
,
mentioned
by
Hippocrates
in
his
The
oval
hole
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e141990-b)
a
T
2.
f
3.
&
4.
B.
□
Huckle-bone
called
thuroides
,
from
its
resemblance
of
a
That
is
false
which
Aristotle
has
written
in
his
fourth
Book
of
the
Live-wights
Chap.
10.
that
no
four
footed
Beast
has
Huckle-Bones
.
In
the
Thigh-bone
you
shall
observe
the
[
b
](A57335-e142080-b)
b
T
21.
f
1.
K.
f
3.
G.
shape
thereof
,
bunching
out
on
the
foreside
,
and
saddle-fashiond
behind
,
for
the
convenience
of
sitting
and
firme
walking
.
Which
figure
Hippocrates
observs
in
his
Book
of
fractures
,
and
advises
when
this
bone
is
broken
,
that
care
be
taken
to
preserve
the
same
.
For
such
whose
Thigh-bone
is
streighter
than
it
ought
to
be
,
are
crook-legd
,
and
are
same
in
their
knee
;
and
they
cannot
stand
nor
goe
,
with-out
trembling
.
But
they
whose
thigh-bones
are
very
crooked
,
they
stand
more
firmly
either
on
one
Leg
or
on
both
,
than
they
who
have
streight
thigh-bones
.
The
Neck
of
the
Thigh-bone
,
is
somwhat
long-fashioned
and
oblique
,
that
it
Rotator
Infernus
.
But
Galen
supposes
it
was
made
for
that
end
,
viz.
to
leave
space
for
muscles
,
which
were
to
be
placed
in
the
lower
part
,
and
for
great
Veins
,
Arteries
,
nervs
and
kernels
,
which
are
quartered
neare
the
divisions
of
the
Vessels
.
They
whose
Thigh-bone
is
shorter-necked
than
ordinary
,
have
their
groins
narrow
and
compressed
,
and
when
they
walk
are
constrained
to
halt
on
one
side
,
and
are
termed
Vatii
.
so
sais
Galen
in
his
third
Book
de
Vsu
Partium
.
For
the
Thigh-bone
does
contribute
much
to
the
rectitude
and
stability
of
the
Body
,
by
that
same
oblique
Longitude
of
its
Neck
;
whence
the
cause
may
be
given
why
men
naturally
halt
to
the
one
side
or
the
other
,
or
to
both
sides
,
their
Feet
and
Legs
being
of
equal
length
;
which
no
man
yet
assigned
,
nor
observed
.
The
lower
end
of
the
Thigh-bone
Joind
to
the
Leg
is
termed
the
Knee
,
which
is
The
other
being
ᶜ
placed
between
the
two
bones
,
is
somwhat
Long-fashioned
and
bloodyish
,
through
neighbourhood
of
such
veins
,
as
descend
through
the
Ham
into
the
Leg
:
it
arises
,
from
the
middle-space
of
the
knobs
of
the
Thigh-bone
,
and
is
inserted
into
the
middle
Eminency
of
the
Knobs
of
the
shank
.
Sick
people
often
speak
of
this
Ligament
when
they
talk
of
a
burning
heat
in
their
Knees
.
Upon
the
Knobs
of
the
shank-bone
two
semicircular
Gristles
are
fastened
,
which
hold
the
same
Knobs
more
stable
,
that
they
may
not
swerve
,
in
violent
motions
and
contorsions
of
the
thigh
.
See
Galen
touching
the
of
the
shank-bone
,
in
its
Articulation
with
the
Thigh-bone
.
Lib.
2.
de
fracturis
.
That
Part
which
is
opposite
to
the
knee
behind
,
is
termed
Poples
the
Ham
,
being
the
45.
Chapt.
of
the.
11.
Book
of
his
Natural
History
.
In
the
knee
it self
,
the
conjunction
of
both
,
as
well
the
right
as
the
left
,
is
on
the
foreside
double
(
it
should
be
on
the
hinder
side
)
there
is
a
certain
emptiness
like
cheeks
,
which
being
perced
,
the
spirit
fl●es
out
as
from
a
Cut
Throat
.
Wherefore
I
have
alwaies
observed
the
wounds
of
the
Ham
to
be
deadly
,
not
only
The
society
and
sympathy
between
the
knees
and
Cheeks
is
wonderful
,
which
is
Chap.
21.
Of
the
Patella
.
Upon
the
Articulation
of
the
thigh
and
leg
a
smal
bone
is
placed
,
which
they
[
a
](A57335-e142540-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
1.
LL.
□
Mola
or
Patella
,
the
whirle
bone
of
the
Knee
.
It
growes
unto
the
knee
,
not
fastened
by
any
Ligaments
:
but
only
being
[
a
](A57335-e142570-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
8.
d.
□
glewed
to
the
tendons
of
the
muscles
of
the
shanke
,
it
is
so
held
close
upon
the
knee
.
If
you
take
a
diligent
view
,
you
shal
observe
a
Ligament
somewhat
bloody
,
which
The
office
of
this
bone
,
is
to
defend
the
joint
to
guard
the
bowing
and
bending
of
the
Part
,
and
to
render
the
motion
more
facil
:
for
it
hinders
the
extension
of
the
leg
from
passing
out
of
a
right
line
;
and
when
we
sit
with
our
knees
bent
,
it
keepes
the
thigh
from
luxation
forward
.
And
because
the
whole
Body
incl●nes
forward
,
it
hinders
us
from
falling
when
we
go
downe
a
steepe
Hil.
This
Galen
found
by
experience
,
in
a
certaine
young
man
that
was
a
wrastler
,
in
whom
,
as
he
was
wrastling
,
the
Patella
was
disjointed
,
and
did
a●c●nd
towards
the
thighbone
,
whereupon
two
inconveniences
followed
,
viz.
a
dangerous
bending
in
his
knee
,
and
a
trouble
in
going
down
Hil
:
and
therefore
he
could
not
go
down
hil
without
a
staf
.
Paraeus
observes
in
the
22.
Chapter
of
his
14
Book
,
that
he
never
saw
anie
that
had
the
Patella
broken
,
but
they
halted
.
I
have
seen
such
whose
Patella
was
luxated
and
drawn
upwards
,
who
could
not
so
easily
go
up
hil
and
down-hill
as
formerly
.
Notwithstanding
Vesalius
in
his
Surgery
denies
that
the
Patella
confers
any
thing
And
he
goes
not
much
from
the
same
opinion
in
his
Anatomy
,
where
he
saies
it
performes
the
same
office
in
the
knee
,
which
the
Sesemoidean
bones
do
in
other
joints
.
Hippocrates
in
his
book
de
locis
in
Homine
,
assignes
another
use
of
this
Bone
,
namely
to
prohibit
moisture
from
descending
out
of
the
flesh
into
such
a
loose
joint
as
the
knee
is
.
Seeing
there●ore
the
Necessity
of
the
Patella
is
so
graeat
,
I
conceive
it
is
but
a
fable
which
is
reported
of
the
Thebans
,
who
,
that
they
might
be
able
to
run
more
swiftly
,
took
certaine
Bones
out
of
their
knees
.
Yet
there
have
bin
found
about
Nova
Zembla
certaine
Pigmies
or
little
Men
,
who
could
bend
their
knees
backward
and
forward
,
and
were
so
swift
of
foot
that
none
could
overtake
them
,
if
we
give
credit
to
the
relations
of
seafaring
Men.
Chap.
22.
Of
the
Tibia
and
Fibula
.
The
Tibia
has
two
Bones
,
the
one
[
a
](A57335-e142850-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
1.
M.
f.
4.
D.
□
larger
and
more
inward
,
which
●ea●●s
the
smaller
and
more
external
,
called
[
b
](A57335-e142890-b)
b
T.
21.
f.
1.
N.
f.
4.
E.
□
Fibula
.
But
Perone
(
which
is
rendred
fibula
)
does
signifie
two
things
in
Hippocrates
,
the
whole
Fibula
,
and
appendix
of
that
bone
,
as
Galen
expounds
it
,
in
his
Interpretation
of
the
words
of
Hippocrates
.
It
is
termed
Perone
from
peiro
,
which
signifies
to
boare
or
thrust
through
.
T
is
called
Fibula
in
Latine
from
the
Greek
word
phible
,
which
signifies
smal
and
lank
;
howbeit
in
Latine
writers
of
Architecture
,
certaine
beames
or
joices
of
wood
placed
to
give
strength
to
other
parts
of
the
building
,
are
termed
Fibule
.
For
this
Bone
fibula
does
sustaine
the
outer
knob
of
the
shanke-bone
unto
which
it
is
●ixed
,
because
the
weight
of
the
Thigh
and
of
the
whole
Body
,
does
most
of
all
beare
upon
that
part
.
The
lower
ends
of
the
Tibia
and
Fibula
are
termed
[
c
](A57335-e142980-b)
c
T.
21.
f.
1.
I.
K.
f.
4gh
.
□
Malleoli
Ankle-bones
,
both
a
strong
circular
Ligament
,
through
which
the
tendons
of
the
Muscles
are
drawn
,
as
was
said
of
the
wrists
.
Chap.
23.
Of
the
Foot
.
The
Articulation
of
the
[
a
](A57335-e143060-b)
a
T.
21.
f.
5.
A.
□
Astragalus
with
the
[
b
](A57335-e143070-b)
b
T.
21.
f
,
5.
C.
□
Scaphoides
is
very
close
,
so
that
it
seems
altogether
immoveable
,
so
that
any
man
would
thinke
,
that
the
foot
is
not
moved
laterally
by
that
Articulation
.
Two
Sesamoidean
Bones
are
fastened
behind
the
great
toe
,
that
they
might
give
In
the
Sole
of
the
foot
,
you
shal
find
very
many
Ligaments
,
by
which
the
Bones
are
straitly
united
,
that
the
foot
might
become
hollow
.
You
shal
therefore
observe
t●e
Transverse
Ligament
,
which
binds
up
the
Bones
of
the
Metatarsus
,
with
the
first
ranke
of
Toe-joints
,
like
that
which
we
find
in
the
Hand
.
Chap.
24.
The
number
of
Bones
for
a
Sceleton
.
Two
hundred
thirty
and
two
Bones
are
required
to
make
a
sceleton
,
fifteen
being
taken
from
the
number
,
two
hundred
forty
seven
.
Because
the
brestbone
is
reckoned
but
for
one
,
as
also
the
Os
sacrum
and
the
Cocyx
or
Crupper
bone
,
because
in
the
boiling
and
clenseing
of
the
Bones
,
they
do
not
separate
Neither
wil
the
[
d
](A57335-e143170-b)
d
T.
2.
f.
5.
&
6
,
b
,
□
Coccyx
,
[
e
](A57335-e143180-b)
e
T.
13.
f.
9.
10.
&c.
□
Larynx
,
[
f
](A57335-e143190-b)
f
T.
13.
f.
11
,
ii
.
&c.
□
Hyoides
,
nor
[
g
](A57335-e143200-b)
g
T.
10.
f.
2.
AA
,
□
Sternum
endure
boileing
.
I
omit
the
sixe
little
Eare-bones
,
the
Os
hyoides
and
the
Larynx
,
because
they
are
not
joined
by
way
of
Articulation
with
other
bones
.
T.
23.
f.
3.
N.
&c.
□
T.
20.
f.
7.
A
B
C.
□
Chap.
25.
Of
Breaking
the
Bones
.
When
you
are
sufficiently
instructed
in
the
number
of
the
Bones
,
you
shal
break
in
peices
every
particular
bone
,
that
you
may
enquire
into
the
inner
structure
thereof
.
The
profit
of
this
knowledge
is
evident
in
fractures
.
For
hereby
may
be
collected
in
how
long
time
a
broken
Bone
may
be
soddered
together
again
.
Hippocrates
writes
in
his
Book
de
Alimentis
:
that
the
nourishment
of
a
Bone
may
be
known
by
the
breaking
thereof
.
The
Nose
bone
requirs
ten
daies
to
grow
together
,
the
Jaw-bones
and
the
claviculae
and
ribs
twenty
;
the
Cubit
requirs
thirty
,
the
Tibia
and
Brachium
forty
,
and
the
thigh-bone
fifty
,
little
more
or
less
as
occasien
servs
.
Inasmuch
therefore
as
the
Quantity
of
a
Bones
norishment
,
and
the
space
of
time
requisite
thereunto
,
does
alwaies
hold
proportion
to
the
Bones
thicknes
:
to
that
if
the
Nose-bone
,
that
is
to
say
the
Bone
of
the
upper
Cheek
which
reaches
to
the
Nose
,
doe
require
ten
degrees
of
nutriment
:
the
nutriment
of
the
other
Jaw-bone
of
the
Ribs
and
Jugular
,
which
are
twice
as
thick
as
the
Nose-bone
,
must
be
double
in
proportion
to
the
nutriment
of
the
other
,
and
will
require
twice
as
long
time
to
grow
together
which
is
known
by
their
breaking
,
or
by
the
Cu●e
of
their
respective
fractures
.
And
therefore
by
how
much
thicker
the
Bones
are
,
by
so
much
the
more
norishment
,
and
the
longer
time
they
require
to
be
soddered
together
;
to
that
suppose
the
Nose-bone
require
ten
parts
of
nutriment
,
and
the
Nose
being
broken
shall
need
ten
daies
time
to
grow
together
:
the
Aliment
of
the
ribs
,
Jawbone
and
Jugular
,
(
which
are
twice
as
thick
)
must
be
double
in
quantity
,
and
they
shall
require
tw●ce
the
time
(
being
broken
)
ere
they
can
grow
together
again
.
And
the
Cubit-bone
,
because
it
is
thrice
as
thick
as
the
Nose-bone
,
therefore
it
will
need
thrice
as
much
nutriment
,
and
thrice
as
long
time
to
grow
together
.
The
Tibia
and
Brachium
because
they
are
four
times
as
thick
as
the
Nose-bone
,
will
require
four
times
as
much
nutriment
and
four
times
longer
space
to
grow
together
.
Finally
,
the
Thigh-bone
being
five
times
as
thick
,
will
require
five
times
as
much
nutriment
,
and
five
times
as
much
space
to
grow
together
,
after
they
have
bin
broken
.
Celsus
writes
in
his
seventh
Book
,
out
of
Hippocrates
,
that
between
the
fourteenth
and
twentieth
day
the
[
a
](A57335-e143460-b)
a
T
15.
f
3.
L.
□
jaw-bone
,
[
b
](A57335-e143470-b)
b
T
15.
f
1
E.
□
Cheek-bones
,
the
[
c
](A57335-e143480-b)
c
T
21.
f
1
B
B.
f
2.
A.
□
Jugular
,
[
d
](A57335-e143490-b)
d
T
10.
f
2.
A
A.
&c.
□
Brest
bone
the
[
e
](A57335-e143500-b)
e
T
21.
f
2.
B.
□
Shoulder
blades
,
the
[
f
](A57335-e143510-b)
f
T
10.
f
2.
&
3.
□
Ribs
,
the
[
g
](A57335-e143520-b)
g
T
13
f
19.
T
10.
f
2.
&
3.
T
2.
f
1.
□
Back-bone
,
the
[
h
](A57335-e143530-b)
h
T
2.
f
3.
&
4.
&c.
□
Hip-bones
,
[
i
](A57335-e143540-b)
i
T
21.
f
5.
A.
□
the
ankle-bones
,
the
[
k
](A57335-e143550-b)
k
T
21.
f
5.
B.
□
Heel-bones
,
the
[
l
](A57335-e143560-b)
l
T
21.
f
2.
G
●
.
□
Hand
,
and
the
[
m
](A57335-e143570-b)
m
T
21.
f
4.
G
H.
□
Foot-●ole
are
healed
.
between
the
twentieth
and
thirtieth
daies
the
[
n
](A57335-e143580-b)
n
T
21.
f
1.
M
N.
□
Thighes
and
[
o
](A57335-e143590-b)
o
T
21.
f
2.
D
E.
□
Arms
:
between
the
seaventh
and
twentieth
and
fortieth
the
[
p
](A57335-e143600-b)
p
T
21.
f
1.
C
C.
□
Arm-bones
and
[
q
](A57335-e143610-b)
q
T
21.
f
1.
K
K.
□
Thigh-bones
are
healed
.
the
sence
of
which
place
cannot
be
understood
,
but
by
consideration
of
the
threefold
cavity
and
marrow
of
the
Bones
.
For
I
find
a
threefold
marrow
contained
in
the
Bones
in
three
different
Cavities
.
The
marrow
of
the
greater
bones
as
of
the
Arme
and
Thigh
,
is
reddish
:
the
marrow
of
the
middle●●z'd
bones
which
are
hollow
in
some
good
measure
,
is
white
.
The
rest
of
the
bones
being
of
a
spungy
substance
,
or
full
of
little
Cavities
,
are
replenished
with
marrowy
Juice
,
but
not
with
red
marrow
.
Howbeit
the
inferior
jaw-bone
is
hollowed
in
the
base
,
and
in
the
Chin
it
is
of
a
stony
ha●dness
,
it
conteins
red
marrow
,
which
does
not
fluctuate
from
one
end
of
the
Iaw-bone
to
the
other
,
because
of
the
hardness
and
solididity
of
the
jaw-bone
in
the
Chin.
Whence
it
is
easie
to
be
demonst●ated
that
the
Maxilla
is
a
double
bone
.
The
Clavicula
,
which
Galen
writes
is
fistulous
,
we
find
to
be
every
where
of
a
spungy
substance
.
The
R●bs
,
the
Vertebrae
,
the
shoulder-blades
,
the
Hip-bones
,
the
Tarsian
and
Metatarsian
bones
,
also
the
wrist
and
afterwrist-bones
,
are
spungy
and
like
Pu●ice-stones
.
The
bones
of
the
fingers
are
hollow
and
contain
a
whitish
marrow
.
In
the
Feet
,
only
the
great
Toe
is
fistulous
or
hollow-bon'd
.
Chap.
26.
The
Collection
and
ordering
of
Bones
for
a
Sceleton
.
But
if
you
are
not
minded
to
breake
the
bones
,
but
desire
to
preserve
and
prepare
As
for
what
concerns
the
clensing
of
Bones
,
Scaliger
in
his
Exercitations
observes
,
that
the
stone
termed
Sarcophagus
does
in
a
short
space
eat
off
and
consume
the
flesh
from
the
Bones
.
And
so
the
bones
remaine
bare
and
naked
.
Pausanias
in
Eliacis
relates
that
the
Divel
Eurynymus
eates
off
the
flesh
of
dead
People
,
so
as
nothing
but
the
bones
remaine
.
The
Jewes
imagine
that
there
is
an
internal
Divel
named
Azazel
;
who
in
Leviticus
is
named
Princeps
desertorum
,
and
eates
and
devoures
the
flesh
of
the
dead
,
leaveing
only
the
bones
behind
.
But
we
are
not
wont
to
use
the
stone
sarcophagus
,
because
we
have
it
not
;
neither
are
we
acquainted
with
its
operations
.
Neither
do
we
use
the
assistance
of
the
Divel
Eurynomus
,
because
we
defie
and
execrate
those
wicked
spirits
.
Wherefore
haveing
cut
the
Bones
one
from
another
and
taken
their
flesh
off
,
you
shal
cast
them
into
a
large
Kettle
or
Caldron
,
except
the
Brest-bone
,
the
Hyoides
,
and
Coccyx
.
Then
fil
the
Caldron
with
scalding
water
,
so
as
to
cover
all
the
Bones
and
set
them
on
the
fire
and
boile
them
foure
or
five
houres
.
You
shal
be
careful
while
they
are
boiling
that
no
bone
stick
out
,
so
as
to
be
fainted
by
the
smoak
.
Also
you
shal
ever
and
anon
take
off
the
scum
and
fat
which
swims
aloft
,
that
the
Bones
may
be
the
more
neat
and
cleane
.
Which
that
it
may
be
more
effectually
performed
,
you
shal
perce
the
larger
bones
that
are
ful
of
Marrow
,
in
the
Head
with
an
Awle
that
all
the
superfluous
marrow
may
flow
and
soake
out
.
You
may
throw
away
the
first
water
and
boile
them
in
a
second
,
that
all
the
marrow
may
be
drawn
forth
.
Then
take
them
out
while
the
water
is
hot
(
for
if
it
be
cold
they
wil
be
greasie
)
and
scrape
and
clense
them
with
a
smal
knife
.
Some
,
while
they
are
boyling
,
throw
in
a
pound
of
Lime
or
Chalke
,
to
make
them
the
whiter
,
but
this
eates
off
the
Epiphysies
and
the
Gristles
which
do
crust
the
extremities
of
the
Bones
;
which
you
must
take
heed
you
pul
not
away
,
when
you
scrape
the
Bones
.
Then
you
shal
put
the
Bones
againe
into
most
pure
water
boiling
hot
,
and
boile
them
for
an
houre
,
that
all
the
marrow
and
fat
may
be
separate
and
exhausted
.
After
that
cast
them
into
cold
water
,
and
take
them
out
and
wipe
and
rub
them
wel
with
course
linnen
cloaths
.
When
the
Bones
are
thus
prepared
,
many
lay
them
two
or
three
moneths
in
the
open
aire
to
bleach
and
grow
white
.
Others
put
them
into
a
wooden
case
,
bored
ful
of
holes
and
hang
them
in
a
running
brooke
,
or
in
the
streames
of
a
swift
River
,
that
the
rubbing
of
the
streame
may
whiten
them
.
I
had
rather
lay
them
under
the
falling
of
a
Mil-stream
for
the
space
of
ten
or
twelve
daies
.
Bellonius
in
his
Book
de
Admirandis
,
relates
that
he
saw
in
the
shoare
of
Bononia
in
Picardy
,
an
inumerable
company
of
exceeding
white
bones
of
Bodies
which
had
been
drownd
and
cast
out
upon
the
shore
haveing
been
buried
in
the
Sea
sand
.
He
saw
the
like
by
the
Red-sea
,
so
that
the
bones
so
prepared
,
and
sticking
and
growing
together
by
their
nerves
and
Ligaments
,
are
exceeding
neate
,
and
cleane
and
whiter
then
Snow
.
Such
as
were
those
two
Sceletons
which
Galen
had
to
serve
him
in
Anatomy
.
Bellonius
observes
in
the
same
place
,
that
dead
bodies
are
preserved
from
corruption
if
they
be
anointed
with
the
Balme
that
drops
out
of
Cedar
trees
;
also
that
bones
moistened
with
the
same
juice
remaine
uncorrupted
.
The
Bones
accurately
clensed
and
dried
,
you
shal
preserve
in
a
Chest
,
or
you
may
fasten
them
together
with
brass-wire
,
and
so
keep
them
standing
in
a
Case
.
It
is
needful
that
you
have
bones
both
waies
,
viz.
single
and
united
.
And
the
truth
is
,
as
Vesalius
has
rightly
observed
,
the
Bones
united
serve
more
for
ostentation
than
Instruction
.
Moreover
by
long
boileing
,
first
in
water
,
and
then
in
oile
,
al
the
Bones
of
the
Vesalius
and
Columbus
.
Also
Carolus
Stephanus
,
has
noted
some
things
upon
those
Authors
,
worthy
of
Consideration
.
FINIS
.